PROCEEDINGS ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES PHILADELPHIA 1889. COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION: Joseph Leidy, M. D., Geo. H. Horn, M. D., Edw. J. Nolan, M. D., Thomas Meehan, John H. Redfield. Editor: EDWARD J. NOLAN, M. D. PHILADELPHIA: ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, LOGAN SQUARE. 1890. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, February 26, 1890. I hereby certify that copies of the Proceedings for 1889 have at the meetings of the Academy as follows Pages 9 to 24 25 to 40 41 to 88 89 to 128 129 to 144 " 145 to 176 " 177 to 192 193 to 240 241 to 272 " 273 to 304 " 305 to 320 " 321 to 336 337 to 368 " 369 to 384 385 to 400 " 401 to 432 for 1889 have been presented April 9, 1889. April 23, 1S89. May 14, 1889. June 18, 1889. July 16, 1889. August 6, 1889. September 17, 1889. October 1 , 1889. October 15, 1889. October 22, 1889. November 19, 1889. November 26, 1889. January 14, 1890. February 1 1 , 1890. February 18, 1890. February 25, 1890. EDWARD J. NOLAN, Recording Secretary, PHILADELPHIA : HINDER A KELLY, PRINTERS. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS. With reference to the several articles contributed by each. For Verbal Communications see General Index. Allen, Harrison, M. D. On the Taxonomic Values of the Wing Membranes and of the Terminal Phalanges of the Digits in the Cheiroptera (Plate X) 313 Baker, F. C. Notes on the Food of Birds 266 Remarks upon the Round-Tailed Muskrat, Neofiber Alleni, True 271 Bollman, Charles H. Notes on a small Collection of Myriapods from the Bermuda Islands 127 Brinton, Daniel G., M. D. On a Petroglyph from the Island of St. Vincent, W. 1 417 Brown, Arthur Erwin. Description of a new Species of Eutasnia 421 Dall, W. H. Notes on the Anatomy of Pholas (Barnea) costata and Zirphrea crispala, Lin 274 Eyerman, John. Notes on Geology and Mineralogy 32 Gardiner, John and L. J. K. Brace. Provisional List of the Plants of the Bahama Islands 349 Genth, F. A. On two Minerals from Delaware County, Pa 50 Goldsmith, E. Gadolinite from Llano Co., Texas 164 Hartman, W. D., M. D. New Species of Shells from New Hebrides (Plate V) 91 Pleilprin, Angelo. On some new Species of Mollusca from the Bermuda Is- lands (Plate VIII) 141 Ives, J. E. Variations in Ophiura Panamensis and Ophiura teres 76 On a new Genus and two new Species of Ophiurans 143 Catalogue of the Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea in the Collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 169 Jordan, David S. and Bert Fesler. Description of a new species of Ortho- pristis from the Galapagos Islands 36 Keyes, Charles R. Lower Carbonic Gasteropoda from Burlington, Iowa 284 The American Species of Polyphemopsis 299 Sphrerodoma : a Genus of Fossil Gasteropods 303 Kirsch, Philip H. A Review of the European and American Uranoscopidse or Star-Gazers 258 Kirsch, Philip H. and Morton W. Fordice. A Review of the American Spe- cies of Sturgeons (Acipenseridas) -. 245 \ £ 3 Leidy, Joseph, M. D. The Boring-Sponge, Cliona 70 McMurrich, J. Playfair, Ph. D. A Contribution to the Actinology of the Ber- mudas (Plates VI and VII) 102 Marx, George, M. D. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Spider Fauna of the Bermuda Islands (Plate IV) 98 On a new Species of Spider of the Genus Dinopis from the Southern United States (Plate XI) 341 Meehan, Thomas. Contributions to the Life-histories of Plants, No. IV 53 Meek, Seth E. and Charles H. Bollman. Notes on Elagatis bipinnulatus.... 42 Morrison, Willard L. A review of the American Species of Priacanthida?.... 159 Pilsbry, Henry A. New and Little-known Species of American Mollusks, No. I (Plate III) 81 Nomenclature and Check-List of North American Land Shells 191 On the Anatomy of Aerope and Zingis (Plate IX) 277 New and Little-known American Mollusks, No. II (Plate XII) 411 Safford, J. M. and A. W. Vodges. Description of new Species of fossil Crus- tacea from the Lower Silurian of Tennessee with remarks on others not well known 16j Scott, Wm. B. Notes on the Osteology and Systematic Position of Dinktis felina, Leidy 211 Shufeldt, R. W. Observations upon the Development of the Skull in Neo- toma fuscipes ; a contribution to the Morphology of the Rodentia (Plates I, II) 14 Stone, Witmer. On Pratincola Salax, Verr. and Allied Species 78 Catalogue of the Muscicapidse in the Collection of the Academy of Nat- tural Sciences of Philadelphia 146 Williston, S. W., M. D. The Sternalis Muscle 38 Wingate, Harold. Orcadella operculata Wing., a new Myxomycete 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1889. January 1, 1889. The President, Dr. Joseph Leidy, in the chair. Seventeen persons present. On several Gregarines, and a singular mode of conjugation of one of them. — Prof. Leidy communicated the following on some species of Gregarina. : Among coleopterous insects the family of Tenebrion- idae appears to be constantly infested with gregarine parasites. A remarkable species observed in one of our common beetles, Nye- tobates pennsylvanicus, I propose to distinguish by the name of Gregarina philica. The body is elongated clavate, variably thickened and rounded in front, somewhat tapering behind, and with the posterior end conical. Cephalic division campanulate, with the summit somewhat prolonged and surmounted by a horizontal circular disk with a rounded, milled border. Conjugating individuals with the cephalic extremity conical and simple, or without the terminal disk. Length from 0*3 to 2 mm. ; breadth 0-6 to 015 mm. In conjugation the species is remarkable and so far as I know peculiar. In the pairing of most described species of Gregarina, two individuals, commonly of the same size, conjoin in the same line, the cephalic extremity of one attached to the caudal end of the other, 2 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Fig. i. Gregarina philica. 40 diam. Fig. 2. Fi<;. 3 Gregarina actinotus. Gregarina mega 175 diam. cephala Iii the species under consideration I have observed that the pairs conjoin, as represented in the accom- panying figure, with the heads together and the bodies side by side. In numerous instances the position was invariable, and in all, the couples variably differed in size. Thus in one pair the longer individual was L75 mm. long; and the smaller one 075 mm. loner, and in another pair the larger individual was 2 mm. long and the other 1'75 mm. The species is pretty constantly found in the pro- ventriculus of Nyctobates pennsylvanicus. Another interesting Gregarina is frequent in a com- mon myriapod of our forests, the Scolopocryptops sex- spinosus. It resembles the forms described by Kolli- ker as G. Sieboldii and by Siebold as G. oligacantha, referred by Stein to Stylorhynchus, and by Schneider to Hoplorhynchus. These are common in Europe in the larva of a dragon-fly, Callopteryx virgo. The species under consideration I propose to name Gre- garina actinotus. The body is elongated conical, thickest and rounded in advance and acute behind. The cephalic division is depressed spheroid and broader than long, and is surmounted by a long vase- like rostrum expanding at the top in a horizontal wheel-like disk divided at the border into short digitiform rays. Length from .006 to 0-52 mm. ; breadth to 0*08 mm. ; rostrum 0-08 to 0"1 mm. long. The accompanying figure represents the parasite. It is commonly found in considerable numbers, adherent by the rostrum to the inner surface of the proventriculus, looking like minute Echinorhynchi. After finding the curious Gregarine of Scolopocryptops, one morning sub- sequently I found a fine Cermatia for- ceps in my bed room. In it was another species which may be named Gregarina megacephala. The body is elongated ovate and acute or short clavate and obtuse with an unusually large ovoid and often constricted head, surmounted by a small rounded or elongated ap- pendage. Length 0'42 to 0"75 mm. to 0-24 broad ; head about one-fourth the length of the body. It approximates Dufouria agilis of Schneider, found in the larva of a Hydracantharis. In some little green beetles, IIoplo- diam. cephala bicornis, one of the Tenebrion- 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 idae, I found a number of Gregarines remarkable for the small size of the head and hence the species may- be named Gregarina microcephala. The body is clavate ; the head like a watch crystal with a little ball at the summit. Length 0*35 mm. by 01 wide ; head 0-012 long by 0*04 wide. It bears a close resemblance to Echinocephahis his- pidus of Schneider, found in Lithobius forcipatus, but in the one described I at no time found digitiform appendages to the head. On Anhydrite. — A remarkable occurrence of A nhy- drite was brought to the attention of the Academy by Prof. George A. Koenig. The specimen was found by Mr. Frank Keeley, among the ballast of the Balti- more and Ohio Railroad track south of the tunnel at cephaia. 125 diam. DarDyj Del. Co., Pa. Upon a rock of granular structure, which was determined to be Diabase, the anhydrite formed a patch about one inch long, one-half inch wide and one-eighth inch thick. It is of a fine pinkish purple color and pearly lustre. The structure is composite, being an aggregate of prismatic individuals showing an obtuse angle. On closer examination it is found that this angle does not belong to a prism in a crystallographic sense. It is made by two cleavage planes of unequal cleavability, intersecting at about 130°. In the adjoining ( \% Fig. 4. Gregarina micro- \ oP oon 00 >p< figure the fragment which was measured is projected on the ba- 50*5' sal plane (oP). The cleavage along coPoo is less than along coPoo (which reflected a perfect image). The cleavage along oP is good. The cleavage along 00P is not mentioned in Dana's Handbook. Specific gravity = 2-949 (0,g938 substance). B. B. fuses at thin edge to a grayish white enamel, coloring the flame orange. Strong hepar reaction, no color with fluxes. At red heat the color is de- stroyed. No water in the closed tube. Dissolves in strong HCL. Analysis gave : Ignition 0-0018 ; BaSo4 = 0-3355 ; A. Substance 0"207 gr. CaO = 0-838. B. Substance 0-6463 gr. CaO = = 0-2575. Ignition = Insoluble = SO3 = 0-0025 insoluble ; BaSo4 =1-0485 ; A B 0-90 0-90. 0-40 0-40. 55-80 55-78. CaO = 40-49 39-84. 97-59 96-92. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1889. The filtrate from B, after CaC20' had been removed, was evapo- porated, and residuum ignited. It yielded a sodium reaction, but not sufficient to account for the lack of three per cent in the analyses. Iron was found in very small quantity. The pigment appears to be a carbon compound. Pyrite is visible in several places surrounding the anhydrite. A thin section of the rock showed essentially an emerald green mineral (black when thick) which polarized very weakly and showed little dichroism. With it a white, very transparent mineral, which polarizes like a plagioclase. Besides these only small grains of a bluish purple mineral could ba seen. It was possible to separate, by Mercuric iodide, the white mineral in a pure state. Its analysis, made with 0-20 gr. gave CaO = 0-0228 (diff.) SiO2 = 55-88 APO3 = 0-0568 (white) * APO = 28-40 Na'SO4 = 00210 CaO = 11-14 Na20 = 4-58. 100-00 The plagioclase is therefore Labradorite. The green mineral could not be freed either from the plagioclase nor from the dark brown grains. The analysis gave iff.) SiO2 APO3 FeO CaO = 47-45 = 7-40 = 12-08 = 21-95 MgO Na20 Ignition = 9-75 0-92 0-47 SiO2 APO3 CaO Na20 = 10-92 = 5-55 = 2-15 = 0-92 • Labradorite Pyroxene SiO2 =36-531 APO3 1-85 FeO = 12-08 100-00 CaO =19-78 MgO = 9.75 Ignition = 0'47 y That the green mineral must betaken as a Pyroxene follows from its optical behavior and also from the fact that the splinters show under the microscope a nearly rectangular cleavage. The nature of the roundish brown grains could not be ascertained. We have here the existence of anhydrite as a secondary crystalli- zation on an undoubtedly intrusive rock. It's elements are to be found in the calcium of Labradorite and Pyroxene, and the sul- phur of the Pyrite. But one should expect to see Selenite crystal- lizing under these conditions. Some years ago (Proc. Acad. 1873,) the author showed how anhydrite tails from a solution of calcium sulphate at 150°C. in a sealed tube, but selenite at the boiling point at atmospheric pressure. The existence of high pressure with or without heat would account therefore for the anhydrite on Diabase. The author is not aware that this mineral has heretofore been found among the epigenetic products of crystalline intrusive rocks. 1889.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 13 January 8. Mr. Edward Goldsmith in the chair. Eighteen persons present. January 15. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Nineteen persons present. January 22. Mr. John H. Redfeild in the chair. Fifteen persons present. January 29. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Thirteen persons present. A paper entitled " The Sternalis Muscle." By S. W. Williston, M. D., was presented for publication. Messrs W. Moylan Lansdale, Henry Phillips Coleman, Edward Bancroft and W. Xavier Sudd nth were elected members. Signor Jose N. Roverosa of San Juan Bautista, Mexico, and Sir John Lubbock of London were elected correspondents. The following were ordered to be printed : 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. OBSERVATIONS UPON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SKULL IN NEOTOMA FUSCIPES ; A CONTRIBUTION TO THE MORPHOLOGY OF THE RODENTIA BY R. W. SHUFELDT, C. M. Z. S. While collecting in the vicinity of San Bernardino, California, daring the spring of 1887, Mr. F. Stephens secured a female speci- men of Neotoma fuscipes which was far advanced in pregnancy at the time of capture. From this source I obtained an embryo of this wood rat, and am under great obligations to Mr. Stephens for the opportunity it has given me to record something in reference to its developmental anat- omy, and my observations upon it will form the subject of the pres- ent paper. Neotoma fuscipes is by no means a common species, being restricted in its geographical range to certain parts of the Pacific coast and northern Mexico. I have never personally taken this represen- tative of the genus, but I have on numerous occasions secured its near relative, the form found throughout New Mexico, Neotoma cinerea, of which I have a series of skeletons at my hand, of my own preparing. Just prior to birth, the embryo of N fuscipes is quite hairless, and measures in its total length about 4cms between vertex and tip of tail, presenting all the general characteristics of the embryo of this genus of the Murida?. For its total length, the head measures 1 centimetre and some few millimetres and in drawing my plates which illustrate this account of its skull, I have enlarged these parts six diameters. In working out the skull of this little rodent I have had to make constant reference to the following works, which, though the only ones available to me at the time, by no means pretend to be a com- plete bibliography of the subject, while, on the other hand, they constitute the best aids we possess to embryological research upon the mammalia : Allen, Harrison, M. D. On a revision of the Ethmoid Bone in the Mammalia. Bull. Mus. Comp. Anat. Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass. Nov. 1882, pis. 1-7, pp. 135- 164. Balfour, F. M. A Treatise on Comparative Embryology. London, 1881. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 15 Flower, W. H. An Introduction to the Osteology of the Mammalia, 1885. Article, "Mammalia" Encyc. Brit. 9th Edition, 1883. Forbes, W. A. Coll. Scientific Memoirs. Garrod, A. H. Coll. Scientific Memoirs. Huxley, T. H. Elements of Comparative Anatomy. London. 1864. A Manual of the Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals, London, 1871. Owen, Sir Richard. Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of Vertebrates. Parker, W. K. The Morphology of the Skull. 1887. On the Structure and Development of the Skull in the Mammalia. Phil. Trans, of the Royal Soc. 1885. Parker, W. N. "NYiedersheim's Comparative Anatomy of Ver- tebrates. 1886. Parker, T. J. Zootomy. London, 1884. Besides numerous special memoirs of other authors and laborers in similar fields. A general survey of the Skull and of the investing bones. Professor Parker, I think, would say that the embryo before me was in the " fourth stage," inasmuch as endostosis has at many points invaded the cartilaginous parts, while ossification is more than ap- parent in such investing bones of the primordial skull as the inter- parietal and the supraoccipital, which latter is as yet in two distinct lateral moieties. We might describe the form of the skull of this embryo as being subconoid, the apex being represented by the snout, and the hemi- spherical base by the region of the cranial vault and infraoccipital parts. Judging from the skull of an adult of another species, Neotoma cinerea, this form materially changes by the time the animal arrives at maturity, for then the skull is quite flat for its entire superior aspect, and from incisor teeth to occipital condyles. Most of the structures of the basis cranii are to be found in a plane parallel to this superior surface. Then, too, frontal, parietal, and interparietal bones do not quite fulfil in the skull of the adult what they promise in the embryo ; by this I mean that as growth proceeds the mesial por- tions gain area over the first and last mentioned elements, and come to be the chief agents in forming the cranial roof. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. In our embryo the nasals have advanced to no inconsiderable degree of calcification after the manner of the membrane bones among the higher mammalia generally. By chafing their superior surfaces with the edge of the scalpel the grit of the ossificatory state can at once be detected, though they are yet thin and easily punct- ured. Each one is in contact, laterally, for its entire length with the premaxillary of its own side. In front they overlap the cartila- ginous snout, while posteriorly they are separated from the frontals by a membranous suture, the coronal suture of anthropotomy. They curve downwards mesially, and are in contact with each other for their entire lengths. A frontal, as another investing membrane bone, seems to be rather further advanced towards ossification than we found a nasal to be, and this pair of bones are, as before remarked, the chief roofing ele- ments at this stage of the middle area' of the skull. Behind and towards the middle line each one presents a rounded angle to the " fontanelle " (fig. 2, fo.), and is separated from the parietal of its own side by a membranous interval. Within either orbit a frontal is in contact with the nascent maxillary margin in front and below, while mesoposteriorly, and at the side, the bone is juxtaposed to the growing margins of the ali- and orbitosphenoids and the squamosal. (Plate I, Fig. 1). Mesially, the parietals are well separated from each other by the intervention of the " fontanelle " (Plate I, Fig. 2, fo.). Here, they are at this stage antero-posteriorly rather narrow, but each one be- comes gradually broader as it proceeds outwards and curves down- wards towards the lateral aspect of the cranium, where the bone is separated by a considerable membranous sutural interval from the squamosal for its anterior marginal moiety ; its posterior border jutting freely into the unossified tract above and behind the auditory bulla of the same side. Either parietal shows even better evidence of ossification than the frontal in front of it, being best marked at the middle of the bone, while the periphery is yet largely membranous which fact no doubt allows the bones to assume the position they eventually attain to in the skull of the adult Neotoma. There is a large and distinct interparietal, which the writer is inclined to think ossifies from two centres, one on either side of the middle line, though at the present stage it is one piece, and more thoroughly ossified than any of the elements described in the last few paragraphs (Plate II, Figs. 1, 2 and 4, i. p.). It has the 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 form of a lune, its straight edge being directed anteriorly, and the middle third of the same forming the hinder boundary for the "fontanelle," while its arc behind is juxtaposed to the non-united supraoccipitals, the extremities of the bone jutting at either lateral aspect into the unossified area above the auditory bulla. In an adult Neotoma cinerea the interparietal can be easily made out by its sutural margins, and it will be seen that it comes there more to contribute to the cranial roof, rather than to close in the back of the brain-case as it does in our embryo N.fuscipes. Of all the investing bones of the outer surface of the cranium in our specimen none possess a greater interest than the squamosal. One of these (sq) stands between the frontal and parietal of the same side above, and the primary structures of the ear and associate parts below. Essentially, at this stage the squamosal is a flat, bone of a pear-shaped outline, the smaller part being directed backwards, and the larger oval moiety forwards, which latter bears near its anterior periphery the forward-projecting zygomatic process. It articulates with the posterior extremity of the jugal of the corresponding side. Even in the adult Xeotoma, the glenoid facette of the squamosal is not nearly as definitely marked as we find it in many other forms of eutherian mammals, so in this embryo the feature is still less pro- nounced at the stage of development in the specimen before us. In figure 1 of my plates I have intentionally slightly dislodged the mandible from its normal position the better to show the embryonic otic structures, which latter have to a less degree been similarly dealt with. Apparently one of the scale-like, small, and fairly well ossified lacrymals presents a greater surface to the facial aspect of the skull than it does to the orbital, and at this stage the lacrymal canal (Plate I, Fig. 1, I. c.) may be seen just anterior to the slit-like and extensive infra-orbital foramen. Professor Flower has said that this orifice "is always well within the margin of the orbit,"1 but this wood rat undoubtedlv constitutes an exception to the rule, for in the embryo it is found as I have just described it, and in the skulls of the adult specimens of N. cinerea at my hand, the lacrymal canal is found within that vertical fissure which in these rodents represents the infra-orbital foramen. It is here quite large, wedge-shaped, the edge being below, and its roof above formed by its maxillary, which base also forms the verti- 1 Flower, W. H. Osteology of the Mammalia, 3d Edition, p. 181. 18 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1889. cal plate of its outer boundary, while its inner wall is formed chiefly by the lacrymal, and to a very small degree, posteriorly, by the frontal. The jugal takes no part in its formation in Neotoma. Rodents are notorious for the large size of the premaxillary bones in their skulls, and to this rule the genus now under consideration forms no exception. Here a premaxillary of either side stands between the corresponding nasal and maxillary, preventing those elements of the face from coming in contact at any point. Supe- riorly, it sends backwards a lanceolate-shaped apophysis to overlap the frontal of the same side, and this feature is distinctly shown in Plate I, Figs. 1 and 2. Laterally, it makes up the chief side-wall of the conical fore-part of the skull of this embryo, and rounds under to form the roof of the anterior part of the mouth, though here a mesially oval foramen largely prevents it from suturally uniting with the fellow of the opposite side down the middle line (Plate I, Fig. 3). Each one anteriorly and beneath shows a diminutive pitlet, in which the inci- sor tooth is budding out, the latter not quite tilling the hole closely, and withal being yet in an elementary state. Either premaxillary in the oval foramen above referred to, and on the outer aspect of the nasal septum in front, send backwards a teat-like process, into the spinal space ; and in the skull of the adult Neotoma, these processes seem to have finally each pressed down upon the vomer and fused with its infero-anterior part. A premaxillary articulates with a nasal, a frontal, a lacrymal, the vomer, the ethmoidal mass, and with the fellow of the opposite side, and at this stage it seems to have progressed in its ossification, about as far as the nasals have, already described above. The maxillary, on either side, is a very important, not to say inter- esting, investing bone of the face and roof of the mouth (mx). It sends backwards a delicate zygomatic process, which underlaps the jugal to complete the zygoma. To some extent anteriorly, it con- tributes to the formation of the bony walls of the orbit, especially where it articulates with the lacrymal. In front, just beyond the infra-orbital foramen, it articulates by a vertical suture with the premaxillary of the same side, while behind this it sweeps down- wards and inwards, to complete the posterior moiety of its own side of the periphery of the incisor foramen, or " the anterior palatine foramen " of Flower, after which it contributes to the osseous oral roof, articulating by a transverse zigzag suture with the palatine, and 1889] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 at the lateral aspect developing at this stage the elementary alveolar " process " for the lodgment of the molar teeth. These latter are now in a very primitive condition, though their form can be made out with no little distinctness. As in the case of the incisor teeth, their pristine sockets are larger than is necessary to lodge their dental occupants. According to Wiedersheim, the jugal (Plate I, Figs. 1, 2 and 3 J) is considered to be one of the investing bones of the outer side of the mouth cavity, as the vomer is considered an investing bone of the mouth cavity proper. In Xeotoma, as in some other rodents, the jugal has an uncommon disposition, as it is overlapped by the zygomatic process of the squamosal, and underlapped by the maxillary. For the most part it is to be found lying along on the superior aspect of the maxillary, while but a limited portion of it is to be seen upon a better view of the arch, at the middle of its continuity. In neither the embryo N. fuscipes, nor in adult specimens of the genus, does the jugal possess any salient characteristics, its sole function being to complete the slender zygomatic arch, and were it not that the de- mands of a universal law exacted its presence, its actual use might easily be dispensed with, for the zygomatic arch could just as well be completed by a meeting of the maxillary and zygomatic process. Indeed in some adult skulls of JY. cinerea, it takes a good lens and careful observation to detect the presence of the jugal bone at all, so perfectly is it moulded to the conformation of this delicate osseous rod, which curves below and well out beyond the orbital cavity, in one way defining its limits, and lending to the skull of this species its well-known and characteristic form. The vomer presents nothing peculiar, contributing as it does to the hinder moiety of the nasal septum, and ossifying rather late in the growth of the skull. We may refer to this bone further on, when we come to investigate the formation of the rhinal chambers. We next pass to a brief consideration of some of the most interest- ing structures in this or any other mammalian skull ; I refer to the mandible and those parts at its posterior extremity which are con- cerned in the elaboration of the auditory apparatus. Here, to some extent, we are upon debatable premises, and are brought face to face with yet mooted questions in morphology, and consequently must proceed with caution. Plate I, Fig. 1 shows very well the form of the mandible upon its lateral aspect. At this stage it is deep and thick, although the symphysis anteriorly has not as yet coossified, the 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. two halves here being held in juxtaposition by the not inextensive union between the fore ends of the Meckelian cartilaginous rod. Those toothsacs for the lower incisor teeth are about as far advanced as those described for the preinaxillary bones, and this applies with equal truth to the molars of this lower jaw, though perhaps these are not quite as far advanced as the molars of the maxillary above. For the most part the mandible has to no small degree ossified. We are to note, however, that the summit of the low and ill-defined "coronoid process " is tipped with nascent cartilage, and this state obtains also with the yet growing condyle, here harbored in the shal- low glenoid cavity of the squamosal on either side. Below these protuberances a prominent angular process is to be observed, also cartilage-tipped as in the case of the condyle and coronoid. These several prominences of the posterior end of either ramus of the lower jaw in this embryo rodent, gives it a very marked vertical depth and a fan-like form, which renders it quite conspicuous. Through the ramus and thoroughly ensheathed by it, longitudinally courses the slender Meckelian rod of cartilage, to fuse anteriorly, as already stated, with its fellow of the opposite side. At its hinder and free end, the Meckelian cartilage becomes clubbed and of a peculiar form ; the extremity proper is cupped to receive in articulation the incus, while below this cup the rod sends forwards and downwards a very delicate, cylindrical spur of cartilage, here incorporated in the plane of the membrana tympani, within the semi- arc of the tympanic annulus. These parts seem yet to be largely performed in cartilage, and we see the malleus in the hinder end of this Meckelian cartilage, while the labors of Salensky, Fraser and Kitchen Parker seem to have at last definitely decided that " the incus is the upper element of the first or mandibular arch." Here in this embryo Neotoma, the incus develops an unusually long posterior crus, as shown in Figure 1, extending over towards the auditory bulla (an). As in the vast majority of the higher groups of the mammalia, the stapes is stirrup-shaped, and its foot-piece closes up the fenestra ovalis, and this stapes according to the most recent researches has been said to correspond with the hyomandibu- lar of fishes, or in other words is the upper element of the hyoid arch, as the incus, as we have just said, is the off-constricted piece of the proximal extremity of the mandibular arch. Agreeing with the first two described auditory ossicles, the stapes at this stage in Neo- toma fuscipes, seems yet to be wholly in cartilage. I failed to detect 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 the rudimentary interhyal in the tendon of the stapedius muscle, but might do so were additional material at hand. These wood rats have tympanic bullae of no inconsiderable size, and in the dried skull of an old A7, dnerea their lower surfaces are quite transparent, each being somewhat laterally compressed and inclined towards each other, so that were their imaginary horizontal long axes produced to the front they would intersect at a point just slightly anterior to the posterior narial aperture. In form, then, these bullae are subcompressed ovoid, where mesi- al ly they are moulded upon the bones they come in contact with at the base of the cranium at its infero-external aspect, which have to do with the auditory chamber. Turning for the moment from our consideration of the proper " investing bones," I desire to pass a few remarks upon the " hyoi- dean apparatus." Essentially, this seems to be built up upon the plan of these parts as we find them in the more highly organized eutherian mammalia generally. In the specimen before us, however, ossification even at this stage appears but to have advanced slowly, the several segments of the arch yet being largely in cartilage. All the elements of these parts seem to be present in this embryo, and the most notable feature to me is the form of the basi-branchial as I make it out. It is far more extensively curved than Parker found it to be in the hedgediog, by which I mean the curved rod of cartilage composing it is longer (Plate I, b. h. br.). By examining the arch in an adult N. cinerea, the same feature seems to be present, for the " body of the hyoid " is there larger and curved. Another mammal, the dog, as drawn by Flower, also shows a curved basi- branchial, whereas in the armadillo it is a medium piece united apparently with the thyrohyals (Parker). The thyrohyals in the embryo Neotoma are but feebly developed (t. hy), and remain in- conspicuous after ossification in them is completed. Agreeing with most ordinary mammals the three remaining pieces of the hyoid present nothing of marked peculiarity. Returning to the investing bones of the skull, there yet remains two of them to be described in the present connection, viz. : — the palatine and the pterygoid. If there be any superficial ossific deposit yet in either pterygoid (Plate I, Fig. 3, pg) the writer failed to discover it after a very careful investigation. We are aware that in the pig at the fourth stage of its development the pterygoids are somewhat advanced in 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. their ossification, but here in our specimen each pterygoid proper now consists in a well-pronounced subcylindrical cartilaginous rod- let to some extent centrally ossified, which, on either hand, projects out from behind the ossifying palatine of its own side. External to either one of these we observe the continuation of the bone in its 'external pterygoid plate,' which is also in cartilage, and arises both from the ali- and basisphenoidal regions. Neotoma cinerea, in the skull of the adult, shows well how the pterygoids are finally fashioned in bone at maturity, and if they represent the condition for the genus, we find that the external plate in each is nearly hori- zontal in position, and raised above the frontal and sphenoidal regions; the sutural traces remain quite distinct; the "hamular processes " have their extremities produced, and turned slightly outwards, while these apophyses are not far apart mesially, nor do their ends lack much of reaching the auditory bulla on either side, where the Eustachian tube opens. Passing next to a palatine bone, we find it to be ossified to no in- considerable extent, with the salient angles of its horizontal portion rounded off, its borders being yet membranous, or in an imperfect cartilaginous stroma, a tissue furnished by the epiblast during the growth of the embryo, and now taking on ossification. The ''posterior palatine foramina" are easily found, while the hinder margins of these bones unite to form the lower free edge of the posterior bases. Having the most usual relations to the nasal septum and surround- ing parts, the ascending lamina of a palatine is not so thoroughly ossified as the horizontal portion of the bone ; and at this stage of its growth, this embryo Neotoma may be said to have a cleft palate, so wide are the medial sutures between the elements. Of the endocranium, and the development of the cartilage bones. To Professor Kitchen Parker are we indebted more than to any other single writer since the dawn of anatomical science to the pres- ent time for our knowledge of the morphology of the vertebrate skull, and from his recent writings, the mammalian skull in partic- ular. Under the influence of his never weary hand, has this, one of the most difficult problems which man has ever investigated, grown out into the light with all the beauty associated with the budding of a complete flower. In reading his "Structure and Development of the Skull in the Mammalia" one loses himself as though he were 1889.] .NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 perusing pages of the most fascinating romance, and is led on step by step, as " the thing " grows, and shapes, and matures, with an almost irresistible passion for the marvelous story. Omitting those parts which I have referred to above, and confining ourselves to the structures which properly fall within the present section, we are clearly shown how in the endocranium in its pristine membranous condition there is laid down at its base in primitive cartilage the pair of rods which are the ground plan of the future brain-case, the harborage of that most powerful of all organs, the encephala. These rods of the trabecules cranii, which behind embrace the notochord (the parachordals), while anteriorly their segmentations become the trabecules proper and enclose the primitive pituitary space. From these simple beginnings, part after part, grows and evolves, until in due time we have before us the mature skull with all its associated structures. At the appointed instant sense-capsules are born and elaborated pari passu as the cranial moulding proceeds ; and nerves and vessels burrow with precision through tracts and by- ways long known to their kind in the ancestral types of the species, guided by the ceaselessly acting laws of variation and evolution. Turning to the nether aspect of the basis cranii in our embryo Neo- tomu fuscipes we find the foramen magnum (Plate I, Fig. 3,/. m.) to be of a subelliptical' outline, a form retained probably throughout life, as it obtains in the skulls of other adult Neotomas which I have examined. The supraoccipital is still in two parts, the medial ver- tical suture being very evident. It is, however, rapidly ossifying, bone having advanced to the superior arc of the foramen, and no doubt that early in the next stage the supraoccipital would be in one piece (s. o.). The condyles show very prettily, and as structures developed by the exoccipitals (e, o.) they are well started in the process of ossifica- tion, though their ossific centres have not yet impinged upon either the supra or basioccipital. Much cartilage is still to be found, both above them and at their sides. Embedded in this material below, we are to observe just in front of the occipital foramen the subquadrilateral form of the basiocci- pital, already nicely started in bone. This osseous part does not as yet reach the auditory bulla on either hand, though posteriorly it arrives at the margin of the foramen magnum. Anteriorly, a car- tilaginous tract intervenes between the concave border of the basi- occipital and the ossific centre which represents the future basisphe- 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. noicl. This latter (bs) is at present but a small, squarish piece of bone occurring in the basic cartilage, just posterior to the pterygoid, which in the skull of an old iV. cinerea, is wedge-shaped in outline for its exposed surface, and stands between the pterygoids, the nar- row end to the front, separated by a distinct suture from the pre- sphenoid, and the broad end behind, separated by a similar suture from the basi-occipital ; the three bones, thus continuous, making a characteristic area having the form of an acute isosceles triangle. Nearly every trace of the notochord has disappeared in our embryo Neotoma at this stage, its former presence being but faintly indicated by a whitish line traversing the basi-occipital plate in a medio- longitudinal direction, and entirely disappearing near its middle. Beyond, the presphenoid shows commencing osseous deposit in a narrow line down its length, but is still chiefly performed in cartil- age, the former being barely perceptible. Referring again to skulls of the N. cinerea, adult specimens, it becomes worthy of remark, that the supraoccipital region and the foramen magnum are both in near- ly the same plane, it being quite vertical, and almost at right angles with the horizontal plane in which the interparietal and parietals lie. This part of the cranium in our embryo, as already stated above, is more or less rounded as shown in the figures. To the outer side of either exoccipital is seen a distinct and spine-like paroccipital, which feature I fail to find in so early a stage as the embryo before us represents. Professor Parker in his famous work upon the ' Morphology of the Skull ' in alluding to the development of the pig at its ' fourth stage,' contends that there the notochord is not yet quite obliterated in the basioccipital, though it is rapidly becoming so. He also points out that a separate ossific centre, in that animal, is to be found in either massive condyle, but they soon coalesce with the ex- occipitals on either side. Agreeing with Neotoma fuscipes, the supra- occipital in the pig at this stage is in two pieces, or " patches" as Professor Parker expresses it, and they " run into one another in a day or two " (p. 288). Of the three bones that unite to form the periotic ossification, I find but one that as yet appears in any Avay advanced beyond a car- tilaginous condition ; and this is the opisthotic (Plate II, Fig. 5, o.p.) After the membrane bones which form the vault of the skull have been duly removed, this auditory osseous element may be detected posterior to, and to the other side of the periotic capsule, which is 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25 otherwise in nascent cartilage, though quite dense and on the verge of ossifying. This internal view of the cranial casket, reveals the fact that at this stage at least the periotic mass is but slightly eleva- ted above the general level of the floor of the brain-case, and in no way as prominent as the external auditory bulla on either side. It still, however is more or less rounded, and it is only later in life apparently that this projection becomes somewhat angulated as we see it in the adult skull. In this region in the cranium of the em- bryo Neotoma the usual vascular and nerve foramina can be easily made out. Already in another paragraph, I have alluded to the state in which we find the basi- and presphenoid (Plate II, Fig. 6, b. s. and p. s.) and it will be seen that the anterior part of the cranial floor is fairly well-paved by two other ossifications of mammalian skull. I refer to the rather large and squarish alisphenoids (al. s.), one on either side of the first-named element, and the more oval orbitosj)henoids, one on either side of the presphenoidal cartilage. These bones are already well-ossified and are pierced by the usual nerve foramina ; the latter by the optic (II), and the former by the third branch of the fifth (V3) through the foramen ovale. A slight pituitary depres- sion is to be observed at its most usual site upon the presphenoid. The arrangement of these parts then, with its true stirrup-shaped stapes, indicates that Neotoma holds quite an exalted position, struct- urally, among the eutherian mammalia. Beyond the sphenoidal region the endocranium gradually but rapidly narrows, and just posterior to the nasal structures and cham- bers we meet with a sub-vertical cribriform plate (cr.p.) showing mi- nute perforations for the passage of the nerves. Mesially, a posterior- ly rounded crista galli (Plate II, Fig. 5, cr. g.) is to be seen. These parts are as yet all performed in cartilage. By carefully removing the investing bones from the fore part of the skull we at once bring into view the chondrified elements of the nasal organs. We have already alluded to the vomer, and now it can be easily detached from the cartilaginous lamina perpendicu- lnris, with which it is articulated by a longitudinal median groove traversing its entire superior margin. The base, for the vomer at this stage is entirely in bone, is some 3 cms. long, and sharp, or more or less sharp, along its inferior edge. As in most rodents the lamina perpendiculars is produced forwards 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. as the septum nasi (Fig. 6, s. ?i.). Cribriform plate and lamina per- pendicularis together form the mesethmoid. Jacobson's Organs, one on either side of the septum, are, as in the vast majority of the rodentia, well developed in this embryo; and as in the case of Lepus appear to be ensheathed by the backward, extending, posteriorly free terminating palatine processes of the snout, as seen in Figure 6 (re. c). These "organs" have been described by Prof. Wiedersheim (Parker's translation) as being "a paired accessory nasal cavity, which in an early embryonic stage be- comes entirely separated from the nasal chamber, and which is supplied by the olfactory and trigeminal nerves." They are sur- rounded by the cartilages of Jacobson, likewise paired and of a scroll- like form. Uniting with the antero-ventral aspect of the septum nasi beneath, we are to note the ali-nasal cartilage on either hand, encircling the external nostrils (e. n. and al. ».), while the ali-t-eptal, one on each side of the septum on the dorsal aspect, run the entire length and roof over the nasal chambers (Plate II, Fig. 5, al. sp.) Large and of peculiar form, the aliethmoids form a striking feature here, and may be seen both upon dorsal and ventral aspects. To some extent they form the roof of each rhinal chamber, as well as the sides and floor. Inferiorly, they become much expanded behind, rounded, encircling submesial vacuities, as shown in Figure 6, (Plate II, al. e.). Finally, turning to the ventral aspect of this minute endocranium we see external to either recurrent cartilage, right and left of the median ossified vomer (v), the inferior turbinal proper (/'. tb.), each one in addition to its usual attachments in mammals of this order is here connected with the septum nasi anteriorly, and terminates behind in a teat-like process, extending somewhat further in that direction than does the vomer. They swell at the middle of their continuity, being convex externally and concave upon their vomerine aspects. In a former paragraph, I have already alluded to the " recurrent cartilages," so designated by Parker (re. c), and these may now be seen upon this view. Especial attention is invited to them as they are the essential capsules which enclose the organs of Jacobson. To study them properly it becomes necessary to gently press outwards the inferior turbinate. At present they are in car- tilage entirely, thin, and of an elegant scroll-like form, being for the most part open superiorly, and in contact with the vomer, mesially, being in either ease outgrowths of the alee nasi. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 With this I close the present account of the cranium in this em- bryo of one of our not abundant species of American rodents. Upon some future occasion I trust to compare it quite extensively with the development and morphology of the skull in other types of mammals of this country, especially the rodentia. Explanation of Plates I and II. Note. — The figures of these two plates were drawn and colored by the author directly from his dissections, and in them the mem- brane bones have been simply shaded ; the cartilage bones colored orange ; and the endocranium and other cartilaginous parts, purple. In all the figures the structures are increased six times the size of life, and the following letters used as abbreviations : ag. p. Angular process. al. e. Aliethmoid. al. n. Alinasal. al. s. Alisphenoid. al. sp. Aliseptal. a. ty. Annulus tympanicus. au. Auditory capsule. b. h. br. Basihyobranchial. b. o. Basiocclpital. b. s. Basisphenoid. cr. g. Crista galli. cr. p. Coronoid process. a: pi. Cribriform plate. cl. Dentary. e. hy. Epihyal. e. n. External nostrils. /. Frontal. f. m. Foramen magnum. fo. Fontanelle. r/l.f. Glenoid cavity. i. Incus. i. />. Interparietal. i. tb. Inferior turbinal. j. Jugal. I. Lacrymal. I. c. Lacrymal canal. mk. Meckel's cartilage. 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. ml. Malleus. »'■ ty- Membrana tympani. mx. Maxillary. ii. Nasal. nf. Nasal floor. 11. v. Nasial valve. oc. c. Occipital condyle. op. Opisthotic. 0. s. Orbitosphenoid. p- Parietal. pa. Palatine. p. e. Perpendicular ethmoid. pg- Pterygoid. ps. Presphenoid. pin. Premaxillary. py- Pituitary region. re, c. Recurrent cartilage. s. n. Septum nasi. s. 0. Supraoccipital. sq. Squamosal. St. Stapes. t. hy. Thyrohyal. v. Vomer. Plate I. Fig. 1. Left lateral view of the skull of an embryo Neotoma fusdpes, with hyoidean apparatus attached ; X 6. Fig. 2. The same specimen seen from above ; mandible removed. Fig. 3. The same from below ; mandible removed. Roman numerals indicate nerves or their foramina. Plate II. Fig. 4. Posterior view of the skull of an embryo Neotoma fusd- pes; same specimen as figured in Plate I, (X 6) ; mandi- ble removed. Fig. 5. The endocranium of a specimen of an embryo of Neoto- mafuscipes; the same skull as is figured in Plate I, fig. 1 (X 6). All the investing bones have been removed, and superfluous parts dissected away. Fig. 6. The same specimen shown in Fig. 5, under view. 18 mill. West Florida, at Shaw's Point, Manatee Co., and Little Sarasota Bay. Differs from Z. arboreus Say in the smaller spire and wider last whorl ; fewer whorls ; differently shaped aperture. It is about half the size of Z. arboreus, and the sculpture is the same as in that species. The Helix ottonis of Pfeifier, of which specimens from Cuba and Havti are before me, has no special relationship to this species, but is undoubtedly a synonym of Z. arboreus, as Pfeiffer him- self concluded. H. ottonis differs from arboreus in nothing but the lighter color ; the form and dimensions are precisely as in arboreus. (See Pfr. in Wiegm. Archiv fur Naturgesehi elite, 1840, p. 251 ; the species was never described in the " Monographia Heliceorum.") The aperture in Z. dallianus is less lunate than in Z. arboreus, emb racing less of the penultimate whorl ; seen from beneath, the greater portion of the aperture lies outside of the periphery of the penultimate whorl; whilst in Z. arboreus the reverse is the case. The much smaller size of dallianus also separates it from Z. arboreus. This species was sent me under the above name by Mr. Chas. T. Simpson, the well-known student of Floridan shells. The same 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. form I find in the museum of the Academy, collected by Mr. Henry Hemphill. Zonites singleyanus Pilsbry. Proc. A. X. S. Philada., 1888, PI. xvii, figs. m,m,m. ►Shell minute, broadly umbilicate, planorboid, the spire scarcely perceptibly exserted ; subtranslucent, waxen white, shining, smooth, under a strong lens seen to be slightly wrinkled by growth-lines ; whorls three, rather rapidly increasing, separated by well-impressed sutures, convex, the apex rather large ; body-whorl depressed, slightly descending, indented below around the umbilicus ; aperture small, semilunar, oblique ; peristome simple, acute. Umbilicus nearly one-third the diameter of the shell, wide, showing all the whorls. Alt, 1, diam. 2 mill. New Brannfels, Comal Co., Texas. Allied to Z. minusculus, but much more depressed, more shining, smoother, smaller, with broader umbilicus and a complete whorl less than minusculus. This species, one of the most 'distinct of the smaller forms of Hyalina, was communicated to me by Mr. J. A. Singley, in whose honor it is named. I have also found a few specimens among the shells collected by myself in central Texas, during the winter of 1885-'86. With Z. singleyanus at New Braunfels are found quantities of Z. minusculus. The latter species exhibits some varia- tion, being often more depressed than most northern specimen. This depressed form has been noticed in Mexico by Strebel,* who pro- poses for Z. minusculus the new generic title of Chanomphalus, which of course is completely synonymous with Pseudohyalina Morse. 1864, and this again is not different enough from Hyalina to warrant the erection of a new genus or sub-genus. There is some variation in the width of the umbilicus in Texan specimens of Z. minusculus, but I have not seen specimens with it so wide as Dr. Dall indicates for his var. alachuana, from Florida. H elegantulus Pfr. is about the size and form of my Zonites singleyanus, but it is a strongly sculp- tured species. It may not be out of place here to note the fact that the Helix (Polygyra) hippocrepis Pfr. has been rediscovered by Mr. Singley, near New Braunfels ; as typical examples sent me attest. This species has been heretofore known by but one specimen in America * Vide Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Fauna mexikanischer Land und Siisswasser Conchylien, Theil iv, p. 19, pi. iv, fig. 10. (1880.) 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 as far as I am aware. The shell exhibits a type of aperture com- plications different from any other species of Polygyra. Poecilozonites reinianus Pfr. Far. goodei Pilsbry. PI. Ill, figs. 12 and 13. This form is similar in coloration and texture to P. reinianus. It is more broadly umbilicated, planorboid, the spire flat, or even sub-immersed ; whorls six. Alt. 3, diam, 10 mill. Among the Bermudan shells sent to Prof. Heilprin from the U.S. Nat. Mus., were a number of this variety, which seems to me dis- tinct enough for a name. The types of the variety are No. 94,424 of the National Museum register. Collected by G. Browne Goode. Poecilozonites bermudensis Pfr. The result of my dissection of this species was a surprise to me, for I had expected the same form of genitalia found in Zonites. The genitalia are figured on plate xvii of the Proceedings of this Academy for 1888, figs. N, o. The penis (p.) is rather short, con- voluted, thick, the vas deferens inserted at its termination, is rather short. The cloaca is large, wide ; below the penis there is a long club-shaped sac (d.), its base dilated where it enters the cloaca. This is probably a dart-sack, although the specimens examined by me contained no dart. On the penis near its base arises a duct (d.), which uniting with another (d.) arising opposite the penis, is con- tinued into a long duct coiled around the vagina, and ends in a small oval bulb, the receptaculum seminis or spermatheca (sp.). The way it is coiled around the vagina is shown also in fig. o, which represents another specimen. The albumen gland, etc. offer no un- usual characters. I did not dissect out the ovo-testis. My speci- mens were quite hard, having been in strong spirit. The connection of the duct of the spermatheca with the penis is unique as far as I know, in the Pulmonata, and suggests the proba- bility of self-impregnation. Mr. W. G. Binney has kindly called my attention to his note upon the dentition and jaw of H. bermudensis and the dentition of H. circumfirmata in the Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., iii, p. 86, 105. The first species is placed by hini with doubt in Zonites with the remark that " it seems to belong to no described genus." H. circumfirmata is left in Microphysa, for want of a better place, but Mr. Binney points out the fact that the species belongs to the Vitrinea rather than to the Helicea. 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Mr. Mazyck, of Charleston, S. C, has also published a note upon H. berraudensis, since my own paper was issued, and I am indebted to him for a copy of it. H. bermudensis is recognized by Mazyck as the type of a new genus, Juno, which of course becomes a synonym of Pcecilozonites. Mr. C. F. Ancey has likewise bestowed a subgeneric name upon H. bermudensis; and I suppose that for some years to come we will have an annual harvest of " genera " for one or another member of this little group ! I would suggest that P. circumfirmatus or P. reinianus be selected as "types" for future "genera," as the syn- onymy of bermudensis is becoming inconveniently cumbersome! The synonymy of Pcecilozonites is as follows : Helix Pfeiffer, Monographia Heliceorum Viventium i, p. 188, and of most authors. Hyalinia Pfeiffer-Clessin, Nomenclator Hel. Viv. p. 69. 1881. Hyalosagda Pfeiffer-Clessin, Noment. Hel. Viv. p. 75. Sagda (Hyalosagda) Tryon, Manual of Conchology, 2d series, iii, p. 9. Trochomorpha Albers, Die Heliceen, 1850, p. 116. Caracolus Albers-Martens, Die Heliceen, 1860, p. 156. Zonitesf and Microphysaf W. G. Binney, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. iii, p. 86, 105. Pcecilozonites Bottger, Jahrb. f. Min. Geo!, u. Paleont. 1884, ii Bd., p. 139. Pcecilozonites (" Sandb") Tryon, Manual of Conchology, 2d series, iii, p. 19, 95. Bermudia Ancey, Conchologists' Exchange, i, p. 53, 1887. Juno Mazyck, Proc. Elliott Soc. Nat. Hist., 1888, p. 210 (issued Mar. 19, 1889). Pmcilozonites Pilsbry, Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1888, p. 285. H. bermudensis Pfr. is the type of the three genera — Pa'cilozonites, Bermudia and Juno. Bythinella sequicostata Pilsbry. PI. Ill, fig. 16. Shell sub-imperforate, narrow, elongated, composed of about 6? very convex whorls, separated by profound sutures ; the spire is long, tapering, a trifle obtuse at the apex. The color is corneo-olivaceous ; the whorls are slightly marked by delicate growth-lines. The spire has longitudinal low, fold-like ribs, which are sometimes nearly ob- solete upon the body-whorl. Aperture oval or somewhat quadrate in outline, less than one-third the length of the shell ; peristome 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 thin, acute, continuous, but closely adnate on the parietal wall above the sub-perforate umbilicus; columella slightly folded. Alt. 5-6, diam. 2 mill. Sumter Co. and Haulover Canal, at the head of Indian Kiver, Fla. This shell is similar to the form of B. nickliniana called B. atten- uata Hald. in shape. It is distinguished by the low folds of the surface. When these are well developed the shell has somewhat the aspect of a tiny Goniobasis plicifera Lea. Mr. John Campbell of Germantown, Pa., presented me with numerous specimens from the locality last named. The apex is frecpiently eroded, as in most Floridan fresh-water shells. The folds of the surface are a unique character in American Bythinellre, but I do not doubt that it belongs to this genus. I have seen specimens of Tryonia very similar to the B. cequicostata, but usually Tryonia is more strongly ribbed. I think it likely that this is the same form that was dredged by Professor Heilprin in Lake Okeechobee* Hydrobia monroensis FrauenfeM. pi. Ill, figs. 17, IS, 19. My attention was first called to Frauenfeld's descriptions of Flor- idan Rissoidre when engaged in identifying a number of species sent me by Mr. C.T.Simpson. About that time Dr. Dall published descriptions of several Floridan Rissoids,f among them one which he called Bythinella monroensis ; writing under it as a doubtful syn- onym Hy. monroensis Frauenfeld. Upon looking over the Acad- emy collection I found a specimen of H. monroensis marked by Frauenfeld himself, and sent by him to Mr. Tryon many years ago. This specimen is drawn in fig. 17 of pi. iii, and corresponds exactly with Frauenfeld's description, which is as follows: " Eine Verwandte von jamaicensis Ad. oder cristallina [sic] Pfr. durch mehr oder minder gerandete Naht unterschieden. Schale keglich, nicht sehr stark, graugriin, cilglanzend. 5> Windungen, leicht gewblbt, Naht gerandet. Mundung langlieh, nach unten stark vorgaogen, oben ehoas gewinkelt, Saum nicht scharf, an der Windung lang angelegt. Nabelspalte fein. Liinge 3.8 mill, Breite 2. 1 mill." All of Frauenfeld's specimens were from Lake Monroe. Note in this description the passages which I have italicized, and which agree perfectly with the shells I have figured, but not at all with Dr. Dall's species, which is quite a distinct form. *E.\plorations on the West Coast of Florida, ttc. Trans. Wagner Free Inst, i, 1887, p. 42. f Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. viii, 1885, p. 256, el seq. 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. The synonymy is as follows : Hydrobia monroensis Frauenfeld, Verh. der k. k. zool-bot Gesell. Wien, 1863, p. 1023. Bythinella monroensis (Frau.) Tryon, Continuation of Haldeman's Monog. Fresh-water univalve Moll. U. S., p. 48. Not B. monroensis Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. viii, 1885, p. 256, pi. xvii, fig. 9. Figures 18 and 19 of the plate are drawn from specimens collected by Mr. C. T. Simpson in Hillsborough River, W. Florida. I have also seen specimens from Florida Springs, Fla. Amnicola peracuta Pilsbry & Walker. PI. Ill fig. 20. Shell ovate-conoidal, rather thin, narrowly perforate, light oliv- aceous or a little tinged with yellowish, quite smooth, somewhat shining. Whorls about 5, or a trifle less, convex, the sutures well- impressed. The spire is rather slender, acute at the apex. Aperture about one-half the total leno-th of the shell or a little less, ovate, angular above, broadly rounded beneath ; peristome adnate to the whorl above the umbilicus. Alt, 4, diam 2.8 mill. Spivey's Lake, Navarro Co., Texas. This species is most nearly allied to A. cincinnatiensis Anth.. but is smaller, more slender, more narrowly perforate, the whorls, es- pecially the last, less convex, more sloping above. The spire of A. peracuta is longer, the jieristome is adherent to the body-whorl for a greater distance, and is not thickened within. The peculiar dentition of A. cincinnatiensis is shared by this species. The types were collected by Mr. G. C. Heron, and sent me by Mr. Bryant Walker of Detroit. Mich., under the above mss. name. I have received the same shell from Comal Co., collected by Mr. Singley. Spheerium (Limosina) singley i Pilsbry. PI. Ill, figs. 14, 15. This is a small species allied to S. meridionale, S. maculatum, S. cubense, etc. The shell is small, inequilateral, wide and truncate posteriorly, narrower and rounded anteriorly, ventral margin gently curved, the hinge line curved a little less than the lower outline ; beaks small, not calyculate. Surface shining, striatulate. Color cor- neous yellow, variegated with large and small irregular maculations of blackish-brown. The blotches seem to be composed of close clusters of dots. Length 5, alt. (at the beaks) Si, diam. 2 mill. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 Cedar Creek, Hudson Co. (G. C. Heron) and Guadalupe River, Comal Co., Texas. (J. A. Singley.) The shells from Comal Co. are smaller than the specimen figured, but are precisely the same in form and coloration. S. cubense is a differently-proportioned shell, its valves are more convex, and the dark spots are small. S. meridionale and S. maculatum have similar large color-blotches, but they are both decidedly larger species and differ from S. singleyi in outline. This is the first species of the group Limosina which has been found within the borders of the United States. 90 proceedings of the academy of [1889. April 9. Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger in the chair. Thirty-one persons present. The death of Prof. M. 0. Chevreul, a correspondent, was an- nounced. The following was ordered to be printed : — 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS FROM NEW HEBRIDES. BY W. D. HARTMAN, M. D. Charis bicolor, Nobis. PI. V, fig. 1, 1 a. Shell ovate, rather thin, translucent, smooth, lines of growth fine ; whorls 4i, strongly convex, the last ovate and much inflated ; spire short conoid, of a red saffron color ; body-whorl a soiled white, with traces of a brown epidermis ; aperture ovate, direct ; labium re- flected and thickened ; a heavy deposit on the columella with a broad fold over the umbilicus, but not concealing it; labium a dull silvery white or red for one-fourth of an inch within the aper- ture, which is white. Alt. 31 to 41, diam. 19 ; aperture, alt. 20, breadth 11 mill. Habitat, Aura Island, N. Hebrides. E. L. Layard, Esqr. 06s. This species is near C. ochrostomvs Garrett. All ex- amnles received thus far are weatherbeaten. x Charis Rossiteri, Nobis. PI. V, fig. 2, 2 a. Shell acutely ovate, thin and translucent ; whorls 4j, convex, the last elongate-ovate; apical whorls acute, the first 2i of a reddish, saffron color ; epidermis brown fugacious, with darker striations ; body-whorl white beneath the epidermis ; aperture ovate, direct, white ; labium thin and reflected, with a slight deposit on the col- umella and a broad fold over the compressed umbilicus, but not concealing it. Alt. 38, diam. 16 ; aperture, alt. 20, breadth 9 mill. Habitat, Aura Island, N. Hebrides. E. L. Layard, Esqr. Obs. A smaller species than the preceding. Oxychona Layardi, Nobis. PI. V, fig. 3. Shell acutely conical, imperforate; whorls 7, the four apical whorls slightly rounded, translucent and a pale reddish color ; lower whorls flat, the last acutely carinate at the periphery; lab- ium simple and slightly reflected, with an acute notch at the outer margin; aperture subquadrate, of a pale color; color white, with flecks and zigzagged lines of gray ; two black thread-like lines with a brown one between on the basal carina, extending to the third whorl, and visible within the aperture ; color of the base a dusky 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. white, with numerous radii of a darker color, extending from the closed unbilicus to the periphery. Alt. 16, diam. 16 ; aperture, alt. 4, breadth 7 mill. Habitat, Aura Island, N. Hebrides. Obs. I have much pleasure in dedicating this beautiful and unique species to H. B. M. Consul, E. L. Layard, Esqr., of Noumea, N. Caledonia, to whom conchologists are indebted, for many new species from various sections of the world. Melania Auroriana, Nobis. PI. V, fig. 4. Shell thick, very elongate, ovate conic, decollate ; whorls 10 or more, smooth and slightly convex ; body whorl somewhat inflated ; a few sparse revolving striae at the base, often continued to the apex ; color dark olivaceous, lighter at the apex ; aperture white, ovate, round at base and expanded, a heavy white deposit on the pillar lip. Opercle black, thick, with the polar point very near the base. Alt. 56, diam. 14; aperture, alt. 18, breadth 9h mill. Habitat, Aurora Island, IS". Hebrides. From E. L. Layard, Esqr. Melania Schmacheri, Nobis. PI. V, fig. 5. Shell attenuately conical, rather thick, color dark greenish, lighter at the suture, decollate; whorls probably 8 or 9, all but the two lower with elevated longitudinal ribs, which are decussated by impressed spiral striae, giving the surface a granulated appearance; the two lower whorls have the incised spiral striae continued from the base with the interspaces smooth ; outer lip sharp and sinuous ; columella with a narrow white deposit and a moderately twisted aperture, oval, white ; opercle sub-triangular, corneous, chestnut brown, with the polar point near the base. H. 43, W. 15, apt. 17, W. apt. 15 mill. Hab. Hamma Island, near Hong-Kong, China. This shell was sent me for 31. cremdaris Desh. by Mr. Schmacher. It is a smaller shell than cremdaris which is from the Philippines, but resembles it somewhat in sculpture. Diplomorpha Brazieri, Nobis. PI. V, fig. 6. Shell dexal, thin, abbreviately ovate; whorls 4, rounded ; body whorl inflated, more than half the length ; suture well impressed ; umbilicus open ; aperture perpendicular, ovate; lip slightly reflected ; apex and aperture reddish orange; surface with coarse longitudinal 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 striae; epidermis absent, H. 19, W. 12, apt. 14, D. apt, 9 mill., Hab. Aura. Island, E. L. Layard, Esqr. Obs. Certainly distinct from D. de Latouri from the same Island. All examples received are destitute of epidermis. Trochomorpha convexa, Nobis. PI. V. fig. 7. Shell sub-lenticular, thin, very convex above; whorls six, convex above and beneath, acutely carinate, finely and transversely striate; base smooth ; umbilicus perspective one-sixth the diameter of the shell ; aperture oblique; peritreme simple ; color reddish brown with a narrow darker line on the carina ; H. 7, D. 12 J, H. apt, 2A, D. apt, 6 mill. Hab. Aura Island, New Hebrides, E. L. Layard. Obs. A more stout, convex shell, with more whorls than T. ru- bens from the same Island. Helicina Bourailensis, Nobis. PI. V. fig. 8. Shell thin and translucent, depressly conoid ; base convex; spire subacute ; whorls 5, striate with fine oblique lines of growth, which are decussated by strong-spiral striae; suture linear, impressed; basal callus white, thin, and minutely foveate ; aperture sub-ovate, very oblique; peritreme augulated at its junction with the short colum- ella; outer lip slightly thickened ; suborbicular; color a pale yellow or reddish ; color of the aperture partaking of the color of the shell. Height 3, diam 5 mill. Hab. Bourail Island, N. Caledonia. E. L. Layard, Esqr. Helicina Nehoueensis, Nobis. PI. V. fig. 9. Shell thin, polished, depressly conoid, convex beneath; spire sub- acute; whorls 5; lines of growth fine, decussated above and beneath by very fine interrupted spiral striae, in V-shaped fasciculi ; suture linear, impressed ; aperture sub-oval, very oblique, of a reddish color; lip white, thin and slightly reflected; peritreme augulated with the short columella; color pale reddish brown, darker beneath ; callous thin, silvery white and corrugated. Height 2? to 4, wide, 4 to 6 mill. Hab. Nehoue, New Caledonia. E. L. Layard, Esqr. Helicina Saxoniana, Nobis. PI. V, fig. HI. Shell thin, depressed conoid, convex beneath; whorls 4, rounded above ; suture impressed ; lines of growth regular, parallel and very fine, which are decussated by interrupted sph'al striae; spire sub- acute; aperture sub-triangular, oblique, pale reddish ; lip thin, white 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. and foveate; callous thin, white; peristome angulated at its junction with the short columella; color reddish brown. Opercle sub-trian- gular, reddish Height 3, wide 5, mill. Hab. West Coast, N. Caledonia. Obs. Mr. Saxon, per E. L. Layard, Esqr. Another example marked No. 1, Chalcei, N. Caledonia, is prob- ably the same species. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 April 16. The President, Dr. Joseph Leidy, in the chair. Thirty-four persons present. The following papers were presented for publication : — " A contribution to the Spider fauna of the Bermuda Islands," by Dr. Geo. Marx. "Notes on a small collection of Myriapods from the Bermuda Islands," by Charles H. Bollman. " A contribution to the Actinology of the Bermudas," by J. Playfair McMurrich, Ph. D. " On some new species of Mollusca from the Bermuda Islands," by Angelo Heilprin. A Parasitic Copepod. — Prof. Leidy remarked that last summer while at Beach Haven, N. J., there was brought to him from the surf a living specimen of the singular, transparent fish Leptoeephalus. In examining it he observed attached to the tail-fin a minute cope- pod crustacean, apparently of the genus Chalimus. The parasite was attached by a long filiform rostrum and resembled in this and other respects more the Chalimus eeomberi, as represented by Baird, in fig. 5, tab. xxxiii, of the British Entomostraca, than it does the original of this species as represented by Burmeister in the Nova Acta N. C. of Bonn, xvii, tab. 23, fig. 13. The species which may -. be distinguished as Chalimus tenuis is considerably less \ than half the size of C scomberi. The cephalothorax nearly twice the length of the breadth, is obcordate and proportionately much narrower than in the latter species. The frontal segment is narrow and not prominent laterally, and the biarticulate antennae are concealed beneath. The abdomen, half the length of the cephalothorax, ex- hibits three conspicuous divisions, and the short caudal appendages end in three minute setae. Abdominal feet ending in biramous leaf-like segments fringed with short setae. Rostrum linear and almost as long as the cephalo- thorax. Whole length 1.125 mm; length of cephalo- thorax 0.5 mm ; breadth 0.275 ; length of rostrum 10.5 ; length of abdomen 0.25 mm. The accompanying outline represents the animal mag- nified fortv-four diameters. 96 proceedings of the academy of [1889. April 23. The President, Dr. Joseph Leidy, in the chair. Twenty-two persons present. A paper entitled "On a new genus and two new species of Ophiurans," by J. E. Ives, was presented for publication. Fossil Vertebrates from Florida. — Dr. Leidy exhibited some re- mains of Zeuglodon recently obtained by Mr. Joseph Willcox, from a quarry of nummulitic limestone, near Ocala, Marion Co., Florida. They consist of a portion of the mandible with the mutilated re- mains of two two-fanged molars, embedded in a mass of the lime- stone, portions of several vertebrae and the crown of an anterior tooth. They pertain to a large but immature animal, probably the Z. cetoides In a crevice of the same quarry there was found an ac- cumulation of bones of quaternary age. Among those preserved and obtained by Mr. Willcox, was the skull of the Machairodus described a few weeks ago, a number of teeth of a horse, the tooth of a llama, and a premolar of the Elephas columbi. While in Florida Mr. Willcox, with his friend Wm. M. Meigs,visited Arcadia, on Peace Creek, Avhere, through the kindness of Mr. T. S. Morehead, superintendent of the Phosphate Mining Company, they procured the collection of fossils now exhibited. They mainly con- sist of the vertebra? of several small cetaceans, many teeth of a horse not differing from those of the domestic animal, fragments of deer antlers, of bones of other animals, and of turtle shells, teeth of sharks, &c. Among them are some well-preserved teeth of a tapir, Tapirus americanus. On a former occasion, through the Smith- sonian Institution, from the Peace Creek locality, a collection was received chiefly consisting of remains of a huge turtle and molar teeth and the ramus of a mandible with a tooth of the Elephas columbi. A specimen of particular interest in the collection under inspec- tion is a first ungual phalanx or pastern bone of a diminutive three- toed horse Hippotherium or Hipparion. It accords in size with an upper molar tooth, from Archer, Fl., on which was founded H. ingenuum, described in the Proceedings for 1885, p. 33. The bone not much larger and nearly of the proportions of the corres- ponding joint of our own middle finger indicates an animal of un- usually slender build. Since describing the remains from Archer, on which was founded the larger species, H. plicatile, in the Pro- ceedings for 1887, p. 309, a pastern bone attributable to it has been received from the same locality. It is actually shorter but of much more robust form than that from Peace Creek, referred to H. in- genuum. The comparative measurements of the two pasterns are as follows : — 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97 H. ingenuum. H. plieatile. Length of pastern laterally 57 mm. 50 mm. Transverse width of proximal extremity 24 " 34 " distal " 19 " 28 " shaft, at middle 15 " 25 " The specimens of greatest interest in the Peace Creek collection are three osseous plates, attributable to a species of the wonderful giant armadillo, Glyptodon. The plates though possessing the usual breadth, do not present the great proportionate thickness common in the South American Glyptodons. They bear a near resemblance to those of Hoplophorus ornatus, as represented by Dr. Burmeister in the Annals of the Public Museum of Buenos Ayres, 1870-74, pi. xvii, fig. 3. Two of the plates are hexagonal, the other pentagonal, and their thickness is from a fifth to a fourth of their breadth. The outer surface presents a low discoid eminence reaching to within a couple of lines of the border, feebly depressed concentrically and with a slight eccentric elliptical prominence. It is pitted ; more coarsely at the depressed borders, and more thickly and coarsely in the pentagonal than in the hexagonal plates. The inner surface is concave and even ; the borders are tubercular. The largest hexagonal plate is 26 lines in its widest and 18 lines in its shortest diameter, and is from 4 to 5 lines thick. The pen- tagonal plate is 22 lines where widest and from 3 to oh lines thick. The species represented by the plates may be distinguished as the Glyptodon septentrionalis. Among the fragments of turtle shells is the nuchal plate of a carapace remarkable for its deeply sculptured character, greatly ex- ceeding in this respect the condition observed in any of our recent ones. The areas of the different scutes impressing the plate are traversed by deep valleys and correspondingly prominent ridges. The median length of the plate is 27 lines ; its transverse breadth 33 lines. The specimen may be considered as distinctive of a spe- cies with the name of Emys euglypha. April 30. Mr. Isaac C. Martindale in the chair. Eighteen members present. Messrs. Charles E. Redinauer and W. B. Van^Lennep, M. D., were elected members. Max Furbringer, of Jena, was elected a correspondent. The following were ordered to be printed : — 98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. A CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE SPIDER FAUNA OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. BY DR. GEO. MARX. Little has been heretofore known of the spider fauna of the Bermudas. Mr. Black wall described six species in the Ann. and Mag. of Nat, Hist., 1868 ; and Prof. E. Simon, in speaking of the Arachnida of the Atlantic Islands in the Annales d. 1. Soc. Entom. de France, 1883, has none to add to the list of Mr. Blackwall. He, however, alludes to the character of the Bermuda spider fauna as appearing to be related to that of the Azores and the Canary Islands. Lately, Prof. Angelo Heilprin, of Philadelphia, visited the Bermudas and collected there twelve species, and by his kindness I have been able to study this addition to the spider fauna of that region. Mr. Blackwall described the following species : 1. Loxosceles rufescens, Luc. 2. Epeira gracilipes, Blackw. 3. Xysticus pallidus, Blackw. 4. Salticus diversus, Blackw. 5. Heteropoda venatoria, Lin. 6. Filistata depressa, Koch. The collection of Prof. Heilprin contains the following species : 1 . Uloborus Zosis, "Walk. 2. Xephila clavipes, Koch. 3. Epeira caudata, Hentz. 4. Epeira labyrinthea, Hentz. 5. Theridium tepidariorum, Koch. 6. Argyrodes nephilce, Taez. 7. Pholcus tipuloides, Koch. 8. Dysdera crocata, Koch. 9. Menemerus Paykidlii, Aud. 10. Menemerus melanognathus, Luc. 11. Heteropoda venatoria, Lin. 12. Lycosa atlantica, now spec. Loxosceles rufescens, Luc, has been found in the "West Indies, Central America and Florida. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 Heteropoda venatoria, Lin., seems to occur, under a certain latitude, everywhere around the globe.* Filistuta depressa, synonymous (according to Simon) with F'distata capitata, Hentz, is quite common in the southern part of the United States. Uloborus Zosis, Walk., is recorded from the West India Islands, Central and South America, and occurs also sometimes in Southern Florida. Nephila clavipes, Koch, found in Brazil, Central America and Florida, Texas, Mississippi. Eperia caudata, Hentz, inhabits the United States from Massachusetts to Georgia. Epeira labyrinthea, Hentz, is also common in the United States, and has been collected in the West Indies, Central and South America, as far south as the Straits of Magellan, and in Lower and Upper California. Theridium tepidariorum, Koch, is common to Europe and America. Argyrodes nephilce, reported from Peru, Cayenne and the southern states of the United States. Pholcus tipuloides, Koch, has been described by this author in his work, " Die Arachniden Australiens," page 281, from specimens collected at the Samoa Islands. Dysdera crocata, Koch, is recorded from Greece, France and Germany, and is also common in the United States. Menemerus Paykullii, Aud., and Menevxerus melanognathus, Luc, have been found nearly everywhere on the globe. From this material it is difficult to infer the true character of the fauna of these Islands. The frequent arrival of vessels from many foreign ports, the drift of the Gulf Stream, and other causes, have introduced into this region a number of species originally foreign to that locality,, but which, in time, not only have acclimatized themselves, but have, in a more or less marked degree, driven away and extinguished the indigenous spider fauna. This fact has been noticed in all localities open to the importation of a foreign element. These species are then called cosmopolitan, and by far the greatest number of those brought to notice by Mr. Blackwall and Prof. Heilprin bear this character; but drawing *See an article by Rev. H. C. McCook, in Proceed, of Academy uf Nat. Sc. Philad., 1878. 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889- a superficial conclusion from this material it seems that the spider fauna of the Bermudas is more American than anything else, for out of the seventeen species now known, only four are original (so far) to these Islands and nine are found also in the limits of the United States. Lycosa atlantica, nov. spec. Cephalothorax dark olivaceous brown, with a narrow, longitudinal yellow band over the middle, which begins at the posterior margin and runs over the whole length into the region of the first eye row. Another, equally colored, but somewhat broader band runs at the sides, above the lateral margin, terminating at the sides of the pars cephalica. Mandibles dark brown with long, thick and black pubescence. Maxillre and labium more reddish brown ; sternum lighter, olivaceous yellow with a lighter border, hairy. Palpi and legs uniformly light olivaceous yellow, with black hairs and without rings or markings, tarsal joints of the former infuscated. Abdomen : dorsum dark olivaceous brown with a narrow, whitish slightly spear-shaped figure, which is edged by a very narrow blackish line; behind this a row of four rather indistinct white small round spots which reach the apex. Venter light yellow, middle region still lighter. Cephalothorax as long as patella X, tibia IV; one-third longer than wide ; back straight evenly sloping in back and front, face nearly perpendicular. Lower eye row longer than second. Middle eyes of lower row about twice as large as the lateral eyes. Distance between the large eyes of the second row smaller than their diameter ; eyes of the third row as large as middle ones of the first row. Mandibles as long as tibia III. Cephalothorax long, 6 mm. ;. broad, 4*5 in the middle region ; in front, 2*2. Abdomen, long, 6 mm. Mandibles, 2*7. Femur I 4 Patella 2 Tibia 33 Metatarsus 2-8 II 3-8 "2 "3 " 2-7 III 3-4 " 1-8 " 2-8 " 3 " IV 5 " 21 "4 " 5-5 Explanation of Plate IV. Fig. 1. Uhborus Zosh, Walk. Female. l.a, Abdomen from the side. l.b. Epigynum. I.e. Male palpus. Fig. 2. Menemerus Paykullii, And. Tarsus 22 Total : , 14-3 (( o U 13-5 " 15 a 125 " 24 ft 19 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 2.a. Male palpus. 2.1). Epigynum. Fig. 3. Menemerus melanognathus, Luc. 3. a. Male palpus from above. 3.b. Male palpus from below. Fig. 4. Lycosa atlantica, nov. spec, Epigynum. Fig. 5. Pholus tipuloides, Koch. 5. a. frons. 5.b. Epigynum and lungs. 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. A CONTRIBUTION TO THE ACTINOLOGY OF THE BERMUDAS. BY J. PLAYFAIR MCMURRICH, PH. D. I recently received from Professor Heilprin a number of Actinians which he had collected in the summer of 1888, during a visit to the Bermuda Islands. They were entrusted to me for identification and study, and I gladly availed myself of the opportunity thus afforded of comparing the Actinian fauna of the Bermudas with that of the Bahamas, which I had previously studied* I may state here that, so far as can be judged from the material studied, there is very great similarity between the two faunas, most of the species from the Ber- mudas occurring also either in the Bahamas or in the West Indian Islands. Unfortunately it was impossible to adopt the best methods of preserving the material obtained in the Bermudas, the expedition to the islands having been undertaken mainly for geo- logical purposes, and consequently the specific relationships of some of the forms could not be determined with perfect certainty. Tribe HEXACTINI^. Sub- tribe ACTININAL. Family SAGARTIDJE. 1. Aiptasia. sp? (PI. VI, figs. 1 and 2.) In the collection were four specimens of a form which I refer to the genus Aiptasia, inasmuch as in the majority of respects they resemble forms of that genus, although it was impossible to ascer- tain the presence of an equatorial row of cinclides owing to the ectoderm having been almost completely macerated away. Nema- tocysts were quite abundant in the macerated substance contained in the inter- and intra-mesenterial chambers, but it was not possible to be certain that they belonged to acontia though such was proba- bly the case. The specimens are about 1 cm. in length and 0.65 cm. in diameter. The color as ascertained from the alcoholic material is in the upper one-third of the column and in the tentacles grass-green, while the rest of the column presents the dirty grayish-brown color frequent in alcoholic specimens. About one-third of the way down the col- *Sve Journal of Morphology, vol. iii. This paper is now in print and will shortly appear. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 umn each specimen presents a well-marked constriction, below which the column is cylindrical, while above it it gradually expands, the disc not being; at all infolded in contraction. The base is evidently adherent, but in two of the specimens it is much smaller than the column, and is almost covered by the infolding of the column walls over it ; this apparently, however, is an abnormal condition. The column is smooth, and no traces of cinclides could be seen as stated above. Sections (PI. VI, fig. 2) show that the mes- ogloea is thin throughout, and that the circular muscles (cm) are only feebly developed. There is a special sphincter (sp) imbedded in the mesogloea, immediately below the margin, and, though not very powerful, is yet quite apparent. The only species of Aiptasia in which such a sphincter has been observed as yet is A. pallida of our Eastern coast. Immediately below this the mesoglceal muscular processes which support the circular muscles are weak, but further down they enlarge gradually and form a second sphincter (sp1) sim- ilar to what has been described by R. Hertwig1 in Leiotealia nym- phcea. It is to the presence of this lower sphincter that the con- traction of the column mentioned above is due. The tentacles are 48 in number and are arranged in four cycles. They are strongly entacma?ous, and are not infolded during contrac- tion. Those of the first cycle measure 1.1 cm, and those of the outer- most cycle 0.3 cm. The ectodermal and endodermal muscular processes are present, but do not call for a special description. The disc is flat and the stomatodaeum is without well-marked gonidial angles ; sections show that the grooves are hardly developed. The mesenteries are in four cycles. The six pairs of the first cycle are alone perfect ; those of the second cycle are shorter but provided with well-developed longitudinal muscles and while neither those of the third nor those of the fourth cycle have the longitudinal muscles, the members of the latter cycle not projecting above the sur- face of the endoderm. The parieto-basilar muscles seem to be want- ing, or at least have no marked mesogloeal processes. The repro- ductive organs are borne by the mesenteries of the second cycle, and also by those of the first cycle (except the directives) below the in- ternal opening of the stomatoda?um. This is the only Sagartid, with the exception of A. pallida, in which I have observed reproductive organs on the mesenteries of the first cycle, and it is a case of con- 1 A'. Htrtwig — Report on the Actiniaria. Zoology of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger. Vol. vi. Pt. xv, 1882. 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. siderable importance inasmuch as it necessitates an alteration in the definition of the family Sagartidse as given by R. Hertwig1 One of the essentials of the family is that " the principal septa, or septa of the first order, only are perfect and at the same time sterile." The last portion of this statement, though true for the majority of Sag- artidse, fails in the case of the Aiptasise mentioned. It is not possi- ble to separate Aiptasia from the Sagartidse; the members of the genus possess acontia, cinclides, the primary mesenteries alone per- fect, and a mesodermal muscle in some cases, and these must be considered as the chief characteristics of the family. As regards the species to which the form under consideration be- longs, the probabilities are that it is identical with A. pallida of our Eastern coast, since in its anatomical peculiarities it agrees very closely with that form. The impossibility however of ascertaining the coloration, and, what is of much more importance, the occurence and arrangement of the cinclides, have prevented a certain identifi- cation and I have preferred to leave the species in doubt. Family ANTHEADiE. 2. Condylactis passiflora. Duch. and Mich. (Plate vi, fig. 3.) Several specimens were obtained of a large form, measuring 3.3 -2.3 cm. in height and 2.6-3.8 cm. in diameter when preserved, which resembled in coloration, external characters, and for the most part in internal structure also, the West Indian form Condylactis passi- flora. In the alcoholic specimens the column is of a brick-red color wherever the ectoderm has been preserved, and the tentacles are grass-green, this color evidently being due to the enormous number of zooxanthellse contained in the endoderm. Professor Heilprin informs me to the best of his recollection the tentacles in the living specimens were as a rule tipped with crimson. In a separate bottle is a single specimen evidently identical with the others, and accom- panying it is a note stating that the column was red and the tenta- cles brown. This specimen was found freely floating near the sur- face, but had evidently become detached as its base shows that normally it is an attached form. The ectoderm having been macerated away, the outer surface of the mesogloea is exposed to view, and is seen to be divided by fine longitudinal and transverse grooves into small quadrangular areas. These grooves are continued over the limbus upon the surface of 1 Loc. cit. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 the base, the longitudinal grooves there becoming radiating and the transverse ones concentric. The only character which is markedly different from what occurs in the West Indian specimens of the species is presented by the longitudinal muscles of the mesenteries. The middle portion of a section through the muscle-band presents an appearance quite similar to that to be seen in the West Indian form, and the internal edge is also the same, the long mesogloeal processes terminating abruptly, and being followed by smaller processes which extend to the com- mencement of the reproductive region of the mesentery; but to- ward the insertion of the mesenteries into the column wall the ar- rangement is slightly different (PI. VI, fig. 3). In the Bahama speci- mens the mesogloea between the outer edge of the muscle-band and the insertion of the mesentery into the column wall is thin, and the muscle-band gradually thins out externally. In the Bermuda forms, however, the longitudinal muscle begins abruptly, and the mesogloea external to it is thick with short, stout muscle processes ; or, as in the directives, with the muscle cells, instead of appearing to cover proc- esses, presenting rather the appearance of here and there dipping down slightly into the mesogloea. CI? * o It is not probable however that this slight difference is to be re- garded as specific, and since in other respects there is almost exact correspondence, the Bermuda forms must be considered identical- with those from the Bahamas. Family PHYLLACTIDiE. Some points of considerable importance as regards the character- istic structure of the members of this family have been obtained from the study of the two forms which I include here within it. The family was established by Andres1 for forms in which the disc is furnished towards the center with simple tentacles and towards the periphery with foliaceous fronds. In one of the forms about to be described the fronds are replaced by short digitiform tentacles ar- ranged in a single cycle, but nevertheless it agrees in other struct- ural points with Oulactis, and I have therefore found it necessary to alter the definition of the family, placing importance on internal anatomical structures rather than upon external characteristics. In the first place in the Oulactis about to be described, and in Di- plactis, as I propose to name the genus to which the form with tentacles 1 A. Andrei. Le Amnio. Fauna un I -Flora des Golfes von Neapel Mono- giaplne ix. 1883. 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. replacing the fronds will be referred, a sphincter of the diffuse type is present, but instead of being situated upon the column wall below the margin, it occurs internal to the margin, between the inner ten- tacles and the peripheral fronds or tentacles. In 0. floa- culifera from the Bahamas this sphincter was not observed, but was probably overlooked in the single specimen I obtained for study, and none of the preparations which I still possess include the region in which the sphincter should occur. Secondly in the two species of Oulactis which I have studied, and in the Diplactis, the gonidial grooves are very deep and are prolonged a considerable distance be- low the inner margin of the stomatodseum ; the histological structure also of the ectoderm lining the grooves diners slightly from that of the general surface of the stomatodseum, it is not thrown into folds as it is elsewhere, and the mesogloea of the grooves is thickened. I would define the family Phyllactidse as follows : — Actinina? in which the disc is furnished with simple tentacles towards the center and with a cycle of short digitiform tentacles or more or less folia- ceous fronds towards the periphery; a sphincter of the diffuse type occurs upon the inner surface of the disc between the inner tentacles and the outer tentacles or fronds ; and the stomatodseum is provided with two deep gonidial grooves which are prolonged some distance below the inner extremity of the stomatodseum. The family Phyllactidse was placed by Andres in the suborder (family) Stichodactylinse, the fronds being considered homologous with tentacles. I have here ventured to remove the family to the suborder Actininse, and it will be necessary to furnish my reasons for such a change. The tentacles must necessarily be considered outgrowths of the disc, since structurally they resemble it closely while differing greatly from the column. Are the fronds also disc structures? The question turns upon what we shall consider to be the limit between the disc and the column. The majority of authors have taken a more or less distinct fold of the body wall, the margin, fre- quently furnished with conspicuous acrorhagi, to be the boundary, and certainly in many cases there seems to be a marked difference on either side of this fold. Thus the column may, as in Bunodes and Phymactis, be tuberculated as far as the margin, but beyond this the tubercles cease, and there is apparently a decided difference between the region below and that above the limiting fold. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 In the Sagartidse and Paractidse there is imbedded in the column wall below the margin a sphincter muscle. In other forms, however, such as the Bunodidse, which possess a circumscribed endodermal sphincter, that structure lies internal to the margin. If we assume with the Hertwigs that the sphincter is a columnar structure its situation in the Bunodidse would indicate that the margin is not the boundary between the disc and column. Neither the margin nor the sphincter, however, can be considered the morphological boundary of the disc, since both seem to vary somewhat in position. The true criterion is to be found in the dif- ference of histological structure presented by the disc and column ectoderm. This layer in the disc possesses ectodermal muscle-cells and a nerve-layer, which structures are absent in the column. The tentacles resembling the disc in structure are to be considered out- growths of that region, and passing outward from these one finds that the characteristic structures of the disc gradually fade out and are lost. It is impossible to say just where the change is completed, but the region in which it occurs must be considered the boundary between the disc and column. In Bunodes tceniatua and Aulactinia ■stelloides I find that the sphincter muscles lie beneath the outer bor- der of this indifferent region, and are consequently to be regarded as columnar structures. In the Phyllacticke the sphincter muscle lies between the tenta- cles and the fronds, and although the ectoderm in the region in which it occurred, and in the area between the fronds or their representa- tives and the margin was completely macerated away in the forms studied, yet reasoning from the relations of the sphincter in other forms we must conclude that the region between the margin and the base of the tentacles is columnar, and that the fronds and outer dig- ititbrm tentacles are column structures perhaps comparable to acrorhagi, and cannot be considered homologous with tentacles. Accordingly only one tentacle belongs to each intra-mesenterial space, and the Phyllactidae must be referred to the sub-order Aetinime. Andres in the introduction to his Monograph, notes the fact that the margin does not always mark the boundary between the disc and the column. He proposes the term " collar " to denote the por- tion of the column internal to the margin. Gosse's term " fosse " is not applicable in all cases, as for instance in Condylactis where the region does not form a depression, but is horizontal. 108 • PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 3. Oulactis fasciculata. n. sp. (PL VI, fig. 5.) By this name I denote three specimens in various degrees of con- traction, the largest of which measured about 1 cm. in height and 1-2 cm. in breadth. The color, as ascertained from alcoholic speci- mens, is in the lower part of the column a grayish-brown similar to what is frequently seen in preserved Actininse, while the upper part of the column and the fronds are of a grass-green, the tentacles re- sembling somewhat the lower part of the column, but having a dis- tinctly greenish tinge. The column is provided in its upper part with about 48 vertical series of tubercles, probably verruca?, there being about five or six in each series, and is thrown into numerous transverse folds the re- sult of contraction. The mesogloea, when exposed, appears to be raised into numerous minute elevations, whereby the surface acquires a finely punctured appearance. The tentacles are moderately long, simple and pointed at the ex- tremity. They appear to be arranged in two cycles, and from a necessarily uncertain count I estimate their number to be about forty-eight. Their ectodermal longitudinal muscle layer is well de- veloped, being arranged on long slender mesogloeal processes. The fronds (PI. VI, fig. 5, fr.) are small, yet occupy the entire width of the area between the tentacles and the apparent margin. They consist of hollow evaginations of the disc, arranged in bunches. I could not determine with certainty their number in any of the specimens, but there are probably twenty-four of them in all. A well-defined margin is present. Immediately external to the bases of the tentacles, and lying be- tween them and the fronds there is an endodermal sphincter (sp.) fairly well developed. Immediately external to it, in the region oc- cupied by the fronds and for a slight distance down the column-wall below the margin, there are no muscle processes, but further down they do occur, forming what might be termed a second sphincter, though it is by no means well developed. The surface of the disc between the tentacles and the mouth is deeply depressed so that a fosse is formed around the peristome. The mouth is large. Sec- tions show that over the general surface of the stomatodreum the mesogloea is very thin, and upon the ectodermal surface gives rise to numerous more or less regularly arranged fine processes over which the ectoderm passes so as to be thrown into numerous folds. The gonidial grooves are deep, and are prolonged some distance below 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109 the rest of the stomatodseum. Its mesogloea is much thickened, and is devoid of processes upon its ectodermal surface, being thus strongly contrasted with that of the stomatodseum. In its histology the ectoderm of the groove also differs from that of the general stomato- dseum, the glandular cells being evidently fewer in number, but the preservation of the specimens was not sufficiently perfect to permit the details to be made out. There are altogether twenty-four pairs of mesenteries, twelve of which are perfect. The six primary pairs are united with the stom- atodseum to a greater extent than are the six secondaries, and the two pairs of directives have a much more extensive union than any of the other primary mesenteries, owing to the great prolongation of the gonidial grooves. The longitudinal muscle processes form a strongly projecting though rather narrow band, the edges of which are sharply defined, the processes being of equal length throughout the muscular area and diminishing abruptly towards the sides. The mesogloea of the portion of the mesenteries external to the muscle bands is rather thick, and there is a strong parieto-basilar muscle. Apparently only the mesenteries of the third cycle, i. e. the imper- fect mesenteries, are gonophoric, but my preparations do not allow of certainty on this point. A few remarks are called for concerning the relationships of this species. I was at first tempted to identify it with 0. formosa1 but further consideration led me to separate it as a new species. The fronds differ markedly from those of other species of Oalactis. In these they have been described as being " chicoraces," a term which cannot be applied to the fronds of O.fascicukda. In it they consist of bunches of finger or club-shaped hollow processes, the various processes of each bunch being united by their base but distinct above. This arrangement suggested the specific term which I have employed, and I think is of sufficient importance to warrant the forma- tion of a new species. It was a question whether a new genus should be instituted as VerrilP has done in the case of Lophactis omata, but there is such close agreement with the Bahaman 0. flosculifera as regards the internal structure, the number of perfect mesenteries, and the distribution upon the mesenteries of the reproductive 1 Duchassaing and Michelotli — Mem. Reale Accademia di Torino. 2nd Ser. xix, 1860 and xxiii, 1866. 2 Verrill A. E.— Trans. Conn. Acad. Vol. i, 1868. 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. organs that such a proceeding was considered unnecessary. It seems probable that the genus Lophactis should be fused with Oulactis. DIPLACTIS. Gen. nov. I propose this generic name for two species, one of which is des- cribed below, which do not seem to be referable to any of the genera now recognized. The genus maybe briefly defined as follows: — Phyllactidse in which the fronds are represented by a single cycle of short digitiform tentacles and in which all the mesenteries except those of the first cycle are gonophoric. The term Diplactis has been chosen as indicating the tentacular appearance of the fronds, from which it seems as if there were two series of tentacles, an inner and an outer (diplous, double and aktis, a ray). In the Supplementary Report on the Actiniaria collected by the " Challenger," R. Hertwig describes a form whose locality is un- known, which he refers to Gosse's genus Hormathia. It is very similar to the form about to be described from the Bermudas, and there can be no doubt that though specifically distinct the two must be referred to the same genus. Gosse's Hormathia1 was described from a single specimen brought up on a deep-sea fishing line, and attached to the shell of a living Fusils. It was characterized by possessing slightly below the margin about ten spherical protrusions. I do not think it is possible to associate in the same genus with this either the Ber- muda Diplactis or Hertwig's Hormathia. In the first place in both these forms the bodies near the margin are digitiform and not spheri- cal ; and secondly, these bodies are situated not below the margin but internal to it. In all the Bermuda specimens, of which there are quite a large number, a well-marked margin is present and Hertwig describes in his form a fold of the column-wall which must be con- sidered equivalent to the margin of the other species. Although the margin cannot be considered of importance as marking the bound- ary of the disc, yet it is a structure of frequent occurrence and must be taken account of. Structures that occur on the column-wall be- low it, as in Hormathia, cannot be considered identical for systematic purposes with others which invariably lie above or internal to it, and are not quite similar in form. It must be noticed that Haddon has recently referred to Gosse's Hormathia a form2 altogether different from that assigned to it by 1 P. H. Gosse. Actinologia Britannica. London. IStJO. 2 A. C. Haddon. — On two species of Act'nise from the Mer^ui Archipelago. — Journ. Linn. Soc. Vol. XXI. 1888. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. Ill Hertwig. The correctness of Haddon's identification is quite as doubtful as Hertwig's, if not a little more so. The form is certainly a Sagartid and probably a Phellia, it being stated that it is very similar to Hertwig's Phellia peetinata. Hertwig refers his Diplactis (Hormathia) delicatula to the family Antheadce, on account of the diffuse endodermal nature of the sphincter. The situation of the muscle and other characters make it evident that Diplactis should be associated in the same family with Oulactis. In the Phyllactidse as here limited we have several grades of complication of the fronds. In Diplactis their structure is exceedingly simple, being simply digitiform in D. bermudensis and club-shaped in D. delicatula. In 0. fasciculata they are somewhat more complicated, and from this the passage is easy to Verrill's 0. (Lophactis) ornata, and from this to the very complicated structure seen in 0. flosculifera. 4. Diplactis bermudensis. n. Bp. (PI. VI. figs. 4 and 6, PI. VII, figs. 1 and 2.) A number of specimens of the form for which I propose this name were obtained. The majority were in a partially contracted condi- tion, but apparently the power of contraction is not fully developed as in none were the tentacles completely concealed. The average height of the specimens is about 1*5 cm. and the breadth nearly the same, and thus D. bermudensis is decidedly smaller than D. delicatula. The ectoderm has been almost entirely macerated away, so that the external surface of the mesogloea is exposed to view. This presents numerous transverse folds due to contraction, but in addition fine linear depressed stride are present, both horizontal and longitudinal, dividing the surface into numerous rows of small quadrangular ele- vations visible to the unaided eye. The color throughout is a dirty- green. The base is adherent, flat, and about the same size as the column. It is marked by radiating and concentric stria?, continuations ot the longitudinal and horizontal stria? respectively of the column. No verruca? or tubercles occur on the column, though the quadrangular areas produced by the stria? are slightly more prominent toward the margin. This is well marked and smooth, and is separated from the tentacles by a deep fosse (collar) near the bottom of which are about 12 short digitiform fronds about 1 mm. in height. (PI. VI, fig. 4p, and PI. VII, fig. 1.) Between these fronds and the tentacles there is upon the endo- dermal surface of the collar a sphincter (PI. VI, fig. 4, sp.) of the dif- 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. fuse type, which differs markedly in detail from that of D. delicatula, the raesogloeal, processes being much more delicate and anastomosing somewhat in their proximal portions (PI. VII, fig. 2). The circular muscles of the column wall external to the dieitiform fronds are fairly prominent, and are continued the entire way down the column, not enlarging however to form a second sphincter. The tentacles are simple, conical, and of moderate length, and are arranged in four cycles, their number being probably 96. By act- ual count they seemed to vary somewhat, usually falling below that number, but the discrepancies are probably due to the difficulty of making a correct enumeration. They possess well-developed mes- ogloeal processes for the support of the ectodermal muscles. The disc is deeply folded in, internal to the tentacles, so as to form a deep fosse around the peristome (PI. VII, fig. 1), which, however, does not rise above the level of the margin. I was not able to distinguish in any of my preparations the delicate raesogloeal processes of the disc which support the ectodermal muscle cells in D. delicatula, but it is possible that they had been macerated away. The mesogloea of the stomatodreum is raised upon its ectodermal surface into prominent but rather delicate ridges, over which the ectoderm is folded. The gonidial grooves are deep, and as in Ou- lactis are prolonged below the level of the internal opening of the stomatodoeum, and have the mesogloea thickened. In D. delicatula Hertwig describes the gonidial grooves as being hardly marked in the stomatodseum, and if this is found to be an invariable character- istic, it will be necessary to alter slightly the definition of the Phyl- lactidre given above. The depth of the grooves, and their prolonga- tion downwards, is so marked in the other members of the group that I have examined, as to suggest that its apparent shallowness in the specimen examined by Hertwig may be due to distortion. The primary and secondary mesenteries are perfect throughout the whole length of the stomatodseum ; the tertiaries are perfect in their upper part, but lower down separate from the stomatodreum ; while the fourth cycle consists entirely of imperfect mesenteries. The directives are attached throughout a greater part of their length than are any of the other mesenteries, owing to the pro- longation of the gonidial grooves. The longitudinal muscles in the upper portion of the mesenteries form a low band, covering the greater portion of the non-gonophoric region of the mesentery; in- ternally the muscle processes end rather abruptly, but externally they 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113 gradually diminish in size. In the lower part of the mesentery, be- low the level of the stomatodreum, the arrangement of the muscle processes is veiy different (PI. VI, fig. 6). Throughout the greater por- tion of the non-gonophoric region of the mesentery they are very small, hut as the gonophoric region is approached they suddenly in- crease in size, forming a strong projection, and then just as suddenly diminish again, the projection being of slight extent. The parieto- basilar muscles are well developed and form conspicuous folds. Both external and internal mesenterial stomata are present (PL VII, fig. 1). All the mesenteries with the exception of those of the first cycle are gonophoric. The differences, between D. bermudensis and D. delicatula may be briefly enumerated as follows : D. bermudensis. D. delicatula. Tentacles 96. Tentacles 160. Fronds digitiform, about 12 in Fronds dilated at the extremity, number. about 42 in number. Mesogloeal processes of sphincter Mesogloeal processes of sphincter muscle rather delicate, anas- stout, not anastomosing. tomosing slightly. Ectodermal muscle processes of Ectodermal muscle processes of disc wanting (?) disc, long and delicate. Sttb Tnbe STICHODACTYLINsE. Family PHYMANTHIDJE. 5. Phymanthus crucifer. (Les.) Andres. A single specimen of this species was obtained. I have nothing to add to the statements already made regarding it in my paper on the Bahama Actiniaria. Tribe ZOANTHE/E. Family ZOANTHIDJE. 6. Zoanthus flos-marinus. Duch. and Mich. (PI. VII, figs. 3 and 4.) A large number of specimens of this species were obtained, and enclosed with them was a label stating that they were collected at Shelly Bay, Tuckerstown. In general appearance they resemble Z. ^soeiatus from the Bahamas, the individuals as in that species forming stolon-like prolongations from which new individuals bud ; their .structure, however, shows them to belong to a different species. The -colonies are, according to the accompanying label, 4 to 5 cm. in 11-4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889.. breadth. The individual polyps in the preserved condition measure 1-2 cm. in height, and in breadth at the upper end 05, cm. the lower portion and stolons measuring about 0" 25 cm. All are strongly contracted, a small depression being the only indication of where the entrance into the interior is situated. The color, according to the inclosed label, was "spinach-green," but this must be taken as applying only to the upper part of the column, the lower part and the stolons being brown or sand colored. The disc was " apple-green " and the tentacles green. The column upon the outside is covered by a cuticle, in which are sparingly imbedded foreign bodies. The ectoderm is separated from the cuticle by a layer of mesogloea, and consists of cells ar- ranged in groups separated by partitions of mesogloea, but not show- ing the degeneration which occurs in Z. sociatus. The mesogloea is comparatively thick, and consists of a homogeneous matrix contain- ing (1) numerous anastomosing spaces more or less filled with cells, and (2) granular cells which give rise to delicate processes which enter into connection with other granular cells, and with the spaces just mentioned, and with the ectoderm and endoderm. Some sug- gestions regarding the origin and function of these structures will be found in connection with the description of M. tuberculoid which follows. The endoderm of the column is low, and consists of more or less spherical cells, usually containing zooxanthellse. A delicate layer of muscle fibres arranged circularly occurs between the endo- derm and the mesoglcea. At the upper part of the column a well-developed double sphincter muscle occurs, imbedded in the mesogloea. It is stronger than that found in Z. sociatus, and more nearly resembles that described by Erdmann1 and Hertwig2 in Z. Dance. (?) The tentacles, according to the brief notes taken of the living specimens, are " short, 50-60 in number, in 3 rows." My prepara- tions, however, show that the last statement is erroneous, the tenta- cles being arranged in two cycles only. Their ectoderm is not im- bedded in the mesogloea, nor is there a cuticle covering it. The ectodermal muscle processes of the mesogloea are fairly developed, and immediately below them are to be seen, imbedded in the mesogloea, peculiar granular pale yellowish-green cells, the proto- 1 A. Erdmann. Ueber einige neue Zoantheen. Jen. Zeit. XIX. 1885. 2 R. Hertwig. Supplement to Report on the Actiniaria. Zoology of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger. Vol. XXVI. 1888. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 plasm of which, with the exception of the nucleus, does not stain with carmine. Otherwise the mesoglcea is homogeneous. The en- doderm is thick, and is richly supplied with zooxanthellse. In struct- ure the disc resembles the tentacles, possessing, like them, the peculiar yellowish-green granular cells. The mesoglcea of the stomatodreum is homogeneous. I cannot make any statements as to the histology of the ectoderm of this re- gion, as it had macerated into a mass of a characteristic appearance which cannot easily be described. Transverse sections show that the gonidial groove, to which the macro or ventral directives are attached, is very shallow, and indeed can hardly be said to exist. The mesenteries are arranged on the microtypusJ. Their mes- oglcea is for the most part very thin but thickens towards the base where it contains a canal. (PI. VII, fig. 4, be.) A second canal, cir- cular in section and packed with cells occurs in the thin region, the mesoglcea splitting to form its walls. The muscle layers are only slightly developed. A very peculiar arrangement occurs in connection with the mes- enterial filaments of the perfect mesenteries. Immediately below the stomatodseum the mesenterial filament is triradiate (PI. VII, fig. 3), the central ray being short and stout, the lateral rays longer and recurved. The epithelium covering the central ray and that face of the lateral rays which looks towards it resembles in structure that of the stomatodreum. The outer surface of the lateral rays is, however, covered with cells similar to those which line the general surface of the mesentery. In a section which passes through the stomatoda?um a little above its extremity, the intervals between the perfect mesen- teries is occupied by macerated tissue resembling the ectoderm of the stomatodaHim. Apparently it lines the surfaces of the mesenteries for a short distance outwards from their point of attachment to the stomatodreum, and also the outer surface of the latter for a short distance above its inner opening. It looks as if the ectoderm of the stomatodaBum were reflected upwards, so as to cover its endo- dermal surface and the adjacent surfaces of the perfect mesenteries. Further down (PL VII, fig. 4) the two lateral processes of the mesen- terial filaments disappear, the central one alone persisting. It is evidently the " glandular streak " of the filament. The cells which cover the surface of the mesentery for some distance outward from this towards the column-wall are very peculiar. (PI. VII, fig. 4 di.) 1 See Erdmann loc. cit. 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. They form a layer much thicker than that formed by the ordinary endodermal cells, and are loaded with green granules, closely packed together so that to the naked eye the region occupied by this layer is of that color. Foreign bodies of organic nature are imbedded in the cells, sometimes being surrounded by a number of cells contain- ing no granules, or occasionally imbedded in the mesogloea. In unstained specimens, when the animal is laid open by a lon- gitudinal incision, this region of the mesenteries is very distinct on account of its rich preen color. When the loose cells of the green area are scraped away with a scalpel and examined, they are seen to be of a very irregular shape (suggesting a power of amoeboid movement), and to contain numerous green globules, much smaller than the zooxanthellre, darker in color, and homogeneous in struct- ure. Amongst the cells are numerous zooxanthellse, and there are also numerous spherical refractive bodies, apparently of a fatty nature and with a slightly-greenish tinge, as well as the foreign bodies already mentioned as seen in the section, and very numerous delicate acicular silicious spicules. The occurrence of these spicules and organic foreign bodies in the cells of this region is very strong evidence in favor of the supposi- tion that they have a digestive function. The green globules may be the products of digestion. If this be the case it is exceedingly interesting as indicating a method of digestion in the Zoanthea? somewhat different from what is usually described as occurring in the rest of the Actiniaria. None of the specimens examined possessed sexual organs. There were about 24-26 pairs of mesenteries in the specimens examined. I have identified this form with Duchassaing and Michelotti's Z. flos-marinm, with the imperfect description of which it agrees fairly well. In many respects it comes near Z. sociatus, but differs markedly from it in others ; such for instance as in the nature of the ectoderm and in the form of the sphincter-muscle, so that it must be regarded as distinct. From the only Zoanthus hitherto described from the Bermudas, Z. Dance (?) of Hertwig1 it is readily dis- tinguished by the absence of any distinct line of demarcation be- tween the upper and lower portions of the column. 1 K. Hertwig. Supplement to report on the Actiniaria of the Challenger Expedition. 188S. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117 7. Mammillifera tuberculata (Gray) (PI. VII, figs. 5 and 6.) Synon. — Isaurus tuberculatus — J. E. Gray. 1828. Zoanthus tuberculatus — Duchassaing and Michelotti. 1860. Antinedia tuberculatus — Duchassaing and Michelotti. 1866. Zoanthus (Monanthus) tuberculatus — Andres. 1883. Autinedla Duchassaingi — Andres. 1883. This form was first described by J. E. Gray,1 from specimens in the British Museum, whose locality was unknown. He adopted for the genus Savigny's name Isaurus. In 1860, Duchassaing and Miche- lotti rediscovered it, and, though apparently unacquainted with the earlier description of Gray, applied to it the same specific name, but placed it in the genus Zoanthus on account of the absence of sandy incrustations on the column walls. In their second paper these authors placing importance on the tuberculation of the column walls erected for its reception the genus Antinedia. Andres in his most useful monograph has assumed that the form described by Gray is different from that which Duchassaing and Michelotti ob- tained at St. Thomas and Guadeloupe, relying probably on the dis- crepancies between the poor figures given by the latter authors and the more correct one which Gray has given. He consequently re- tains the specific term tuberculatus for Gray's form, proposing for Duchassaing and Michelotti's the name Duchassaingi. There is little room for doubt, however, that the two forms are identical : my observations have shown that the species is to be referred to the genus Mammillifera as defined by Erdmann. The specimens from the Bermudas were either solitary, attached to apiece of rock by a base only very slightly expanded, or else were grouped together in twos or threes in which case they were united by a slightly-developed, flat or slightly-tubular coenenchyme. In none had the coenenchyme any such tubular or stolon-like form as is shown in the figure given by Duchassaing and Michelotti. Judging from the specimens I studied, the tendency to form a coenenchyme is slight. The polyps (PI. VII, fig. 5) vary in height from r3-2'7 cm. ; their diameter being about 0'7-0-9 cm. The column is marked by six or eight distinct annular grooves, and by from twenty to twenty-five longitudinal ones. In the lower part of the column the ridges formed by these longitudinal grooves are entire, but higher up they begin to be divided into a series of tubercles, a row of these corresponding 1 y. E. Gray — Spicilegia Zoolo^icn. London. 1828. 118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. to each ridge. These tubercles increase in size towards the margin and several become grouped together upon elevations of the column wall, giving rise to mulberry-like protuberances. Near the margin the tubercles suddenly cease, forming, in contracted specimens, a strong ridge bounding the dome-shaped area which forms in such specimens the summit. This dome-shaped area belongs to the col- umn, the animal being strongly contracted, and though without tubercles shows clearly the continuation upwards upon it of the lon- gitudinal furrows, and is, accordingly, marked by a series of radiating ridges. In structure the tubercles of the column are solid, being eleva- tions of the rnesoghea. This tissue throughout the column is very thick, measuring on the average 1 mm. in thickness. It presents numerous anastomosing canals filled with cells, as well as the delicate canals, which have been described by Erdmann and others, very distinctly. These canals are without doubt processes from the large canals, and the structure of the zoanthan mesogloea may be com- pared to that of a bone, such as a frog's femur, the anastomosing canals being compared to the lacunas and the delicate canals to the canaliculi. My preparations of M. tuberculata seem to show that the lacunae arise from both the ectoderm and endoderm. In some of my sections dee]) bays can be seen running from the endoderm up into the mesoghea, and from their ends and sides numerous canali- culi can be seen branching out. These bays can be found in various stages of enclosure by the mesogloea, the cells which they contain being in some cases continuous with the general endoderm, in other cases almost separated from it and finally quite so. So too with the ectoderm. The lacunas which have just been formed in this manner are much larger than the majority of those scattered through the , mesogloea, these frequently consisting of only a few or even a single cell, and further the newly-formed lacunae usually contain zooxanthellas, whose presence is rare in the older ones. It would seem as if many of the newly-formed lacunas become divided into smaller portions which separate from each other, except by the del- icate canaliculi, and at the same time undergo an alteration in the .histological structure of their cells, the zooxanthellas disappearing and the cells becoming filled with refractive deeply-staining granules. It seems not improbable that these altered cells are concerned in the formation of the mesogloea, their granules being particles which will later on be added to the matrix of the mesosrloea. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 Upon the outside of the column is a thin cuticle (PL VII, fig. 6, cu.) similar to what occurs in Z. sociulus and Z. flos-marinvs. Andres1 considers this to be merely a differentiation or hardening of the •external layers of the mesogloea, but I cannot agree with this view. It is a clearly defined layer external to the mesogloea, and appears quite different in composition and behavior to staining fluids from that tissue. Below this cuticle comes a layer of mesogloea for which Andres' term subcuticula may be employed. The distinction between the cuticle and this layer has been overlooked by most authors. It was recognized by Kolliker,2 however, who believed it to be a por- tion of the cuticle. Andres recognized its true nature considering it simply a continuation of the mesoglcea. Below the subcuticula is the ectoderm (PL VII, fig. 6, ec.) which forms a layer 0"08 mm. in thickness. It is not continuous, however but is divided into more or less cubical masses by columns of mesogloea extending from the general mass of that tissue to the subcuticula. A peculiar feature of the ectoderm of this species is the presence in it of zooxanthella?. In adult actinians these structures are usually confined to the endoderm, but I have observed them in the ectoderm in free-swimming larva?, in which layer they also occur according to H. V. Wilson3 in the embryos of the coral Manicina. It is possible that their presence in the ectoderm of M. tuberculata is due to the thick cuticle and subcuticula preventing a rapid aeration of the ectoderm cells and so, by favoring the accumulation to a certain extent of carbon dioxide, producing favorable conditions for the growth of the parasitic alga?. The ectoderm thus buried in the mesogloea evidently corresponds with what Kolliker, in the admira- ble account he has given of the zoanthan mesogloea,4 terms " eine zusammenhangende Schicht driisenartiger Korper" and which he believed to correspond to the ectoderm. The endoderm consists of low cells containing numerous zoo- xanthellse. In the upper part of the column, extending from the margin to the upper row of tubercles, is a single strong sphincter 1A. Andres. On a new genus and species of Zoanthina malacodermata ( Pan- ceria spongiusa, sp. n.) — Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci. N. S. Vol. xvii. 1887. 2 Kolliker. Icones Histologics. Leipzig. I860. :i//. V. Wilson. On the development of Manicina areolata. Journal of Mor- phology. Vol. II. 1888. *A Kolliker, loc. cit. 120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. muscle imbedded in the mesoglcea, and occupying nearly its whole thickness. All the specimens were in a state of strong contraction, and I was not able to see the tentacles. Duchassaing and Michelotti state that they are small tubercles. My sections show that they are ar- arranged in two cycles. It is also evident that they are short, but they can scarcely be termed tnbercles. Their mesogheais thick, especially toward the base, thinning out somewhat towards the apex. Its outer surface is thrown into rather strong muscular processes. The surface of the stomatodpeum is thrown into numerous rather high folds, the ectoderm being elevated on slender processes of the mesoglcea. The mesenteries are arranged on the microtypus and number twenty-two pairs. Towards their base the mesoglcea is very thick diminishing gradually towards the distal edge. Just at the base there is a sudden diminution of the thickness, so that they are attached to the column wall by a thin pedicle. The basal portion contains the usual canal, and in addition there are numerous lacunar similar to those of the column wall in every respect. M. tuberculata is hermaphrodite, and I am able to add this particular to the defini- tion of the genus given by Erdmann.1 I could not make out any reg- ularity in the arrangement of the reproductive elements on the differ- ent mesenteries, nor did there seem to be any definiteness in their position in any one mesentery. Sometimes a mesentery would possess. ova only, but usually each one presented both ova and spermatozoa. 8. Corticifera ocellata (Ellis). Synon. : Alcyonium ocellatum. Ellis and Solander, 1786. Palythoa ocellata. Lamouroux, 1821. A number of small colonies of a Corticifera were obtained at Shelly Bay, and were accompanied by a label referring them to the above species. The term ocellata was first given by Ellis and Solan- der to a form which, however, was very poorly characterized, so much so that certainty of identification is impossible. The only statement in the description of which use may be made is that the polyps are rust-colored. Later authors simply copied Ellis and Solander's description until Dana,2 evidently relying on the figure which accompanies the earlier description adds the characteristic that the polyps, though imbedded in coenenchyma throughout the 1 Erdman A. loc. cit. -J. D. Dana, Zoophytes. United States Exploring Expedition. 1849. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 greatest part of their extent, are yet free above. Duchassaing and Michelotti in their paper of 1860 describe a form under this name which differs somewhat from the original type species, and is probably to be considered, as Andres has clone, a distinct form. In their later paper they make this form identical with a form they name Palythoa mammillosa, a name taken from a second imper- fectly characterized form mentioned by Ellis and Solander. In fact so much confusion is introduced by Duchassaing and Mich- elotti as to render it very difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain what forms they are really describing. Under the circumstances I have thought it well to retain the name which accompanied the specimens, and trust that the following description will sufficiently characterize them to allow of the identi- fication in the future. The polyps are grouped together in small masses, and project decidedly above the surface of the ccenenchyme. Their height measured from the lower surface of the ccenenchyma is 1-2 cm. and their breadth, measured at the summit, about 0*7 cm. in the fully grown individuals. The polyps and ccenenchyma are densely in crusted with particles of sand and other foreign bodies, and are of a grayish sandy color, sometimes deepening to a rust color. Upon the outside of the column is a rather thick cuticle, but I was not able to discover whether or not a layer of mesoglcea inter- vened between this and the ectodermal cells. The outer portion of the mesoglcea for about half its thickness has imbedded in it foreign bodies, and when decalcified is fenestrated by the numerous cavities previously occupied by them. The internal portion of the layer presents the structural features found in other Zoanthidse, but it is to be noticed that foreign bodies occur in the so-called " nutritive canals" or lacunar The sphincter muscle is imbedded in the mesr ogleea, is single, and consists of a single row of cavities containing muscle fibres. The tentacles are arranged in two rows and are apparently fifty- six in number in the specimens examined. Their outer muscular layer is weak and the mesoglcea is homogeneous except upon the outer face of the tentacles where it contains a number of granular cells similar to those occurring in the column mesoglcea in this and other forms already described. Zooxanthellre occur in the ectoderm. The ectoderm of the disc is peculiar. It consists of high much- vacuolated cells which contain, like the ectoderm of the tentacles, 9 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. zooxanthellse. I have found this peculiar structure of the disc ectoderm in no other Zoanthids. Unfortunately the preservation of the specimens was not sufficiently good to allow of the histological details being studied. The gonidial groove of the stomatodamm is rather broad and the mesogloea lining is thickened and truncated upon the endodermal side, the macrodirectives being inserted into each angle of the truncation. The mesenteries are arranged on the microtypus, there being about twenty-six pairs. The basal canal is large, and contains foreign particles similar to those found in the lacunae of the column, The mesogloea is thickened towards the base of the mesenteries and contains in addition to the basal canal, several others nearly circular in section and completely filled with spherical granular cells. The endoderm throughout contains zooxanthelke. No reproductive organs were present. 9. Corticifera glareola, Les. Synon.: Corticifera glareola. Lesueur. 1817. Palythoa glareola. Milne-Edwards. 1857. The identification of this form depends mainly on the coloration, which Professor Heilprin informs me is sufficiently similar to Les- ueur's description. The polyps form encrusting masses, and are so deeply imbedded in the coeneuchyme, that in contraction a slight depression alone indicates the position of the various individuals, or in some cases a slight annular elevation. The species is by this peculiarity readily distinguishable from C. ocellata, as well as from C. jiava of the Bahamas, which stands in an intermediate position as far as the pro- jection of the polyps above the ccenenchyme is concerned. The form described from the Bermudas by Erdmann, and named C- lutea by Hertwig resembles C. glareola in this respect, but appears to differ from it in other points. The mesogloea is, with the exception of a narrow band immediately adjoining the endoderm of the polyps, richly supplied with imbedded foreign bodies, so that the entire colony is very hard, almost stony in its consistency. C. ocellata is much less richly provided with foreign particles, and the same is the case with Hertwig's C. latea. Whether this is a characteristic of sufficient importance for specific distinction can only be ascertained by the examination of numerous specimens of some species, obtained from different localities and living under different conditions. In fact our knowledge of the his- 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123 tology of the zoanthidse is not yet sufficiently advanced to enable us to ascertain what features are of systematic importance and what are liable to extensive individual variation. The sphincter muscle resembles closely that of Hertwig's G.lutea. It is imbedded in the mesoglcea and is single, consisting of a single row of cavities which are entirely confined to the portion of the column which is invaginated during contraction. All the cavities contain muscle cells and there are none of the empty spaces with clearly defined walls such as occur in G. fiava. The mesenteries are arranged in the microtypus, and in the speci- mens examined there were about eighteen pairs only. The mesoglcea is delicate, and is not dilated towards the base as in C. oeellata, and in consequence, the basal canal is elongated. Notwithstanding that the specimens were very much macerated it was possible to perceive that a digestive area, similar to that described as occurring in Z.jios- marinm was present, just below the stomatodseum. No reproductive organs were present. The stomatodseum presented the pyriform, truncated shape which lias been described for other members of the genus. It seems not improbable that the form described by Hertwig as C. luted may be identical with this. Alcoholic specimens of C. glareola show no trace of the coloration of the living forms, but are of a universal sandy color. In the very slight prominence of the polyps above the ccenenchyme, in the structure of the sphincter muscle, and in the slenderness of the mesenteries there is agreement between the two, and these are points which will probably prove to be of systematic importance. On the other hand there is dissim- ilarity in the extent of the incrustation by foreign bodies, in the pig- mentation of the endoderm which is wanting in C. glareola, and ap- parently in the extent of the development of the longitudinal muscles of the mesenteries, which cannot be said to be well developed in G. glareola. This last character is probably of importance, but the first two are probably subject to variation depending upon the con- ditions of life and the food. The evidence then, seems to be in favor of the identity of the two forms, in which case the name here used has the priority. It seems to me very doubtful indeed if Hertwig's identification of the Ber- muda form with Quoy and Gaimard's G. Itdea from the Fiji islands is correct. The only point of correspondence, judging from the 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. description and figures given by Quoy and Gaimard,1 is the slight prominence of the polyps above the coenenchyme when in contraction. 10. Gemmaria Rusei, Duch. and Mich. (PI. VII, fig. 7-9.) Synon.: Gemmaria Rusei. Duchassaing and Miehelotti. 1860. I was pleased to find in the Bermuda collection several specimens of a form which evidently belongs to the same genus as the form from the Bahamas which I described as Gemmaria isolata. Several anatomical features are common to the two, and I am now able to give other characteristics which may serve to distinguish the genus more definitely than was done in my former paper. The polyps of G. Rusei (PI. VII, fig. 7) are solitary, being attached to pebbles without the development of any coenenchyme. The spec- imens were obtained at North Rock, and are five in number. The upper portion of the column is larger than the lower, so that the polyps have the shape of a short stout club ; the lower portion is transversely wrinkled even in the expanded condition, as is noted in the label accompanying the specimens. The height of the column is about 2-5 cm. in the largest specimens ; the diameter of the upper part is 0-65 cm. and of the lower 05 cm. The color is stated on the label to have been " cinereous throughout." The column wall is rather thin, and is occupied throughout nearly its entire thickness by foreign bodies. The ectoderm is covered externally by a cuticle, but I was unable to ascertain whether a layer of mesogloea intervened between this and the surface of the ectoderm. The structure of the thin layer of mesoglcea unoccupied by foreign bodies is as in other zoanthidae and calls for no special comment. The sphincter is single, and imbedded in the mesoglcea ; it consists for the most part of a single layer of cavities, but thickens somewhat towards its upper end. All the cavities contain muscle cells, there being none of the empty cavities described in G. isolata. The tentacles are arranged in two cycles, and have only a very weak ectodermal musculature, as is also the case in isolata. Towards the base and upon the outer surface the mesoglcea contains peculiar granular cells, and occasionally enclosures of foreign bodies, and this likewise occurs in isolata. The disc is traversed by a number of ridges which radiate from the peristome to the margin, a ridge corresponding to each tentacle of the outer cycle. The elevations are produced by thickenings of the mesogloea (PI. VII, fig. 9), and along each ridge the ectodermal 1 Quoy and Gaimar v^Zoologie du Voyage de la corvette 1' Astrolabe. Paris. 1833. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 muscle cells are more numerous and larger than elsewhere. Isolaia presents similar structures. Zooxanthellse occur in the ectoderm of the disc, and tentacles in both forms. The enclosures in the mesogloea of the disc, which I thought might possibly be muscle cells in isolata, are seen in Rusei to be comparable to the lacunae of the column wall. The mesogloea of the stomatodseum in both species of Gemmaria has enclosures of granular cells (PI. VII, fig. 8), as a rule one such enclosure opposite the insertion of each mesentery, especially in the upper part of the stomatodseum, the arrangement being lost in the lower part. The gonidial groove has the same shape as that of G- isolata. The mesenteries are arranged in thirty-one pairs and are on the microtypus. The mesogloea thickens towards the base so that the basal canal is almost circular and not elongated as in G. isolata. No reproductive organs were present. The description given by Duchassaing and Michelotti of Gemma- ria Rusei, with which I identify this form, is very imperfect, but so far as it goes it applies to the Bermuda species. The form de- scribed by Gray1 as Triga philipjnnensis is very similar in external form and is in all probability a Gemmaria. Of the forms described above, no less than seven, viz : Condylaetis passifiora, Phymanthus crucifer, Zoanthus fios-marinus, Mammillijera tuberculata, Corticifera ocellata, C. glareola and Gemmaria Rusei, are represented in the West Indian fauna, and of the other three, the genera Aiptasia and Phyllactis also occur in the islands to the South, leaving only the genus Diplaetis as a characteristic form of the Bermudas. No doubt a systematic search for Actio ians in the Bermudas would lead to the discovery of a greater number of West Indian forms, but the proportion of common forms given above is sufficient to show that the Actinian fauna of the Bermudas has been derived from that of the West Indies. Explanation of Plates. £>c.=basal canal. en.— endoderm. c.—column wall. /r.=fronds. cm. =circular muscles. ?n.=margin. cw.— cuticle. ^).=tentaculiform fronds. d=disc. sp.=sphincter. 1 y. E. Gray. Notes on Zoanthinse with descriptions of some new genera. Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 1867. 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. di. digestive region of mesen- terial filament. *//. lower sphincter. £b.=Ectoderm. £.=tentacle. Plate VI. 1. Transverse section through the middle region of the sphincter of Aiptatia sp. (?) X 350. 2. Longitudinal section through the upper half of the column wall of Aiptasia sp. (?) X 40. '■). Transverse section through the outer edge of the longitudinal mesenterial muscles of a specimen of Condylactis passiflora from the Bermudas. X 42. 4. Longitudinal section through the margin and adjacent parts of Diplactis bermudensis. X 24. 5. Longitudinal section through the margin and adjacent pails of Oulactis fasciculaia. ;< 21. 6. Transverse section through the longitudinal mesenterial mus- cles below the stomatodseum in Diplactis bermudensis. X 40. Plate VII. 1. Perfect mesentery of Diplactis bermudensis. Natural size. 2. Portion of transverse section of sphincter of Diplactis ber- mudensis. X 100. 3. Transverse section of mesenterial filament of Zoanthus flos- marinus just below the stomatodseum. X 120. 4. Transverse section of perfect mesentery ofZoanth ug flos-marin us slightly below the stoinatodseum. X 50. 5. Mammillifera tuberculata. Natural size. 6. One-fourth of a portion of a longitudinal section through the column wall of M. tuberculata. X 200. 7. Gemmaria Rusei. Natural size. 8. Transverse section through the gonidial groove of Gemmaria Rusei. X 65. 9. Transverse section through upper part of column of Gemmaria Rusei. X 24. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 NOTES ON A SMALL COLLECTION OF MYRIAPODS FROM THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. BY CHARLES II. BOLLMAX. The following species, which were collected by Prof. Heilprin in the summer of 1.888, although limited in number, show the diverse origin of the Myriapod fauna of the Bermuda Islands. Heretofore Julus moreleti has only been found in the Azores Islands ; Mecistocephalus guildingii in the West Indies ; IAiliobius lapidicola in Europe; and Spirobolus heilprini, by having scobina, shows its West Indian and not African origin, for all found in the latter continent belong to the subgenus Sjnrobolus from which scobina are absent. These four species, including a specimen of Scolopendra subspinipes which I have in my collection, are all that as vet have been reported from the Bermuda Islands. I desire to express my thanks to Prof. Angelo Heilprin, of the Acad. Nat. Sciences of Philadelphia, for the privilege of examining this collection of Myriapods. 1. Spirobolus heilprini, sp. nov. Ding. — Related to Spirobolus flavooinctus Karsch., but the seg- ments very distinctly segmented, anterior part not striate; antennae and legs reddish-brown. Type. — Museum Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. Greenish-black, posterior margin of segments rufous; antenna.' and legs reddish-brown. Slender, anterior segments scarcely attenuated. Vertex smooth, sulcus shallow ; clypeus only moderately emarginate, foveolse 2 "_'. distant, sulcus sub-continuous with vertical. Antenna; rather -lender, reaching second segment in both sexes. Ocelli arranged in a suboval or subtriangular patch, 45-55, in seven or eight series. Segments not smooth ; posterior parts above with short and wavy, beneath with short and straight strhe; median part with a transverse sulcus which ends above repugnatorial pore ; posteriorly above with a few striae, beneath almost smooth or with a few weak oblique strise. Lateral lobes of first segment rounded, a weak marginal sulcus. Anal segment with a flat, thick mucro, which passes beyond valves ; anal valves weakly margined, not punctate; anal scale obtusely angled. Repugnatorial pore placed on anterior division, small and rather deep set. Legs extending slightly beyond 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. sides of body. Male : slenderer than female ; coxa? of 3, 4, 5th, pairs of legs produced into short lobes; tibia and first two tarsal joints beneath with an oval roughened lobe; joints of anterior legs short and thick, third and fourth pairs of legs strongest; tarsi without a pad ; ventral plate of copulation-foot triangular as high as foot, its base not concave, its posterior surface ridged, thus making the plate of a triangular-pyramidal form ; anterior part of first foot not as high as ventral plate, triangularly pointed, the ventral plate ridge separating them ; posterior part of anterior foot as high as ventral plate, its apex with a short blunt lobe on its posterior surface ; posterior copulation-foot bifid, projecting out of the opening, the upper branches flattened -and fan-shaped at its end, which is convex ; lower branch elongate-lanceolate, its upper edge serrate, basal part of foot rectangular and white, while the upper part is yellowish. Segments male, 46 ; female, 44. Length 52mm, width 3-8mm-4-2mm This species is described from six broken and badly preserved specimens. In the type of copulation-foot it resembles that of arboreus and dugesi, and it is very probable that all the species belonging to this group have the same type, i. e. the ventral plate triangular and as high as posterior part of anterior part, while the anterior part is less, the posterior foot bifid and projecting out of the opening. I have named this species after Prof. Angelo Heilprin, of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 2. Julus moreleti Lucas. In the collection are a number of female specimens, which I refer to this species* It has only been found in the Azores Islands. These specimens have the stria) of the anterior division of the segments not so irregular as represented in Porath's figure of this species* Segments 42-19. Adult almost black, legs reddish-brown ; young dusky, with a lateral row of black spots and a medium black dorsal line, bordered with yellowish. 3. Mecistocephalus guildingii Newport. Three specimens. These are so moulded and broken that it is almost impossible to make much out; but in the characters of the head, they seem to be identical with the West Indian species. *Am. nagra Myriopoder frau Azorema. < ")Tver. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forh., Stockh , 820, 1870. Proc.Acad.Nat.Sci.Hdla. 1889 Plate I . ISP* 1 >,'"^l sq. cr.p. lgP i. en ■ \ oc : t hy bh RW. • SHUFELDT ()\ NEOTOm FUSCIPES Proc.Arad.Nat.Sci.Phila.1889 Plate II. sq.—.. Fig 5. Fig 6 bs--; fm-^ -b.o. S.o. RW.Shufeldt adi ■ SHUFELDT ON NEOTOMA FUSCIPES (Embryo x f> ). Proc.Acad.Xat Sci Phila.1889 Plate III # *iim ' '■ :■ -1m 14 ■ ■h \n \ .„.s 2C PILSBRVONNEWAND LITTLE KXOWX MOLLUSKS Proc.Arad.Xat.Sci Phila.1889 Plate IV. .MARX OX SPIDERS OF BERMUDA Proc.Arad.Xal Sri PVula.IoHf) Plate V v-:" ' Geo S HaLrris&Sone Lith.Phila IIARTMAN.SHELLS FROM NEW HEBRIDES rnH-.Acacl.Xat.SciPhila.1889 Plate \1. fr ^••:.:.->s "■■-I " iMMSmm a Phil a M9 MURRICH OX ACTINIARIA Proc .Acad Xal Sci.Plula.1889 Plate VII. ..'■??5£vff|. ■;'••,'•••.: ■ ■:■■:}■■?!■:•■:■:* ..'•.••^/■•.'. • ..V •-««». *"* .,:;.:i:?^vv-v-:y-' £> \ f/mM) k\ w :, '> ■*'. M IF v V - Si \ * J" ,v J*J| MCM del. Geo. S. Harris &Sone LitKPhilaL. M9 MURRICH ON ACTINIARIA. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129 4. Lithobius lapidicla Meinert. Two specimens, male and female. Joints of antennae 26 ; ocelli 8 or 9, in three series; coxal pores male 2, 3,3,2, female 3, 4, 4, 3; spines of first pair of legs, 0, 1, 1 ; of penultimate pair, 1, 3, 3, 1 ; of anal pair, 1, 3, 2, 0; spines of female genitalia stout, claw very distinctly tripartite, middle lobe not much longer ; length male 7raIU ; female 8mm. It is very probable that these specimens are not identical with L. lapidicola, a European species; but as they are rather mutilated, I have hesitated to describe them as new. May 7. The President, Dr. Joseph Leidy, in the chair. Fifty persons present. The following papers were presented for publication : " Catalogue of the Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia," by J. E. Ives. " Provisional List of the Plants of the Bahama Islands," by John Gardiner and L. J. K. Brace. The Proceedings of the Botanical Section having precedence the following communications were made : — On the Use of the Bambusa Stem, in Incandescent Electric Light- {ngm — Prof. Wm. P. Wilson stated that the ordinary exogenous woods are not adapted to the construction of the filament for want of a homogeneous structure. Such woods are made up of wood-cells of varying lengths and shapes in combination with a variety of ducts and vessels. The walls of the wood-cells may be more or less thickened, the vessels and ducts may be larger or smaller, numerous or infrequent according to the kind of wood examined. There are always enough of these vessels and ducts combined with the wood-cells in any stem to render the structure exceedingly heterogeneous. Most of these cells and vessels have their longer diameter parallel with the general direction of the stem. Groups of thin walled, prismatic cells pass radially from the central portion of the stem to the cir- cumference. These groups of cells are called medullary rays. It is impossible to cut a filament from any of these woods and so cut it that the medullary rays will not cross it many times at right angles to the ducts and long cells. The character of the cells form- ing these rays is so very different from the others in the filament, both as to shape, direction, and thickness of the walls, that at the 10 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. crossing points resistance is greatly increased, thus causing rapid burning and destruction at such points. Such woods as Hickory and Rock-Elm furnish the very best of our timbers. They are the toughest and most durable of our woods; but they do not make good filaments. The medullary rays are very numerous and the walls of the cells composing them greatly thickened. The long, pointed, thick-walled wood-cells do not follow a parallel course, but interlace with each other. This interlacing of the cells gives to these woods their toughness. It is the main characteristic also which renders them worthless when made into electric filaments. Upon carbonization of such filaments the ten- sion of the interlacing cells is relieved and the tissues composing it become friable and easily fall apart. In the adult stem of the Bambusa a combination of anatomical characters has brought about a result which makes it the most fitting material so far as now known for the electric filament. The nearly parallel fibro-vascular bundles grow more numerous as they approach the circumference of the stem and as is usual in similar steins lose most, or sometimes all, of the woody elements, thus becoming pure bast. The parenchymatic tissue which toward the center of the stem may be composed of a layer of five or six cells between the bundles, decreases in amount near the cir- cumference until but one layer of cells remains. The walls of the cells in this single layer often become so thickened, and at the same time compressed by the growth of the bast, that these bundles appear to make a solid zone of bast around the circumference of the stem. The bast-cells also continue to thicken their walls until they become, in the best specimens for the filament, completely filled and solid. It is from this zone of bast at the circumference of the stem that the filament is always taken. The following characters will be found to exist in such a filament: Bast fibers solid ; very compact without inter-cellular spaces ; nearly parallel ; joined together by mitred ends thus appearing as continuous fibres; the presence of a minimum amount of paren- chyma possible in such filament; a sufficient amount of cohe- sion between the separate fibres to often cause the separation of bast-cells in halves upon splitting the material. These characters secure the least possible diversification of cells, i.e., the most homogeneous structure which can be secured where long, solid fibers are sought. This filament is perhaps the nearest approach, in its continuity of structure and uniform character, to a metallic conductor of any tissue which can be found in the vegeta- ble kingdom. The Botany of the Bahamas. — Prof. Charles S. Dolley remarked that the list of Bahama plants which he presented for publication this evening represents one hundred and fifteen families, four hundred and ten genera, and six hundred and twenty-one species. One-third of the families (forty-seven) are represented by but one 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131 or two species each, another third by five species or less. Nearly two-thirds of the genera have but one representative. In order of importance, or number of species, the families are LeguminoscB, fifty-three sp. ; Euphorbiacece, thirty-five sp. ; Com- posite, thirty-two sp.; Graminece, thirty-two sp. ; Rubiacece, twenty- three sp. ; Malvacece, eighteen sp. The genera having the largest number of species are Oroton, Epidendron, Euphorbia, Passiflora with eight species each ; Acacia, Cassia, Citrus, Eugenia, Ipomoea, Solanum and Tillandsia, with six species each, and Anona, Cereus, Cyperus, Eupatorium, each with five species. Nearly one-third of the total number of species are of economic value; of those possess- ing medicinal properties there are forty-five astringents, thirty-four tonics, twenty-five purgatives and twenty-one diuretics. A comparison of the Bahama— phsenogamic flora with that of the Bermudas shows eighty-two families and one hundred and ninety- five species common to the two groups of islands. While a large per centage of the flora is undoubtedly common to Florida and the neighboring islands of the West Indies, fully one- third of the species listed may be considered indigenous. Unfortunately no tract similar to the "Walsingham tract" of the Bermudas has yet been found, in which the indigenous vegetation of the group remains undisturbed in the possession of the orginal surface. The present rocks are jeolian in formation, and the contained fossils resemble present species, facts which indicate the recent character of the Bahamas. That the older vegetation has been exterminated by wind and water erosion and by subsidence, and that it, in its turn, grew upon a surface of seolian origin is well shown by the present state of Booby Island and similar barren Cays. Here the surface is covered by grotesque excrescences produced by the wearing away of the softer portions of the rock. Among these projecting masses, many are tubular, the lumen of the tubes ranging from a fraction of an inch to over a foot in diameter. These tubes bifurcate and branch in various ways, and at first sight suggested to the speaker the idea that they might be fulgurites. Close examination shows that the rock of which thev are formed consists of minute water-worn grains of calcareous material, comminuted coral and shell, cemented com- pactly together ; in fact, they resemble in structure the rocks of the fertile islands. They are, however, very much hardened on the inner surface and a distinct zone of harder substance is apparent upon fresh transverse fracture. This vitreous appearance, together with evidence that the tubes had been formed while the sand was in an uncompacted con- dition, recalled Darwin's description of fulgurites found in a similarly exposed locality near the La Plata1 and those found at Drigg 1 Journ. of Researches into the Nat. Hist, of countries visited during the Voy- age of H. M. S. Beagle, Vol. I, p. 76. 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. in Cumberland.1 Specimens brought to Philadelphia, however, and carefully examined chemically and microscopically go to prove that these tubes are not the result of lightning strokes, and that the hardened interior is not vitrification, but solidification due to partial solution of the loose grains of sand. Evidence is thus obtained to show that these tubes represent the ramifications of plant roots of a now exterminated flora ; plants which existed probably upon the first sands drifted upon the original rocky core. The juices of the roots acting upon the sand inmediately surrounding them formed a compact layer. Through erosion and subsidence the vegetation was afterwards exterminated, the looser particles of the drift rock worn away and the surface left covered by myriads of tubes of all sizes formerly occupied by plant roots and rootlets. The small islands exhibiting these peculiar formations are indications, therefore, of erosion and subsidence, and in the Bahamas, the processes of land destruction and land formation may be seen actively at Avork. There is reason to believe that the topography of the present islands has undergone great change, and the probabilities of finding a locality in which the present flora represents an undisturbed indigenous growth are slight. Fossil corals of recent types are found much above high water- mark ; large caves with their floors above tide level exist, together with many other evidences of land elevation. Many of the islands show the formation of seolian rocks in progress, while in the great bights dividing Andros Island, and elsewhere, the deposition of for- aminifera has been so great that former channels and sponging grounds have within very recent years become too shallow for ap- proach. On the whole the Bahamas seem to be growing, but changes in the configuration of the group have also undoubtedly been going on through erosion and local subsidences probably owing to the undermining action of the waves.'2 The role played by vegetation in determining the character of land surface is again well shown in the so-called " Banana holes," so abundant in New Providence and other islands, holes varying in size from that of a pint cup to that of a large cistern. They are suggestive of pot holes, but can have no such origin and are evidently not cut out by the waves at any previous period of subsidence. He could account for their formation in but one way, and that is through the action of decaying vegetable matter. Each of these holes contains large quantities of leaves and other vegetable sub- stances which, being kept wet by the heavy rains and by the fresh water elevated by each rising tide (almost all wells have a regular ebb and flow in these porous islands), undergo fermentative changes, by the products of which the soft calcareous rock is dissolved and leaches away. He was interested also in examining sections of ex- 1 Geol. Trans., Vol. ii, p. 528. 2 Vid. Fewkes, on the Origin of the Present Form of the Bermudas, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xxiv, 1888, p. 518. oo 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1 •>' posed coral rock, to find in the minute interstices, between the com- ponent grains, actively living protococei, sometimes at a depth of tz -i of an inch. Undoubtedly these little plants have much to do with the rapid breaking down of the rock surface. The list of plants was in its original shape placed at his service by Sir Alfred Blake then Governor of the Bahamas. The speaker had been able to add quite a number of species from his own collections made for the University of Pennsylvania,1 from a list of plants collected by Prof. F. H. Herrick2 and from collections made by his friend Dr. Anna H. Searing, of Rochester, New York. While the botany of the Bermudas has been well worked up, 3 no extensive lists have before been prepared for the Bahamas, and he therefore felt justified in presenting the paper re- corded by title this evening. The celebrated botanist Andre Michaux visited these islands over one hundred years ago, and sent to France over nine hundred trees and twenty boxes of seeds. No record exists of these other than this fact, re- corded in Michaux's journals. Lists and specimens of many valuable woods and textile plants were sent to the colonial exhibition,4 together with a series of over sixty beautiful life-size, water-color paintings of many of the more interesting plants made by Mrs. Blake. From time to time notes and reports have been published on special agricnltural plants5 and references to the more striking plants occur in the various popular accounts of the Bahamas and in the various works on the history of these islands. The larger isl- ands, such as Abaco and Andras, could supply much valuable tim- ber, were it not for the difficulty of bringing it from the interior to the harbors. Although surface soil is very scant throughout the is- lands, the difficulty of cultivation does not consist so much in 1 Vid. Preliminary Abstract Report of the Marine Laboratory, Ann. Report of the Provost lor 1887. 2 Flora of Abaco and Adjoining Islands, Tohns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Vol. vi, p. 46. 3 The Botany of the Bermudas by Sir John Henry Lefroy, F. R. S., Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 25, Part II, 1884.' Plants of the Bermudas, or Somers Islands, by Oswald A. Reade, Royal Gazette Office, Hamilton, Bermuda, 188-5. On the Lichens of the Islands of the Atlantic Ocean (Bermuda) Journ. Linn. Soc. (Botany), Vol xiv, p. 366, by J. Stirton. On the Lichens collected during the Challenger Expedition, ibid., xvi. by J M. Crombie. Notes on the Vegetation of the Bermudas. On the Marine Algae of St. Thomas and the Bermudas, by H. N. Moseley, ibid., xiv, p. 311, 317. On the Marine Algce of St. Thomas and the Bermudas by George Dickie, ibid., Vol. xiv, p. 312. 4 Commercial and Technical Report on West Indian and British Honduras Products at the Colonial and Indian Exhibition, 1886. Wm. Clowes and Son, London. 5 Local Notes on Science and Agriculture, Four Series, Nassau Guardian, 1886, by John Gardiner. Report on the Agricultural condition and prospects. of the Bahamas, Nassau N. P. April 17, 1886, by John Gardiner. 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. natural obstacles, as in the lack of enterprise shown by the people and the poor market facilities. The larger growers of pine apples, bananas, etc., are Americans, and the islands present a most inviting place for the employment of American capital and energy. Un- like the Bermudas, deciduous trees are abundant and furnish a nat- ural contribution and aid to cultivation, while the cedar, which retards cultivation, is not of sufficient abundance to have any im- portance. Large quantities of sea weed are available, which, combined with cave earth and sand, would furnish a cheap and available fertilizer. Most of the West Indies have had their flora greatly enriched by the introduction of exotics through Government or individual influence; the Bahamas, on the other hand, while offer- ing a much more favorable and uniform climate than the Bermudas or the more tropical islands, has been singularly neglected, and for- merly cultivated fertile tracts have been allowed to grow up in dense bush or to become denuded of soil. The present Government is making a strong effort to develop the culture of Agave Mexicana or Sisal Hemp* Botanists will find a rich and almost untouched field in the cryptogamic flora of these islands, especially in the Algae. The Sand-Dunes of Lewes, Del. — Prof. J. T. Rothrock spoke briefly of the dunes at Lewes, Delaware, and illustrated his state- ments by some photographs, recently taken by him at that place. It may be stated in advance that, while the conspicuous change in the surface has been most marked toward Cape Henlopen, the marshes between the Breakwater and the mouth of Lewes Creek have been slowly rising : that whereas a few years ago these marshes were a large number of times overflowed each year, that now this occurs so seldom that the flats are being built upon, and regular crops of marsh hay taken from them. South of the Breakwater, and say one fourth of a mile inland, one encounters a mass of pure shore sand, probably in its greatest depth one hundred feet deep, becom- ing on the north and south and west less and less deep until one reaches nearly the sea-level. On top of this ridge the dead trunks of former forests rise out of the sand. On the northern slope they become less and less abundant, disappearing when one reaches the marsh level. North of this, toward the water's edge a second growth of trees is seen appearing. On the southern slope of the ridge a forest of Pinus rigida stands, but this forest, by the moving of the sand toward the south, is being constantly encroached upon. Indeed, at present one may there see trees standing on the natural level, in no wise surrounded or endangered by sand. A few yards to the north of these is the face of the advancing sand hill. There one finds the Pines in all stages of burial, from those whose roots are barely touched, to those (sixty to eighty feet high) whose * Report of Ceorge Preston, Esq., as Special Commissioner to Yucatan to Inquire into the working of the Fibre Industry in that Country. Nassau. N. P., I.sss 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135 extreme tips alone remain above the sand. How many are abso- lutely covered, one can hardly even guess. The force at work here is plain enough. The wind from the north and north-east drives the sand to the hill-top, and when it reaches the crest, gravity carries it down the southern declivity. Once the forests have been killed, and the leaves are fallen, there is nothing to arrest the force of the wind and the slow process of uncovering the tree trunks by the sand drifting away from them begins. This, however, appears to be simply shifted further south, covering up fresh forests as it advances. While, therefore, ground is being lost to the forests and to the hay makers in the south and west,, there is a gain on the north, for enough of the sand remains there to raise the general level of these meadows slightly, and to make them less subject to frequent overflow. Indeed as we have seen, a second forest growth is commencing on that very spot. To one familiar with the dunes on Cape Cod, those of Lewes are striking from the fact of the absence of the wild rose, blueberries, beach-plums, etc., which one finds so common in the Massachusetts examples. They illustrate further, that we have on our own soil, and within a few hours of this city, the same forces operating which were so .destructive on the shores of the Bay of Biscay. These dunes and trees suggest further that the same remedies which restored a vast area (rescued from the sandy deluge) again to France may in time have to be appealed to here. There is, however, this difference, that whereas, in Europe, it was the Pinus Pinaster Soland. or Maritime Pine that was used to make seaward barrier, we here can safely depend upon the Pinus rigida or Pitch Pine, which is thriving now at Lewes, to accomplish this same result. Indeed from Massa- chusetts south to Lewes, here and there, in sight of the sea and on a most sandy soil this tree is flourishing almost as well as it does on the rocky hillsides in the interior of Pennsylvania. May 14. Mr. Edw. Goldsmith in the chair. Twenty-three persons present. A paper entitled " Catalogue of the Muscicapidse in the Collection of the Academy," by Witmer Stone was presented for publication. Xotes on Corema Conradii. — Mr. J. H. Redfield stated at the meeting of the Botanical Section of the Academy held May 13th, that it had been supposed of late years that Corema Conradii Torr. had disappeared from the pine barrens of New Jersey, the earliest reported station for the plant. He referred to an unsuccessful search for it, made by the late Charles F. Parker and himself in April, 1869, at Cedar Bridge, Ocean Co., N. J., where Dr. Torrey had seen it in 1834 and had indicated the exact locality in the Annals of N". Y. Lye. 136 • PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Nat. Hist. IV. 85. In a notice of that search given in the Proceedings of the Academy for 1869, p. 91, Mr. Redfield had said, " If the Corema is again to be discovered in New Jersey it will probably be in the wide sandy waste a few miles west of Cedar Bridge, near the bound- ary between Burlington and Ocean Counties, where a succession of elevated ancient beaches offers conditions similar to those of Cape Cod." He had now the satisfaction to report that about two years ago the plant was discovered by Prof. Merrill of Columbia College, N. Y., in the precise region which had been indicated. The place was soon after visited by Prof. Britton, and in April of this year, at the invitation of the latter, Mr. Arthur Hollick, Dr. J. B. Brinton and Mr. Redfield had accompanied him in a visit to the local- ity which lies about three miles west of Cedar Bridge, and about eleven miles west of Barnegat. The region is most singular in its aspect and impresses one with a sense of desolate loneliness. Forming the divide or water-shed, it rises in gentle swells which command an extensive view of a sandy desert leached by the rains to a degree of barrenness such that the scattered trees of Pinus rigida can attain the height of only three or four feet. The party was surprised at the amazing extent of Corema, exceeding that of any locality yet reported in the United States, being more or less abundant over a tract nearly a square mile in extent, its scattered patches in some places becoming confluent over large spaces. Myriads of young seedlings were also springing up in the bare white sand, so that there is little prospect of the plant becoming extinct. This is now the most southern station known for Corema, and was probably the origin of the few patches which Dr. Torrey found at Cedar Bridge, in 1834, but which had disappeared before 1869. The following communications were made in connection with the proceedings of the Conchological Section : The Radula in Rhipidoglossate Mollusks.- — Mr. H. A. Pilsbry spoke of the modes of specialization of the radula in rhipidoglossate mollusks illustrating his remarks by black-board diagrams. He stated that the marginal teeth undergo but slight variations throughout the group. The reduction in number of the teeth consequent upon the enlargement of the individual teeth takes place in the median por- tion of the membrane, where differentiation of the primitive homo- dont radula commenced. In the family Trochidre the outer lateral teeth (next to the numerous undifferentiated marginal teeth) become degenerate in the more specialized forms (Trochus, Clanculus, etc.) which have only five perfect laterals, a sixth being represented by a small plate without cusp or cutting point. In certain other genera of Trochids, there are seven or more laterals. In Turbinidse and Phasianellinre, on the other hand, the reduction in number of the teeth proceeds by the obsolescence or total loss of the central tooth (as in the group of Phasianelhe which the speaker had named Orthomesus), or the loss of the cusp of the tooth, as in certain 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137 sections of the genus Astralium. This process is followed by the obsolescence of the inner lateral teeth, shown in certain species of Astralium in which the cusps of these teeth are absent. The same course had been followed in the Neritopsidse, where, as Dr. Fischer has shown, the central and inner lateral teeth have been lost. Attention was called to the anomalous radula of Phasianella uirgo Angas, a species of Orthomesus in which the rhachidian tooth was replaced by a false central tooth, formed by the coalescence of the two inner lateral teeth. Remarks on Oliva inflata, Chem., 0. irisans, Lam. and other species of shells. — Mr. John Ford exhibited a large number of specimens representing Oliva inflata Chem. and Oliva irisans Lam. In referring to the various colors and forms of the series shown he called attention to the difficulties attendant upon a correct separa- tion of the species comprised in the genus. As evidence of thereof it may be said that fully one hundred and fifty names have been applied to the species which altogether do not number more than sixty. Mr. Tryon reduced the number to fifty-five, and a careful examination of the Academy's collection will show no reason for questioning his judgment. Very many of the discarded names were, by Marratt and other writers, avowedly based upon color varieties only. A larger number, however, may be safely charged to the lack of opportunity for comparing the newly-discovered specimens with others already named, and an absence of the literature referring to them. These latter difficulties can be readily comprehended if a casual glance be given to the two species under consideration, showing as they do at least twenty varieties of color, including one perfect albino, and half as many different forms. And yet a close observa- tion will satisfy the most skeptical student that certain characters proving their specific distinction are present in each. These conclusions apply also to several other species belonging to the genus,- — markedly so to 0. ispidu la Lam. 0. amneosa Lam., and 0. reticularis Lam., — each shell in the first-named species varying in color, and often in form, from either of its otherwise closely allied fellows. While much that has been said will apply with equal force to 0. irisans, it has been deemed best in this instance to retain several of the names formerly held as specific, but with the understanding that they be used for varieties only. Thus we have as the type of the species, 0. irisans, Lam., and as varieties, concinna Marratt, tremulina Lam., erythrostoma Lam. and textilina Lam. With the series of 0. inflata shown, there are a dozen specimens belonging to the species, but which are distinct in two characters at least from all of the others. To these the varietal name Ovum- ralli, has been given by the speaker. Though all of the specimens 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. are well developed, they are singularly pale in color, and have a more delicate structure than any of the species heretofore observed. They are also ornamented with small chocolate-colored spots or mottlings, quite unusual to the species. Though secured in one lot, their habitat is still conjectural. Reference was also made to a new species of Helix, found in the Island of Xew Guinea. This the speaker had named Helix Dentoni in honor of the dis- coverer, Mr. Wm, Denton, who died while pursuing his researches in the wilds of the island mentioned. The type, which has been pre- sented to the Academy, was received from Mr. Geo. W. Dean, of Kent, Ohio, to whom it was sent from New Guinea by the sons of Mr. Denton. Its habitat is therefore established. The species belongs to the sub-genus Trachia, its nearest ally being H Tuckeri, Pfr. ; but it may readily be distinguished from the latter by the continuous peristome, more oblique aperture and deeper con- striction of the whorl behind the lip. In reference to the lasting character of the colors of shells when properly cared for, attention was called to a magnificent Triton tritonis belonging to the speaker. This specimen is 18 inches long, 11 inches high, and has an expanse of lip 6 by 9 inches. Though known to have been out of its native element for more than fifty years, the external colors are still perfectly patterned and brilliant, while the crimson and white sun-burst covering the inside of the lip is a bit of coloring which an artist might envy. May 21. The President, Dr. Joseph Leidy, in the chair. Twenty-eight persons present. In connection with the proceedings of the Biological and Micro- scopical Section the following communication was made : — On the fore and aft poles, the axial differentiation and a possible anterior sensory apparatus of Volvox minor. — Prof. J. A. Ryder remarked that he had recently had an opportunity to study a very large colony of Volvox minor Stein, which appeared in the aquarium jars kept in the Conservatory of the Biological Department of the University of Pennsylvania. As some of the singular features of these alga? which he had noticed were apparently unrecorded, it was desirable that they should be described in order that others should have an opportunity to more fully investigate the facts and their bearings upon the life-history of these singular organisms. It was noticed that there was an empty pole in every colony or csenobium. This empty or non-spore-bearing pole was always the anterior one, or that which was directed forwards in the act of locomotion, which is effected by a rotating motion of the whole 1889.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139 caenobium impelled by the flagella of its cells projecting through its envelope of cellulose. The direction of the rotation of the eaenobia is not constant and may be either sinistral or dextral, but the direction of progress always coincides with an imaginary axis pass- ing through the centre of the anterior empty pole and the posterior germ-bearing portion of the nearly spherical colony or caenobium. These poles are sometimes differentiated before the young Yolvoces leave their parent caenobium, which they do by breaking through the wall of the latter at its hinder pole. The diameter of a Volvox caenobium is slightly longer measured along the axis around which it revolves than in the direction trans- verse to it. It results from this that the eaenobia are somewhat smaller equatorially than axially so that the form of the whole is that of a very slightly oblong spheroid. These characters are fairly constant and nearly always apparent while that of the production of the spore in a little more than the posterior hemisphere of the caenobium is invariable as well as the uniform direction of the axis of progressive locomotion in relation thereto. Another very extraordinary fact which was observed was that the so-called " eye-spots " found in the flagellate cells of the anterior pole of the spherical caenobium were the largest, and invariably occupied a definite position with relation to the flagella and to the axis around which the colony rotated. The anterior cells had the brownish red " eye-spots " largest, and as one examined row after row of the cells of the caenobium in succession backward toward what one might term the caudal pole these "eye-spots" were seen to gradually diminish in size, until in the last cells of the hinder pole, they were barely distinguishable as minute reddish points, which elevated the protoplasm of the cells into a slight prominence, such as is more marked over the larger anterior '■ eye-spots. " This re- markable fact of the " eye-spots " of the anterior pole being the largest, revives in a striking way the query whether these reddish bodies are not really visual organs or sense organs of some kind, after all, as originally supposed by Ehrenberg. Their gradual diminution in size toward the posterior pole where they are nearly atrophied would seem to indicate that they were in some way related to the power of the organism to move in a definite direction, the cells of the anterior end being provided with the best developed visual, sensory apparatus, or whatever it may be. If it should prove possible to show that these "eye-spots" are really sensory organs in Volvox, as all the facts which have been here noted would seem to indicate, it would be one of the few instances known of a plant possessed of visual or sensory organs of any kind unless we except some such plants as the Venus' fly-trap. The speaker stated that he had been unable to find any notice of any of the features of Volvox, which are here described ; all of the figures to which he had had access in standard works were entirely erroneous from their authors having completely overlooked these 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. very salient and important features of this remarkable plant. This should therefore be regarded as his apology for bringing a very common organism to the notice of the Academy, and to the renewed attention of the microscopists who take pleasure in studying it. It is to be hoped that some one who is skilled in such work maybe in- duced to take up the study of Volvox anew and publish a well- executed drawing of a colony in which the facts here recorded are adequately represented. This is all the more desirable in that, if Volvox is really a plant, its psychological history should be as much a matter of interest as its singular beauty and its intricate methods of reproduction seem to have been. May 28. Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger in the chair. Eighty-three persons present. A paper entitled " A review of the American Species of Pria- canthidse " by Willard L. Morrison. The following were elected members : — Emma Walter, Henry Bentley, Henry C. Johnson, and William W. Meigs. George H. French of Carbondale, Ohio, was elected a correspond- ent. The following were ordered to be printed : — 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141 ON SOME NEW SPECIES OF MOLLUSCA FROM THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. BY PROFESSOR ANGELO HEILPRIN. The following species were obtained in the summer of 1888, during a brief sojourn with a class of students from the Academy of Natural Sciences. Chama Bermudensis. PI. VIII, fig. 1. Shell thick, ponderous, sub-cordiform ; the right valve consider- ably smaller than the left, but yet thicker and deeper than in most Chamas ; beak of left valve prominent, spirally incurved ; ligamen- tal furrow in left valve deep, arciform ; dental sulcus broad, moder- ately deep, and supported interiorly by a prominent plate tooth. Muscular impressions elongated, not deep. External surface roughly corrugated by the lines of growth. Height of shell (left valve), measured to top of beak about three inches; length, measured along the antero-posterior axis 2-3 inches ; thickness of single valve 1*2— 1*5 inch. Dredged in large quantities in Harrington Sound. Macoma eborea. PI. VIII, fig. 2. Shell moderately inequilateral, truncated in the lower half of the posterior slope ; anterior slope regularly declivous, the posterior flattened. Right valve with widely diverging cardinal teeth, the space between which receives the double-tooth (grooved medially) of the left valve ; lateral teeth in right valve. Pallial sinus large, extending more than half across the shell ; external surface (white) concentrically and delicately lined by the lines of growth. Length of shell three-quarters of an inch ; height, two-thirds of an inch. Mysia pellucida. PI. VIII, fig. 3. Shell thin, convex, ovally orbicular ; the umbones moderately prominent; nolunule; hinge-line linear, a single medially-grooved cardinal tooth in the left valve (resembling Felanid). Adductor impressions oval, not much elongated. Shell white, nearly smooth. Length of single specimen somewhat over a halt- inch ; height the same. 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Cytherea Penistoni. PI. VIII, fig. 4. Shell sub-trigonal, the beaks prominently elevated; lunule cordi- forni ; the dental characters normally those of the genus; anterior lateral tooth (left valve) triangular, lamellar. Margin of shell even ; pallial sinus broad, directed upwards, and not quite reaching the centre of the shell. Lines of growth closely set, and even. Shell covered with a chestnut epidermis ; interior purplish. Length '6 inch ; height "5 inch. It gives me pleasure to name this delicate, and abundantly represented, Cytherea after my friend Miss A. Peniston, of Peniston's, from whom I have received much valuable assistance in the prepara- tion of my material illustrating the Bermudian fauna. Emarginula dentigera. PI. VIII, fig. 7. Shell flattened, scutiform, broadened posteriorly, and with the apex slightly sub-central ; surface with radiating ribs, which alter- nate in size — sometimes two smaller ones between each pair of large ribs — and project (the larger ones) prominently beyond the general margin. The impressed concentric lines give to the ribs a knobbed appearance. Fissure fairly long, narrow. Length nearly #25 inch ; height -1 inch. Emarginula pileum. PL VIII fig. 6. Shell elevated, with the form of a Phrygian cap ; apex largely posterior, well beaked; radiating lines alternate, deeply impressed by the concentric lines of growth, and appearing knobbed. Fissure moderately long, parallel-sided, and occupying the position of one of the larger ribs. Length slightly exceeding a quarter of an inch ; height *2 inch. Caecum termes. PI. VIII, fig. 5. Shell arcuate, gradually increasing in size anteriorly, where it is somewhat swollen ; surface longitudinally-costated, the costse appear- ing slightly rugose near the swollen base through the passing of the lines of growth. Mucro distinct, well excentric. Color of shell yellowish ; surface glossy. Length about '1 inch. This form appears to be fairly abundant. It may be readily dis- tinguished from most of the other longitudinally-costated species by the very nearly equal diameter of the shell, being only slightly swollen basally. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143 ON A NEW GENUS AND TWO NEW SPECIES OF OPHIURANS. BY J. E. IVES. In a collection of Ophiurans principally from the west coast of North America, but also from localities in the Xorth and South Pacific, recently received by the Academy from Mr. W. N. L.-r- the disk between the arms slightly swollen. Arms, length not much greater than the diameter of the disk, short, flat ; outer edges of the upper arm plates convex, about twice as wide as the inner edge ; the lateral edges straight ; side arm plates projecting forwards and out- wards, meeting above and below only towards the tip of the arm, bearing five short stout spiues, the lowest rather longer than -2K the others and the base covered by the outer tentacle scale ; Fig ;• sometimes near the base of the arm there are one or two supplementary spines within and between the others; under arm plates four-sided with the inner angles truncated, longer than broad, outer edge convex, wider than the inner edge ; lateral edges concave ; two tentacle scales, the inner one the larger of the two. Diameter of the disk about 7 mm. ; length of arms about 9 mm. Color of single dried specimen, a very light brownish tint. Ophioglypha Lockingtoni, n. sp. (Figs. 6-8.) Disk stout, flat ; dorsal surface with central rosette of primary plates ; a similar plate in each interbrachial space, and in each of the interbrachial spaces of the edge of the disk ; radial shields rounded pentagonal, about the same size as the primary plates ; between the larger plates there are smaller ones. Mouth shields covering the greater part of the inter- brachial spaces of the under surface of the disk, ovate with the narrower end turned inwards ; side mouth shields oblong ; outer pair meeting along their whole length, and their outer ends resting upon the inner end of the mouth shield ; the inner pair meeting along the greater part of their length, and their >outer ends resting upon the inner ends of the outer pair. The rest of the lower surface of the disk is covered with a few smaller scales. Arms, short, strongly keeled ; upper arm Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1 45 plates convex, rounded hexagonal ; side arm plates convex, about three times as high as broad, not meeting above or below, bearing a single small arm spine rather more than halfway up the side of the arm ; on some of the arm plates there are one or more extremely rudi- mentary papillae; mouth tentacle pores opening into the mouth slit, and having six; tentacle scales on the inner side and five on the outer; five tentacle scales on the inner side of the sixth arm plate and one tentacle scale on the outer side ; farther out the ten- tacle scales on the outer side of the tentacle pores disappear altogether ; papilla? of an arm comb about \ <-»5^^lk"/ seventeen in number, squarish flat and touching each [>ines of dorsal and anal fins with striated or roughened surface; preopercle with a cylindrical spine ; depth of body 2f in total length ; head 31 ; diameter of eye 3 in head ; operculum with two short spines ; a larger one above belonging to scapular bone ; length of second dorsal spine nearly three times in that of the last ; pectorals yellowish ; D. X, 13 ; A. Ill, 13 ; lateral line 80.] (Gunther.) BONARIENSIS. 3. 1. Priacanthus catalufa. Catalufa Parra, Dif. Piezas Hist. Nat., 1787, plate 20 (Havana). Priacanthus catalufa Poey, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phil., 1863, 182 (Havana) ; Poey, Repertorio I, 1867, 274 ; Poey, Synopsis, 1868, 302; Poey, Enumeratio 1875,38. Priacanthus macrophthalmus Gill. Kept. U. S. F. C. for 1871-2, 807. ("Occasional northwards.") (Not of C. & V.) Habitat. West Indies, occasional northwards in the Gulf Stream. Etymology, Catalufa, common name of the species at Havana. This species is unknown to me. From the accounts given by Parra and Poey, it would seem to be more elongate than the next species, and Poey has indicated a differential character in the structure of the skull. Not having seen the skull I find it difficult to under- stand the character in question. 12 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Since writing the above, Dr. Jordan has examined, at my request, small specimens in the U. S. National Museum, from Wood's Holl and Newport. These seem to belong to P. catalufa rather than to P. cruentatus. Compared with the latter, these are more slender, depth 2| in length; eye smaller, 2£ in head, and the preopercular spine much smaller. In these specimens, the dorsal is unspotted, having only a dark shade across it ; along the lateral line are eight small black spots, which probably disappear with age. 2. Priacanthus cruentatus. Big Eye ; Catalufa. Labrus cruentatus Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. Ill, 1800, 522 (from a copy by Aubriet of a plate made by Plunder at Martinique). Priacanthus cruentatus, Cuv. & Val., Ill, 1829, 102; Poey, Syn. Pise. Cub., 1868, 302 ; Poey, Enum. Pise. Cub. 1875, 40. Priacanthus cepedianus Desmarest, Prem. Dec. Ichthy. 1823, 9, plate 1 (Havana) ; Poey, Syn. Pise. Cub. 1868, 302 ; Poey, Repertorio 1, 1867, 273 ; Poey, Enum. Pise. Cub. 1875, 39. Priacanthus maerophthalmus Cuv. & Val. Ill, 1829, 97 ; Gunther I, 1859, 215 (Cuba, Jamaica, Madeira) (not Anthias maerophthalmus Bloch, an East Indian species) ; Jordan & Gilbert, Syn. Fishes N. A. 1883, 544. Priacanthus arenatus Cuv. & Val. Ill, 1829, 101 (Brazil) (de- scription very brief). Priacanthus ful gens Lowe, Trans, Zool. Soc. Ill, 1838, 174. Habitat. Etymology, cruentatus, bloody. I identify the specimens collected by Dr. Jordan at Havana with the Pr. cepedianus of Poey, rather than with his Priacanthus catalufa. They agree most closely with the description of Pr. cepedianus of Desmarest. The description and figure of Labrus cruentatus Lace- pede are very far from accurate, but it seems almost certain that it was drawn from a specimen of this species in which the dark mark- ings on the side were more distinct than usual. Poey recognizes cruentatus and cepedianus as distinct species but lie says that they differ only in color. Since writing the above, two mounted specimens have been received by the museum of the Indiana University. These were sent by Poey from Havana under the name of Priacanthus cepedianus. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163 3. Priacanthus bonariensis. Priacanthus bonariensis Guv. & Val. Ill, 1829, 105 (Buenos Ayres) ; Giinther, I, 1859, 216. (South America.) Habitat. Atlantic Coast of South America. Etymology, from Buenos Ayres. This species is known to me from descriptions only. PSEUDOPRIACANTHUS. Pseudopriacanthus Bleeker, Versl. Ak. Wet. Amsterd., 1869, 241 (niphonius). Type Priacanthus niphonius C. & V., from Japan. Etymology, pseudos, false; Priacanthus. This genus is distinguished from Priacanthus by its deeper form, its larger and rougher scales, its shorter anal fin, and by several peculiarities of form. Two species are known, the one West Indian, the other from Japan. Analysis of the American species of Pseudop? iaeanthus. a. Head, 3 in length to base of caudal ; 1J in depth ; depth 2 in length to base of caudal ; eye 2 in head, placed very high ; chin very rough ; profile from*first dorsal spine to chin straight ; snout extremely short and blunt ; mouth large and very oblique. Maxil- laries reaching almost to the middle of eye, If in head; spines striated, not serrated ; preopercle serrated ; an embedded spine at angle of opercle ; preorbital roughly serrated ; scales large and very rough; base of dorsal 2? times base of anal; tips of soft dorsal reaching beyond base of caudal ; soft rays of dorsal, anal and ventrals rough or serrated throughout ; caudal truncate ; ventrals large, ex- tending to first ray of anal ; pectorals small, about as long as eye ; fourth and last dorsal spines of equal length, second H times the first, sixth the longest. Color scarlet red ; ventrals tipped with black ; D. X, 12 ; A. Ill, 9 ; lateral line 40 to 50. altus. 4. 4. Pseudopriacanthus altus. Priacanthus altus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1862, 132 (very young specimen from Narragansett Bay) ; Jordan & Gilbert, Syn. Fishes X. A., 1883, 545 (from original type). Pseudopriacanthus altus, Jordan & Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1887, 269 (Charleston). Pseydopriaeanthus ? Poey, Enumeratio, 1875, 40 (Havana). ' Habitat. Atlantic Coast of U. S. and West Indies, in deep water (Rhode Island, Charleston, Pensacola, Havana). Of this rare species I have examined two adult examples 8 and 10 inches in length from Charleston and Pensacola. 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. GADOLINITE FROM LLANO CO., TEXAS. BY E. GOLDSMITH. The specimen so called which came from the above locality is in the Wm. M. Vaux Collection of the Academy and is of unusual size. It appears as a rough orthorhombic crystal. A piece broken off at one end revealed the fact that the crystal was not homogeneous throughout. Within, a glassy material surrounded by a rather thick layer of perfectly dull appearance indicated that it was made up of at least two different minerals. I procured from the mineral dealer fragments of these two substances for investigation. The inner or vitrous substance proved to be Gadolinite. In mass the color is deep black and opaque but, when a thin plate is prepared by grind- ing, it appears green. Beneath the microscope apparently all is homogeneous, only a few minute black spots are noticed. Between the two nieol prisms it was not at all affected, even when the ray passed through it parallel or convergent. The field of the crossed nicols became darker when the plate was placed between them. The apparent form is therefore misleading. Supposing the optical laws of crystallized bodies to be correct, I arrive at the conclusion that the crystal found is either isometric or pseudomorphous. Fracture conchoidal and uneven. Hardness = 6. Sp. Gr. = 4*276. It affords no streak on unglazed porcelain and it is brittle ; the powder is grayish-green. For analysis the substance was selected with care and was easily decomposed by hydrochloric acid, the silica gelatinizing. The result was as follows : Silica 25-70 per cent. O = 13-7 Ittria 58-30 " " = 12 Iron monoxide 15*52 " "= 3*44 Glucina 2-10 " " = 1*32 The oxygene ratios of the silica to the monoxyds is as 1 : 1*2, therefore nearly 1 : 1 which corresponds fairly with one of Berlin's analysis of material from Ytterby, except that he found in all his investigations cerium, small quantities of alkalies and alkaline earths. I took special pains to trace the presence of cerium but could not detect it. The ittria found was dissolved as nitrate and the concentrated solution examined spectroscopically for erbia, but none was found. I confess to not knowing a reliable process for 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165 separating either erbia or terbia, hence the results obtained can only be considered approximate. The material enveloping the Gadolinite seems to be amorphous ; dull, with an uneven fracture and brittle ; its color is grayish brown ; streak red, when powdered bright red. It was found necessary the float off the suspended part in water from another portion which was not decomposable by hydrochloric acid, and this was repeated until a sample was wholly decompos- able by that acid. The silica did not gelatinize. Hardness = 3. Sp. Gr. = 3-494. Not fusible before the blow-pipe. The fluxes indicated iron ; heated in a tube it gave water. Heated with carb. soda upon char- coal it afforded a dark brown slag. The analysis indicated great complexity of mixture : — f cent. O = 9-676 Si 02 18-145 Ce30, 20-662 Fe2 03 26-026 YO 21-854 CaO «6-642 MgO 0.214 HO 9-761 0 = 16-773 0 = 7-807 0 = 4-500 0 = 1-040 0 = 0-085 0 = 8-676 The approximate O ratios of the sum of the monoxycls are equal to the tetraoxyds, or about two, whilst the O ratio of the dioxyds and the sesquioxyds are each nearly one, hence this general expression is proposed. : — 2 (RO+R304) Si02 (R203) The question whether this substance is a mixture or not, I en- deavored to solve by this consideration : sesquioxydes of iron as goethite, limouite, etc., are respectively soluble to some extent in a strong solution of citric acid ; if any of these oxyds should be mixed or occur as such in the mineral a test with that acid would indicate the fact. The test was made ; for several hours the fine red mineral powder was kept in contact with a strong solution of citric acid at ordinary temperature, about 70° F. and agitated occasionally with no effect. If heated on steam bath the effect was very slight. It seems, therefore, that the substance is not a mixture, but a hyd rated tribasic silicate in which the water is conceived to be substitutable for any other monoxyde. The ittria was also tested optically for erbia with negative result. I am not aware that this material over the Gadolinite has been named. I propose for it the name Metagadolinite. 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES OF FOSSIL CRUSTACEA FROM THE LOWER SILURIAN OF TENNESSEE, WITH REMARKS ON OTHERS NOT WELL KNOWN. BY J. M. SAFFORD AND A. W. VOGDEiS. Ampyx Americanus, n. s. General outline broadly oval, glabella some- what claviforin, slightly convex, narrowing ....■' ..... behind the middle and widening out slightly at its junction with the occipital ring ; it is marked at each side by one or more oblique furrows, the condition of the three specimens before us do not clearly indicate more than one pair. Projecting spine broken off. The cheeks are broad and rounded towards the margins. Genal spines broken off. Facial sutures not observed. The axis is broad anteriorly and gradually diminishes, being well denned by its broadly convex form ; the rings are deeply furrowed centrally. The pleura? are six in number, straight and deeply grooved, terminating in obtusely pointed points, similar to those of Ampyx nudus. [Barrande Syst. Sil. Boheme, Vol. 1, PL 5, fig. 14.] The pygidium is triangular in form, the axis being prominent, gently tapering to an obtuse point on the posterior border. It is marked with 13 or more rings, with a central row of nodes. The sides have only one pair of side ribs, which are deeply furrowed out- wards cutting off the posterior portion of the tail. Geological position and locality, Trenton group, near Bulls Gap on the road to Russelville, Tenn. Cabinet of J. M. Safford. Affinities : We have compared the Tennessee species with the 17 described species of the genus Ampyx and find that it differs in detail from all of them. It has affinities with Ampyx nasutus, Dalrn. which has the same number of thoracic segments, its pygidium being marked with only one lateral side furrow on each side. From this A. Americanus can be readily distinguished by its glabella, broader 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 pygidium and its central row of nodes along the axis of the pygi- dium. Mr. Edward Forbes, [Mem. Geol. Survey United Kingdom, Dec. 2, 1849, pi. X] has suggested the new generic name of Brachampyx for species like the above, with six thoracic segments and short and rounded heads, to separate them from species of the genus Ampyx with five thoracic segments and longheads. Length of largest specimen 27 2 mm., head 11 mm., thorax 82 mm., pygidium 8 mm., greatest width of tail 20 mm., length of pygidium, small specimen, 6 mm. Encrinus varicostatus, Walcott. Encrinurus varicostatus, Walcott, 1877, Adv. Sheets 31st. Rept. N. Y. State Cab. Nat, Hist. p. 16 ; 31st. Rept. N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist. p. 69. Cryptonymus varicostatus, Vodges, 1878, Mon. genera Zethus, Encrinurus and Cryptonymus, p. 27. Encrinurus excedrinus, Safford, 1869, Geology Tennessee, p. 290. £^j^\ The, only known part of this species is the C^\N pygidium, it is subtriangular in outline, width slightly greater than its length, convex, axis tapering to a blunt point and marked with 13 or more rings extending entirely across it as far as the last pleurre, with possibly 6 or 8 more. The sides are marked with 6 ribs, decreasing in length gradually, the last pair coalescing with the axis, and separated from it by a shallow groove. Surface granular, without nodes. Length of largest specimen 7 mm., width 7* mm. Geological positions and locality, Trenton limestone, Lebanon, Tenn., Cedar Glades. Mr. C. D. Walcott says that his specimens have about 16 smooth rings; the anchylosing of the posterior rings renders it difficult to determine the exact number. Trenton limestone, Mineral Point, Beloit, &c, Wisconsin. Chasmops Troosti, Safford. Dalmanites Troosti, Safford, 1869, Geol. Tennessee, p. 290. Description : General form narrowly ovate, convex, head semi- circular, genal angles produced into spines extending to the fifth thoracic segment. Eyes prominent, faceted glabella large, clavate. The specimen! is not in condition to record the minor details of the head. Thorax with 11 segments, axis prominent, convex, tapering 168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. posteriorly. Pleurae grooved about half their length. Pygidium triangular, axis prominent and tapering to a blunt obtuse point, marked with about 9 axial rings ; lateral lobes with seven ribs, the first two pair are grooved. Geol. position, Trenton group. Murfrees- boro, Tennessee, also Stone River 6 miles north of Murfreesboro. This species has some affinities with Dahnanites intermedins, Walcott, from the Trenton group of Wisconsin, but in minor details it can readily be distinguished from it. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 CATALOGUE OF THE ASTEROIDEA AND OPHIUROIDEA IN THE COLLECTION OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. BY J. E. IVES. The following catalogue will be found to contain a number of - localities that are new for various species. Two new forms of Star-fishes and two new forms of Ophiurans from the collection have recently been described in the Proceedings of the Academy. A large proportion of the Pacific forms are contained in a collec- tion given to the Academy by Mr. W. N. Lockington. Many of his specimens unfortunately have no locality indicated. The majority of them, however, were collected on the west coast of North and Central America, but there are also forms from Alaska, Japan, New Zealand and the Pacific Islands. ASTEROIDEA. ASTERIIDJE. Asterias ^qualis, Stiinpson. 5 San Francisco, Cal., 4 Seal Rock, San Francisco, Cal. and 50 locality undetermined, W. N. Lock- ington. Asterias arenicola, Stimpson. 4 Atlantic City, F. M. Beamer; 5 dried and 50 alcoholic, H. A. Pilsbry ; 1 U. C. Smith ; 1 Fort Macon, N. C, Dr. H. C. Yarrow ; 1 (alcoholic) Gloucester, Mass. and 1 Vineyard Sound, Mass., U. S. Fish Commission ; 1 Massachusetts Bay, Museum of Comparative Zoology ; 1 Point Judith, R. I., Dr. Jos. Leidy. Asterias atlantica, Verrill. 13 (alcoholic) Bermuda, Heilprin coll. July 1888. Asterias camtschatica, Brandt (?). 1 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Asterias capitata, Stimpson. 3 San Diego, Cal, Joseph Jeanes ; 1 Santa Barbara, Cal., and 1 locality undetermined, W. N. Lock- ington. Asterias (Leptasterias) compta, Verrill. 6 Noank, Conn., Dr. Jos. Leidy ; 2 (alcoholic) off Watch Hill, R. I. (22 fath.) U. S. Fish Commission. 170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Asterias epichlora, Brandt (?). 1 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Asterias fabricii, Agassiz. 3 Greenland, Museum of Comparative Zoology ; 1 Newport, R. I., S. Powel. Asterias forbesii, Verrill. 15 (alcoholic) Holmes' Holl, Mass., Dr. J. H. Slack; 3 Newport, R. I., S. Powel; 5 (alcoholic) Vineyard Sound, Mass., U. S. Fish Commission ; 8 specimens undetermined (4 alcoholic). Asterias gigantea, Stimpson. 4 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Asterias glacialis, Linck. 1 " British," E. Wilson. Asterias lurida, Philippi (?). 3 San Diego, Cal., Joseph Jeanes (H. Hemphill) ; 3 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Asterias ochracea, Brandt. 1 (alcoholic) Oregon, Smithsonian Inst. ; 1 San Francisco, Cal., Museum of Comparative Zoology ; 2 T. G. Watson ; 2 Santa Cruz, Cal., John Ford ; 6 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Asterias rubens, L. 2 Belfast Bay, Wm. Thompson ; 25 England, Dr. T. B. Wilson. Asterias sertulifera, Xantus ('?). 1 locality undetermined. Asterias vulgaris, Stimpson. 30 (alcoholic) Gay Head, Martha's Vineyard, Mass., Heilprin coll. 1886 ; 3 Grand Menan, and 2 Massachusetts, Museum of Comparative Zoology; 1 (alcoholic) Halifax, N. S., U. S. Fish Commission ; 8 Maine, Dr. J. H. Slack ; 1 (alcoholic) Mt. Desert, Me., Dr. H. C. Chapman ; 2 Long Branch, N. J., Dr. J. L. LeConte. Asterias, species undetermined. 2 Guaymas, J. W. Wilson, U. S. N. ; 1 New Zealand, Messrs. Warwick and Argent ; 2 Sand- wich Islands, J. K. Townsend ; 2 dissimilar forms, localities undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Heliaster helianthus, Lam. 1 Chili, W. W. Drinker. Heliaster microbrachia, Xantus. 1 Chili, W. W. Drinker; 1 Magdalena Bay, Low. OaL, W. N. Lockington. (Fischer coll.)/ Heliaster multiradiata, Gray (= H. Kubinijii, Xantus). l! Lower California and 1 (young) locality undetermined, W. N.. Lockington ; 1 (alcoholic) Machuoha, Nicaragua, Dr. Brans- ford ; 2 dried and 3 alcoholic, Pacific Coast of "Mexico, Dr. W. H. Jones ; 2 locality undetermined. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171 BRISINGIDJE. Coronaster bispinosus, Ives. A single specimen. Type, Proc Acad. 1888, p. 422. Locality undetermined. ECHINASTERIDJE. Echinaster echinophorus, Lam. 6 New Providence, Bahamas, Dr. H. C. Wood. Echinaster fallax, M. and T. (?). 1 Pacific Islands, W. N. Lockington. Echinaster sentus, Say. 2 Key West, Florida, Lieut. Gandtt (Proc. Acad. 1825. p. 143). Echinaster spinulosus. Verrill. 4 (alcoholic) Anclote Bayr Florida, and 2 (alcoholic) (12 ft.) Sarasota Bay, Florida,. Heilprin coll. 1886. Ehinaster tenuispina, Verrill. 2 (alcoholic) Bay of Pichilincpie, W. Coast of America, Dr. W. H. Jones ; 1 Monterey, Cal., and 12 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Cribrella leviuscula, Stimpson. 6 (alcoholic) Marmot Island, Northwest Coast of America, Dr. W. H. Jones; 1 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Cribrella sanguinolenta, Mulier. 2 Belfast Bay, Wm. Thomp- son ; 2 " British," E. Wilson ; 2 Manchester, Mass., S. Tufts, Jr. ; 3 (alcoholic) Massachusetts Bay, U.S. Fish Commission; 12 Maine and 7 (alcoholic) Nahant, Mass., Dr. J. H. Slack ; 3 Noank, Conn., Dr. Jos. Leidy ; locality undetermined. Mithrodia clavigera, Lam. 1 (alcoholic) Oahu, Sandwich Islands, Dr. W. H. Jones. Solaster decemradiata, Brandt. 1 California, W. N. Locking- ton. Solaster endeca, Gniel. 1 dried and 5 alcoholic, Mt. Desert, Me., Dr. H. C. Chapman. Solaster papposa, L. 1 (alcoholic) Mediterranean, Dr. Howel ; 3 (alcoholic) Mt. Desert, Me., Dr. H. C. Chapman. A< anthaster ellisii, Gray. 1 Gulf of California, W. N. Lock- ington (Fisher coll.). LINCKIIDJE. Linckia guildingii, Gray. 1 Bermuda, Mr. Janney ; 1 San Diego, Cal., Jos. Jeanes (H. Hemphill) ; 5 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington ; 1 locality undetermined. 172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. The specimens received from Mr. Lockington resemble the single specimen presented by Mr. Joseph Jeanes from San Diego, Cal. They are small, the largest not exceeding 8 mm. in diameter, but other- wise thoroughly agree with descriptions of Linkia Guildingii. This species has not been recorded before from the West Coast of North America. Linckia l.evk;ata, Lam. (= L. Pacifica, Gray). 3 Navigator's Isles, Dr. Eckstein ; 1 Navigator's Isles and 3 Arica, Peru, Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger. Linckia nodosa, Perrier. 2 locality undetermined. Linckia unifascialis, Gray. 1 Central America, Dr. LeConte; 2 Honduras, Capt. J. M. Dow ; 1 Lower California, Wm. M. Gabb ; 2 Magdalena Bay, Low. Cal, W. N. Lockington ; 2 Pacific Coast of Mexico, Dr. W. H. Braden ; 2 (alcoholic) Panama, McNeil Expedition ; 7 (alcoholic) Pichilinque Bay, West Coast of America, Dr. W. H. Jones ; 3 localities undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Linckia, species undetermined. 1 Christmas Island, W. N. Lock- ington. This specimen does not appear to be Linckia laevigata Lam. (L Pacifica, Gray), the only species of Linckia recorded from Christmas Island by Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell. Linckia, species undetermined. 1 Lower California, W. M. Gabb. Ophidiaster gracilis, Gray. 1 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Ophidiaster pusillus, M. and T. 5 (alcoholic) Oahu, Sandwich Islands, Dr. W. H. Jones. Ophidiaster pyramidatus, Gray. 1 Honduras, Capt. J. M. Dow ; 1 La Paz, Low. Cal., and 1 Magdalena Bay, Low. Cal., W. N. Lockington ; 6 (alcoholic) Panama Bay, McNeil Expedi- tion ; 1 (alcoholic) Pichilinque Bay, West Coast of America, Dr. W. H. Jones. Ophidiaster, species undetermined. 1 West Coast of Honduras, Capt. J. M. Dow; 3 locality undetermined. GONIASTERIDJE. Pentagonaster dilatatus, Perrier. 1 New Zealand, Messrs. Warwick and Argent. Pentagonaster (Stellaster) equestris, Retzius. 1 New Zealand, Messrs. Warwick and Argent. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173 Pentagonaster granularis, O. F. Miiller. (Alcoholic) Marmot Island, Alaska, Dr. W. H. Jones; 1 Monterey, Cal., W. N. Lockington (W. G. W. Harford). Pentagonaster pulchellus, Gray. 1 New Zealand, Messrs. Warwick and Argent. Pentagonaster semilunatus, Linck. 1 New Zealand, Messrs. Warwick and Argent, Pentagonaster, species undetermined. 1 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Axthenea acuta, Perrier (?). 2 (alcoholic) locality undetermined. Axthenea tuberculosa, Gray (?). 1 New Zealand, Messrs. Warwick and Argent. Oreaster (Nidorellia) armata, Gray. 1 Guaymas, J. W. Wilson ; 1 La Paz, Low. Cal., W. N. Lockington (W. J. Fisher coll.) ; 1 Panama Bay, Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger ; 1 (alco- holic) Panama, McNeil Expedition ; 1 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Oreaster dorsatus, L. 1 New Zealand, Messrs. Warwick and Argent ; 1 Senegal, Dr. Isaac Lea. Oreaster (Amphiaster) insignis, Verrill. 1 locality undeter- mined, W. N. Lockington. Oreaster lutkeni, Bell. 1 locality undetermined. Oreaster occidentals, Verrill. 1 Honduras, Capt. J. M. Dow ; 1 Lower California, W. N. Lockington (Fisher coll.) ; 1 dried and 1 alcoholic, Pacific Coast of Mexico, Dr. W. H. Jones. Oreaster reticulatus, L. 1 Maracaibo, C. D. Meigs ; 1 Nassau, New Providence, Chas. P. Perot ; 1 St. Bartholomew, West Indies, Dr. Gaes; 2 West Indies, E. Wilson; 1 locality un- determined, J. C. Fisher ; 4 specimens, locality undetermined. Culcita discoidea, Schmidt. 1 Zanzibar, Museum of Compara- tive Zoology. ASTERINIDJE. Asterina folium, Liitken. 2 alcoholic, locality undetermined. Asterina gibbosa, Penn. 2 Belfast Bay, W. Thompson ; 1 Med- iterranean, Dr. S. B. Howel ; 1 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Asterina granulosa, Perrier. 1 (alcoholic) Oahu, Sandwich Islands, Dr. W. H. Jones. 174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Asterina miniata, Brandt. 2 Monterey, Cal., W. M. Gabb ; 2 San Diego, Cal., Jos. Jeanes ; 2 locality undetermined, W. N. Lock- in gton. Asterina obtusa, Gray. 1 locality undetermined, W. N. Lock- ington. Asterina regularis, Verrill. 3 New Zealand, Messrs. Warwick and Argent. Asterina, species undetermined. 1 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Palmipes membranaceus, Linck. 1 " Europe." Asteropsis imbricata, Grube. 1 Gulf of Georgia, Northwest Coast of America, Museum of Comparative Zoology; 1 Mon- terey, Cal., W. N. Lockington. ASTROPECTINID^. Astropecten articulatus, Say. 1 (alcoholic) 9-12 ft. off Man- atee, Tampa Bay, Fla., Heilprin coll. 1886 ; 1 South Carolina, F. S. Holmes ; 1 dried and 4 alcoholic, localities undetermined. Astropecten aurantiaca, Lam. 2 Mediterranean, Dr. T. B. Wilson. Astropecten oerstedii, Lutken. 2 San Diego, Cal., Jos. Jeanes (H. Hemphill) ; 4 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Astropecten subinermis, M. and T. 1 (alcoholic) Mediterranean, Dr. Howel ; 2 locality undetermined. Astropecten, species undetermined. 6 Gulf of Mexico, C. S. Westcott ; 1 (alcoholic) Oahu, Sandwich Islands, Dr. W. H. Jones; 6 Sandwich Islands; 1 West Coast of Africa, Dr. Henderson, U. S. N. ; 8 Yokohama, Japan, W. N. Lockington. Luidia clathrata, Say. 4 Charleston, S. C. ; 1 Cuba, W. M. Gabb ; 3 (alcoholic) Stumps' Pass, West Coast of Florida, Heilprin coll. 1886 ; 2 locality undetermined. Luidia tessellata, Lutken (?). 3 Lower California, W. N. Lock- ington ; 2 Gulf of California, W. N. Lockington. These two last specimens are very large, measuring from 200 to 225 mm. from the center of the disk to the tips of the rays. Ctenodiscus crispatus, Retzius. 11 (alcoholic) (40-50 fath.) and 5 dried Massachusetts Bay, U. S. Fish Commission ; 1 Salem, Mass., W. N. Lockington (J. S. Kingsley) ; 1 locality un- determined, S. B. Howel. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175 Archaster typicus, M. and T. 1 California, 4 Lower California and 1 Mulege Bay, Low. Cal. (Fisher coll.), W. N. Locking- ton ; 1 Sandwich Islands, W. H. Pease. The specimen from the Sandwich Islands differs from the others by its narrower arms and greater number of arm plates, having about 40 on each side of an arm, whereas the others have only about 35. It differs also in color, being of a very light cream color instead of light or dark umber. This however may be due to the fading of - the original tint. This species has not before been recorded either from the Pacific Coast of North America or from the Sandwich Islands. PTERASTERID.ffi. Pteraster tessellatus, Ives. A single type specimen in alcohol. Proc. Acad, 1888, p. 421. Kodiak, Alaska. Dr. W. H. Jones. OPHIUROIDEA. OPHIURIDJE. Ophiura appressa, Say. 1 Callao, Peru, Dr. W. S. W. Ruschen- berger ; 3 Florida ; 14 (alcoholic) locality undetermined. Ophiura brevispina, Say. 1 Rhode Island, A. D. Bache. Ophiura cinerea, M. and T. 5 Aspinwall, W. M. Gabb ; 16 (alcoholic,) locality undetermined. Ophiura panamensis, Liitk. 1 California, W. M. Gabb ; 2 (alcoholic) Panama (?), KcXeil Expedition ; 1 San Bartolome Bay, Low. Cal., W. N. Lockington ; 3 (alcoholic) San Diego, Cal., Jos. Jeanes; 1 alcoholic, West Coast of Mexico, Dr. W. H. Jones. Ophiura teres, Lyman. 1 Cape Tortola, Low. Cal., and 1 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington ; 1 alcoholic, Nicaragua, Dr. Bransford ; 3 dried and 7 alcoholic, West Coast of Mexico, Dr. W. H. Jones. Ophiolepis elegans, Liitken. 1 (alcoholic) Sarasota Bay, Fla. (12 feet), Heilprin coll. 1886. Ophioplocus esmarki, Lyman. 3 (alcoholic) San Diego, Cal., Jos. Jeanes ; 1 (alcoholic) West Coast of America, George David- son ; 6 locality unknown, W. N. Lockington. The number of arm spines to each side arm-plate in this species appears to be somewhat variable. In the specimen from the West 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Coast presented by Mr. Geo. Davidson there are only two such spines, and in one of the specimens received from Mr. Lockington, some of the plates have two, and some three arm spines. Ophioplocus imbkicatus, M. and T. 1 Bay of Islands, New- Zealand, W. N. Lockington. Ophioncus granulosus, Ives. Type specimen (Proc. Acad. 1889, p. 1-43), locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Ophioglypha albida, Forbes. 3 Belfast Bay, W. Thompson. Ophioglypha ciliata Retzius. 3 Belfast Bay, W. Thompson ; 27 "British," E. Wilson. Ophioglypha lockingtoni, Ives. 2 type specimens (Proc. Acad. 1889, p. 143), locality undetermined, "W. N. Lockington. Ophioglypha lutkeni, Lyman. 4 dried and 2 alcoholic, locality undetermined, \V. X. Lockington. Ophioglypha nodosa, Liitken. 1 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Ophioglypha robusta, Lyman. 3 Bay of Fundy, U. S. Fish Commission. Ophioglypha sarsi, Lyman. 3 dried and 7 alcoholic (20-125 fath.) U. S. Fish Commission. Ophiopholis aculeata, Retzius. I Belfast Bay, \V. Thompson ; 1 "British" ; 9 dried and 6 alcoholic, Maine, and 2 alcoholic, Nahant, Dr. J. H. Slack ; 12 (alcoholic) Massachusetts Bay and Gulf of Maine (10-100 fath.) U. S. Fish Commission ; 15 (alcoholic) Mt. Desert, Me., Dr. H. C. Chapman ; 6 locality undetermined. Ophiopholis caryi, Lyman. 1 (alcoholic), W. N. Lockington. Ophiopholis japonic a, Lyman. 1 (alcoholic) Dr. S. B. Howe). This specimen agrees closely with Mr. Lyman's description of 0. Japonica. The arm spines, however, are slightly longer and also more slender, and there are on the upper surface of the disk a few scattered spines of about the size of the smallest arm spines. Ophiopholis kennerlyi, Lyman. 4 (alcoholic), AVest Coast of Mexico, and 11 (alcoholic) Alaska and California, Dr. W. H. Jones. Ophiactis mulleri, Liitken. 2 (alcoholic) Bermuda, Heilprin coll. July 1888. These specimens which were identified as Ophiactis Krebsii in Professor Heilprin's " Contributions to the Natural History of the 18r< ;< >x< >cephalus arborescens, Agassiz. 1 Palermo, Italy, John Ford. ( Jougonocephalus caryi, Lyman. 1 Monterey, Cal., and 1 locality undetermined, W. N. Lockington. Gorgoxi « ki'iialus STiMPSONi, Verrill. 1 (alcoholic) Arctic Ocean. Smithsonian Institute, North Pacific Expedition ; 1 (alcoholic) Marmot Island, Alaska, Dr. W. H. Jones ; 1 locality undeter- mined, W. X. Lockington. Astroschema l.eve, Lyman (*?). 1 locality undetermined. Astroschema oligactes, Pallas. 1 locality undetermined. 180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. July 2. Mr. Thomas Meehan, Vice-President, in the chair. Nine persons present. The following papers were presented for publication : — "Nomenclature and Check-List of North American Land Mol- lusks." By H. A. Pilsbry. "The Origin and Meaning of Sex." By John A. Ryder. "A review of the American Species of Sturgeons (Accipen- seridae)." By Philip H. Kirsch and Morton W. Fordice. July 9. Rev. H. C. McCook, D. D., Vice-President, in the chair. Twenty persons present. Note on the true Systematic Position of the Bay Spider. — Dr. Henry C. McCook remarked that he had been recently led to reinvestigate the character of the web of the Ray spider and its proper systematic place. When the snare of this aranead was first discovered by him in 1881, and described in the Proceedings of this Academy1 he con- sidered the spider new to science, and gave it the name of Epeira radiosa in a paper containing a careful and detailed description of its spinningwork and habits. He then indicated that it would probably be assigned to a new genus, and subsequently in a verbal communication to this Academy, proposed for it the name of Aetis radiosa. Emerton, in his monograph of the New England Epeirada?, created for it the genus Microepeira? Subsequent investigation had led Dr. McCook to believe that the spider belongs to Cambridge's genus Theridiosoma? and probably is identical with the European species Theridiosoma gemmosum of Dr. L. Koch.4 This genus has a marked resemblance to Epeira, as Cambridge himself allows, and certainly on the ground of structure appears to be at least equally related to the Epeiroids. 1 Proc. Acad. Natural Sciences. Phila., 1881, pp. 163-75. 2 New England Spider of the Family Epeiradse. Transactions Connecticut Academy, Volume VI., 1884, p. 320. 3 Rev. O. Pickard-Cambridge, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1879, p. 193. 4 Theridium gemmosum : Verzeichniss der bei Nurnberg beob. Arten. p. 69. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181 Count Keyserling, however, in his extended and admirable mono- graph1 retains the species among the Retitelarise where it had previously been placed. But the spinningwork of the spider, which appears to have been unknown to the above named arachnologists, shows conclusively that it must be placed with the Orbitelariae. To that position, therefore, Dr. McCook assigned it, and it became necessary to transfer the genus Theridiosoma from the Retitelaria? to the Orbitelariae, and to make for it a new family, for which he proposed the name Actince. In the paper above alluded to, in which the habits and spinning- work of this spider were originally described, the statement was made that the spiral lines of its web were covered with viscid beads. Upon this point turned very largely the decision as to the true systematic place of the spider, for it has never yet been observed that any other spiders than those belonging to the Orbitelariae make geometric webs that are habitually covered with viscid beads as the ordinary armature for capturing prey. In correspondence with arachnologists upon the subject* the speaker was not able to say that he had made such tests of this point as to enable him to speak with absolute assurance. He had made a somewhat careful investi- gation with a good hand lens, wnich seemed to indicate with reason- able certainty the presence of viscid spirals. But as the webs are habitually located within cavities and shaded positions, where they are extremely difficult to study, there remained the possibility that he might have been mistaken. This appeared to be the more likely because when such webs as those of the Triangle spider, Hyptioies cavatus, are examined, the spiral lines often appear to be beaded, although it is well known that they have no viscid armature. The lack of beads is supplied by a thin floceulent thread, which is teased or hackled by a special instrument known as the calamistrum. Yet, when one looks at the spiral thread of Hyptiotes, or of U/oborns, which has the same peculiarity, he finds that it presents to a care- less glance the appearance of being beaded. More closely examined, however, these seeming beads prove to be nothing but globular grains of pollen or particles of dust which have been drifted upon and entangled with the flocculent lines. The speaker had himself more than once been deceived by the strong resemblance of these drifted minutiae, and been led to look again with the wonder whether after all there might not be beads upon these webs which were so well known to be unbeaded ? When, therefore, the question was raised and became of such special importance, he resolved to make a careful and thorough re-examination and test of this point. No opportunity occurred to do this successfully until July 8th (18891, near Wallingford, Delaware County, Pennsylvania. The Ray spider was found in sufficient abundance for desired study, located along the banks of a little run or stream of spring water. Its posi- 1 Die Spinnen Amerikas. Theridiidae, I Hiilfte, von Graf. E. Keyserling, Zweiter Band, p. 218. 182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. tion was there precisely like that in which it has always been dis- covered, in cool, shaded retreats overhanging or close to running water. He had provided himself with all the apparatus necessary to make a satisfactory microscopic examination of the webs. Many of his previous investigations were repeated and confirmed. The viscid globules were found to be visible along the spiral lines with a common hand lens. Not satisfied with this, portions of the web were removed and microscopically examined, and thus displayed beyond doubt the presence of the viscid beads. The behavior of the web was precisely like similar portions of the orb of Epeira. The beads Avould melt upon the glass, leaving the thread visible as a straight line. Within the cups or frames, upon which the lines were taken for examination, the beads being undis- turbed were readily examined and their character easily determined. Drawings were made of these beads, and the number counted on single strings, amounting in one case to sixty-four. A number of insects entangled upon several snares were also observed and draw- ings made. They showed in every instance the same method of entanglement as that so frequently observed upon the web of Epeira. The feet, wings and antennae of a fly were caught in the viscid lines from which, at certain parts, the gummy material had been absorbed into the pubescence of the insect's limbs, and at other parts remained in the globular form of beads. Dr. McCook not only satisfied himself beyond question of this fact, but submitted the various tests, independently, to his private secretary, Mr. Edwin S. Gault, who had been requested to carefully note and accurately report precisely what he saw. His report con- firmed in every particular as to the beaded nature of the spirals, that which is here submitted. Thus the one point which remained at least open to question concerning the spinning habit of this interesting spider, has been placed beyond doubt. Thus also, the position of Theridiosoma radiomm1 is placed beyond doubt among the Orbweavers. The special interest of this decision rests upon the fact that the spinningwork of the Ray spider forms a remark- able connecting link between that of the Triangle spider Hyptiotes, and the ordinary geometric Orbweaver. The Triangle spider spins a snare composed of four converging lines and uniting finally in a common supporting thread known as the trap-line. They are joined by cross lines after the manner of the spiral concentrics of an orbic- ular web, but without any viscid armature as has been stated. This web is used for the capture of insects by a method of trap- ping or springing the snare, which has been fully described by various observers, particularly by Professor Burt Wilder. The awaiti 1 Dr. McCook preferred for the present thus to characterize the spider, citing until its actual identity with Dr. Koch's species shall be determined. He had no species of the European Theridiosoma gemmosum with which to compare his own specimens and had sent specimens to Europe for such comparison. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183 spider tak/s its position upon the handle or trapline of its little ray- formed web, holding between its fore feet and the third pair of feet a coil of slack line. When an insect strikes its snare it quickly unlooses its fore feet, and the web shoots forward the distance of the coil of slack line. It is then rapidly gathered up again and succes- sively snapped in this wise until the insect is thoroughly entangled. Now, this same method of springing its net and trapping its prey is habitual with Therldiosoma radio-sum. Its web may be said to be composed of a series of rays somewhat resembling the orb sector of the Triangle spicier. The handles or traplines of these rays are, however, all centered upon a common thread or trapline, which the little weaver holds within her feet. She has the power of springing or snapping off all these combined concentrics at once ; or, if she so choose, to spring one or more of them at a time. She thus in this remarkable and essential particular resembles the Triangle spider in her habit. Had the spiral lines of her web proved to be of the same character as those of the Triangle spicier, this peculiarity of combining the rays upon a central point might not have seemed so remarkable ; but when it is found that the spiral lines are covered with beads entirely after the manner of true Orbweaving spiders, the combination becomes very striking and remarkable indeed. Many Orbweavers do use a trapline in connection with their webs. This is almost invariably the custom with those which make an orb having in the upper part an open segment, as is the case with Epeira triaranea, Epeira thaddeus and generally with the species of the genus Z'dla. But this trapline, while it is attached to the center of the orb, and assists to hold the various converging lines taut, has simply these two uses : first, it is used as a telegraphic line along which pass the vibrations of the entangled insect, and which are thus communicated to the owner of the snare who oc- cupies a position in a little den just above and beyond her domain. Second, the trapline serves as a gangway along which ihe spider runs first to the center of her orb and then to the point where her prey happens to be entangled. None of these Orbweavers, however, make any such use of their traplines as that which has been described as habitual to the Triangle and Ray spiders. Perhaps one may not Jie able to suggest a method by which these variations have been originated, but at all events, it must be conceded that the fact, which is in this communication placed beyond question, as to the viscid character of the spiral lines of the Ray spider's snare, certainly reveals a connecting link between two forms of spinningwork, namely that of the Triangle spider and that of the typical geometric Orbweaver, which had heretofore been supposed to stand at the opposite extremes of the spinningwork of a great family, without any known connection between the two. 184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [iNN'.t. Chloanthite, Ndcolite, De Sau/esite, Annabergite, Tephrowillemite, Fluorite and Aquatite from Franklin, N. J. — Professor George A. Koenig stated that on a recent visit to Franklin he obtained from Major de Saules, the manager of the Trotter mine, material of a re- cent find of nickel ore, in which he identified the above species, of which two are new and the others have not been observed hereto- fore at this locality. At a depth of 340 feet the shaft passed through a stratum of yellow garnet. Under this a considerable nest of sphalerite and fluorite was met with and with these the bunch of nickel ore was associated, probably 3• — Thickenings in the shape of faint warts densely scattered over the surface, Trichia fragilis, Sow. 6. — Thickenings in the shape of warts arranged to form a pattern having a reticulate appearance, Stemonitis fusca, Roth. 7. — Thickenings in the shape of warts arranged to form a reticu- late pattern, the warts confluent at their bases, Stemonitis dictyospora, Rki. 8. — Thickenings in the shape of warts which very frequently coalesce to form a delicate fine-meshed net-work over the greater portion of the epispore, the remaining surface with warts and ridges ; the outline of the warted portion very irregular, Trichia seabra, Rki. 9— Thickenings in the shape of a delicate fine-meshed net-work covering the greater portion of the epispore. A.— The portion without the fine net-work having scattered warts and ridges and with an irregular outline, Tubulina 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189 ci/ 1 hub- lea, Bull., Lycogala epidendrum, Buxb., Dermodium conicum, Pers. B. — The portion without the fine net-work having a very wide-meshed net-work and with an irregular outline, Siphopty- chium Casparyi, Rki., Tubulina dipihtta, B. &. Rav. 10. — Thickenings in the shape of a delicate, fine-meshed net-work covering about two-thirds of the surface, the remaining portion with scattered warts and ridges ; the warted portion having the sharp, regular outline of a wide spindle, the ends of the spindle lying at the poles of the sphere, JEnteridium Rozeanum, Rki. 11. — Thickenings in the shape of a delicate fine-meshed net-work covering about one-half of the surface, the remaining portion with scattered warts and ridges ; the warted portion having a sharp, regular, circular outline, Reticularia Lyeoperdon, Bull. It will be seen from this series how readily the rather complex sculpturing of numbers 9, 10 and 1 1 might have had its origin from a simple warted type by the gradual coalescence of the warts in certain directions. Note on Orthotrlcha. — Mr. Harold Wingate also remarked that in the Journal of Mycology for November, 1886, he had de- scribed a new genus of Myxomycetes under the name of Orthotrlcha. In some of the journals which noticed the article the genus was mentioned as Orthotrichia, and in Saccardo'sSyllogeFungorum, vol. vii, part i, this error was repeated. It is inferred that it was done in error as no mention is made of any intention to correct the origi- nal name. As the original name conflicted with that of a genus of mosses, the speaker had concluded to adopt the orthography as given in Saccardo: — Orthotrichia instead of Orthotricha. July 16. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Thirteen persons present. The following papers were presented for publication : — " Notes on the food of birds." By Frank C. Baker. " A review of the European and American Uranoscopidae or Star- Gazers." By Philip H. Kirsch. July 23. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Seven persons present. 190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. The following papers were presented for publication : — " Remarks on the Round-tailed Muskrat, Neofiber Alleni, True." By Frank C. Baker. " Notes on the Anatomy of Pholas (Barnea) Costata and Zirphsea Crispata, Lin." By W. H. Dall. " On the Anatomy of Aerope and Zingis." By H. A. Pilsbrv. July 30. Mr. Thomas Meehan, Vice-president, in the chair. A paper entitled " Description of New Shells from the Island of Segon, New Hebrides." By Wm. D. Hartman, was presented for publication. The death of Charlemagne Tower, a member, on the 24th inst., was announced. On report of the Publication Committee the request of the author for the withdrawal of the following papers was granted : — " The Phylogeny of the Sweat-Glands." By John A. Ryder. " On the Origin and Meaning of Sex." By John A. Ryder. The following were ord Ted to be printed : — 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191 NOMENCLATURE AND CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN l LAND SHELLS. BY H. A. PILSBRY. The following list includes all of the species of land Pulmonata known to me to inhabit America north of the Mexican Boundary. I have taken this occasion to examine nearly every species (except the Suceinea) and also to somewhat critically review the generic and subgeneric nomenclature with a view to attaining greater stability. The departures made from the ordinary usage of American mala- cologists have been only such as seemed to me to be absolutely necessary. The principal innovations are the following: PRISTILOMA Ancey. Mr. Ancey proposed in 1887 the subgenus Pristina for Z. lansingi and Z. steamsi Bid., two tiny Oregon species resembling Gonulus in the shell. Later, the writer changecl the name to Anceyia (Pristina being preoccupied), and redefined the group, pointing out the true generic characters (which Mr. Ancey had overlooked). This name also having been used for an African genus, Mr. Ancey replaced it by Pristiloma. The genus is quite distinct from other American modifications of the Zonites stock ; and in the combination of aculeate or thorn-shaped marginal teeth of the radula with a strongly ribbed jaw, can only be compared with the New Zealand genus Phacussa of Hutton. I can see no reason for uniting this group to either Zonites or Microphysa. PATTJLA Held. This division of the Helices seems to have sufficient individuality to stand as a genus. It is composed of a large number of sub- divisions founded on minor modifications of the shell, which varies from large and strongly ribbed to minute, thin, subtranslucent ; and whilst usually broadly umbilicated, is often more compactly con- voluted, with only a minute perforation. The lip is always acute and thin. The jaw is either striate or ribbed. Like Helix, the genus is world-wide in distribution. In many of the sections I have grouped here, the species, or part of them, are viviparous. PTYCHOPATULA Pilsbry. This name is proposed for a section of the genus Patula including Neotropical Helices with minute, conical, thin shells, a narrow urn- 192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. b Meal perforation, rounded or rounded-lunar aperture, the lip fragile, simple, columellar margin expanded ; surface nearly smooth or delicately, very obliquely ribbed. The color is brownish or greenish. The species have heretofore been scattered thiough two families aud many subgenera (Acanthinula, Conulus, Pyramidula, etc.) by Pfeiffer and other authors. The species are as follows : H. dioscoricola C. B. Ad., H. punctum Morelet, H. ececa Guppy, JET. plagioptycha Shutt., H. cwcoides Tate, H. ierensis Guppy, H. granum Strebel et Pfeffer. This number will require some reduction, as the first three forms are very closely allied, and the last four equally so. MICROPHYSA Albers. The note in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1889, p. 82, contains the writer's views on this little group, which is allied to Microeonus and the smaller forms of Patula. The name Mierophysa is preoccupied, and may have to be replaced, in which event Thysanophora Strebel may be used, as it seems to be practically synonymous. The section is essentially West Indian. PUNCTUM Morse. This genus was perfectly defined by Morse, and should, I am con- vinced, be restricted to species agreeing with the original diagnosis in characters of animal. I am unable to follow Mr. Binney in uniting it to Mierophysa, or Dr. Fischer in including Glyptostoma with it. HELIX Linn. The genus Helix, restricted, after the elimination of those groups possessing distinct structural characters, is capable of division into a moderate number (about twenty) of groups which may be ranked as subgenera. Most of these consisting of a number of minor groups, the characters of which usually merge more or less completely into one another in some species. For the primary divisions of the genus, the characters of the shell, genitalia and dentition have about equal value ; and the consideration of either one of these characters to the exclusion of the others is almost certain to result in a false grouping.* The older writers on land shells, especially Ferussac, defined a large number of subgenera founded on characters of the shell alone ; but most of these groups have proved to be so heterogeneous that we are * Semper's classification founded principally on the genitalia is a notable ex- ample of this. The characters of the jaw are of comparatively slight value in the Helices. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193 compelled to reject them entirely. The same objection applies to many of the divisions made by H. and A. Adams. Albers, in 1850, inaugurated what may be called the modern period in Heli- cology ; and von Martens and Pfeiftei have successively (and gener- ally successfully) elaborated the structure of Albers. LYSINOE H. ana A. Ad. Consists of Helices of Old World affinities, confined to Mexico and the West Coast. The species are excessively variable and plastic, and their inter-relations can be understood only by one acquainted with the conditions under which they exist. This knowledge of their environment I do not possess ; and in the specific distinctions I follow mainly Binney, with, however, a different grouping, and a number of other departures from his arrangement. I cannot admit that " Aglet la" (as distinct from " Arionta ") has any claims to the slightest systematic rank ; nor do Helminthoghjpta or Micrarionta, or " Euparypha" have any characters worth the time it takes to write them down. Several species of " Helminthoglypta" have varieties which are not " helminth oglyptous;" Mlcrarlonta is united to the other species by H. rufocincta and other species; and as to '• Euparypha," its species (H. tryoni, eireoletta, etc.) are merely arid- country forms of the kelletti and intereisa group of Lysinoe. The true Euparypha is a European section closely allied to Xerophila, Frutieicola, etc., and belonging to a different phylum of Helices. POLYGYRA Say. Equals, in part, Anchistoma Ads., Try on, Fischer and others. Includes as sections, Polygyra, Mesodon, Triodopsis, etc. I have adopted Polygyra as the name for that group of American Helices characterized by a horn-colored striate shell, with reflected white peristome, usually toothed within; ribbed jaw; genitalia simple, without dart-sack or appendages other than the essential organs, penis without flagellum, duct of the spermatheca short. The subgenus thus defined is very homogeneous. Numbers of species would go equally as well in Mesodon as in Triodopsis or Stenotrema. H. levettei Bid., is as nearly related to Polygyra helictomphala Pfr., as to Triodopsis, etc., etc. Atopa, Plectopylis, and a number of other sections referred to "Anchistoma" by Tryon, Fischer, and others, should be Avidely sundered from this subgenus. There are several striking and important anatomical differences. On account of the heterogeneous composition of Anchistoma I have dropped that name 14 194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. altogether, and have substituted Pohjgyra, the oldest name proposed for a member of the subgenus as restricted here. The species are nearly all American. PUPA. In this difficult genus I have had the advantage of the experience of Dr. V. Sterki of New Philadelphia, Ohio, who has kindly criticised my mss., pointing out to me the distinctions between V. pentodon and V. curvidens; the identity of P. simplex with P. edeutulu of Europe, and the generic position of this species, which had heretofore been classed in Vertigo;* and also for information regarding the curious little group Angudula, lately proposed by him. The balance of the species I have left as in my original mss. I have not been able to make certain other chansres recommended by Dr. Sterki. P. sterri Voith, a European species, has been identified by him from Colorado, but I am disposed to refer the form to some variety of P. muscorum. SUCCINEA Drap. I have made no special study of this genus. The species are a rranged alphabetically. VAGINULUS Blainv. The reasons for adopting the name Yaginulus instead of Veroni- cella given by Fischer (Manual, p. 493, and Moll. Mex. et l'Amer. Cent.) seem to me conclusive. Origin. In regard to origin of the snail fauna of the United States, we may roughly divide the species into six categories, as follows : (1.) Species introduced by human agency, such as Helix horten- sis, Limax agrestis and maximus, Rumina decollata, etc. These are principally European forms, and are as yet only locally distributed. In the list they are indicated by having their numbers in brackets. (2.) Species inhabiting both Pakearctic and Nearctic regions. Mostly minute boreal forms. Pupa muscorum, Helix pulchella, Zonites radiatulus, Punctum pi/gmmim, etc., are examples. (3.) Pacific slope or Californian fauna. This fauna occupies the region lying west of the Sierra Nevada, — a range which divides America into two primary faunal provinces. This division was com- menced with the upheaval of the Sierras in Jurassic times, constitut- * Dr. Sterki calls the subgenus containing P. edentula, "Edentulina" but this name is preoccupied in Streptaxida: and elsewhere. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195 ina; a barrier which was insurmountable to most land snails. From the gradually receding Pacific, California, a narrow, long strip, emerged. Sometime in the early tertiary (probably ) there was an infusion of Palsearctic types into this region, from the Northwest.1 To this influence we owe the Arionta-like shells, Gonostoma, Ario- limax (most nearly related to the Old World genus Arion), etc., which are closely allied to characteristic Palsearctic types, but ai*e quite different from the snails of Eastern North America. (4.) American fauna, embracing the whole country lying East of the Sierra ^Nevada range. This is the autochthonous American fauna, developed with very little trace of Old World influence, or none at all, from an early, probably Cretaceous, period. Characteristic groups are Jlesodon, Stenotrema, Triodopsis, Polygyra, Strepoma- tidoe, Campeloma, Amnicola, Somatogyrus, etc. In the South this fauna has received species from two sources: (5) Mexican species, such as Bulimulus alternatus and schiedeanus, Holo- spira, etc., and (6) West Indian and Central and South American forms which have passed into Florida, such as Orthalicus, Liguus, Bulimulus Oylindrella, Microphysa, Ptychopatula, etc. The number of these makes it probable that there has been land connection with South America by way of the Antilles and Caribees ; a theory which derives no slight support from the finding in Florida of quaternary fossil Glyptodon and other South American forms.2 Family i. TESTACELLIDJE. Genus i. GLANDINA Schumacher, 1817. 1. Glaxdixa truxcata Gmel. Coast Region from Ga. and Fla., to Texas, la. Glaxdixa truxcata bullata Gld. Louisiana, lb. Glaxdixa truucata parallela W. G. Binney. Florida. 2. Glaxdixa texasiaxa Pfr. Brownsville, Texas. 3. Glaxdixa decussata Desh. Central Southern Texas. 4. Glaxdixa vanuxemensis Lea. Southern Texas. Family ii. SELENITIDJE Fischer. Genus ii. SELENITE3 Fischer, 1878. •3. Selexites coxcava Say. Eastern U. S. 6. Selexites vaxcouverexsis Lea. Washington Ter., to Alaska ; Western Idaho. i Siberia and Alaska are now united by a ridge covered by less than 50 fms." depth. This was probably dry land during the Eocene, as it is also said to have been during part of the Quaternary. 2 See Proc. Acad. X. S. Phila. ]88'J, p. 96. 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 7. Selenites hemphilli W. G. Binn. Eastern Oregon and Washington Ter. 8. Selenites sportella Gld. San Diego to Puget Sound. 9. Selexites voyana Newc. San Diego to Trinity Co., Gal. 9a. Selenites voyana simplicilabris Ancey. Cal. 10. Selenites duranti Newc. San Francisco, Cal., south- ward. 10a. Selenites duranti ccelata Mazyck. Southern Cali- fornia. Family iii. LIMACID^. Genus iii. LIMAX Linn. [11.] Limax maximus Linn. New Bedford and Cambridge, Mass. ; Philadelphia, Pa. ; New Braunfels, Texas. [12.] Limax flavus Linn. Most large cities of Atlantic Coast. [13.] Limax agrestis Mull. Most large cities of Atlantic Coast. 14. Limax campestris Binn. IT. S. east of Rocky Mts. 15. Limax montanus Ingersoll. Utah ; Colorado. 16. Limax hyperboreus Westerlund. Labrabor. 17. Limax hewstoni Cooper. San Francisco, Cal. Genus iv. VITRINA Drap., 1801. 18. Yitrina limpida Gld. Northern U. S. 19. Yitrina pfeifferi Newc. Mts. of Utah, Nevada, Idaho. Cal., etc. 20. Yitrina angelice Beck. Greenland. 21. Yitrina exilis Morel. Alaska; Labrador. Genus v. VITRINOZONITES W. G. Binn., 1879. 22. Yitrinozonites latissimus Lewis. Mts. of E. Tennessee and Western N. Carolina. Genus vi. ZONITES Montf., 1810. (Section Mesomphix Rafinesque, 1819.) 23. Zonites capnodes W. G. Binn. E. Tennessee ; Northern Alabama ; Western N. Carolina. 24. Zonites fuliginosus Griff. Eastern U. S. 25. Zonites friabilis W. G. Binn. Eastern U. S. 26. Zonites caducus Pfr. New AVashington, Texas (?) 27. Zonites L.EVIGATUS Pfr. Western Pennsylvania to Arkan- sas and Florida. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197 28. Zonites DEMISSUS Binn. Western Pennsylvania to Texas and Georgia. 29. Zonites acekrus Lewis. Mts. of E. Tennessee and Western X. Carolina. 30. Zonites ligerus Say. Eastern U. S. 31. Zonites intertexttjs Binn. Eastern U. S. 32. Zonites cerinoideus Anth. Virginia to Florida. 33. Zonites inornatus Say. Appalachian Alts., Penna., Southward 34. Zonites subplanus Binn. Mts. of Eastern Tenn., and Ky. ; Western Penna. and X. C. 35. Zonites rugeli W. G. Binn. Western N. C. 36. Zonites s< ulptilis Bid. Western X. C. ; Eastern Tenn. ; Northern Ala.; Northern Texas. 37. Zonites elliotti Redf. Mts. of Ga., Tenn., Western X. C. and Va. (Section Hyalina Fer., 1819.) [38.] Zonites ceelarius Mull. Principal cities of Eastern States; Portland, Oregon. 39. Zonites whitneyi Xewc. Sierra Nevada Mts., Cal. ; Utah. 40. Zonites nitidus Mull. Xorthern U. S. and British America. 41. Zonites arboreus Say. Entire U. S. 42. Zonites radiatulus Alder, ("viridulus Mke. ;" electrinus Gld.) 43. Zonites dallianus Simpson. Western Fla. 44. Zonites indentatus Say. Dakota to Texas and eastward. 4-1. Zonitfs subrupicolus Dall. Cave in Utah. 46. Zonites wiieatleyi Bid. Knoxville, Tenn.; (Tiverton, R. I.?) 47. Zonites petrophilus Bid. Knoxville, Tenn. ; Habersham Co.. Ga. ; Clarkesville, X. C. 4*. Zonitks limatulus Ward. Xew York to Cal. and northward. 49. Zonites minuscules Binn. Entire U. S. 49a. Zonites minusculus alachuanus Dall. Alachua Co., Fla. 50. Zonites siNciEEYANus Pilsbry. Central Texas. 51. Zonites milium Morse. Entire U. S. 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889- 52. Zonites binneyanus Morse. North-eastern U. S. ; Canada. 53. Zonites ferreus Morse. Maine. 54. Zonites exiguus Stimpson. North-eastern U. 8. ; Canada. 55. Zonites chersinellus Dall. Calaveras Co., Cal. 56. Zonites lawi W. G. Binn. Eastern Tenn. 57. Zonites capsella Gld. Mts. of Eastern Tenn., and W. Va. 58. Zonites placentulus Shutt, Eastern Tenn., and Ky ; W. Va., Ark. 59. Zonites sterkii Dall. Ohio. 60. Zonites selenitoides Pilsbry. California. (Section Conulus Fitzinger, 1833.) 61. Zonites fulvus Drap. Entire U. S. 61a. Zonites fulvus egenus Say. (Section Gastrodonta Albers, 1850.) 62. Zonites gularis Say, Western Pa. to Ga. and Ala. 63. Zonites suppresses Say. Eastern U. S. 64. Zonites cuspid atus Lewis. Monroe Co., E. Tenn. ; Roan Mt., N. C. 65. Zonites andrewsi W. G. Binn. Roan Mt., N. C. 66. Zonites macilentus Shntt, Mts of Eastern Tenn. ; Western N. C. 67. Zonites lasmodon Phillips. Eastern Tenn. ; Northern Ala. 68. Zonites significans Bid. Tenn. ; Indian Ter. 69. Zonites internes Say. Ohio and Missouri to Ga. 70. Zonites multidentatus Binn. North-eastern U. S. ; Canada. Subgenus vii. GUPPYA Morch. 71. Guppya? gundlachi Pfr. Western and Southern Ela. ; Genus viii. PRISTILOMA Ancey. 1887. 72. Pristiloma lansingi Bid. Astoria, Oregon. 73. Pristiloma stearnsi Bid. Oregon ; Washington Ter. , Alaska. Family iv. TEBENNOPHORIDiE. Genus ix. TEBENNOPHORUS Binn., 1842. (Section Tebennophorus.) 74. Tebennophorus carolinensis Bosc. Eastern U. S. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199 (Section Pallifera Morse.) 7o. Tebennophorus dorsalis Binn. North-eastern U. S. 76. Tebennophorus wetherbyi W. G. Binn. Whitley Co., Ky. 77. Tebennophorus hemphilli W. G. Binn. Hall Co., Ga. Family v. HELICIDJE. Genus x. ARION Fer., 1819. [78.] Arion fuscus Mull. Boston and New Bedford, Mass. Genus xi. ARIOLIMAX Mbrch, 1860. 79. Ariolimax columbianus Gld. Washington Ter. to Cal. 80. Ariolimax oalifornicus J. G. Coop. Cal., near San Francisco. 81. Ariolimax nicer J. G. Coop. Central California. 82. Ariolimax hemphilli W. G. Binn. Alameda Co., Cal. 83. Ariolimax andersoni W. Cv Binn. Alameda Co., Cal. 84. Ariolimax hecoxi Wetherby. Santa Cruz, Cal. Genus xii. PROPHYSAON Bid. and Binn., 1873. 85. Prophysaon hemphilli B. and B. Oregon ; California. 86. Prophysaon andersoni J. G. Coop. Mendocino Co., Cal. Genus xiii. HEMPHILLIA Bid. and Binn., 1872. 87. Hemphillia glandulosa Bid., and Binn. Washington Ter. and Oregon. Genus xiv. BINNEYA J. G. Cooper, 1863. 88. Binneya notabilis J. G. Coop. Santa Barbara Id., Cal. Genus xv. PATULA Held, 1837. (Section Anguispira Morse, 1864.) 89. Patula alternata Say. Eastern U. S. 89a. Patula alternata fergusoni Bid. New York ; Ohio. 89b. Patula alternata mordax Shutt. Mts. of Tenn. and Ya. 90. Patula cumberlandiana Lea. Mts. of Eastern Tenn. 91. Patula solitaria Say. Mississippi and Ohio Valleys; Northern Idaho ; Eastern Oregon, etc. 92. Patula strigosa Gld. Nevada to Idaho and Colorado. 92. Patula strigosa strigosa Gld. (Including cooperi W. G. B. and utahensis Hemphill.) 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889, 92a. Patula strigosa haydexi Gabb. (Including Hemphilli Newc., gabbiana Hemphill, bruneri Ancey, wasatchensis Hemphill.) Nevada, Idaho, Colorado, Utah. 92b. Patula strigosa idahoensis Newc. (Including binneyi, newcombi, castaneus, albqfasciata, gouldi and multicostata of Hemphill.) Idaho ; Utah. (Section Discus Fitzinger.) 93. Patula. perspectiya Say. ,Eastern U. S. 94. Patula bryaxti Harper. Mitchell Co., X. Carolina. 95. Patula striatella Anthony. 95a. Patula striatella croxkhitei Newc. Klamath Valley, Oregon. 96. Patula ruderata pauper Gould. Alaska. 97. Patula horxii Gabb. Arizona. (Section Ptychopatula Filsbry, 1889.) 98. Patula c.eca Gappy. St. Augustine to Hillsborough River, Florida ; Hidalgo, Texas. 99. Patula granum Strebel and Pfeffer. Alachua Co. ; Evans' Plantation, Rogers River ; and near Lake Worth, Florida. (Section Planogyra Morse, 1864.) 100. Patula asteriscus Morse. Maine to Washington Ter. and Northward. (Section Microphysa Albers-Martens, I860.) 101. Patula incrustata Poey. Galveston, Corpus Christi, and Hidalgo, Texas. 102. Patula vortex Pfr. Southern Florida. 103. Patula ingersolli Bid. Lawrence, Kansas; Colorado; Utah; Umatilla Co., Oregon. Subgenus HELICODISCUS Morse, 1S64. 104. Patula lixeata Say. Entire U. S. 105. Patula fimbriata Wetherby. Mts. of Eastern Tennessee; Subgenus ACANTHINULA Beck, 1837. 106. Patula iiarpa Say. Maine to Minnesota and Northward. Genus xvi. PUNCTUM Morse, 1864. 107. Puxctum PYiiJLEUM mixutissimum Lea. Entire U. S. 108. Puxctum conspectum Bid. Monterey, Cah, to Alaska ; Colorado. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 201 Genus xvii. HELIX Linne, 1758. Subgenus HELIX (restricted). (Group Pentataenia A. Schm.) (Section Pomatia Beck. 1837.) [109.] Helix aspersa Miill. Charleston S. C, New Orleans ; Santa Barbara, Cal., etc. (Section Tachea Leach, 1840.) [110.] Helix nemoralis Mull. Lexington, Va,; Burlington, N. J. [110a.] Helix nemoralis hortensis Linn. Newfoundland to Cape Cod, along the Coast. (Group Arianta Leach, 1840.) (Section Lysinoe H. and A. Ad., 1855.) 111. Helix fidelis Gray. Northern Cal. to Vancouver Id. Ilia. Helix fidelis infumata Gould. Coast of Cal., from Marin Co. to Mendocino Co. 112. Helix townsendiana Lea. Oregon. 113. Helix arrosa Gonld. Santa Cruz to Mendocino Co., Cal. 114. Helix exarata Pfr. Santa Cruz to Marin Co., Cal. 115. Helix californiensis Lea. Monterey, Cal. 115a. Helix californiensis nickliniana Lea. Santa Cruz to Mendocino Co., Cal. 115b. Helix californiensis anachoreta W. G. B. Cal- ifornia. 115c. Helix californiensis ramentosa Gould. Napa Co. to Santa Clara Co., Cal. 115d. Helix californiensis bridgesi Newc. San Pablo, Cal. 115e. Helix californiensis diabloensis J. G. Coop. Near San Francisco, Cal. 116. Helix tudiculata Binney. San Diego to Ventura Co., and Merced, Tuolumne and Calaveras Cos., Cal. 117. Helix dupetithouarsi Desh. Monterey, Cal. 118. Helix traski Newcomb. Los Angeles to Ft. Tejon and to San Luis Obispo. 119. Helix sequoicola Cooper. Santa Cruz Co., Cal. 120. Helix mormonum Pfr. Fresno Co. to Klamath Lake, Cal. 120a. Helix mormonum circumcarinata Stearns. Stanislaus Co., near Turlock, Cal. 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 1201). Helix moemosum hillebrandi Newc. Calaveras and Tuolumne Cos., Cal. 121. Helix carpexteri Kewc. San Diego, Cal. 122. Helix rowelli Newc. Salt River Mts., 7 miles north of Phoenix, Arizona. 12.°). Helix rufoctxcta Newc. Catalina Id., Cal. 124. Helix gabbi Newc. Is. of San Clemente, Santa Barbara and San Nicolas, Cal. 124a. Helix gabbi facta Newc. Santa Barbara Id., Cal. 125. Helix kelletii Forbes. San Diego and Catalina Id., Cal. 126. Helix stearnsiaxa Gabb. San Diego, Cal. 127. Helix ayresiaxa Newc. Is. of Santa Cruz, San Miguel, Santa Rosa, Cal. 128. Helix ixterctsa W. G. Binney. San Clemente Id., and Santa Cruz Id., Cal. 129. Helix ixtercisa redimita \V. G. Binney. San Clemente Id., Cal. 130. Helix tryoni Newc. Santa Barbara and San Nicolas Is., Cal. (Section Praticola Strebel et Pfeffer,) 131. Helix berlandieriaxa Moricand. Texas. 132. Helix griseola Pfeiffer. Southern Texas. Subgenus HEMITKOCHUS (Swains.) Pilsbry. (Section Hemitrochus Swainson, 1840.) 133. Helix varians Menke. Florida Keys. Subgenus FRUTICICOLA Held. (Section Fruticicola Held, 1837.) [134.] Helix hispida Linne. Martha's Vineyard, Mass. [135.] Helix rufescexs Pennant. Quebec, Canada. [136.] Helix cantiaxa Montagu. Q,uebec, Canada. (Section Turricula Beck. 1837.) [137.] Helix elegans Gmel. (T. terrestris Chemn., Binney) Charleston, S. Carolina. Subgenus GLYPTOSTOMA Binney ami Bland. 138. Helix newberryaxa W. G. Binney. Los Angeles, Cal. to Todos Santos Bay, L. Cal. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203 Subgenus POLYGYKA Say, 1818. i Section Mesodon Rafinesque, ls31.) 139. Helix jejuna Say. Georgia ; Florida. 139a. Helix jejuna mobiliana Lea. Southern Alabama. 140. Helix lawi Lewis. Northwestern Ga., Western N. C. East Tenn. 141. Helix downieaxa Bid. Eastern Tenn. and Kentucky. 142. Helix mitchelliana Lea. N. C. to Kentucky and Ohio. 143. Helix clausa Say. Ohio to Dakota, Mississippi and Carolina. 144. Helix multilineata Say. New York to Dakota. 145. Helix thyroides Say. Eastern U. S. 145a. Helix thyroides bucculenta Gld. Southern U. S. 146. Helix andrewsi W. G. Binn. Western N. C. ; North- western Ga. 147. Helix albolabris Say. Eastern U. S. 147a. Helix albolabris major Binney. S. Carolina to Fla. 148. Helix exoleta Binn. Western N. Y. to Missouri and Ga. 149. Helix dentifera Binn. Maine to Ohio and Ga. 150. Helix roemeri Pfr. Central and Northern Texas. 151. Helix divesta Gould. Mississippi, Ark., Indian Ter. 152. Helix wetherbyi Bid. Eastern Tenn. and Ky. ; Western N.C. 153. Helix christyi Bid. Western North Carolina. 154. Helix wheatleyi Bid. Western N. C. and Ga. 155. Helix pennsylvanica Green. Western Penna. to Ya. and 111. 156. Helix eleyata Say. N. Y. to Wis., south to Missouri and Ga. 157. Helix clarki Lea. Eastern Tenn. ; Western N. C. 158. Helix Columbiana Lea. Sitka to Santa Cruz, Cal. 159. Helix armigera Ancey. California. 160. Helix ptychophora A. D. Brown. Idaho. 161. Helix deyius Gould. Oregon. 162. Helix profunda Say. Western N. Y. to Minn, and Kansas ; South to Virginia. 163. Helix kiowaensis Simpson. Indian Ter. 164. Helix sayii Binney. Canada to Mich, and 111.; South to Md. and Tenn. 204 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 104a. Helix sayii chilhoweensis Lewis. East Tenn. ; Western N. C. i Section Stenotrema Raf., 1819.) 165. Helix hiesuta Say. Eastern U. S. 166. Helix stenotrema Fer. Kentucky Southward. 167. Helix labrosa Bid. Eastern Tennessee ; Northern Ala- bama; Arkansas. 168. Helix maxillata Gld. Mts. of Tennessee, Alabama and Georgia. 169. Helix edgariaxa Lea. Mts. of Tennesee, Northern Ala- bama aud Georgia. 170. Helix spinosa Lea. East Tennessee ; Northern Alabama. 171. Helix edvardsi Bid. Eastern Tennessee; West Vir- ginia. 172. Helix barbigera Piedf. Eastern Tennessee; Northern Alabama. 173. Helix monodon Rack. Eastern U. S. 173a. Helix monodon eratkrna Say. Eastern U. S. 173b. Helix monodon ctncta Lewis. Hayesville, N. C. 174. Helix leaii Ward. Ohio to Iowa. 175. Helix germana Gld. Oregon. (Section Triodopsis Rafinesque. 1819.) 176. Helix tridentata Say. Eastern U. S. 177. Helix fallax Say. Eastern U. S. 178. Helix introferens Bid. Penna. to Ga., Tenn. and Kentucky. 179. Helix vannostrandi Bid. South Carolina ; Georgia. 180. Helix hopetonensis Shutt. North Carolina to Fla. 181. Helix vultuosa Gld. Ark. to Texas ; Florida. 182. Helix Henrietta Mazyck. Eastern Texas. 183. Helix copei Wetherby. Eastern Texas; Western La. 184. Helix cragini Call. Kansas. 185. Helix inflecta Say. Eastern U. S. 186. Helix rugeli Shutt, Eastern Tenn. and Ky. ; Western N. C. 187. Helix appressa Say. Eastern U. S. 188. Helix palliata Say. Eastern U. S. 189. Helix obstricta Say. Indiana to Georgia. 190. Helix mullani Bid. Northern Idaho. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205 191. Helix binominata Tryon. (Trio, hemphilli W. G. B. preoc.) Northern Idaho. 192. Helix sanburni W. G. Binn. Northern Idaho. 193. Helix salmoxexsis Tryon. (Trio, harfordiana W. G. B. preoc.) Idaho. 194. Helix loricata Gld. California. 195. Helix roperi Pilsbry. Redding, California. 196. Helix levettei Bid. New Mexico ; Arizona. i Section Polygyra Say, 1818.) 197. Helix auriculata Say. Florida. 197a. Helix auriculata microforis Dall. Alachua Co., Fla. 198. Helix uyulifera Shntt. Gulf Coast, Florida to Texas. 199. Helix postelltana Bid. South Carolina to Florida. 200. Helix auriformis Bid. Florida to Texas ; Indian Ter. 201. Helix espiloca Rav. South Carolina to Texas. 202. Helix avara Say. Florida. 203. Helix leporina Gld. Illinois to Texas and Georgia. 204. Helix pustuloides Bid. Georgia ; Alahama ; Tennessee. 205. Helix pustula Fer. South Carolina to Florida ; Texas ? 206. Helix fastigaxs L. W. Say. Tennessee ; Kentucky. 207. Helix troostiana Lea. Tennessee ; Kentucky. 208. Helix jacksoxi Bid. Indian Ter. ; Southern Missouri ; Arkansas (Florida ?). 208a. Helix jacksoni deltoidea Simpson. Indian Territory. 209. Helix dorfeuilliana Lea. Kentucky to Alabama, Missouri to Indian Ter. and Texas. 209a. Helix dorfeuilliana sampsoni Wetherby. Arkansas. 210. Helix hazardi Bid. Tenn. and Ala. to Ark. 211. ? Helix oppilata Moric. Florida Keys. 212. Helix mooreana \Y. G. Binn. Texas. 212a. Helix mooreana tholus \Y. G. Binn. Texas. 21 3. Helix texasiana Moric. Texas ; Indian Ter. 214. Helix triodontoides Bid. Indian Ter. ; Texas. 215. Helix vextrosula Pfr. Southern Texas. 216. Helix hindsi Pfr. Southern Texas. 217. Helix ariadnje Pfr. Southern Texas. 206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 218. Helix hippocrepis Pfr. Comal Co., Texas. * 219. Helix cereolus Muhlf. Georgia ; Florida ; Alabama. 219a. Helix cereolus laminifera Binn. (P. cereolus W. G. B.) Florida. 219b. Helix cereolus microdonta Desh. (carpenteriana Bid., febigeri Bid.) Florida to Texas. 219c. Helix cereolus septenvolva Say. Florida. (Section Polygyrella Bland, 1878.) 220. Helix polygyrella Bid. and Coop. Idaho ; Montana. 221. Helix harfordiaxa J. G. Cooper. Fresno Co., Cal. (Section Gonostoma Held, 1837.) 222. Helix yatesi J. G. Coop. Calaveras Co., Cal. (Section Vallonia Risso, 1826.) 223. Helix pulchella Mull. Entire U. S. 224. Helix pulchella costata Mull. Subgenus STROBILA Morse, 1864. 225. Helix labyrinthica Say. Eastern U. S. 226. Helix hubbardi A. D. Brown. Texas; Florida; Georgia. Family vi. PUPIDJE. Genus xviii. PUPA Drap., 1801. Subgenus PUPA (restricted). (Section Pupilla Leach, =typical Pupa.) 227. Pupa muscorum Linne. Northern U. S. 227a. Pupa muscorum blandi Morse. Colorado ; Utah ; Mon- tana. 228. Pupa decora Gould. British America ; New York. 229. Pupa corpulenta Morse. Colorado ; Utah ; Nevada. 230. Pupa rowellii Newcomb. California ; Colorado. 231. Pupa californica Rowell. California, 232. Pupa. Colorado. 233. Pupa calamitosa Pilsbry. San Diego and Lower Cal. (Section Leucocheila Albers-Martens, 1860.) 234. Pupa fallax Say. Entire U. S. 234a. Pupa fallax arizonensis Gabb. Arizona. 235. Pupa modica Gould. S. Carolina to Alabama, 236. Pupa corticaria Say. Dakota to Mississippi and East- ward. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207 237. Pupa rupicola Say. Southern and Middle States. 238. Pupa hordeacea Gabb. Arizona. 239. Pupa pellucida Pfeiffer. Texas ; Florida. 240. Pupa armifera Say. Dakota and Kansas Eastward; Mexico ? 241. Pupa contract a Say. Minnesota to Texas and Eastward. 242. Pupa holzixceri Sterki. Illinois; Iowa; Minnesota. i Section .) 243. Pupa edextula simplex Gould. New England to Ohio ; Canada. 243a. Pupa edextula alticola Ingersoll. Colorado ; Utah ; fossil in Mississippi Valley Loess. Subgenus ANGUSTULA Sterki, 1889. 244. Pupa milium Gould. Colorado to Maine. Genus xix. VERTIGO Muller. 245. Vertigo ovata Say. Entire U. S. 246. Vertigo gouldii Binney. Northeastern U. S. 247. Vertigo bollesiana Morse. Northeastern States. 248. Vertigo vextricosa Morse. Maine ; New York. 249. Vertigo tridextata Wolf. New York to Illinois. 250. Vertigo pextodox Say. Minnesota to Texas and East- ward. 250a. Vertigo pextodon cixcixxatiexsis Judge. Ohio. 251. Vertigo curvidens Gould. Eastern States. 251a. Vertigo curvidens floridaxa Dall. Florida. 252. Vertigo (?) variolosa Gould. Southern Florida. Genus xx. STROPHIA Albers. 253. Strophia ixcaxa Binney. S. Florida. Genus xxi. H0L0SPIRA Albers-Martens. 254. Holospira roemeri Pfeiffer. New Braunfels and Howard Springs, Texas. 255. Holospira goldfussi Menke. Southern Texas. Family vii. STENOGYRID^J. Genus xxii. RUMINA Risso, 1826. Subgenus RUMINA (restricted . [256.] Eumixa decollata Linne. Charleston, S. C. (Section Opeas Albers. 1850.) 257. Rumina octoxoides d'Orbigny. Florida. 258. Eumixa subula Pfr. Mobile, Ala. ; Florida. 208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. (Section Melanieila Pfr.) 259. Rumina gracillima Pfeiffer. S. Florida. Genus xxiii. FEEUSSACIA Risso, 1826. Subgenus CIONELLA Jeffreys. 200. Ferussacia subcylixdrica Linn. Northern U. S. Genus xxiv. CCECILIANELLA Bourg. £201.] Ccecilianella ACICULA Midler. Florida. Family viii- ORTHALICIDJE. Genus xxv. LIGUUS Montfort, 1810. 262. Lrouus fasciatus Midler. S. Florida. Subgenus ORTHALICUS Beck, 1837. 203. Liguus undatus Brug. S. Florida. Family ix. BULIMULIDJE. Genus xxvi. BULIMULUS Auctorum. 264. Bulimulus dealbatus Say. South Carolina to Indian Ter. and Texas. 205. Bulimulus schiedeanus Pfr. Texas. 266. Bulimulus alternatus Say. Louisiana ; Texas. 267. Bulimulus patriarcha W. G. Binney. Southern Texas. * 268. Bulimulus serperastrus Say. Southern Texas. 269. Bulimulus multilineatus Say. Southern Florida. 270. Bulimulus dormani W. G. Binney. 271. Bulimulus marielinus Poey. S. Florida and Keys. 271a. Bulimulus marielinus hemphilli Wright. Florida. Family x. CYLINDRELL.ID.ffi. Genus xxvii. CYLINDRELLA Pfeiffer, 1840. 272. Cylindrella poeyana Pfeiffer. S. Florida. 273. Cylindrella jejuna Gould. S. Florida. Genus xxviii. MACROCERAMUS Guilding, 1828. 274. Macroceramus pontificus Gould. S. Florida. 275. Macroceramus gossei New Braunfels, Texas; Little Sarasota Bay, Fla. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209 Family xi. SUCCINEICffi. Genus xxix. SUCCINEA Lrap., 1801. 270. Succinea AUREA Lea. Ohio ; Western N. Y. 277. Succinea avaha Say. Northern States. 278. Succinea campestris Say. Georgia; Florida. 279. Succinea cheysis Westerl. Alaska. 280. Succinea concordialis Gould. Texas. 281. Succinea effusa Shutt. Florida to Louisiana. 282. Succinea grcenlandica Beck. Greeuland. 283. Succinea grosvenori Lea. Alexandria, La. 284. Succinea hawkinsi Baird. Lake Osoyoos, Brit. Col- umbia. 285. Succinea lineata W. G. B. Dakota and Idaho to New Mexico. 280. Succinea luteola Gould. Florida: Texas. 287. Succinea mooresiana Lea. Nebraska. 288. Succinea nuttalliana Lea. Oregon ; California. 289. Succinea obliqua Say. Arkansas to Georgia Northward. 289a. Succinea obliqua totteniana Lea. New England to Penna. 290. Succinea oregonensis Lea. Oregon ; California. 291. Succinea ovalis Gould. Northern and Middle U. S. 292. Succinea ovalis decampi Try on. Michigan. 292a. Succinea ovalis haydexi W. G. B. Utah ; Nebraska. 292b. Succinea ovalis higcjnsi Bland. Put-in-Bay, Lake Erie ; Iowa City, Iowa. 292c. Succinea ovalis retusa Lea. Ohio. 293. Succinea rustic ana Gld. Oregon; California; Nevada. 294. Succinea salleana Pfeiffer. Louisiana. 295. Succinea sillimani Bid. Nevada ; California. 290. Succinea stretchiana Bid. Colorado; Nevada; Cali- fornia. 297. Succinea verrilli Bland. Anticosti Id., Gulf of St. Lawrence. Family xii. VAGINULID^ Genus xxx. VAGINULUS Fer., 1821. 298. Vaginulus floridanus Binney. Florida. 299. Vacinulus olivaceus Stearns (?). Lobitos, California. 15 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Family xiii. ONCHIDIICEi. Genus xxxi. ONCHIDIUM Buchanan, 1800. 300. Onchidium carpenteri W. G. Binney. Sts. of Fuca to Gulf of Cal. 301. Onchidium floridantjm Dall. Knight's Key, Florida. Genus xxxii. ONCHIDELLA Gray, 1850. 302. Onchidella borealis Dall. Alaska to Vancouver Id. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211 NOTES ON THE OSTEOLOGY AND SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF DINICTIS FELINA, LEIDY. BY W. B. SCOTT. The problem of the origin of the Felidos and of their relations to the other families of Carnivora is one of such obscurity, that any information upon the subject, however slight, cannot fail to be of importance. Of all the American felines (or Pseud ailuroids, as. the case may be) the genus Dbiictis is probably the most primitive and therefore the one best adapted to throw light upon the line of descent through which the group has passed. A considerable amount of uudescribed material of this curious genus has come into my hands, among which there is an almost complete hind leg and foot belonging to the Princeton Museum (No. 10,035), which has led to the preparation of these notes. The Skull. The skull has already been described by Dr. Leidy (No. 81, pp. 64- 65), but additional material enables me to supplement his account. The most important of the specimens to be described is a fine skull in the Academy's Museum, the base of which exhibits some most interesting characters. As in the primitive carnivores generally, the cranium is very long and narrow and is sharply constricted some distance behind the orbits, which marks the anterior limits of the cerebral hemispheres. Posteriorly the cranium is broadest and tapers forwards more reg- ularly and more rapidly than in the Viverridce and the constriction above mentioned is further back of the orbits than in that family, occupying the same relative position as in Dajrfuemis2 and other primitive eynoids. Another factor which is of importance in the con- struction of the cranium is the elongation of the posterior jwrtion of it, that part lying behind the mastoid processes. This region in Dhiic- tis, as in the viverrines, Cyiwdictis,'2 and in most creodonts, is very 1 See list of Authors at end of paper. 2 '1 he American eynoids of the White River and John Day epochs, which Cope has called Galecynus and Leidy has referred to Amphicyon, are for the most part more nearly like the European Cynodiciis, under which name they are refer- red to here, though a careful comparison would not improl ably show them to be distinct. The White River dogs with 3 upper molars are quite different from the true Amphicyons, and for these the name originally given them by Leidy, Daph- ceiuts, should be revived. 212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. long. In spite, therefore, of the greatly elongated cranium, includ- ing in that term the region behind the anterior rim of the orbit ; the space allotted to the cerebral hemispheres is comparatively short, while the cavities for the hind-brain and the olfactory lobes are long. The face in advance of the orbits is much contracted. The upper contour of the cranium slopes sharply downwards and backwards from the highest point of the skull just behind the orbits, while that of the face slopes downwards and forwards from the same point, the two meeting in an open V. Of course at the point of meeting the skull is disproportionately deep, while the muzzle, and especially the occiput, is low. This gives the skull of Dinictis felina a very characteristic physiognomy and is an exaggeration of the arrangement found in Hoplophoneus and others of the Nimravidce, but in the John Day species, I), cyclops, the contour is very different. The premaxillaries have well developed alveolar portions, which, however, form a nearly straight transverse line and project but little in advance of the canines ; the ascending ramus is very long and nearly vertical, its upper portion sloping backwards less than in the viver- rines and further removed from the frontals than in that family. The maxilla has a high and short (antero-posteriorly) preorbital por- tion which joins the frontal by a short straight suture. The suborbital part of the maxilla exceeds the preorbital in length more than in the cats and very much more than in Viverra, as the orbit is placed far forward. The frontals are strongly inclined upwards and backwards and appear to be very decidedly shorter than in the cats ; anteriorly they together form a notch to receive the ends of the nasals, but the fronto-nasal process is very short and more obtuse than in the cats, its maxillary and nasal edges forming a right angle. The nasals are longer than in the cats, but otherwise very much like them. The lachrymal is small and does not extend at all upon the face, as it docs in the creodonts, and just within the edge of the orbit it is pierced by two foramina. The parietals, so far as the great Assuring of the specimens will allow of a determination, seem to be much longer than in the cats and to exclude the frontals from all share in roofing the cerebral hemispheres. At all events the very long sagittal crest runs to a point in advance of the post-orbital constriction, from which point the supraciliary ridges diverge rapidly and pass outwards in bold curves to the short post-orbital processes of the frontals. Besides being long the parietals are deep vertically, extending far down on the sides of the cranium. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213 The squamosal is rather low, but long from before backwards ; the root of the zygomatic process projects downwards below the basi- cranial axis much more strongly than in the cats and civets, but not to the same degree as in Hophphoneus, where it forms a peculiar and Fig. i. Diiuctis felina ; base of skull; car. carotid canal ; c.f. condylar foramen ; f. I. p. foramen lacerum posterius ; glen, glenoid foramen ; f. o. for- amen ovale ; as. hinder opening of alisphenoid canal ; p. p. f. posterior pala- tine foramina ; /. g. post-glenoid process ; mas. mastoid process ; par. paroccipital process ; ma. external auditory meatus. conspicuous, pedicel. The glenoid cavity is thoroughly feline in appearance, owing to the strong development of the preglenoid ridge. The zygomatic arches are very long, compressed and quite heavy, though they do not arch out from the sides of the skull so strongly as in the true cats. The post-orbital process of the jugal is but feebly developed. Owing to the strong downward 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889- projection of the mastoid processes and their anterior position, the distance between these and the post-glenoid processes is very short hi id forms a deep narrow notch, which lends to this region of the skull an appearance very different from the corresponding part in the cats and civets. The occiput is low, and very broad at the base, but narrowing rapidly upwards; it is exceedingly convex, in correspondence with the very advanced position of the mastoids, and consequently much of the occipital surface is visible in the side view of the skull. Above the foramen magnum there is a strong convexity which covers the prominent vermis of the cerebellum. The paroccipital processes are short, almost rudimentary in fact ; they project back- wards and are separated by a considerable interval from the auditory bulla?, as in the mustelines. The mastoid processes are heavy, prom- inent and not in contact with the bulla?. Notwithstanding the angle made by the upper contour of the face and cranium, the cranio-facial axis is straight. The base of the cranium is broad and the adenoid cavities of the two sides widely separated from each other, which results in a somewhat unusual arrangement of the foramina. The basi-occipital is not so broad as in the Viverridce, and has sharp prominent edges which abut against the sides of the tympanic bullae and so give the bone a deeply con- cave shape from side to side. The bulla? are very large and were almost certainly divided by an internal septum into two chambers, though whether the chambers are situated one behind the other, as in the Viverridce, or one internal to the other, as in the Felidce, can- not be determined from the material at command, though the exter- nal shape is rather feline. Though the opening into the bulla is quite far removed from the surface, there is no tubular meatus audi- torius other than that formed by the notch between the mastoid and post-glenoid processes. The relation of the bulla? to the mastoid and paroccipital processes recalls that which is found in the bears, save that in Dinietis the latter processes are so small. The posterior nares are very long, owing to the fact that the bony palate is not carried back of the molars. In front the opening is broad and its anterior edge is formed by two emarginations of the palatines, separated by a short median spine or angle; in the hinder part of their course the walls of the nares are constricted, giving them a characteristic appearance. The hamular processes of the pterygoids are decidedly more feline than viverrine both in shape and 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215 position, being much farther in advance of the glenoid cavity than in the latter animals. The palatines are short and broad, the maxillo- palatine suture being opposite the interval between the 3rd and 4th premolars, and in general shape they resemble those of the cats. The hard palate is very broad behind, and following the oblique position of the molar series, it narrows rapidly forward, though it never becomes very narrow on account of the abruptly truncated muzzle. The palatine processes of the premaxillaries are well devel- oped. The whole palatine region has a decidedly feline appearance, though Cryptoprocta exhibits an approach to it, as it does in so many other respects as well. The mandible is peculiar and is in most respects very closely like that of Hoplophoneus, but the condyle is more elevated above the line of the molars and the coronoid process is much higher ; the latter has a less antero-posterior extent, is straight and less recurved than is usual in the felines. The masseteric fossa is very deep and extends forward beneath ^~r The horizontal ramus is compressed and rather slender and shallow ; its lower border is nearly straight until the front end is nearly reached, when it dips downwards to form the flanges for the protection of the great upper canines, though these Manges are not so long as in Hoplophoneus, in correspondence with the less development of the tusks. The chin is slightly concave and abruptly truncate, as in the sabre-tooths generally, and forms a right angle with the side of the ramus; the symphysis is short and nearly vertical. Foramina. These present a curious assemblage, being anything but " ailuroid" in arrangement. The incisive foramina call for no description, being much like those of the cats in size and position. The posterior palatine foramina resemble those of the civets in so far that they are in the maxillaries and not in the palatines, but they'are placed much further back than in that group, being opposite the anterior edge of pm. 3. There is an alisphenoid canal, the posterior opening of which is nearer to the very large foramen ovale than in the viverrines and indeed is enclosed in a common groove with it. The latter is placed unusually far from the median line and is sep- arated by a prominent ridge from the eustachian canal and the for* amen lacerum medium, which occupy the ordinary position close to the antero-internal angle of the bulla. There is a large and distinct carotid foramen which is well separated from the foramen lacerum posterius. The condylar foramen is also entirely separated from the 21(5 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. latter, and there is no ridge running inwards from the paroccipital process. There are also very large glenoid foramina. There is a single large post-parietal foramen on each side of the sagittal crest. The infra-orbital foramen is placed very close to the orbit, from which it is separated only by a narrow bridge of bone ; it lies above pin. 3. The arrangement of foramina in Dinictis is thus seen to be very much the same as that described by Cope in Archcelurus and others of the NimravidcB (No. 2. p. 955), but no living carnivore presents such an assemblage of characters in the basis cranii. These prim- itive cats seem to show conclusively that the construction of the base of the cranium has not the taxonomic value attributed to it by Flower (No. 5) an opinion which Schlosser (No. 14, p. 233) has reached on quite different grounds. The basis cranii of Dinictis is perhaps on the whole more cynoid than anything else, though ailuroid and even arctoid features occur. We shall return later to a discussion of this cpiestion. The brain of Dinictis is unknown, but that of Hoplophoneus, a nearly allied genus, has been described and figured by Bruce (No. 1, p. 42, PI. vii, fig. 8). This is distinctly feline in character, though as would naturally be expected, the convolutions are simpler aud less winding; it bears obvious resemblance to the brain of Pseudozl urus which Gervais has figured (No. 7, PI. 6, fig. 6) and which, as that writer has pointed out, has certain affinities with the brain of Cryp- toprocta and the viverrines. The Dentition. The dental formula of Dinictis is If CI Pm. f Ml, which, as Leidy has observed, is the same as that of most mustelines, and also occurs in JElurogale. •Upper Jaw. The incisors are in general cat-like and form a straight, transversely directed row, separated by considerable dias- temata from the canines. The external incisor is the largest of the series and has a long, acute, conical and somewhat recurved crown, except for its smaller size, very similar to that of Hoplophoneus. As in that genus, there is no cingulum, such as occurs in the external incisor of the cats. The median incisor is much smaller than the outer one and has a simple pointed crown without cingulum. Only the fang of the inner incisor is preserved, but this shows that the tooth was still smaller and more compressed than the median one. In Hoplophoneus the incisors are all much larger, all have similar 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217 crowns, and are separated by wider spaces from each other and from the canines. The upper canines of Dinictis are compressed and elongated tusks of narrow oval section ; they are, however, shorter and less com- pressed than in Hoplophoneus. The most anterior premolar (pm. 2) is exceedingly small, much more reduced than in Cryptoprocta ; it has a compressed conical crown with a sharp posterior cutting edge which is finely serrate, and a very minute posterior basal cusp ; it is implanted by two fangs. Pm. 3 is a large and well developed tooth ; it is much higher and more compressed than in the Felidoz, and the large posterior cusp is single, not double as in that family. This tooth resembles much the cor- responding one in Cryptoprocta, but the principal cusp is more com- pressed and has a greater antero-posterior extent. The sectorial (pm. 4) is more canine than either felme or viverrine and differs from pm. 3, only in its greater size, the greater proportional development of the heel and the presence of the inner cusp. This tooth is very like the sectorial of Cynodictis, exhibiting only the following differ- ences : (1) the anterior cusp is more flattened ; (2) the heel is longer and higher; (3) where the two come together there is a deeper fossa, such as is found in cats ; (4) the inner cusp is less reduced, though smaller than in Cryptoprocta and very much smaller than in the Virerridce generally. Of the anterior basal cusp which is so char- acteristic of the cats and which appears in Cryptoprocta and to a certain extent in other viverrines, there is not a trace. The sectorial of Hoplophoneus is decidedly more cat-like than that of Dinictis, as is shown in the better development of the sectorial blade and in the appearance of a small antero-external cusp. The single upper molar of Dinictis is very much better developed than in the cats, or Cryptoprocta, or even than in Hopjlop>honens,hx\l is much more reduced than in the Viverridce generally; it is not at all overlapped or concealed by the sectorial, being plainly visible from the side. The construction shows clearly its derivation from the tritubercular pattern of Cynodictis, but the length of the tooth from before backwards has been greatly reduced, so that the two outer tubercles have come to stand in nearly the same transverse line, while the inner cusp has extended far internally. The tooth is im- planted by three fangs. In Hopjlophoneas the separation into three cusps is very obscure. 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Lower Jaiv. The crowns of the lower incisors are broken away in all the specimens I have had the opportunity of examining, but the fangs show that, as in the upper jaw, the outer teeth are the largest of the series, and that, as in the cats, the lower incisors form a straight row, the second one not being pushed back as is so commonly the case among the Carnivora. In correspondence with the lesser development of the upper tusks, the lower canine is larger than in Hoploplioneus. The crown is high, conical and somewhat recurved. The most anterior premolar (pm. 2) is very small and more reduced than in Oryptoprocta ; it consists of a simple compressed cone implanted by two fangs. Pm. 3 is propor- tionally larger, higher, more acute and more compressed than in the cats ; it is composed of a principal conical cusp, with small anterior and posterior cingular cusps. Pm. 4 is almost exactly like pm. 8 except that it is somewhat larger, and that the accessory cusps are more conspicuous. Both of these teeth differ from the correspond- ing ones of Fells not only in their relatively larger size and smaller transverse diameter, but also in the absence of the posterior cingulum. In Oryptoprocta the principal cusp is more slender and pointed and the cingulum is better developed, especially on pm. 4, than in Dinictis. In Proallurus these teeth are much like those of Orypto- procta. The first or sectorial molar is very feline in appearance, though with very obvious signs of its derivation from the tuberculo-sec- torial type. The anterior cusp is formed just as in the cats, but the posterior cusp is higher and less flattened and more distinctly angulate between the lateral and posterior surfaces. In many speci- mens there is a small but perfectly distinct postero-internal cusp, which thus completes the primitive triangle of the tuberculo-sec- torial molar, and in these specimens the tooth is almost a reproduc. tion of the lower sectorial of Proallurus, as figured by Filhol (No. 4, PL 2, fig. 2). But in Dinictis this cusp is evidently on the point of disappearing, as in some specimens it is present only on one side, in others hardly visible at all. The talon is also very small and has a sharp cutting edge, with no trace of accessory tubercles. The second molar is very much reduced and has a small oval crown; the fang, though single, is elongate and obviously formed by the coales- cence of two, as is shown by the median groove which runs down the inner face and by a partial division of the alveolus. The tooth is much less reduced than in Proailurus. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219 The dentition of Dinictw, like the skull, irresistibly suggests re- lationship with the cats, and yet it still exhibits many important primitive characters, of which may he mentioned the number of the teeth, the large size of the upper molar and the presence of the in- ferior tubercular ; the presence of a heel and of the posterior-in- ternal cusp on the lower sectorial and the absence of the anterior basal cusp from the upper sectorial. In these respects Dinictis de- parts from the feline type and approximates the canine-viverrine group. M EASUREMENTS. M. Total length of skull (condyles to premaxillaries), "154 Length of cranium (to anterior rim of orbit), "108 Length of face, '046 Distance from anterior rim of orbit to post -orbital constriction, '050 Length of bony palate, '069 Breadth of bony palate (posterior edge), "072 Breadth of bony palate between canines, "026 Distance between foramen magnum and line of post-glenoid processes, '033 Distance between foramen magnum and line of mastoid processes, '0195 Length first four cervical vertebra', '075 Length of mandible, from the condyle, "119 (Second Specimen, Princeton Mus., No. 10,012.) Upper incisor series, transverse breadth, '029 Third upper incisor, transverse diameter, "0045 Third upper incisor, fore and aft diameter, "005 Second upper incisor, transverse diameter, -003 Second upper incisor, fore and aft diameter, "003 Upper canine, transverse diameter, '008 Upper canine, fore and aft diameter, '012 Length upper molar series, '049 Length pm. 2, '0055 Length pm. 3, '014 Length pm. 4, -019 Length m. I, '006 Transverse diameter m. 1, '015 Lower incisor series, transverse breadth, '016 Third lower incisor, fore and aft diameter, '005 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Third lower incisor, transverse diameter, -0035 Lower canine, fore and aft diameter, -008 Lower canine, transverse diameter, -006 Length lower molar series, -052 Length pm. 2, -006 Length pm. 3, -012 Length pm. 4, -0145 Length m. 1, -0185 Length m. 2, .006 Vertebrae. Attached to the Academy's specimen of the skull of Dinictis,. which has been described above, are the four anterior cervical verte- bras, which are decidedly feline in character, and resemble those of the John Day Nimravldce described and figured by Cope. The atlas is badly broken and only the slender inferior arch and deep anterior cotyli can be certainly made out. The parts preserved, however, agree closely with the atlas of Hoplophoneus, which in its turn is most like that of Oryptoprocta. The transverse processes are much more widely extended than in the Viverridce generally, and there is, as in that family, a foramen in the anterior edge of the transverse process (centroido-diapophysial, Albrecht) which in the cats is rep- resented by a deep notch. The axis, so far as preserved, agrees rather better with that of Oryptoprocta than that of Hoplophoneus; the odontoid process is a very long and slender peg, while in Hop- lophoneus it is broader and more depressed than is usual in the carnivores. The centrum is depressed, slightly opisthocoelous and provided with a small hypapophysial keel ; the atlanteal facets are extended transversely, but have a small vertical diameter and are not eniarginated by the neural canal. The posterior face of the cen- trum is set obliquely to the long axis, as are the faces of the succeed- ing vertebras, though not to the same extent as in the large cats. The transverse processes are slender and shorter than in Oryptoprocta and the anterior opening of the vertebrarterial canal is placed much further forward than in that genus. The neural arch is high and narrow and not obstructed behind by opisthapophyses, as in the recent felines. The third and fourth cervicals have rather short and quite broad centra, with hardly any indications of hypapophysial keels. They are slightly opisthocoelous and the articular faces arc somewhat oblique. The third has the neural spine represented by a very low ridge, and as in the felines there are opisthapophyses ; the 188!».] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221 transverse processes are slender and the pleurapophysial plates but little developed. The hind part of the neural arch of the fourth is broken away so that nothing can be determined as to the character of the spine and the opisthapophyses ; the pleurapophysial plate is much better developed than on the third vertebra. Fore-Limb. This member is but very scantily represented in the collections, the only portions of it which I have seen being fragments of the humerus and radius. Fortunately there can be no doubt as to the refer- ence of these specimens, as they were found associated with a skull i Nil 10,012 of the Princeton Museum). The humerus is too much mutilated for description, further than to say that this bone is much stouter than the femur would lead one to expect; the supinator ridge is very prominent and runs far up the shaft. The radius is distinctly feline in character. The proximal end is formed by a small disc-like head with a concave facet for the capitellum of the humerus ; the concavity is not quite so deep and its margin not so even as in the cats, being notched in the middle of the front edge, which edge is thus given a sigmoid curve. The head does not project inwardly beyond the line of the shaft, as is so markedly the case in the lion. The articular surface for the ulna forms a narrow band which extends around two-thirds of the cir- cumference of the head, considerably more than in the lion and indicating very complete powers of pronation and supination. Distal to the head the shaft gradually contracts and becomes irregularly oval in section. The lower part of the shaft is quite broad, thickened on the outer side and tapering to a thin edge on the inner ; the distal end is somewhat rugose and narrower than the lower part of the shaft, the rugosities are much less prominent than in the recent forms. The facet for the scapho-lunar is broad towards the ulnar side and slightly concave in both directions, but suddenly becomes much narrower internally. There is a small facet on the external side for the distal end of the ulna. It is interesting to note that the distal end of the radius in the Bridger creodont, Miacis bathygnathus, is very similar to that of Dinietis, but the carpal surface is somewhat differently shaped, and the styloid process less prominent. 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. The pelvis is rather more viverrine than feline in character, though with some points of resemblance to that of the t Cynoclictis (Galecynus) geismarianus of Cope (No. 2, PL lxxa, fig. 10). The anterior end of the ilium is broken away, so that its length cannot be determined, but judging from the position of the sacral facet, it would seem to be somewhat shorter than the ischium. The neck is short, deep and thick and the anterior expansion does not greatly exceed the neck in breadth. The gluteal surface is not simply concave, as in Fells, but is divided by a sharp ridge into upper and lower concavities, of which the upper is the broader ; this ridge also oc- curs in the f Cynoclictis above mentioned and is faintly marked in Viverra. The acetabular border fJ)^a 2'leff ""'[". is short, but broad, rugose and prominent, and «">minatum. beneath it is a small anteroinferior tuberosity or spine, giving to this region a decided similarity to the pelvis of Cryptoprocta. Mivart says with regard to the pelvis of the viverrines: "There maybe two prominences (each like an ilio-pectineal prominence)- — one just preaxiad to the acetabulum, and the other placed a little more ventrally on the pelvic brim. These may both be found (at least sometimes) in Cryptoprocta, Viverra, Crossarchus and especially in Suricata." (No. 13, p. 473.) Very much the same statement will apply to Dinictis. The ischium is long, straight, slender and of trihedral section ; the posterior portion is hardly at all everted, a striking difference from the condition seen in both Felis and Canis ; the tuberosity is a mere thickening of the border and not at all projecting. The spine is represented by a slight convexity of the superior border, which ends abruptly behind, forming thus the lesser sacro-ischiadic notch. This notch is placed somewhat further behind the acetabu- lum than in f Cynoclictis and occupies about the same position as in Cryptoprocta. The portion of the ischium which descends to form the symphysis is broken away, but was obviously slender and much compressed ; the same may be said of the pubis. The femur is long and slender and resembles that of many of the more primitive carnivores, such as Amphicyon, Cynoclictis, Crypto- 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. J. 16 proeta, Proailurus, etc. The head, as in Oryptoproeta is presented more obliquely inwards and upwards than in the eats; it is very sharply constricted off from the neck and is evenly rounded, form- ing something more than a hemisphere, and shows a distinct pit for the round ligament. The great trochanter is massive and much ex- tended from before backwards, but rising only slightly above the level of the head, and its upper edge is more regularly rounded than in the cats; the digital fossa is deep but of limited extent. The ridge connecting the head with the great trochanter is. as in Proa 1/ urns, mure compressed than in Oryptoproeta. The second trochanter is quite prominent ; a short curved rugose line runs from this point towards the lower end of the great trochanter. Of especial interest is the presence of a well developed third trochanter, which runs some distance down the shaft and is continued as an ex- ternal linea aspera. The third trochanter appears to be universally present in the creodonts, it is also found in Amphicyon (Filhol, No. 4a, PI. xiv, fig. 4, PI. xv, fig. 5), Cynodictis (Schlosser, No. 14, p. 265), Proailurus (Filhol, No. 4, PI. 5, fig. 3), and the figure given by Milne-Edwards and Grandidier (No. 11, PI. 9, fig. 7) would seem to indicate its presence in Cryptoprocta, though the specimens which I have had the opportunity of examining did not possess it. It is further faintly indicated in certain of the Proeyonidce and Viverridce, but no living carnivore exhibits it in any such degree of development, as is seen in Dinietis. In the latter the shaft is rather long and slender and quite strongly arched forward ; the posterior surface is flattened, the anterior regularly curved from side to side. The lower portion of the shaft expands gradually to the condyles ; the popliteal region is nearly smooth, showing no such rugosities for muscular attachment as occur in the larger cats ; it is even less ru- gose than in Cryptoprocta. The condyles are of nearly equal size and are quite widely separated ; above and to the side of each one i< a small articular facet, apparently for sesamoid ossicles. The rotular trochlea is broad, shallow and symmetrical, giving to this re- gion of the bone a very feline appearance. The femur of Nimravus is quite different from that of Dinietis; the shaft is more slender and more decidedly curved ; the condyles project more strongly backward, due, no doubt, to the digitigrade gait of this animal, while Dinietis was plantigrade, and the condyles 224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. are less equal in size ; the trochlea is longer and more curved and the t j& pits for the attachment of the cru- V'V|p/w c'a^ ligaments much more marked. The patella of Dinictis is broad but quite thin from before back- wards ; its upper margin is ab- ruptly rounded and the lower end pointed, giving it the shape of a flattened almond. The articular surface is somewhat concave from above downwards and even more slightly convex from side to side. The anterior surface and the sides are but little roughened, or rather faintly striate. The tibia is considerably shorter than the femur ; if we designate the length of the latter as 10, that of the tibia would be 8'4. In Proailurus lemanensis the length of the tibia on the same scale is 9*3, in Cryptoprocta 8*6, in Para- doxurus 10*4, in Cynogale 9*1, in Viverra civetta 9-2 ; it thus ap- pears that in Dinictis the disproportion is unusually great. Seen from in front the tibia in this genus appears to be straight, as in Cryptoprocta and Proailurus, not having the lateral curvature which occurs in many viverrines, seen from the side, however, the tibia is strongly arched forward. The proximal end differs in some not un- important respects from that of both Cryptoprocta and Proailurus ; the condyles are more flattened and are almost in contact, instead of being separated by a considerable interval ; the spine is very low ; the cnemial crest is somewhat less prominent and does not descend so far upon the shaft; the posterior portion of the condyles is also less de- flected than in Cryptoprocta. On the postero-external angle of the outer condyle there is a large, flat oval facet for the head of the fibula. In Archozlurus the upper portion of the tibia is very similar to that of Dinictis, but the cnemial crest is more massive and the shaft deeper from before backwards, while the spine is higher. In Dinictis, as in Archozlurus, there is a deep concavity in the posterior side, just Fig. 3. Dinictis fclina ; A, left femur; B, left tibia and fibula ; C, left patella. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225 below the bead. The upper two-thirds of the shaft is trihedral, the lower portion is compressed and oval in section. The distal end is quite peculiar; it is less expanded transversely than in Cryptoproeta ; the internal malleolus is long and very heavy and projects somewhat in- ward as well as downward, and the lower end is abruptly truncate. The sulcus for the tibial tendons is double, as in the felines, and the bounding ridges are continued to the end of the malleolus. The astragalar surface is much flattened and the intercondylar ridge is hardly indicated, being formed merely by the angle at which the two facets meet. This region of the tibia is strikingly different from the corresponding part in Proailurus (see Filhol, No. 4, PL 5, fig. 6) in which the groove for the astragalus is much more complete. On the other hand, it is very similar to the distal end of the tibia in Archcelurus (Cope, No. 2, PI. lxxia, fig. 15a). The fibula is comparatively well developed and very cat-like ; the proximal end is considerably expanded from before backwards and at the same time thickened ; it bears a large, oval and obliquely placed facet for the head of the tibia. The shape of this part of the bone is much like that seen in many viverrines. The shaft, thouerh slender, is quite as strong proportionately as in the existing cats and civets, and is of an irregular trihedral shape, with a sharp crista iuterossea. The distal end is more expanded in both directions than the proximal and in shape resembles that of the cats ; on its posterior border is a deep tendinal sulcus, and on the inner side is a large facet for the external face of the astragalus. The fibula is in contact with the tibia only at the proximal and distal ends, the shafts of the two bones being quite widely separated throughout their entire length. The Pes. The hind-foot is relatively long and slender and has many points of resemblance to that of Cryptoproeta, as well as important differ- ences from that animal. The calcaneum is very like that of Proai- lurus and has considerable resemblance to the calcaneum of Procyon. The tuber is short and stout, with a moderately expanded free end, which is grooved by a tendinal sulcus ; the posterior astragalar facet is large, regularly arched from before backwards and presenting de- cidedly more internally than superiorly, in this respect resembling Proailurus rather than Procyon. The sustentaculum is heavy and prominent and the articular facet is reflected over upon the posterior side ; the cuboidal facet is oval and concave, and slopes from within outwards and downwards. The outer side of the distal end of the cal- 16 226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1880. caneum shows a prominent process, which is as strongly developed in Proailurus and Procyon, and to a less degree in Cryptoprocta and Amphicyon. This process is most con- spicuous in the plantigrade forms, though it is also present in such forms as the tiger. The astragalus of Dinictis is remarkable for its flatness, the intercondylar groove being hardly more than indicated ; the outer condyle is much broader and somewhat higher than the inner and forms nearly a right angle with the very large and slightly concave external fibular surface ; at its pos- terior (or superior) end the trochlea becomes exceedingly narrow and somewhat more deeply grooved ; anteriorly it ends abruptly and is not continued down over the neck, as is the case in Archcelurus and the tiger. The internal face of the astragalus is placed very obliquely and passes into the inner condyle by a gentle curve, quite different from the sharp ridge found in most recent carnivores, but very similar to the shape in Archcelurus. The neck is very short and much less strongly deflected towards the tibial side than is usual in recent forms; the distal end is formed by the large convex head for the navicular, but upon the outer side there is a small, though distinct facet for the cuboid, a connection which rarely occurs in the recent carnivora, the bears and certain mustelines having it, however. Cope's figure of the astragalus of Archcelurus (No. 2, PI. lxxia, fig. 1Gb) seems to indicate its occurrence in that genus, and in all probability it will also be found in the White River species of Cijnodictis, though in the G. geismarianus from the John Day horizon (Cope, No. 2, PI. lxxa, fig. 9) it is not apparent. The facet for the sustentaculum is long and rather narrow, convex in front and concave behind, as it embraces the hinder edge of the sustentaculum ; the external cal- caneal facet is deeply concave from before backwards, and has an un- usually oblique position in accordance with that of the corresponding surface on the calcaneum. The resemblance in the structure of the astragalus between Dinictis and Archcelurus have been mentioned. Fig. 4- hind foot Dinictis ft Una ; left 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227 but there are important differences, chief among which are that in the latter genus the inner condyle is continued almost to the navicular facet ; the external side is curved outwardly very much more strongly and the facet for the sustentaculum is much smaller and further re- moved from the head. The navicular is rather unusually broad and of very simple construc- tion ; the proximal surface is taken up entirely by the deeply concave astragalar facet; on the external side there is a single narrow facet for the cuboid, and the distal side shows three facets for the cuneiforms, that for the ectocuneiform beino- much the largest, that for the en to- cuneiform is very obliquely placed, causing a great reduction of the height of the navicular upon the inner side. The cuboid is a stout bone with large diameters in all three direc- tions; the proximal surface, forming the facet for the calcaneum, is somewhat convex and slopes downwards and outwards from the inter- nal side ; internally to the calcaneal surface is a narrow and obliquely placed facet for the astragalus. The internal face of the cuboid shows a -ingle small and nearly flat facet for the ectocuneiform. On the distal end there is a very large and slightly concave surface for the fourth metatarsal, and external to this very much narrower facet for the fifth metatarsal, which has an oblique position presenting out- wards as well as downwards. The sulcus for the peroneal tendons upon the external side of the cuboid is very distinctly marked, though nut nearly so deep as in Procyon. The ectocuneiform is large, very broad on the dorsal side, espe- cially distally and rapidly becoming narrower towards the plantar side, where from the proximal end is given off a stout knob-shaped process ; on the internal side is a pair of small facets for the second metatarsal. The mesocuneiform resembles that of Paradox ur us in Fig. 5. A dorsal view of left calcaneum ; Ai, plantar view of left astragalus of Din- ictisfelina. In Ai, cb. marks the facet for the cuboid. B, left calcaneum of Proaii- urus ; C, of Cryptoprocta. B and C, after Filhol. 228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. shape, having a very oblique facet for the navicular; the tibial side of the bone is much higher than the fibular and consequently the proximal edge slopes strongly downward and outward. The entocuneiform is high and narrow, though of considerable depth ; the proximal end rises sharply toward the plantar side, so that this diameter much x j exceeds that on the dorsal side. The facet 3^'S^vA / )) f°r Mt. I is narrow and concave from before backwards. The entocuneiform descends con- siderably below the level of the mesocuneiform v , „..,.,.. and abuts against the side of the second meta- Fig 6. Dinictis felziia ; ~ proximal endsof metatarsals, tai'Sal. facets for the tarsals repre- sented by c,' c," c,'" cb. A^ compared with those of most of the ex- isting Felidce, the metatarsals of Dinictis are weak and slender and have a viverrine appearance. Only the proximal end of Mt. I is preserved and so its length cannot be determined, but the diameter of the shaft is relatively less reduced than in Cryptoprocta, and ap- parently the hallux bore about the same proportion to the other digits as in Paradoxurus. The head is convex from before back- wards, concave from side to side, extending upwards and inwards, with a prominent rugose surface on the tibial side. Metatarsal II is rather short and quite slender ; the head is wedge-shaped, becoming very narrow on the plantar side ; the shaft is obscurely trihedral, flattened on the tibial and rounded on the other sides. Owing to the shortness of the mesocuneiform. Mt. II rises above the level of both I and III and is thus wedged in between the ecto- and entocu- neiforms, an arrangement which is nearly universal among the fissi- pede carnivores. On the fibular side there is a slight depression for Mt. Ill, but this digit is not interlocked with its neighbors so firmly as the three external ones. The third metatarsal is decidedly the heaviest, though not the longest of the series, and the proximal portion is especially broad ; on the fibular side of this end is a very deep depression, into which fits a corresponding projection from Mt. IV. The facet for the ectocuneiform is very obliquely placed with reference to the long axis, rising strongly towards the fibular side, and has the or- dinary feline arrangement, the two facets for Mt, IV being separated by a deep emargination, and the plantar side of the proximal end very much constricted. The shaft is very nearly straight. This bone articulates only with the ectocuneiform, being excluded from 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229 both the cuboid and the mesocuneiform, as both II and IV rise above it. The fourth metatarsal is somewhat longer than No. Ill and decid- edly more slender, though heavier than any of the others ; it has a narrow convex head for the cuboid and is closely interlocked with III and V ; on the tibial side is a prominence which fits into the pit on No. Ill and on the fibular side is a pit for the projection from No. V. The three outer digits are thus firmly interlocked by means of the metatarsals, No. II is less closely connected, but is securely held in place by being wedged between the ecto- and ento- cuneiforms. The shaft of Mt. IV is curved so that the distal end is deflected outwards, and is slightly twisted upon itself; seen from the dorsal side it seems to be attached only to the cuboid, but posteriorly has a small facet for the side of the ectocuneiform. The fifth metatarsal is a little more s4ender than No. II and of about the same length, though it descends lower, owing to the lower level of its attachment to the cuboid as compared with that between the mesocuneiform and Mt. II ; the cuboidal facet is very narrow and ion vex from before backwards, and above it rises the large, thick- ened and rugose external process; the shaft is curved both forward and inward, like that of No. IV. The distal ends of all the meta- tarsals show rounded hemispherical heads for the phalanges which are sharply constricted off from the shafts, and on the plantar side arc sharp and prominent keels; just above these articular heads the shafts are expanded and have rugose processes for ligamentous attachment. The metatarsals of Dinictis are not unlike those of Cynodidis, to the viverrine character of which Schlosser has called attention (No. 14, Taf. vi, fi r. 18, 29), but in the former Mt. Ill is proportionately heaver and its proximal end overlaps No. IV more extensively, and the cuboidal facet of Mt. V is smaller. In ^Elurogale (Schlosser, loc. cit. figs. 15 and 23) the metatarsals are very much heavier than in Dinictis; the head of Mt. II is less distinctly wedge-shaped, the head of No. IV is broader and shows an excavation on the tibal side which is not seen in Dinictis, while the pro- jection from the head of Mt. V is much longer and more compressed. The shape of the fifth metatarsal is decidedly more feline in Dinic- tis than in jElurogale ; the shafts in the latter Fig. 7 Dinictis felina ; , . . median and ungual phalanges geUUS are also milch Straightei' tliail 111 the of IV digit seen from the fibu- larside. former. 1 he metatarsals of Jrroailarus seem 230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. to be considerably longer and more slender tban those of Dinictis (Filhol No. 4, PI. 4, figs. 1 and 5). The phalanges of Dinictis are in general very much like those of Cryptoproeta but are proportionately stouter. Those of the prox- imal row are quite long, broad and strongly arched towards the dorsal side of the foot. Those of the second row are flatter and quite deeply excavated upon the fibular side of the distal end, in order to allow the retraction of the claws. This excavation is much more marked than in Cryptoproeta or in any of the Viverridce which I have been able to examine. According to Mivart (No. 12, p. 157) the claws of Prionodon are almost as completely retractile as in the. cats, as certainly seems to have been the case in Dinictis. The ungual phalanges are less strongly arched than in Cryptoproeta ; they are short, very much compressed and not far from straight. In shape they are quite like the unguals of Paradoxums, but the articular surface is of a different shape and the backwardly projecting pro- cess beneath this surface is much better developed, though not to the same degree as in the true cats. There is no trace of the bony lamina or hood which in the last-mentioned family is reflected over the base of the horny claw. This hood occurs in Hoplophoneus and probably also in the later Nimravidce from the John Day, though we may infer that in this respect Archcelurus agrees with Dinictis. It will be seen from the foregoing description that the hind-leg and foot of Dinictis presents a very curious assemblage of charac- ters. In some respects these characters are very primitive, as for example the large third trochanter on the femur, the greatly flat- tened ankle-joint, the articulation of the astragalus with the cuboid and the shape of the calcaneum. Indeed, I was at first misled into the belief that this specimen belonged to a creodont and accord- ingly referred it to Hycenodon (quoted in Cope, No. 3, p. 344) until material subsequently brought to light showed its true nature. Such a creodont-like tarsus associated with the highly differentiated denti- tion of Dinictis is certainly very remarkable. In general, the speci- men' before us has much resemblance to the corresponding parts of Cryptoproeta and other viverrines, as well as to Cynodictis, but at the same time there are points of approximation to the felines, of which the most important is perhaps the degree of retractility shown in the ungual phalanges, which seems to be equalled among the Viverridce only by Prionodon. 1889.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 231 Measurements. M. Femur, length, -190 Femur, breadth, proximal end (head and great trochanter), '038 Femur, breadth, distal end (greatest width of condyles), "034 Tibia, length (including malleolus), "168 Tibia, breadth, proximal end, -034 Tibia, breadth, distal end, -020 Calcaneum, length, "043 Astragalus, length, . '027 Metatarsal I, breadth, proximal end, "006 Metatarsal II, length, "046 Metatarsal II, breadth, proximal end, '006 Metatarsal III, length (?), -051 Metatarsal III, breadth, proximal end, . -012 Metatarsal IV, length, -053 Metatarsal IV, breadth, proximal end, "006 Metatarsal V, length, '0485 Metatarsal V, breadth, proximal end, -008 First phalanx, fourth digit, length, "022 Second phalanx, fourth digit, length, "017 Third phalanx, fourth digit, length, "015 The Systematic Position of Dinictis. Before any systematic arrangement of the Carnivora can be ac- cepted as final, it will be necessary to show the steps by which the various groups have diverged from the common stock. We are as yet by no means in a position to do this, and hence any classifica- tion of them at present can only be tentative. However, recent in- vestigations throw some light upon the problem. It is obvious, in the first place, that the retention of primitive characters in any two groups of a series is no proof of any relationship nearer than that through the common ancestor of the entire series. Thus the presence of the alisphenoid canal, or the epicondylar foramen, cannot be em- ployed as an indication of direct connection between two groups otherwise differing. Secondly, the loss of characters present in the ancestral form is no better indication of affinity, since we have abundant evidence that these suppressions take place independently. Examples of this are the reduction in the number of the teeth and digits, loss of the alisphenoid canal, the loss of the septum in the auditory bulla in the hyenas and mustelines, which no one supposes 232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. to be closely related. Although characters which belong to these two categories are by no means valueless, those which are derived from differentiations of a similar kind are much more important ; that is to say, positive characters are of more value than negative ones. With these principles before us, we may proceed to the con- sideration of the question. The arrangement of the fissipede Carnivora into Arctoidea, Cynoidea, and Aeluroidea proposed by Flower (No. 5), founded chiefly upon the characters of the basis cranii, has been very gen- erally accepted among English speaking zoologists, but as Schlosser (No. 14) remarks, it receives little support from paleontology, as in the various early fossil forms the characteristics are mingled in a very confusing way, and in a way not intelligible if Flower's arrangement be accepted. Schlosser regards the dogs and bears as being very closely related, while the mustelines, civets and hyenas are placed together as another series. The Procyonidce (Subursidce) "endlich stellen einen Formenkreis dar, der sich von den primitivsten Typen der Carnivoren, ausser im Zahnbau, fast gar nicht entfernt hat" (No. 14, p. 237). The cats, on the other hand, Schlosser believes to be widely separated from all others groups of Carnivora and to have been independently derived from creodonts, though admitting that as yet we know nothing of their history. In most respects I regard these views as justified by paleontologi- cal evidence. Thus Gaudry (No. 6, ch. IX) and Lydekker (No. 9, j). 202 ; No. 10, p. 106) have satisfactorily shown the derivation of the bears from Amphicyon through Dinocyon and Hycenardos. The connection between the viverrines and mustelines, though not so clear, is at all events very probable, as is shown by such forms as Stenopleskiis. Through the kindness of M. Filhol, I had an oppor- tunity of examining a fine skull of S. cayluxi in his collection and found that it exhibited a remarkable combination of viverrine and musteline characters. The skull is like that of the civets in shape; the auditory bulla is divided by a septum and the separation into two chambers is plainly indicated by an external constriction; the bulla is in contact with the paroccipital process, though the latter is small and does not enclose the former as in a capsule, a striking difference from the viverrines. The condylar foramen is entir ly free from the foramen lacerum posterius and ] erforates a ridge passing from the paroccipital process to the condyle. The alisphenoid canal, if present at all, is very minute, but the glenoid foramen is large and 1881).] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233 conspicuous. The combined viverrine and musteline features in the dentition of this and other genera have been fully described by Schlosser, and such forms certainly seem to indicate a close con- nection between the two families, while the relationship between the civets and hyenas is very generally admitted and need not be dwelt upon here. Schlosser's scheme (No. 14, p. 238) does not indicate any near connection between the dogs and viverrines, which however, seems to be equally clear. The skull of the White River species, f Cynodic- tis gracilis, is interesting in this connection. In general character the skull is distinctly cynoid, but the long, narrow and sharply constric- ted cranium, the short, pointed face, and the slender mandible are very suggestive of the Viverridce. The auditory bulla is marked by an external constriction as in most of the latter family, though I could not determine certainly the existence of a septum ; the bulla is not in contact at all with the paroccipital. The condylar foramen is much nearer to the foramen lacerum posterius than in Canis and occupies the same position as in Viverra antiqua from St. Gerand-le- Puv. The carotid canal is not enclosed in the foramen lacerum posterius. The upper true molars are more viverrine than canine in construction. The skeleton of this species is unfortunately not known at present, but Cope has called attention to the exceedingly viverrine character of the skeleton of the John Day species, C. (Galeeynus) geismarianus. Schlosser likewise points out many viverrine features in the structure of the European Cynodictis, and it seems clear that, while Cynodictis should most probably be placed in the cynoid series, it stands very near to the point of division where the Canidce and the Viverridce. diverged. All of the carnivorous groups mentioned thus seem to come to a common point of origin and their early representatives agree quite closely in the characters of the skull and dentition. This primitive carnivorous skull may be thus described. The cranium is much elongated and very narrow; the elongation affecting chiefly the posterior part and the region between the orbits and the post-orbital constriction ; the parietal zone is very long and excludes the frontals from contact with the cerebral hemispheres and there is a very long and single sagittal crest ; the face is comparatively short and the orbit is placed far forward; the mandible is slender and tapers rapidly forward, and the teeth are relatively small. As to the base of the cranium, this exhibits a combination of characters which are 234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. now found separately in the various groups of carnivores, though among the recent families the nearest approach to the primitive condition is found in the dogs. The auditory bulla is almost cer- tainly divided by a septum, as is still to some degree the case in Canis, where the mode of development of the bulla is very like that which occurs in the cats ; the alisphenoid canal and the post -glenoid foramen are present ; the foramen lacerum posterius, carotid canal and condylar foramen are all distinct from each other ; the mastoid and paroccipital processes are free from the bulla? and are placed far in front of the occipital condyles. It is usually taken for granted that a short face is always a secondary modification, but the history of several groups of mammals shows that this assumption is unten- able in many cases. The primitive forms both of ungulates and carnivores from the Puerco and Wasatch all have short faces, very long and narrow crania, the orbits are placed far forward in the face, and the zygomatic arches are in consequence greatly elongated. The two factors which chiefly determine the modifications of the skull are the teeth and brain, and the principles which Riitimeyer has laid down with reference to the modifications of the ungulate skull apply equally well to the carnivores. In the later forms the orbit is shifted backwards and the zygomatic arches shortened, the parietal zone reduced, the frontal zone extended, the teeth are much enlarged and if their number is unreduced, the face becomes cor- respondingly elongated, as in the dogs, or it may become greatly shortened, accompanying the much reduced dentition, as in the cats. Comparing the dogs of the White River, John Day and Loup Fork epochs, the gradual elongation of the face becomes plain. The derivation of the Felicia' offers problems of much greater difficulty than that of the other groups, and as we have already seen, Schlosser altogether rejects the view that they have any connection with the Viverridte, and derives them independently from creodonts. According to Mivart the following characters are common to both families and the hyenas. (No. 12, pp. 137-8). " 1. Bulla greatly dilated, rounded, smooth, thin-walled, with one exception, osseous, and almost always divided by a septum into two distinct portions. 2. Bony meatus short or with its inferior wall imperfectly ossified. 3. Paroccipital process applied to and, as it were, spread over the hinder part of the bulla. 4. Mastoid process never very salient, often obsolete. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 5. Carotid canal small, sometimes very inconspicuous. 6. Condyloid fissure concealed. 7. Glenoid fissure extremely minute or absent. 8. Bone of penis generally small and irregularly shaped." The same authority (pp. 144-5) gives the following skeletal and dental characters of the Felidce: — 1. The muzzle is short as compared with the cranium. 2. The auditory bulla is much inflated, smooth and rounded, but. hardly shows any external sign of division. 3. The bulla is more prominent towards its inner than towards its hinder border. 4. There is an almost complete bony septum between the two chambers of the bulla, which are one behind the other. 5. The bony meatus auditorius is short and neither produced ante- riorly nor inferiorly, neither is it imperfectly ossified below. 6. There is no carotid foramen anywhere visible on the basis cranii. 7. There is no alisphenoid canal. 8. The palatine foramina are situated in the hinder half of the palate. 9. The post-orbital processes are more or less strongly developed, sometimes enclosing the orbits completely. 10. The paroccipital process projects only slightly as a rough tuber- cle beyond the bulla. 11. The mastoid is rather prominent. 12. The palate is very little or but moderately produced beyond the last molars. 13. The pterygoid fossa is very small. 14. Angle of mandible not greatly flattened beneath, and coronoid process high and inclined backwards. 15. There is a short pollex with a claw not, or hardly, reaching to distal end of metacarpal II. 16. The hallux is represented only by a rudimentary metatarsal bone. 17. The ungual phalanges are greatly arched with a wide lamina to shelter the base of the claw, and except in Cyncelurus complete- ly retractile. 18. Humerus with an epicondylar foramen. 19. Dorsal vertebrae 13 in number. 20. Bone of penis small. 21. v_l and J~L not developed. 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 22. There is no lower tubercular molar, no. ^i! and no. ;^T 23. ^i is always very small and transversely extended. 24. The antero-exterual cusp of p- 4- is fairly developed, but much smaller than the two others. 25. 5^77 has hardly any talon. 26. Proportionate length of limbs considerable. To these characters should be added the following: 27. The postero-internal cusp of ^77 has disappeared. 28. The lower incisors form a straight row, the second one not being pushed backward out of line. 29. The front of the jaw is not tapered and the chin is abruptly rounded. 30. The metacarpals are very clflsely interlocked. 31. There are considerable remnants of the clavicles. The Viverridce are distinguished by the following characters,, including Cryptoproeta in that family (Mivart. pp. 196-8): — 1 . The auditory bulla (except in Nandinia) is ossified, much inflated and shows externally that it consists of two chambers, which may or may not be one" behind the other. 2. The bony meatus auditorius is almost always short, and may have its anterior, posterior, or inferior margin most projecting ; and it may be imperfectly ossified below. 3. The bulla is not more prominent towards its inner than towards its hinder border. 4. There are one or two carotid foramina on each side of the basis cranii. 5. There is an alisphenoid canal (except often in Viverricula). 6. The palatine foramina are situated in the anterior half of the palate. 7. The muzzle is large in proportion to the cranium. 8. The post-orbital processes are generally developed but rarely enclose the orbit. 9. Paroccipital process depending or not. 10. Mastoid prominent or not. 11. Palate not much, moderately, or much prolonged behind the molars. 12. Pterygoid fossa present or absent. 13. The coronoid process of the mandible is almost, if not quite always, less lofty relatively, and less backwardly produced than in the Felhhe. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 14. There may or may not be a pollex ; but in the large majority of species there is one. 15. There may or may not be a hallux ; but in the large majority of species there is one. 16. The ungual phalanges may or may not be strongly arched, hut there is not so wide a lamina of bone to shelter the base of the claw as in the Felidon.. They are hardly ever (except perhaps in Poiana and Prionodori) completely retractile, and- often not at all so. 17. The humerus may be without epicondylar foramen. 18. The dorsal vertebra? never number more than fourteen. 19. The bone of the penis is small (except in Cryptoproda). 20. LI is generally and ^ constantly developed. 21. There is always an ^~; and generally an *L1. 22. Mil is always present and generally large. 23. The antero-external cusp of Li is generally very small. 24. ~^\ has almost always a considerable talon. 2.3. The limbs are short in proportion to the body. To these Ave may add : — 26. Except in Cryptoproda, the lower sectorial has a well developed postero-internal cusp. 27. The second lower incisor is pushed backwards out of the line of the others. 28. The mandibular rami are tapering. 29. The metacarpals are less complexly interlocked than in the cats. :H>. There are no clavicles. On comparing the description already given of Dinictis with the characteristic features of the cats and viverrines here set forth, it appears that, so far as the base of tfie cranium is concerned, these two groups agree together much more nearly than Dinidis does with either of them, the latter corresponding rather to the cynoids and very closely approximating the condition stated above as character- istic of the primitive stock of the Carnivora. In other respects the skull of Dinidis may fairly be said to be intermediate between the cats and viverrines in structure, but the shape of the mandible is peculiarly feline. The dentition exhibits the same intermediate characters, and though it approximates that of the cats in several important respects, it is distinctly less feline than is the dentition of Cryptoproda. One very characteristic feature of the Felidce is how- 238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. ever shown in the dentition of Dinietis, namely, the fact that the crowns of the lower incisors form a continuous row and the second one is not forced out of line. The vertebrae of the genus before us are also rather feline, but with certain resemblances to the civets and especially to Oryptoprocta. The hind-limb has very little about it that reminds one of the cats, the most important resemblance being the degree of retractility shown by the claws, though this is shared by some civets. On the other hand both in its proportions and in its individual members the hind-limb and foot of Dinietis approximates closely the corresponding parts of many of the Viverridce, though with certain features which are more primitive than occur in any living member of that family, for example, the well developed third trochanter of the femur, the very flat ankle joint and the articula- tion of the cuboid with the astragalus. And it further seems clear that thp numerous viverrine characters are not the result of independ- ent development, or " convergence." In a former publication (No. 16, p. 153), I referred Dinietis to the Cryptoproctidce ; but since that account was written, I have had an opportunity to study specimens of the Madagascar genus, which have led me to agree with Mivart in referring this genus to the Viverridve, to which Dinietis manifestly does not belong. The Nimravidie, alone remain, and the characters of the base of the skull are so exactly like those of Dinietis, that in spite of differ- ences in the feet, I feel constrained to follow Cope's example and place the White River genus in that family, of which it, probably, together with Archcelurus, will form the more primitive section. Comparing the Nimravidce with the Felidce and Vioerridce, we reach the following results : — 1. The muzzle is short as compared with the cranium. 2. The auditory bulla is inflated, but (in the genera in which this region is known) shows no external sign of division. 3. The bulla is more prominent towards its inner than towards its hinder border. 4. There is, probably, an almost complete bony septum between the chambers. 5. The bony meatus is not produced nor imperfectly ossified below. 6. There is a distinct carotid foramen. 7. There is an alisphenoid canal. 8. The palatine foramina are situated about midway in the palate. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239 9. The post-orbital processes are generally very small, and never enclose the orbit behind. 10. The paroccipital processes project backwards, and do not touch the bulla?. 11. The mastoid is very prominent. 12. The palate is not at all prolonged behind the molars. 13. The pterygoid fossa is small. 14. The coronoid process of the mandible is high and inclined back- wards. 15. There is a short pollex (in Hoplophoneus at least.) 16. The hallux is well developed. 17. The ungual phalanges are retractile, and in Hop/ophoneus are strongly arched and have wide bony lamina? at their bases. 18. The humerus has an epicondylar foramen. 19 and 20. Unknown. 21. Li and j~, often developed. 22. There is often an ^; but no ^i. 23. ^1 is transversely extended. 24. The antero-external cusp of L_4 is rudimentary or absent. 2-"). The talon of ^l is much better developed than in the Felidce. 26. The limbs are relatively short and the feet weak. 27. The postero-internal cusp of ~} is often present. 28. The lower incisors form a straight row ; the second in a line with the others. 29. The front of the jaw is not tapered, and the chin abruptly truncate. 31. Unknown. The Ximraridce differ from both Viverridce and Felidce in the fol- lowing respects : — (1.) The paroccipital process is not applied to the bulla. (2.) The mastoid process is quite prominent. (3.) The carotid canal is conspicuous. 4. The condylar foramen is not enclosed in the foramen lacerum posterius (as is also the case in Viverra antiqua and some of the lynxes). •"). Glenoid foramen large. 6. There is usually a large third trochanter on the femur. 7. The astragalus in some genera much flattened, and articulates with the cuboid. 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. These comparisons show that in the Nimrctvidce, and more es- pecially in Dinictis, there is a strange association of both feline and viverrine features, together with others, which are more primi- tive than those which occur in the living representatives of either of these families. In order, therefore, to understand the systematic relations of the extinct family, we must assume either that these animals are not related to the felines at all, but resemble them merely as the result of an independent and parallel development, or that the Felidce and Viverridce are related. In view of the numerous and extraordinary resemblances between the cats and the higher Nimravidce, which no one has ever called in question, the weight of probability is strongly in favor of the second view — namely, that the cats are a highly specialized branch of the primi- tive group which also gave rise to the Viverridce. If we admit the connection between the Nimravidce, and the Felidce, that between the latter and the Viverridce seems necessarily to follow. With regard to the White River genera of this family, Schlosser has remarked as follows (No. 15, pp. 589-90) : " Unter den Fleisrli- fressern treffen wir hier zum ersten mal katzenahnliehe Formen, Drepanodon, Dinictix, Buncelurus und Hoplophoneus, doch soil nur das Gebiss und der Schadel mit jenen der Katzen nahere Ueberein- stimmung zeigen, das Skelet jedoch vielmehr an jenes von Hunden erinnern. Hochst wahrscheinlich handelt es sich hier um einen volli£ erloschenen Formen kreis." These statements are due to a misunderstanding of my account. The skeleton of Dinictis and Hoplophoneus is not like that of the dogs, but it does resemble in many important respects, as does also the skull, that of the primi- tive dog-viverrine group, of which Cynodictis may be taken as a tvpical example. So numerous and important are the correspond- ences between the dentition, skull and skeleton of Dinictis, the lower viverrines and the ancestral dogs, that it seems impossible to avoid the conclusion that they are all very closely related. Schlosser has not as yet discussed fully his reasons for separating the Felidce so widely from the other Carnivora, and deriving them independently from the creodonts, not having reached that portion of his great work. Some hint of the grounds for his views may be gained from a recent short paper (No. 15, p. 590), where criticising Filhol's opinion that Stenoplesictis, Proailurus, etc., form the transi- tion in mi Cynodictis to the cats, he says: "Dies ist jedoch wenig wahrscheinlich, da cine so weitgehende Umgestaltung unmdglieh 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 sehr rasch erfolgen konnte, d. h. innerhalb des Zeitraums, welcher durch die Fauna der Phosphorite begrenzt erscheint; ausserdem sprechen auch anatomische Griinde gegen diese Annahme. Bei alien diesen Formen ist namlich der zweite untere Schneidezahn wie bei der Gattung Cynodictis und den Hunden, Mardern und Zibethkatzen schon hinter den ersten und dritten geriickt, wahrend die Schneidezahue hei den Katzen mit dem Kronenteil eine Reihe bilden, ferner erscheint der vordere Teil des Unterkiefers nicht abgestutzt wie bei den Katzen, sondern lauft spitz nach vorn zu, und ausserdem sind audi bier die Schliisselbeine ganz wie bei alien Hunden, Mardern und Zibethkatzen verloren gegangen, wahrend die Katzen noch deutliche Rudimente derselben aufzuweisen haben. Da aber die Nachkommen unmoglich in der einen oder andern Beziehung dem ursprunglichen Zustand naher stehen konnen, als ihre Ahnen, so wird die Filhol'sche Ansicht wenig haltbar er- scheinen." Though not wishing to defend Filhol's views, it seems to me that the anatomical objections which Schlosser urges against them are of no great weight. It seems quite clear that the slender, tapering, mandibular ramus is the original, primitive one; at least, it is well nigh universal among the creodonts, and it is difficult to see why the form which characterizes the feline lower jaw should not have been derived from the slender ramus. At all events, the hyenas, which Schlosser admits fo be closely connected with the civets, have developed a mandible, which, in its anterior portion, is very like that of the cats, and in this respect Oryptoprocta is just intermediate between Proailurm and Feli* — a slight change further in the same direction would reproduce the mandible of the cats. Necessarily correlated with the shape of the mandible is the ar- rangement of the lower incisor series — here, again, it would appear that the FelidcB present, so far as the Carnivora are concerned — not the primary, but a modified condition, for in all of the creodonts in which the condition of the lower incisor series is known to me, the second one is either wanting, or lias been pushed back of the 6rst and third, just as in the dogs and civets. In this respect, also. Hyoena agrees with the cats, as do some, at least, of the bears, and it would appear to be a necessary consecpience of the widening of the muzzle in the groups mentioned. As regards the presence of clavicles in the cats, it need only be said that nothing is as yet certainly known as to their presence or 17 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. absence in the early members of the various groups which now do not possess them. It may not be fair to assume that these are Schlosser's chief reasons for excluding the Felidce from the seluroids, as they are employed only against the derivation of that family from Proailurus, etc., but apparently they imply as much, especially when read in connection with other passages. Nor do his attempts to explain away the correspondences in the structure of the skull between the cats and the viverrines, appear to me much more successful, though lack of space forbids a discussion of them here. No known group of creodonts can be selected as having any close relations to the cats. The Oxycenas, it is true, do exhibit certain surprising analogies with the recent family, but the analogy is con- fined to the teeth, and is only superficial, as the teeth which in the two groups look so much alike, are not homologous, and are de- veloped in quite a different way. The lower sectorials of Protop- salis, for example, are very cat-like, but not so much so as those of Cryptoprocta ; and the feet of the former genus, as well as those of Oxycena itself, and Hycenodon, are curiously specialized in an en- tirely opposite sense from that which characterizes the cats. Unless, therefore, we are prepared to regard the resemblances between the Nimravidce and the Felidce as merely analogical, which, to say the least, seems highly improbable, we must admit a connec- tion between the latter family and the viverrines, since the Nimra- vidce clearly show that they are not far removed from the primi- tive series, of which Oynodictis may be taken as a representative. The following table will show the modifications in Schlosser's scheme, which seem to me to be necessary. The Procyonidce are omitted, as we have as yet no information upon their history : — Ursidce. Canidce. MustelidcB. Viverridce. Hycenidce. Felidce. Nimravidce. Miacidce 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 List of Papers Referred to. 1. Bruce, A. T. Observations on the brain-casts of Tertiary Mam- mals. Contributions from the Museum of Geology, etc., Princeton. No. 3, pp. 36-46. 2. Cope, E. D. The Vertebrate of the Tertiary Formations of the \Vest ; Report U. S. Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories, Vol. Ill, Pt. I. Washington, 1884. 3. . Tbe Creodonta, Part II ; American Naturalist, Vol. XVIII, 1884, pp. 344—353. 4. Filbol, II. Observations sur le genre Proailurus. Separate copy from the Bulletin de la Societe des Sciences jdiysiques et naturelles de Toulouse (volume and date not given). 4a. Filbol. Etudes des mammiferes fossiles de Saint-Gerand le Puy. Annales des Sciences Geologiques, T. X. 5. Flower, W. H. On the value of the" characters of the base of the cranium in the classification of the order Carnivora, etc. Proceedings Zoological Society of London, 1869, p. 4. 6. Gaudry, A. Les enchainements du monde animal, Mammiferes Tertiaires, Paris, 1878. 7. Gervais, P. Formes cerebrales des Carnivores. Nouvelles Ar- chives du Museum, 1st Ser., T. VI, pp. 103-162. 8. Leidy, J. The. extinct mammalian fauna of Dakota and Ne- braska. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Vol. VII, Ser. 2. 9. Lvdekker, R. Siwalik Carnivora. Palreontologia Indica, Ser. 10, Vol. II. 10. . Catalogue of the fossil Mammaliajn the British Museum, Part I, London, 1880. 11. Milne-Edwards and Grandidier. Observations anatomiques sur quelques mammiferes de Madagascar. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 5th Ser., T. VII, Zool., pp. 314-338. 12. Mivart, St. G. On the classification and distribution of the Aeluroidea. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of Lon- don, 1882, pp. 135-208. 13. . Notes on some points in the anatomy of the Aeluroidea. Ibid., pp. 459-520. 14. Schlosser, M. Die AfFen, Lemuren, etc., des Europaischen Tertiars, Th. II. Beitriige zur Paheontologie Oesterreich- Ungarns, Bd, VII, pp. 225-368. 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 15. . Ueber die Beziehungen der ausgestorbenen Siiuge- tierfaunen und ihr Verhaltnis zur Saugetierfauna der Gegemvart ; Biologisches Centralblatt, Bd., VIII, pp. 587- 600, 609-631. 16. Scott, W. B., and Osborn, H. F. Preliminary account of the fossil mammals from the White River formation, etc. Bul- letin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, Vol. XIII, No. 5, pp. 151-171. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245 A REVIEW OF THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF STURGEONS (ACIPENSERIDAE.) BY PHILIP H. KIRSCH AND MORTON W. FORDICE. In the following paper we have given the synonymy of the Sturgeons or Aeipenseridae found in American waters, an analytic key by which the species may be distinguished, and a list of nominal species with identifications. All the species examined by us belong to the Museum of the University of Indiana. Most of them were collected by Dr. D. S. Jordan, to whom Ave are indebted for aid in various ways. The variations due to age are extremely great in this group, and some of the characters given here as distinctions may prove to be of little value when a larger amount of material is examined. There can, however, be little'doubt of the distinctions of the six species here recognized. We feel also very certain that no other species exist within our limits, and that all of the many nomi- nal species should be referred to these six. This paper must be regarded as provisional only, as helping to clear the way to a better knowledge of the members of the group. Characters of the Aeipenseridae. The order of Glaniostomi contains among recent fishes but a single family, Aeipenseridae which may be thus characterized: Body elongate, subcylindrical, with five rows of bony plates, a median dorsal, and a lateral and ventral on each side. Each plate has a median carina which terminates in a more or less developed spine, which becomes blunt with age, while the ventral plates are sometimes deciduous. The skin, between the bony plates is rough with smaller, irregular plates and spicules of varying sizes. Head covered with bony plates connected by sutures; snout produced, depressed, subcylindrical, conical or subspatulate ; mouth small, inferior, round or transverse, protractile, with thickened lips, and toothless; nostrils large, double, in front of the eye, which is small, lateral ; four barbels in a transverse series on the lower side of the snout : maxillary distinct from premaxillary. Gills 4. An acces- sory opercular gill. Pseudobranchire small or obsolete. No bran - eheostegals. Gill-membranes united to the isthmus. Pectoral fins placed low ; dorsal posteriorly ; anal somewhat behind it and similar ; ventrals many rayed, behind the middle of body. Tail 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. heterocercal, the lower caudal lobe developed, the upper lobe covered with rhomboid scales. The vertical fins with fulcra, and all the fin- rays slender and articulated. Air-bladder large, simple, attached to the dorsal wall of the abdominal cavity, and in free communication with the esophagus. Stomach without blind sac. Rectum with a spiral valve. Pancreas divided into pyloric appendages. Large fishes found in the seas and fresh-waters of northern regions. Most of the species are migratory, inhabiting the same waters as the salmon. About 20 species are known, of which 6 are found in American waters. The species fall into two very natural genera. Analysis of Genera of Acipenseridae. a. Spiracles obsolete ; snout broad, shovel-shaped, much de- pressed above ; rows of bony shields confluent behind the dorsal, so that the depressed tail is completely mailed ; gill-rakers small, fan- shaped, ending in 3 or 4 points. Scaphirhynchus, 1. act. Spiracles present ; snout sub-conic ; rows of bon}r shields no- where confluent ; the tail not depressed or mailed ; gill-rakers lanceolate. Acipenser, 2. SCAPHIRHYNCHUS. Aeipenser Rafinesque, Ichth. Ohiensis, 80, 1820 (platorhynchus). Seaphirhynchus Heckel, Ann. AViener Mus. Naturgesch. I. 71, 1835 {rafinesquii). (Not Scaphorhynchus of Prince Maximilian, 1838, a genus of birds. ) Scaphirhynchops (Gill MSS.) Jordan and Copeland, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. 161, 1876 {platyrhynchus). (Substitute for Seaphi- rhynchus regarded as preoccupied). Type : Seaphirhynchus rafinesquii Heckel= Aeipenser platorhynchus Rafinesque. Etymology, skdphe, a skiff; rhynchos, snout. Analysis of Species of Seaphirhynchus. a. Plates between ventrals and anal large, in two rows of three in each row, and one median row of one plate. Space between dorsal and lateral shields of small bony plates in 4 or 5 series. Last dorsal shield of moderate size, less than half length of one before it. Dorsal shields 18 (15-20); lateral shields 46 (41-46); ventral shields 13 (11-13). D. 32; A. 20. Shields sharply keeled and spines well developed. Body elongate, tapering into the slender depressed tail, which extends in the young beyond the caudal as a 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247 slender filament. Anal little more than half the length of the dorsal and placed entirely behind it. Color, yellowish-brown above, lighter below. platyehynchus, 1. 1. Scaphirhynchus platyrhynchus. Shovel-nosed sturgeon : white sturgeon. Acipemer platorhynchus Rafinesqne, Ichth. Ohiensis, 80, 1820 (Ohio river); Kirtland, " Rept. Zool. Ohio, 196, 1838;" Kirtland, Bost. Jour. Nat, Hist, V. 25, 1841 (Cincinnati) ; Storer, Synop. Fish. N. Amer. 501, 1846 (Ohio river). Scaphirhynchus platyrhynchus Baird, " Iconogr. Encycl. II. 238, 1850 ; " Girard, IT. S. and Pacif. R. R. Survey, 337, 1858 (Missouri river; Poteau river); Dumeril, Hist. Poiss! II. 269, 1870 (New Orleans ; Wabash river) ; Jordan, Man. Vert. Ed. V. 34, 1888. Scaphirhynchops platyrhynchus (Gill MSS.) Jordan andCopeland, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. 161, 1876 ; Cope and Yarrow, Zool. Lieut. Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Merid. V. 639, 1876 (Rio Grande); Nelson, Bull. 111. Mus. Nat, Hist. 51, 1876 (Ohio river); Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 114, 1880 (Ohio river; Republican river, Kan. ; Yellowstone river) ; Hobbs, Bull. U. 8. Fish. Com. 125, 1881 (Ohio river) ; Jordan and Gilbert, Synop. Fish. N. Amer. 88, 1882 ; Jordan, Proc. U. S. Nat, Mus. 318, 1884 (New Orleans); Jordan, Cat, Fish. N. Amer. 13, 1885. Acipemer cataphractus Gray, "Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 122, 1834;" Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. VIII. 345, 1870 (Ohio; New Orleans). Scaphirhynchus rafinesquii Heckel, "Ann. Wiener Mus. Natur- gesch. I. 71, pi. 8, f. 1, 1835 ; " Brutzer, "Dessert. Dorpat. 1860." Habitat. — Mississippi valley and southern and western streams. Etymology. Platys, flat ; rhynchos, snout. This well-known species is found in abundance in all the large rivers of the west and south. Early in May it ascends the streams for the purpose of sprawning. In the Ohio river it is taken in con- siderably large numbers and used for food, though it does not seem to be highly valued. Its habits are much like those of A. rubi- cundus. ACIPENSER. Acipemer Artedi, Genera Piscium, 68, 1738 ; Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, 237, 1758 (sturio). Sturio Rafinesque, Indice d'lttiologia Siciliana, 41 et 58, 1810 {sturio). Sterlet us Rafinesque, Ichth. Ohiensis, 79, 1820 (serotinus). Dinectus Rafinesque, lc. 82 (truncatus). Huso Brandt and Ratzeburg, "Medizin. Zool. II. 3, 1833" (huso). Sterletus Brandt and Ratzeburg, Medizin. Zool. II. 3, 1833 (ruthenus). 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Helops Brandt and Ratzeburg, Medizin. Zool. II. 352, 1883 (stellatus). Antaaeus Brandt, Bull. Acad. Sc. St. Petersboursr, V. 138-141 et 179-185, LSI).-) (xolnjpa). Lioniscus Fitzinger and Heckel, Ann. Wien. Mus. 370, tab. XXV. f. 3, et XX VI II. f. 5 et 6, 1836 (glaber). Type: Acipenser sturio Linnaeus. Etymology. Lat. acipenser, a. sturgeon; from akis, point ; pente, five. The species of this genus have been multiplied to more than one hundred, those in American waters have in particular been unduly increased by Auguste Dumeril, who has described about forty from specimens in the museum at Paris. All of these nominal species are a burden to systematic science. The changes with age in these fishes is considerable, the snout becomes shorter and less acute, the spines become blunter, the roughness of the plates is generally diminished, and the ventral plates often disappear altogether. The number of plates is also subject to considerable variation. Analysis oj Specie* of Acipenser. a. Plates between ventrals and anal large, in one row, or two rows anteriorly and one median row posteriorly of 1 to 4 plates. b. Space between dorsal and lateral shields with stellate plates of rather large or medium size, in 5 to 10 series; last dorsal shield of moderate size, more than half length of one before it. c. Shields, stellate plates and bony plates on head roughly striated and ridged, and shield-spines strongly developed, presenting a general rough and angular appearance; stellate plates rather large, in about 5 series, densely interspersed with smaller ones. Dorsal shields 11 (9-11); lateral shields 26 (26-30); ventral shields 8 (7-10). D. 33; A. 22. Snout sharp in the young, becom- ing blunt with age, usually rather shorter than the rest of head. Anal nearly as long as dorsal and placed almost entirely posterior to it. Color olive-green, with an olive stripe on the median line of the belly and one each side above the ventral plates, these stripes ceasing opposite the vent. medirostris, 2. cc. Shields feebly striated ; stellate plates rather small, in about 10 rows, with numerous smaller ones interspersed. Dorsal shields 10 (10-14); lateral shields 29 (27-36); ventral shields 9 (8-11). D. 38 ; A. 27. Snout rather sharp, nearly as long as the rest of the head, becoming comparatively shorter and blunter with age. Anal 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249 a little more than half length of dorsal, and placed almost entirely under it. Color, sides, back, olive-brown, belly, whitish, sturio, 3. bb. Space between dorsal and lateral shields with minute spicules in very many series. d. Last dorsal shield of moderate size, more than half length of one before it. Dorsal shields 15 (11-16) ; lateral shields 38 (30-39) ; ventral shields 10 (9-11). D. 35; A. 27. Shields large, rough, with strongly hooked spines, becoming later comparatively smooth: Ventral shields growing smaller with age, and finally deciduous. Snout slender and long in the young, becoming quite blunt with age, when it is considerably shorter than the head. Anal 1 2 in dorsal and beginning about its middle. Color blackish above, sides paler or reddish with irregularly distributed black spots. rubicundus, 4. '/'/. Last dorsal shield very small, less than half length of one before it. Dorsal shields 11 (8-11) ; lateral shields 32 (22-33) ; ventral shields 9 (6-9) ; D. 41 ; A. 22. Shields large and flat ; their spines not well developed. Snout short and blunt, about one-fourth length of head. Anal 2 in dorsal and placed entirely under it. Color blackish above, whitish below. brevirostrum, 5. aa. Plates between ventrals and anal small, in two rows of 4 to 8 in a row ; space between dorsal and lateral shields with stellate plates of moderate size in about 5 series interspersed with many smaller ones ; last dorsal shield less than half length of one before it. Dorsal shields 11-12 ; lateral shields 40-50 ; ventral shields 10- 12. D. 44-49 ; A. 28-30. Dorsal shields large and flat : shield- spines but moderately developed ; snout sharp in the young, becom- ing rather blunt and short in the adult, when it is considerably shorter than the rest of the head. Base of anal fin 2 in dorsal and placed wholly under it. Color dark grayish, scarcely olive-tinged, and without stripes. transmontanus, 6. 2. Acipenser medirostris. Green Sturgeon. An/a nsrr medirostris Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. Xat. Sci. 15, 1854 (San Francisco); Girard, Pacif. R. R. Survey, 356, 1859 (San Francisco) ; Duineril, "Xouv. Arch. Mas. III. 167, pi. 13, f. 2, 1867 ; " Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 222, 1870 (San Francisco) ; Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. VIII. 342, 1870 (California) ; Jordan and Jouv, Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus. li\, 1881 (San Francisco); Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus. 36, 1881 (Sacramento, Columbia and Frazer's rivers) ; Bean. Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus. 160, 1881 (copied); Jordan and Gilbert, Svnop. Fish. X. Amer. 86, 1882; Jordan, Cat. Fish. X. Amer. 13, 1885. 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889- Antaceus medirostris Gill, Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 331, 1862 (name only). Aeipenser agassizii Dumeril, " Nouv. Arch. Mus. III. 181, pi. 11, f. 2, 1867 ; " Dumeril, Hist, Poiss. II. 237, 1870 (San Francisco). Aeipenser alexandri Dumeril, "Nouv. Arch. Mus. III. 183, pi. 15, f. 1, 1867 ;" Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. 239, 1870 (California). Aeipenser oligopeltis Dumeril, "Nouv. Arch. Mus. III. 184, pi. 15, f. 2, 1867;'" Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 241, 1870 (San Fran- cisco). Aeipenser acutirostris Ayres, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat. Sc. 15, 1854; Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. VIII. 344, 1870 (California). Habitat. — Pacific Coast of North America ascending the Frazer's, Columbia and Sacramento rivers. Etymology. Lat. medium, moderate; rostrum, snout. This species is found on the Pacific Coast of North America and ascending all the larger rivers. It attains a length of 8 to 10 feet and a weight of 400 to 500 pounds. It is not used for food, said to be poisonous. The specimen examined by us was taken by Jordan and Gilbert at San' Francisco. 3. Aeipenser sturio. Common sturgeon. Aeipenser corpore tuberculis spinosis aspero Artedi, Genera Piseium 65, 1738 (seas of Europe). Aeipenser sturio Linnreus, Syst, Nat. Ed. X. 237, 1753 (After Artedi and of the copyists and of European writers generally); Mitchill, Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc. N. Y. 461, 1814 (New York); Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. VIII. 342, 1870 (German ocean ; Thames river ; Holland ; Rhine river ; New York) ; Dumeril, Hist, Poiss. II. 184, 1870 (Bordeaux; mouth of the Seine; Rome); Day, Fish. Gt. Brit. III. 280, 1885 ; Goode, Fish and Fisheries of U. 8. 660, pi. 243, 1884. Sturio vulgaris Rafinesque, Indice d'lttiol. Sicil. 41 and 58, 1810 (Palermo). Aeipenser lichtensteini Bloch and Schneider, Syst, Iehthyol. 348, 1801 (German ocean). Aeipenser oxyrhynchus Mitchill, Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc. N. Y. 462, 1814 (New York); Le Sueur, "Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 394, 1818 ;" Storer, Rept. Fish. Mass. 178, 1839 (Massachusetts) ; De- Kay, N. Y. Fauna Fish. 346, pi. 58, f. 189, 1842 (New York) ; Ayres, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist. 287, 1842 (Long Island Sound) ; Storer, Synop. Fish. N. Amer. 499, 1845. Gill, Cat. Fish. East coast N.' Amer. 58, 1861; Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 106, 1870 (Philadelphia) ; Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 114, 1880 (Potomac river) ; Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 367, 1883 (Chesapeake Bay). Aeipenser sturio oxyrhynchus Mitchill, Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc. N. Y. 462, 1814; Jordan and Gilbert, Synop. Fish. N. Amer. 85,. 1882 ; Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. Amer. 13, 1885. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 Acipenser latiroatris Parnell, "Wien. Mem. VII. 405, 1838" (Frith of Forth). Acipen&er hospitus Kriiyer, Skand. Fauna, III. 780, 1840. Acipenser thompsonsi "Bull. Proc. Roy. Irish. Acad. 21 ; " "Bull. Thompson's Nat. Hist. Ireland, IV. 245,* 1856 " (Ireland). Acipenser attilus Gray, Hand-Book Chondropterigean Fish. 13, 1831 (England). Acipenser yarreUii Dumeril, " Nouv. Arch. Mus. III. 164, 1867." Acipenser mitehillii Dumeril, Hist, Poiss. II. 116, 1870 (New York). Acipenser kennicottii Dumeril, Hist, Poiss. II. 130, 1870 (James river). Acipenser girardi Dumeril, Hist, Poiss. II. 132, 1870 (Mary- land). Acipenser macrorhinus Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 133, 1870 (New- York). Acipenser megalaspis Dumeril, HJ5t. Poiss. II. 135, 1870 (Lake Champlain). Acipenser milberti Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 137, 1870 (New York). Acipenser bairdii Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 145, 1870 (Maryland). Acipenser storeri Dumeril, Hist, Poiss. II. 147, 1870 (Boston ). Acipenser holbrookii Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 149. 1870 (Charles- ton). Acipenser lecontei Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 232, 1870 (New York). Habitat. — Atlantic ocean, ascending the principal rivers of Europe and North America. Etymology. Lat. sturgeon. This widely distributed species reaches a length of five to twelve feet and a weight of one to five hundred pounds. In Europe they have been secured of a length of eighteen feet, They spawn in spring and early summer in the lower stretches of rivers. Within the last few years the capture of the sturgeon for smoking and for the manufacture of caviare from its eggs has attained considerable im- portance on the Atlantic coast. We have examined three specimens about 12 inches in length from the Potomac river, and one stuffed skin four feet long from Boston. A. sturio oxyrhynchus Mitchill, is undoubtedly identical with the European species A. sturio. It differs from it only in having generally fewer lateral plates and somewhat rougher stellate ossifica- tions. But as these characteristics are subject to great variation among all the sturgeons, especially with age, they are not of sufficient importance to be made the basis of classification. 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 4. Acipenser rubicundus. Lake sturgeon ; Hook sturgeon. Acipenser rubicundus Le Sueur, "Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 388, 1818;" Richardson, "Fauna Bor. Amer. 284, 1836;" Fitzinger and Heckel, Ann. Wien. Mus. I. 316, 1836; Kirtland, Kept. Zool. Ohio, 170, 1838 (Ohio) ; Kirtland, Boston Journal Nat. Hist. 303, 1841 (Cincinnati); DeKay, N. Y. Fauna Fish. 344, pi. 58, f. 191, 1842 (Great Lakes); Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. VIII. 338, 1870 (copied) ; Milner, " Rept. U. S. Fish. Com. 67 and 73, 1872 ;" Jordan, Zool. Ohio, IV. 768, 1882; Jordan and Gilbert, Synop. Fish. N. Amer. 87, 1882 ; Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. Amer. 13, 1885. Acipenser maculosus Le Sueur, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 393, 1818; Fitzinger and Heckel, "Ann. Wien. Mus. I. 285, 1836;" Kirtland, Rept. Zoology Ohio, 170, 1838; Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. VIII. 3397 1870 (Ohio; Montreal); Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 113, 1870 (name only) ; Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 127, 1881 (Hudson's Bay) ; Jordan, Zool. of Ohio, IV. 768, 1882. Acipenser serotinus Rafinesque, Ichthyol. Ohiensis, 80, 1820 (Ohio R.) ; Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 158, 1870 (Ohio river). Acipenser ohiensis Rafinesque, Ichthyol. Ohiensis, 81, 1820 (Ohio river); Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 156, 1870 (Wabash river). Acipenser macrostomus Rafinesque, Ichth. Ohiensis, 81, 1820 (Ohio river). Dineetus truncatus Rafinesque, le. 81 (on a drawing). Acipenser rupertianus Richardson, Fauna, Bor. Amer. 311, 1836 ; Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 128, 1870 (Mississippi river). Acipenser Iwvis Agassiz, Lake Superior, 267, 1 850 ( Lake Superior). Acipenser carbonarius Agassiz, Lake Superior, 271, 1850 (Lake Superior). Acipenser rhynchaeus Agassiz, Lake Superior, 276, 1850 (Lake Superior) ; Dumeril, Hist, Poiss. II. Ill, 1870 (Lake Superior). Acipenser liopeltis Giinther, Cat, Fish. Brit. Mus. VIII. 34, 1870. Acipenser copei Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 108, 1870. (Upper Missouri ?) Acipenser rauchii Dumeril, Hist, Poiss. II. 118, 1870 (Osage river). Acipenser richardson ./ '/Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 120, 1870 (Missouri river). Acipenser anasimos Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 122, 1870 (Missouri river). Acipenser paranasimos Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 124, 1870 (Huntsville, Ala. ) Acipenser anthratinus Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 126, 1870 (Lake Erie). Acipenser lamarii Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 139, 1870 (Mississippi river). Acipenser atelaspis Dumeril, Hist, Poiss. II. 141, 1870 (Saskatch- awan river). Acipenser rafinesquii Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 143, 1870 (Ohio river). 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 Acipenser rosarium Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 152, 1870 (Upper Mississippi or Lake Erie). Acipenser platyrhinus Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 154, 1870 (Upper Mississippi or Lake Erie). Acipenser kirtlandii Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 161, 1870 (Lake Erie). Acipenser nertinianus Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 162, 1870 (Mich- igan). Acipenser honneymani Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 177, 1870. Acipenser Cincinnati Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 221), 1870 (Ohio ' river at Cincinnati). Acipenser buffalo Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 231, 1870 (Lake Erie). Habitat. — Mississippi valley. Great Lakes, rivers and lakes of Northern North America. Etymology. Lat. rubicundus, ruddy. This species is found in great numbers in the Great Lakes and waters to the northward, and the rivers of the Mississippi vallev, especially very abundant in the upper lakes. It is a smaller species than those of the Atlantic and has a greater number of lateral plates. They spawn early in June, in the southern end of Lake Michigan near the shore and the mouths of rivers where they remain about two weeks. These are the largest fish of the Lakes. They are taken only within comparatively shoal waters and in some of the bays, and among the islands they are very abundant. Their average length is about five feet, though it is said they have been taken of a length of 9 feet. Their food consists almost entirely of shell-fish. As an article of food they are not generally popular as their meat is too rich in the peculiar flavor of the oil of the fish. Smoking is the common way of preparing it. The specimen examined by us was taken by H. S. Bates at Michigan City, Indiana. 5. Acipenser brevirostrum. Short -nosed sturgeon. Acipenser brevirostrum Le Sueur, "Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 390, 1818 " ; Fitzinger and Heckel, Ann. Wien. Mus. 31 G, 1836 ; DeKav New York Fauna Fish. 345, 1842. (Norfolk. Va. ) Acipenser brevirostris Storer, Svnop. Fish. N. Amer. 500, 1846; Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. VIII. 341, 1870 ; Jordan and Gilbert, Synop. Fish. N. Amer. 87, 1883 (copied) ; Jordan. Cat. Fish. N. Amer. 13,1885. Acipenser obtusirostris Lovetzky, " Nouv. Mem. Soc. Nat. Mus. III. 257, 1533." Acipenser microrhynchiis Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 164, 1870 (New York I. 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Acipenser lesueurii Durneril, Hist. Poiss. II. 1G6, 1870 (New- York). Acipenser dehayii Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 168, 1870 (New York). Acipenser rostellum Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 173, 1870 (Probably New York). Habitat. — Atlantic Coast United States from Cape Cod to Florida. Etymology. Lat. brevis, short ; rostrum, snout. The specimen examined by us was taken by Dr. Gilbert at Charles- ton, S. C. 6. Acipenser transmontanus. White sturgeon j Oregon sturgeon. ? Acipenser sp. Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. 1811 (Aleutian Islands; on notes). Acipenser transmontanus Richardson, Fauna Bor. Amer. III. 278, 1836 (Columbia river) ; Girard, Pacif. R. R. Survey, 355, 1859 (Columbia river) ; Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. VIII. 336, 1870 l California) ; Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 236, 1870 (copied) ; Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U. S.Nat. Mus. 457, 1880 (Puget Sound; Columbia river; San Francisco); Jordan and Jouy, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 16,1881 (Sacramento river ; Frazer's river) ; Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 36, 1881 (Sacramento river ; Columbia river ; Frazer's river) ; Jordan and Gilbert, Synop. Fish. N. Amer. 86, 1882 ; Jordan, Cat. Fish. N. Amer. 13, 1885. Antaceus transmontanus Gill, Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 331, 1862 (name only). f Acipenser aleutensis Fitzinger and Heckel, Ann. Wiener Museum, 1836 (after Pallas). Acipenser acutirostris Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci. 14, 1854 (San Francisco) ; Girard, Pacif. R. R. Survey, 335, 1859 (San Francisco) ; Dumeril, " Nouv. Arch. Mus. III. 186, 1867 ; Dumeril, Hist, Poiss. II. 243, 1870 " (copied). Antaceus acutirostris Gill, Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 331, 1862 (name only). Acipenser brachyrhynchus Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci. 15, 1854 (San Francisco); Dumeril, "Nouv. Arch. Mus. III. 166, pi. 11, f. 1 , 1867 ; " Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 221, 1870 (San Francisco) ; Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. VIII. 337, 1870 (San Francisco). Antaceus brachyrhynchus Gill, Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 331, 1862 (name only). Acipenser caryi Dumeril, "Nouv. Arch. Mus. III. 169, pi. 12, f. 2, 1867;" Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 224, 1870 (California). Acipenser ayresii Dumeril, " Nouv. Arch. Mus. Ill, 171, pi. 12, f. 1, 1867 ;" Dumeril, Hist, Poiss. II. 226, 1870 (California). Acipenser putnami Dumeril, "Nouv. Arch. Mus. III. 178, pi. 13, f. 1, 1867 ;" Dumeril, Hist. Poiss. II. 234, 1870 (San Francisco). Habitat. — Pacific Coast of North America from British Columbia south to Monterey, ascending the Frazer's, Columbia and Sacramento rivers. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 Etymology. Lat. trans, beyond ; montanus, mountain. This species is the common sturgeon on the Pacific Coast of North America. Its size and distribution are the same as that of A. medirostris ; it is however much more abundant. They run up the larger rivers in great numbers in the spring for the purpose of spawning. It is one of the most common food fishes in the San Francisco markets, always abundant and cheap. The meat is usually smoked, and caviare is made from the eggs. The specimens examined by us were taken by Jordan and Gilbert at San Francisco. List of Nominal Species with Identification. Tenable names are in Italics. Nominal species. Acipenser sturio Linnaeus Acipenser lichtensteini Bloch & Schneider Sturio vulgaris Rafinesque Acipenser sturio oxyrhynchus Mitchill Acipenser oxyrhynchus Mitchill Acipenser rubicundus Le Sueur Acipenser brevirostrum Le Sueur Acipenser maculosus Le Sueur Acipenser platorhynchus Rafinesque Acipenser serotinus Rafinesque Acipenser ohiensis Rafinesque Acipenser macrostomus Rafinesque Dinectus truncatus Rafinesque Acipenser attilus Gray Acipenser cataphractus Gray Scaphirhynchus rafinesquii Heckel Acipenser alutensis Fitz. and Heck. Acipenser transmontanus Richardson Acipenser rupertianus Richardson Acipenser latirostris Parnell Acipenser hospitus Kroyer Date. Identification. 1758 A. sturio 1801 A. sturio. 1810 A. sturio. 1814 A. sturio. 1814 A. sturio. 1818 A. rubicundus. 1818 A. brevirostrum. 1818 A. rubicundus. 1820 S. platyrhyn- [chus 1820 A. rubicundus. 1820 A. rubicundus. 1820 A. rubicundus. 1820 A. rubicundus. 1831 A. sturio. 1834 S. platyrhyn- [chus 1835 S. platyrhyn- [chus 1836 A. transmon- [tanus 1836 A. transmon- tanus 1836 A. rubicundus. 1838 A. sturio. 1840 A. sturio. 2.36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Acipenser brevirostris Storer Acipenser lrevis Agassiz Acipenser carbonari us Agassiz Acipenser rhynchams Agassiz Acipenser acutirostris Ayres Acipenser medirostris Ayres Acipenser brachyrhynchus Ayres Acipenser thompsoni Dumeril Scaphirhynehus platyrhynchus Baird Antaceus transmontanus Gill Antaceus medirostris Gill Antaceus acutirostris Gill Antaceus brachyrhynchus Gill Acipenser yarrellii Dumeril Acipenser caryi Dumeril Acipenser ayresii Dumeril Acipenser putnami Dumeril Acipenser agassizii Dumeril Acipenser alexandri Dumeril Acipenser oligopeltis Dumeril Acipenser copei Dumeril Acipenser liopeltis Gunther Acipenser mitchillii Dumeril Acipenser rauchii Dumeril Acipenser richardsonii Dumeril Acipenser anasimos Dumeril Acipenser paranasimos Dumeril Acipenser anthracinus Dumeril Acipenser kennicottii Dumeril Acipenser girardi Dumeril Acipenser macrorhynus Dumeril A DEMY OF [1589 1846 A. brevirostrunx 18o() A. rubicundus. 1850 A. rubicund us. 1850 A. rubicundus. 1854 A. transmon- [tanus, 1854 A. medirostris. 1854 A. transmon- [tanus. 1856 A. sturio. 1858 S. platyrhyn- [chus. 1862 A. transmon- tanus. 1862 A. medirostris 1862 A. transmon- [tanus, 1862 A. transmon- [tanus, 1867 A. sturio. 1867 A. transrnon- [tanus, 1867 A. transmon- [tanus, 1867 A. transmon- tanus 1867 A. medirostris. 1867 A. medirostris. 1867 A. medirostris. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. sturio. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A , rubicundus. 1870 A. sturio. 1870 A. sturio. 1870 A. sturio. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1889.] Acipenser megalaspis Dumeril Acipenser milberti Dumeril Acipenser lamarii Dumeril Acipenser atelaspis Dumeril Acipenser rafinesquii Dumeril Acipenser bairdii Dumeril Acipenser storeri Dumeril Acipenser holbrookii Dumeril Acipenser lecontei Dumeril Acipenser rosarium Dumeril Acipenser platyrbinus Dumeril Acipenser kirtlandii Dumeril Acipenser nertiniamis Dumeril Acipenser microrhynchus Dumeril Acipenser lesueurii Dumeril Acipenser dekayii Dumeril Acipenser rostellum Dumeril Acipenser honneymani Dumeril Acipenser Cincinnati Dumeril Acipenser buffalo Dumeril Acipenser anthracinus Dumeril Scaphiryucbops platyrhynchus Gill 257 1870 A. sturio. 1870 A. sturio. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. sturio. 1870 A. sturio. 1870 A. sturio. 1870 A. sturio. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. brevirostrum. 1870 A. brevirostrum 1870 A. brevirostrum. 1870 A. brevirostrum. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. rubicundus 1870 A. rubicundus. 1870 A. rubicundus. 1876 S. platyrhyn- fchus. 18 258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. A REVIEW OF THE EUROPEAN AND AMERICAN URANOSCOPIDJE OR STAR-GAZERS. BY PHILIP H. KIRSCH. In the following paper, I give the synonymy of the species of Uranoscopidce or Star-Gazers found in European and American waters, with an analytical key by which the genera and species may be distinguished. The specimens examined mostly belong to the Museum of the University of Indiana, nearly all of them having been collected by Dr. Jordan. The family of Uranoscopidce is here accepted as limited by Dr. Gill and by Jordan and Gilbert. It may be thus defined : Head large, broad, partly covered with bony plates. Body elongate, conic, subcompressed, widest and usually deepest at the occiput. Body either naked or covered with very small, smooth, adherent scales, which are arranged in very oblique series running downward and backward ; the scales on the belly inconspicuous or obsolete. Lateral line little developed, running high. Eyes small, on anterior and upper portion of head with vertical range. Mouth vertical, with strong and prominent mandible ; teeth moderate, on jaws, vomer and palatines. Premaxillaries freely protractile ; maxillary broad, without sup- plemental bones, not slipping under the preorbital. Gill-openings wide, continued forwards; gill-membranes nearly separate, free from the isthmus. Pseudobranchiae present; 0 branchiostegals ; 3? gills, a slit behind the last ; no anal papilla. Spinous dorsal very short or wanting ; second dorsal long. Anal and pectorals large, the latter with broad oblique bases, the lower rays rapidly shortened, most of them branched ; ventrals jugular, close together, I, 5, the spine very short, innermost ray longest ; caudal not forked. Air- bladder generally absent; pyloric coeca in moderate number. Carnivorous fishes living on the bottom of the shores of most warm regions. Analysis of European and American Genera of Uranoscopidce. a. Spinous dorsal obsolete ; no scales ; head above covered with bone, except the groove of the premaxillary spine ; the bony occipital plate coalescing with the orbital rims ; humeral spine well developed; no distinct protuberances on top of head; no spine in front of humeral spine; two small forward directed spines in front of eye ; 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259 three small spines on lower margin of preopercle ; upper lip scarcely fringed ; no retractile tentacle in month. Kathf/iostoma, 1 . aa. Spinous dorsal of four well developed spines; scales present. c. Head covered above with bone except a small region between and in front of the eyes, the bony occipital plate coalescing with the orbital rims. d. Head with spines ; humeral spine well developed ; one strong spine on subopercle, four smaller ones on preopercle, all directed downward ; one small spine directly above and in front of humeral spine; four low, stout protuberances on top of head pointing back- ward ; naked space between eyes extending back to posterior part of orbits; upper lip and nostrils not fringed; retractile tentacle in mouth more or less developed. Uranoscopus, 2. F THE ACADEMY OF [1889. NOTES ON THE FOOD OF BIRDS. BY F. C. BAKER. The lack of satisfactory information upon the food of the birds of the United States, abundantly justifies additional investigation. The value of exact knowledge of' food in the development of the law of natural selection, as well as to the agriculturist, is obvious. The facts contained in the following article are the result of observations made in the field during a period of four months (Jan., Feb., March and April, 1889), at Micco, Brevard Co., Florida, together with careful examinations in the laboratory. Upwards of three hundred birds have been dissected and the contents of their stomachs care- fully noted. It will be seen that a number of birds subsist mainly upon mollusks, while others feed entirely upon seeds and berries, or the vegetables of the farmer's garden ; while all are to some extent insectivorous. A discovery of interest was the presence of several specimens of Pupa rupieola Say, in the stomach of the catbird, Galeoscoptes earolinensis. My observations upon the Brown Pelican, Pelecaniis fuscus, bring to light some obscure points in regard to the food of that bird. Larus argentatus Briinn. The four specimens dissected all contained fish. Sterna maxima Bodd. Fifteen specimens dissected contained small specimens of Squalius gibbosus. A single individual contained forty fishes of an average length of three inches. Anhinga anhinga Linn. Five specimens dissected. Three males contained each one Squalius gibbosus, fourteen inches in length. Two females contained a full crop of small fishes. Before the young of the species leave the nest, a parasitic worm is found in their stomachs, which works its way to the brain and thrives there in clusters of ten or more. Nine- tenths of both old and young are thus infested, and yet are in apparently good health. Phalacrocorax dilophus floridanus, And. Six specimens dissected all contained Squalius gibbosus. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267 Pelecanus fusous Linn. A large number of these birds were dissected and all contained the remains of Squalius gibbosus. It has been stated by certain ornithologists that the Pelican will not select for food a fish over eight inches in length. The contents of the crops of four Pelicans were as follows: — No. 1, contained three fishes of 14, 16 and 12 inches respectively. No. 2, contained five fishes of 8, 10, 7, 6, and •'> inches respectively. No. 3, contained seventy-five fishes of an average length of three inches. No. 4, contained two fishes 12 and 10 inches in length. It will therefore be seen that the Pelican uses for food fishes from three to sixteen inches in length, ten to fourteen inches being an ordinary size for them. That these birds carry in their pouches a number of fishes for a considerable distance is certain, the writer having seen several instances of the kind. Anas fulvigula Ridgw. Two specimens dissected contained mollusks, the shells of Trmi- citdla subci/lindrica Gray, and Odostomia impressa Say, being quite distinguishable. Anas discors Linn. Twenty specimens dissected contained shells of Amnicola floridana Frau. and Truncatella subcylindrica Gray. Spatula clypeata Linn. Ten specimens dissected all contained mollusks, shells of Rissoina pulchra Ad. being the most prominent, Dafila acuta Linn. A large number dissected all contained mollusks. Aythya affinis Eyt. Eight specimens dissected all contained mollusks, the most impor- tant of which was Rissoina cancellata Phil. Botaurus lentiginosus Montag. The food of this bird consists principally of Rana pipiens, and Hyla viridis. Ardea herodias Linn. The food of the Ardeidse as represented by this species and A egretta Gml., A. mndidissima Gml., A. tricolorruficollis Gosse, A. caerulea Linn and A. virescens Linn., seems to be as follows : — Rana 2(58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889.. pipiens, Coluber quadrivittatus, Squalius gibbosus and Bufo lenti- ginosus. Grus mexicana Mull. The bill of fare of this bird is quite voluminous, consisting of Pa na pipiens , Leptophm aestivus, Bufo lentiginosis and Lygosoma lateralis. Calidris arenaria Linn. Contained niollusks, Odostomia impressa Say seeming to be the principal article of food. Symphemia semipalmata Gmelin. Shells of Odostomia impressa Say and Gemma gemma, Totten were found in the crops of these birds. Columbigallina passerina Linn. These birds all contained seed and other vegetable remains. Cathartes aura Linn. Contained carrion. Eostramus sociabilis Vieill. The food of this bird consists entirely of the animal of Pomu» depressus Say. Buteo lineatus alleni Ridgw. The bill of fare of this bird is unusually varied, consisting of the following: — Sciurus carolinensis, Sturnella magna mexicana, Rami pipiens, also the remains of coleopterous and neuropterous insects. Falco sparverius Linn. Two specimens dissected contained the following: — Dendroica coronata, Sayornis phoebe, Hyla viridis and a number of coleopterous insects. Syrnium nebulosum alleni Ridgw. It would be useless to give a list of the many animals found in the stomach of this bird. The remains of birds, mammals, reptiles and insects were present in the various stomachs examined. Dryobates pubescens Linn. The following coleopterous insects were found in the stomachs ex- amined : — Derobranchus brevicollis and Bostrichus longicornis, to- gether with the caterpillars of Papilio asterias, P. troilus and Callidryas semnae. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 Sphyrapicus varius Linn. The food of this bird consists of coleopterous and lepidopterous insects, together with various seeds and other vegetable matter. The following Coleoptera were dissected from their stomachs : — Zaplous hubbardi, Achrysones surinamum and Hypotrichia spissipes. Ceophloeus pileatus Linn. The food of this bird consists of the larva? of beetles. Exami- nations brought to light several species of insects among which were Derobranchus brevicollis and Hypotrichia spissipes. A few small spiders which live under the bark of trees Avere also noticed. Melanerpes carolinensis Linn. The food of this woodpecker consists of insects. The larvae of coleopterous insects, the small spiders and beetles constituting the chief part of its diet. These birds were frequently observed picking at oranges. Colaptes auratus Linn. This bird appears to be almost entirely insectivorous, the follow- ing species having been found in its stomach ; Caterpillars of Papilio asterias, P. palamedes and Apatura celtis. The berries of Chamterops palmetto and seed of C. serrulata were also found. Tyrannus tyraimus Linn. Dissections-of this bird brought to light evidences of insectivorous food. The Honey Bee is also eaten by it. Aphelocoma floridana Bartr. Remains of Papilio asterias and P. troilus among Lepidoptera, and Derobranchus brevicollis and Zaplous hubbardi among Coleoptera were found in the stomach of this bird. Corvus americanus floridanus Aud. The remains of Rana pipiens, Hyla viridis, Hypotrichia spissijjces and Zagymuns clerinus were found in the crop of this bird. Agelaius phoeniceus Linn. The remains of coleopterous and lepidopterous insects together with seeds was dissected from its crop. Sturnella magna mexicana >Scl. From the crop of this bird were dissected the remains of both insects and seed. Only one of the many specimens of insects dissected from its stomach was in a perfect enough condition to identify. This was the larvae of Papilio troilus. 270 PBOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Quiscalus quiscula agiaeus Baird. The food of this bird consists wholly of the berries of Chavuerops palmetto. Quiscalus major Vieill. The remains of a few coleopterous insects together with the berries of Chamcerops palmetto were dissected from the stomach of this bird. Mimus polyglottus Linn. These birds are exceedingly fond of the vegetables in the farmer's garden, and they were often noticed in the act of pecking at the ripe fruit. They also devour numbers of insects. Cardinalis cardinalis Linn. Berries of Chamcerops palmetto and C. serrulata, together with a few spiders, were dissected from this bird. Mnio tilta varia Linn. Compsothlypis americana Linn. Dendroica coronata Linn. Geothlypis trichus Linn. The food of these birds appears from dissections to be principally of an insectivorous character. Caterpillars of Papilio asterias, Pieris ilarie, and larvce of Derobranchus brevicollis were found in their stomachs. Galcoscoptes carolinensis Linn. Specimens of the following were found in the stomach of this bird : Pupa rupicola, P. modica, Derobranchus brevicollis, Zapkous, Hubbardi, and Hypotrichia spissipes. The seed of Chamcerops serrulata were also detected. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271 REMARKS UPON THE ROUND-TAILED MUSKRAT, NEOFIBER ALLENI, TRUE. BY FRANK C. BAKER. The original description of this animal appeared in Science, IV, No. 75, 1884, p. 34. This was followed by one of a more detailed character in the Proceedings of the United States National Museum, VII, 1884, p. 170. The habits and distribution of this mammal have been, until recently, matters of conjecture ; but, thanks to Mr. Frank M. Chapman, we now have a number of interesting facts regarding both its habits and distribution. The original place of capture by Dr. Whitttield, was at Georgiana, which is situated near the southern extremity of Merritts Island in Eastern Florida. Its present known locality is thirty miles south on the peninsula, opposite Micco, at " Oak Lodge," the residence of Mr. C. F. Latham. At this point the peninsula is about three-quarters of a mile wide, with a fringe of mangrove-bordered islands on the west shore. Upon the river side there are large savannas, caused by the water of the river making frequent inroads into the land, and it is upon these savannas that Xeofiber alleni may be found in large numbers. The vegetation of the savannas consists largelv of Rhlzophora mangle and Avicennla nitida (red and black mangrove) and " sedge," Borrichia frutescenx, with occasionally black or "yellow mangroves" scattered irregularly over the entire surface of the savanna. The latter are also covered with grass to a height of two or three feet. It is of this grass that Xeofiber constructs its nest, placing it in hollow stumps, around the trunks of the " yellow mangrove," or in the open savannas. The nests when placed in a hollow are of no particular shape, seeming almost as if thrown together to fill up the depression, but when placed in the open, or about the foot of the yellow mangrove, they are then elegant pieces of animal architecture, being of a pyriform shape, from ten to twenty inches in height and nearly as large in their greatest diameter. It was not at all unusual to see from ten to fifteen nests from one point, but it is not probable that all of these were inhabited. The nests are provided with two openings, situated invariably at opposite sides leading from the single chamber within and connecting with two under-ground passageways leading in opposite directions. These runways are constructed just beneath the thick, matted grass 272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. and they not infrequently extend for a considerable distance before emerging from the ground. The runways as a rule, have their exits upon the edge of some neighboring pond. Here the animal finds the succulent grass upon which it feeds, and which grows to a height of three or four feet in water half as deep. To procure the best portions of the grass the Neofiber constructs a platform of large sticks, upon which it sits and feeds at its leisure. The largest platform observed measured ten by seven inches. In all my many trips upon the water, by night, both with and without a light, I never saw Neofiber swimming. It is probably, therefore, not much given to nocturnal ramb lings. Mr. Chapman says of the habits of this animal: — "It is probable that Neofiber is much less aquatic than the last-named species (the common muskrat, Fiber zebethicus), a fact which would largely account for the differences observed in their habits. That Neofiber is quite at home in the water, however, was clearly shown by the actions of a captured individual, which, placed in a tub of water, swam and dived readily ; in swimming using the tail in a peculiar gyratory manner, the tip describing circles." After the departure of Mr. Chapman from "Oak Lodge," I spent four weeks in trapping this animal, and succeeded in catching two specimens, one of which left me nothing but his foot as a remem- brance of the occasion ; but the other was obtained alive and is now in my private collection. This animal when caught and placed in the bottom of my boat, made frequent attempts to escape by crawling over the side. That he is not cowardly when in captivity was shown by the ferocious manner in which he attacked my bare feet when I chanced to come in his way. Mr. Chapman's statements regarding the action of the tail in swimming were corroborated. I spent an entire morning in studying the nests and in following out numerous runways. One of these I found to extend for a distance of fifty feet and to have its exit in a pond near by. The course of this runway some- what resembled the curves of a snake when in motion. The description and measurements of the animal in my possession are as follows : Neofiber alleni True. Above seal-brown ; below silvery-white, with a mixture of rufous ; sides seal-brown, shading to a rufescent tinge, with here and there a few silvery hairs scattered about; forehead and tip of nose black ; tail of a rufescent tinge mixed with black. Adult male. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Measurement of skin (in millimeters). Total length, ...... Tail, ........ Hind foot (without claws), .... Middle toe of fore foot (without claw), Middle toe of hind foot (without claw). Longest claw of fore foot, .... Longest claw of hind foot, .... Measurements of skull (in millimeters). Total length, ...... ( rreatest width, . . . . Length of nasals, Length of tooth row, ....... Front edge of first molar to posterior margin of incisor, Greatest width of muzzle, ...... Width of interorbital bridge, ..... Center of occipital crest to line of hinder margin of orbits, 273 325 126 36 7 9 5 6 47 28 9 10 15 7 5 18 19 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. NOTES ON THE ANATOMY OF PHOLAS (BARNEA) COSTATA LINNE, AND ZIRPHiEA CRISPATA LINNE. BY W. H. BALL. In P. costata the mantle is entirely closed, except for the passage of the foot. The siphons of the specimen (contracted in alcohol) combined in a single envelope with distinct terminal orifices, are little shorter than the whole of the rest of the body; their surface is finely circularly wrinkled, they have no epidermidal coat and no terminal coriaceous appendages. The papilla3 around the two orifices are small and inconspicuous. The mantle margin is simple; the median line of the connective tissue joining its edges is marked off by a pair of not very prominent raphes. The aperture for the foot is oval, about one quarter as long as the shell. About it is a smooth, thick membrane extending laterally to a raised papillose ridge, the anterior prolongation of either raphe, which separates it by a narrow space from the much thinner simple margin of the mantle, which is continuous with the epidermis. The tissue of which this encircling membrane is composed is thick ; within the aperture, extending a little behind it, on each side is a sort of curtain whose office apparently might be to close around the foot and prevent the influx of sand or mud. The anterior ends of these curtains do not reach as far forward (by a distance about equal to a third of their whole length) as the anterior commissure of the pedal opening. On open- ing the mantle-cavity we are first struck by the immense size of the labial palps; the anterior or external palpus is adnate throughout the greater part of its extent upon the inner surface of the mantle; only a small anterior border and its lateral tips being free. It is radiately striate, with transverse close-set lamellae on its free mar- gin. The lower or posterior palpus is very thick and cellular, with a lamellar gill-like surface internally, but smooth on its outer face. It is produced laterally into long slender points which extend back- ward further than the pedal opening. It is not muscular, at least to any great extent, and is supported by the apophyses proceeding from under the beaks of the shell ; these processes are buried in its substance, though their distal margins also penetrate the visceral mass internally for a short distance beyond the palpi. The foot may be said to form the ventral face of the whole visceral mass ; it is flattened, laterally carinated and terminates behind in an acute free 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES <>K PHILADELPHIA. 275 tip near the siphonal opening. Its margins are smooth and .simple. < Opposite the pedal opening a part of the foot is produced and thick- ened, anteriorly sharp edged, rounded behind, and having a spongy sole with a small deep (glandular?) sinus near its anterior end ; this portion some observers would probably regard as constituting the whole foot, but to me the view that it represents something analogous to the pedal disk of Pecten, seems more natural. In the sinus above the posterior end of the foot (as above defined) and in the median line, is a slender subcylindrical process (about 5*0 mm. long as con- tracted in spirits) probably a sensory organ like that of Yoldia. Directly behind this is the atrium of the incurrent siphon, a small chamber hermetically roofed by the branchia which are united by a thin membrane so as to entirely cut off the branchial from the anal chamber. This membrane is continuous with, or firmly attached to, the siphonal septum. Directly behind the chamber the passage-way or tube of the siphon contracts, though there seem- to be no curtain valve. The branchia terminate at the anterior end of the siphonal septum. The gills fall in two double lamellae on each side. The inner gill is a simple elongated flattened sac, the outer one has its inner wall dependent, then, at the distal edge, folded back upon itself and continued upward, dorsally, beyond the point of starting, so that the free edge forms a narrow "appendix." The viscera present no special points of interest. There is a large " hyaline stylet " which is contained in a larger chamber extending nearly to the front end of the foot. The other end of the stylet is attenuated, sharply bent, and projects into the cavity of the stomach. The visceral mass is large, the intestine much convoluted, the anus projecting, large, involute and cupshaped, constricted be- hind the " cup." The anterior adductor is normal but feeble ; the muscle passes from the reflected shell margin in one side straight across to the other. The posterior adductor is oval in section and considerably stronger. In the right valve is a slender, prominent, compressed fossette carrying a small thin, internal cartilage, which is attached to the opposite valve upon a small sharp not-excavated shelly process. This remnant of the original cartilage may assist in keeping the valves attached to one another, though it is very feeble, but it has wholly lost its original function of an elastic cushion to prevent the too sudden or rude closing of the valves. It is doubt- ful if the thin shred of horny epidermis behind the beaks in this 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. species is a remnant of the original ligament or a mere epidermal extension. The length of the contracted specimen examined was 270"0 mm. It was obtained on the Florida coast. Very different in some particulars is the macroscopic anatomy of ZirpJuea crispata of which a specimen, measuring in its contracted state 260.0 mm., is before me. It was obtained by Dr. R. E. C. Stearns, in Puget Sound, Washington Territory. In this species the si phonal tube is covered with a dehiscent thin papery epidermis, as in Mya. and is about three times as long as the rest of the animal, proportionally thicker, more cylindrical and consequently more bluntly pointed than in P. costata. There are no important differ- ences in the pedal opening where the curtain is close to, if not coalescent with, the margin of the mantle. The ventral portion of the visceral mass is not flattened and marginated, as in P. costatus, but is produced into a point behind. Above this point there is no sensory appendicle. The palpi are much as in P. costatus and similarly supported by the umbonal apophysis on each side, but the lower or inner palpus is much less fleshy. The gills join behind the body but the junction is not floored across and hence there is no- separation of the anal and branchial chambers, nor does the siphonal septum make its appearance where the siphon begins. On the con- trary the siphon incloses but a single tube and only at about the distal third of its length does any division or partition appear. All this distance the somewhat attenuated gills extend, nearly filling the tube, and united at their bases. The gills on each side consist of a W-shaped pair of sacs, but the outer stem of the W is not produced into an appendicular lamella as in P. costatus. The anus is thin- edged with a valvular infolding of the edge but less cup-shaped than in P. costatus. Following the line which would have been taken by the siphonal septum, had it existed, are two double-edged, little- elevated ridges. It is probable that the stem of the gills so ex- panded in life as to conduct the effete products of the intestine to the anal tube of the siphon without allowing them to come in con- tact with the respiratory face of the gills. Taken as a whole Zirphaxi seems more modified than Pholas and shows fewer traces of the Myacean type from which both are probably descended. I have not found a description of the soft parts of these two species, after some search in the text books, and so have thought it well to put them on record. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277 ON THE ANATOMY OF AEROPE AND ZINGIS. BY H. A. PILSBRY. I am indebted to Mr. John Ponsonby of London, for alcoholic specimens of a number of South African land-mollusks from which the following anatomical notes are drawn. AEROPE Albers. The genus Aerope was founded on purely conchological characters "by Albers and classed with the Helices, between Mierophysa and Pella? Morch, in 1865, having dissected a specimen of the type and only species of the genus, H. caffra Fer., placed it in the Agiiatha,2 com- menting upon the enormous size of the radula, with subulate, elongated teeth disposed in converging lines. From an examination of the animal of Helix knysnaensis of Pfeiffer, I am strongly inclined to refer it to Aerope. My specimens having been in strong spirit are much contracted, so that the following description is necessarilv in) perfect. Aerope knysnaensis Pfr. (PI. ix. figs, a. b, c, i>). The shell is thin but strong, somewhat translucent, yellow, more or less deeply tinged with green. Its surface is very bright and polished, rather coarsely obliquely irregularly striate. There is considerable variation in the contour of these shells, my figure d representing an extremely elevated form.3 The foot (PL ix, figure j) is rather short, truncated anteriorly and a trifle produced at the anterolateral angles. The sole is (in my con- tracted specimens) transversely wrinkled, and although there is no division into longitudinal tracts, the central part is lighter colored. There are no furrows above the lateral margins, nor is there a pos- terior mucous pore. The upper surface is coarsely granular. The buccal mass (PI. ix, fig. J, b.) is almost as long as the foot ; longer than in any genus with which I am acquainted. The radula is correspondingly elongated. The formula of teeth is about 27-1- 1 Die Heliceen, 2d edition, p. S3. Type, H. caffra Fer. 2 Journal de Conchyliologie, 1865, p. 395. Morch says : " J'ai eu occasion d'examiner un animal desseche, dans lequel j'ai pu constater le presence d'un appareil lingual relativement colossal, pourvu de dents subulees tres-longues, et disposees en lignes convergentes." 3 See Pfeififer's description, Monographia, i, p. S4. The figures in the ' Concbylien Cabinet' are very unsatisfactory. 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 27. The rhachidian tooth (fig. e, r) is small, narrow, subulate, with well -developed cusp. Its base differs in form from the correspond- ing part in Streptaxidce, Oleacinidce, or Selenitidce, being produced into two slender diverging branches. The lateral teeth are all of purely 'aculeate' form, and increase in size from the first to the twelfth, which is enormously developed. The teeth lying outside of the twelfth are apparently functionless ; they are minute, and decrease in size rapidly toward the outer edge of the radula. All of the teeth have distinct basal-plates. The cusps seem simply sabre- shaped when lying in a natural position ; in figure F, I have drawn the third, fourth and fifth teeth seen partly in profile. The affinities . of the genus seem to be with Rhytida, judging from the characters of the radula, differing from that genus in the retention of a well- developed rhachidian tooth. * A complete half-row of teeth is shown in figure e. The genitalia (PI. ix, fig. g) present no characters unusual in the Agnatha, bearing a closer resemblance to those of Glandina than to any other form known to me. Like Glandina the penis is rather slender, the vas deferens inserted at its apex, and forming a continuation of the former organ. The ovotestis is formed of a com- pact mass of club-shaped ccecre about thirty-five in number. The hermaphrodite duct is considerably convoluted and short between the ovotestis and the albumen gland. Its lower portion ( " vagina ") is convoluted or twisted several times upon itself. The duct of the spermatheca (again as in Glandina) is very long, inserted high upon the oviduct, and terminates in a small oval receptaculum seminis. The genital orifice is very near the head. ZINGIS, von Martens. Zingis was proposed for a South African Naninoid species with the following characters: "shell heliciform with simple peristome; hinder extremity of the foot with mucous pore and a little prom- inence above it ; jaw smooth, with median projection ; marginal teeth of the radula bicuspidate." Type, Z. radiolata Mart., from near * See Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Institute, xvi, p. 167, pi. 10, figs, s, R, Q. for dentition of Rhylida. Also Binney, Annals N. Y. Acad. Sciences iii, p. 82, pi. xvii, fig. l. In the form of the central tooth, Aerope Knysnaetisis seems to be nearest to certain species of Glandina. See Fischer et Crosse, Moll. Mex. et l'Amer. Cent., pi. 4, fig. 10 (G. algira). Other species of Glandina have simply a narrow basal plate, without cusp. From all Slreptaxida, Aerope differs in possessing distinct basal plates to all of the teeth. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279 Zanzibar. I find that a number of species referred by authors to Albers' group Pella belong to Zingis or its immediate neighborhood. Pella of Albers, Pfeiffer, Tryon and others, is a heterogeneous group, composed of widely dissimilar elements. It cannot be properly characterized until the anatomy ofJP. bisculpta Benson, its type, is known. Of its other species, II. rarvplicata Bens. 2 belongs to true Helix; H. vemieosa Krauss, seems to be a Rhytida; H. knysna- ensis Pfr. belongs to Aerope ; H. natalensis Pfr. and a number of other species to Zingis. It is likely that Zingis will be found to contain a number of African species usually referred to Vitrina, such as V. poppigi Mke., cornea Pfr., natalensis Pfr., ruppeliana Pfr., transvaalensis Craven ; as well as a portion of the forms included by authors in Pella. Ariophanta i Zingis) natalensis Pfr. (PL ix, figs, h, i.) The shells of my specimens correspond with Pfeiffer's figures and description. 4 The shell is so fragile that I found it almost im- possible to remove the animal (hardened in spirit) without breaking it. The foot (pi. ix, fig. i) is rather narrow and long, the sole in- distinctly longitudinally tripartite. Above its lateral margins are well-defined longitudinal furrows. The mucous pore is subtriangular, and there is a short horn above it. The radula (pi. ix. fig. h) has teeth of similar form to those figured by von Martens for Zingis radiolata, so far as I can judge from his figures, which do not show the form of the basal plates of the mar- ginal teeth. The rhachidian plate has three cusps with strongly reflected cutting-points. The lateral teeth are similar except that the inner cusp is suppressed. They number nine on each side. The transition to marginals is formed by the elevation of the outer cusp upon the side of the principal one, as is usual throughout Ariophanta , (' Nanina' ). The marginal teeth are very numerous, close-set, and are all of the form shown in figure H, even to the tiny outermost ones. 1 Monatsb. K. p. Akad. Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1878, p. 290 ; and Zooi. Record, 1878, Moll , p. 63. 2 Binney, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., iii, p. 80. 3 Binney, 1. c. p. 82. 4 Monographia Heliceorum, i, p. 29; Conchylien Cabinet, Helix, pi. 29, figs. 30-32. 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. ORCADELLA OPERCULATA Wing., A NEW MYXOMYCETE. BY HAROLD WINGATE. This curious minute plant presents anatomical characteristics which lead me to propose a new family of the Myxomycetes, and which, in Dr. Rostafinski's classification, would come under Order IV, Anemeae, and after Family 13, Glathroptychiaceae. ORCADELLACEAE, fam. nov. Sporangia without columella or capillitium, and the upper part of the coarse sporangium wall replaced by a delicate membrane having a defined outline. ORCADELLA, gen. nov. Sporangia with coarse stipes; sporangium wall likewise coarse, but at the top of the sporangium replaced by a delicate membrane which forms a more or less flattened deciduous lid. Orcadella operculata Wing., sp. nov. Sporangia stipitate, without columella or capillitium, very varia- ble in form, barrel-shaped, urn -shaped, vase-shaped, jar-shaped, ovoid or nearly globose, or all varieties appearing in one small group ; running from M. 0-05 to M. 0-25 in diameter by M. 01 to M. 0"3 in length. Stipe slightly tapering, erect or bent, blackish, rough and coarse from deposits of plasmodic refuse ; very variable in height, from M. 0*375 to M. 1*25. Sporangium wall likewise coarse, blackish, containing deposits of plasmodic refuse, but at the top part of the sporangium replaced by a delicate, yellowish, iridescent, lustrous or vernicose membrane which forms a flat or slightly convex, circular deciduous lid, sometimes smooth, sometimes retic- ulately wrinkled. Mass of spores yellowish. Individual spores almost colorless, globose or irregularly roundish, smooth 8-11 mill, in diameter. On the trunks of living red-oak trees (Quercus rubra). Fairmount Park and Chestnut Hill, Philada., and also Maine (Harvey). Type in Herb. Acad. Xat. Sci. Philada. This plant has been very common this year in Fairmount Park on living red-oak trees, owing to the unusual amount of rain. It gener- 188'.).] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 ally grows in the fissures of the bark, where it is extremely difficult to detect except in the sunlight ; but having found it, when the mem- branaceous lid has a golden or coppery metallic luster, the plant may readily be determined in the sunlight in the field with a hand-lens, minute though the sporangium may be. This lid generally dehisces and may occasionally be seen hanging to one side of the sporangium by a mere point ; rarely it bursts in the center leaving a lacerated fringe around the edge of the cup. When the plants are found quite old and weather-beaten the cup frequently has a regular, well- defined circular edge, but oftener it is collapsed. The sporangium wall is often quite thin at the base, sometimes longitudinally wrinkled, and under the microscope appears to be covered with minute gran- ulations, regularly distributed, not unlike the manner of warting of the spores of many species. The middle portion has the deposits of plasmodic refuse. The accompanying cut gives the outlines of the various forms of sporangium and stipe. The plant has frequently been found associated with Orthotri'-hia microcephala Wing., and enough of each was gathered to send to Mr. J. B. Ellis for his N. A. F. Consequently an occasional sporangium of Orcadella operculata may be found on the bark of the specimen of Orthotrichia microcephala and vice versa. This family seems to bridge, to a certain extent, the gap between Rostafinski's orders Anemeae and Heterodermeae, as we here have a stage between the uniform wall of Licea, Tubulina, etc., and the lacerate upper wall of some species of Oribraria where the receptacle is strongly developed and covered with minute granulations. The epispore seems to be absolutely without thickenings even under very high magnification. 282 proceedings of the academy of [1889. August 6. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Thirteen persons present. August 13. Mr. Thomas Meehan, Vice-President, in the chair. Nine persons present. August 20. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Eleven persons present. August 27. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Eight persons present. September 3. Mr. Isaac C. Martindale in the chair. Six persons present. The following papers were presented for publication : — " Lower Carbonic Gasteropoda from Burlington, Iowa." By- Charles R. Keyes. " Sphserodoma : a Genus of Fossil Gasteropods." By Charles B. Keyes. "The American Species of Polyphemopsis." By Charles R. Keyes. 1889.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 283 September 17. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Six persons present. A paper entitled " Orcadella opereulata, Wing., a new Myxomy- cete." By Harold Wingate, was presented for publication. The death of Dr. Addinell Hewson, a member, was announced. September 24. The President, Dr. Joseph Leidy, in the chair. Twenty-four persons present. A paper entitled " On the Taxonomic Value of the Wing Mem- brane and the Terminal Phalanges of the Digit in the Cheiroptera." By Harrison Allen, M. D., was presented for publication. The death of Prof. Geo. H.Cook of Burlington, N. J., a corre- spondent, was announced. Mr. Thomas Stewardson was elected a member. The following were ordered to be printed: — 284 PROOEEi>rx<;s op the academy of [1889. LOWER CARBONIC GASTEROPODA FROM BURLINGTON, IOWA. BY CHARLES R. KEYES. Inquiry has disclosed the remnants of an exceedingly rich and varied fauna that, in the vicinity of the present city of Burlington, Iowa, once tenanted the littoral zones of a vast Carbonic sea. The peculiar lithologieal characters of the depositions are not, however, conducive to the good preservation of the entombed animal remains; and, for the most part, the vestiges of the gasteropoda are, in con- sequence, almost entirely obliterated. Nevertheless, there have been obtained a considerable number of shells the structural characters of which are unimpaired and exhibit in a very satis- factory manner all the generic and specific details. These reveal a very suggestive chapter in the faunal history of the early Carbonic over the broad interior basin. More than a quarter of a century has passed since the mollusca of the Kinderhook and Burlington beds have elicited attention. The early investigations of Hall, White and Winchell brought to light numerous interesting forms, the greater portion of which were collected in the immediate neighborhood of the locality mentioned. But since the appearance of the original descriptions of the fossils contained in these rocks, there has accumulated considerable additional material, which elucidates some hitherto-obscure questions relative to the zoological position of the various species and their distribution in time and space. D. D. Owen l was the first to call attention, geologically, to the rocks exposed at the city of Burlington. In his general stratigraphic section of the region he distinguished the upper calcareous or "Encrinital" layers from the lower shaly portions which he called the argillo- calcareous group. His line of demarkation coincided approximately with that of the present Kinderhook and Burlington divisions — about fifteen feet above the fossiliferous sandstone. Owen correctly referred these rocks to the age of the lower Carbonic. Shortly after the appearance of the report on the geology of Wisconsin, Iowa and Minnesota, Hall, 2 in his reconnaissance of eastern Iowa, referred the arenaceous member (Kinderhook) to the Chemung and regarded as synchronous the yellow sandstones at the mouth of Pine creek, 1 Geol. Sur. Wis. Iowa and Minn., 1852, p. 91. . 2 Geol. Iowa, Vol. I, p. 88, 1858. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285 Muscatine county, fifty miles to the northward. But later investiga- tions prove conclusively, as recently remarked by Calvin, x that the strata last mentioned are Hamilton sandstones and therefore not continuous with the beds of similar composition farther south- ward. White, 2 following Hall, also considered the lower portion of the Burlington section as Chemung, but afterwards3 concurred with Meek and Wort hen 4 that it was not Devonic, but belonged properly to the age following. Thus after nearly twenty years, the original opinion of Owen relating to the correlation in time of the arenaceous beds below the " Encrinital " limestone in southeastern Iowa is finally sustained. The Lower Carbonic rocks at Burlington have already been treated in detail by Hall and White whose remarks in the present connection will require but little supplementary explanation. Also, recently, "' the leading topographical and cenological features of the district under consideration have been briefly presented in a prelim- inary statement. A generalized section of the depositions in the immediate vicinage of the city exhibits : Loess ......... Drift (lower till) Upper Burlington limestone and cherts Lower Burlington limestone and siliceous shales Kinderhook: calcareous layers .... Sandstone ....... Limerock ....... Blue clayey and sandy shales — exposed 250 feet. It is to be noticed that the stratigraphic rocks of Burlington pre- sent a maximum exposed thickness of nearly two hundred feet, a little more than one half of which may be regarded as Kinderhook. Lithologically the strata of the lower member are made up chiefly of bluish sandy shales which in some places pass into fine-grained sandstones. Towards the superior limit of this division are several 1 Am. Geol., vol. Ill, p. 25. 2 Jour. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. VIII, p. 209 et seq. s Geol. Iowa, Vol. I, p. 191. 1870. * Am. Jour. Sci., vol. XXXII, p. 177. 1861. 5 Keyes : Am. Naturalist, vol. XXII, p. 1049 et seq. 20 feet 35 n 40 a 45 a 6 a 5 << 14 ti 85 li 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. feet of gray, compact and oolitic limestones. The upper part of the great arenaceous bed is charged with casts of brachiopod and lamellibranch shells ; it also contains a number of gasteropods and a few pteropods. A similar sandstone ten feet above presents like fauna! peculiarities. The fossils of the calcareous layers are usually in an excellent state of preservation, especially those occurring in the oolites: and it is from the latter that the most satisfactory material for serial comparisons is obtained. The Burlington limestone is pre-eminently crinoidal in its com- position. It includes also several extensive beds of siliceous shales and cherts. The greater portion of this division is composed of thick- and thin-bedded limerock, the layers of which are frequently separated by clayey or sandy partings. Alternating with the firmer strata are often great beds of coarse friable rock made up almost wholly of the disjointed and comminuted skeletal remains of echinoderms. In all observable characters — stratigraphic, faunal and lithologic — the two member- of the Lower Carbonic at Burling- ton present a very marked contrast, The most distinctive feature, perhaps, is the great preponderance of crinoidal remains in the upper part ; while in the lower, or Kinderhook, there are but few traces of the feather stars. Attempts have been made at various times to subdivide the Burlington limestone into upper and lower sections; the chief basis for separation being the difference in the crinoid fauna? contained. While in the ensemble there is a very noticeable dissimilarity in the general expression of the species of the two divisions there is not, as is claimed, a totally distinct group of forms in each. Recent observations indicate that a considerable proportion of the species in the Lower Burlington are also present in the Upper; and even pass with some slight structural modifications into the Keokuk. With the material already accumulated, the transit ionary relations of the various species have been traced; and there appears to be but little doubt that the respective fauna? of the two members were the biologic successors of one another, at least in the region of south- eastern Iowa. It has further been shown recently : that the limestone of the continental interior, usually denominated the Burlington and Keokuk, practically belong to a single epoch. Briefly summarized, the general faunal features as set forth in the following pages indicate very different bathymetric conditions during i Kejes: Am. Jour. Sci., (3j, vol. XXXVIII, p. 186. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287 the deposition of the Kinderhook and Burlington beds. When the strata of the first were being laid down it would seem that in the vicinity of the present city of Burlington there was very shallow water, which probably did not have, at all times, free connection with the open sea. But in the succeeding epoch it is evident that the depth of the oceanic expanse considerably increased at that place. In the Kinderhook there is a notable absence of certain classes of animal remains, principally crustaceans, echinoderms, corals, and bryozoans; while in the Burlington these groups, excepting perhaps the articulates, are well represented. On the other hand the mollusca were particularly abundant in the lower, but of rare occurrence in the upper, division. Bryozoa are rare ; brachiopoda abundant. The cephalopoda are represented by several genera, but individually they are not common ; none have been as yet observed in the superim- posing layers. Of the pteropoda several species of Conularia have been obtained. The lamellibranchiata are quite plentiful and with the exception of two genera are not found in the limestones above. The gasteropods include upwards of fifteen genera and fifty species. But only two of the generic groups — Platyceras and Straparollus — have thus far been recognized in the Burlington strata, in which there occur eight species of the first genus and two of the second. In the Upper Burlington Platyceras is especially common and is often found attached to the ventral surfaces of crinoids. It i> worthv of note that several of those shells observed adhering: to the stalked echinoderms are specifically identical with certain Keokuk Platycerata and that in both horizons the various forms of gasteropods are associated with crinoids of similar anatomical construction. Some of the species of Platyceras which are first known in the upper Burlington became in the Keokuk very abundant, and widely distributed geographically. It may also be remarked that the Keokuk forms seem to follow the Burlington species in direct biologic sequence ; but that between the Kinderhook and Burling- ton no such close affinities are traceable in this genus. The Straparolli of the Burlington rocks are all angulated forms. In .S'. lotus Hall there are two well defined angularities — one on the upper side of the whorls ; the other on the under side. The latter is usually more or less rounded ; but the former is generally surmounted by a narrow carina which gives it additional prom- inence. The upper surface of the volutions is flattened and the 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. spire depressed so as to be on a level with the outer turn, thus differ- ing from S. roberti White, in which the spire is depressed considerably below the upper surface of the last whorl, making the superior carina very conspicuous. S. roberti appears to be the genetic successor of S. lotus, but there is nothing to indicate that either species was immediately derived from any of the Kinderhook forms, which are all characterized by regularly rounded volutions. In the absence, from the Burlington beds, of the other generic groups of gasteropods represented in the Kinderhook no further comparisons of the forms from the two horizons can be made. How- ever, as previously intimated, the general aspect of the molluscan remains under consideration, from the lower division, points to the existence over the region of a shallow secluded expanse of water perhaps removed for the greater portion of the time from the im- mediate influence of the great mediterranean sea that at this period stretched away to the southward. I. Species from the Burlington Beds. Platyceras cyrtolites McChesney. Platyceras cyrtolites McChesney, 1860. Desc. New Pake. Foss., p. 71. This form was originally described from the Burlington limestone of Calhoun county, Illinois. It has recently been obtained from the upper layers of the same horizon at Burlington, Iowa. At the latter place it is quite rare ; and the shell is usually exfoliated. It appears to have its nearest affinities in certain forms of the superimposing Keokuk beds. Platyceras equilaterum Hall. Platyceras equilaterum Hall, 1859. Geol. Iowa, vol. I, Supp., p. 89. Platyceras equilaterum Meek and Worthen, 1873. Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol. V, p. 518. Platijceras equilaterum Keves, 1888. Proc. Am. Philosophical Soc, vol. XXV, p. 236. This species is one of the most characteristic gasteropods of the Keokuk limestone. In the upper Burlington rocks it has lately been found attached to the ventral surface of Gi/bertsocritius typus (Hall). The sedentary habits of the members of this genus have been fully discussed elsewhere and need not he considered here. Suffice it, that fifteen species of this group have been observed on the calyces of various crinoid-, particularly those having a more or 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 Less depressed or flattened dome. Like all the individuals resting on Hat crinoidal vaults, the shells of this species, when thus situated, are very much more depressed than in the normal specimens. The following summary of the habits of certain Platycerata may he here restated: (1) many species of Platyceras were stationary during life ; (2) the nourishment of these gasteropods was derived in part, at least, from the excrementitious matter of the echinoderms to which they were attached ; (3) the surface of attachment governs in great measure the form of the shell and the shape of its aperture. From the evidence at hand it is probable that the genus in America did not survive beyond the close of the Paleozoic. Platyceras fissurella Hall. Platyceras fissurella Hall, 1859. Geol. Iowa, vol. I, Supp., p. 90. Platyceras fissurella Meek and Worthen, 1873. Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol. V, p. 529. The srecies under consideration was first obtained from the Keokuk rocks at Nauvoo, Illinois ; but it appears also to be rep- resented in the upper Burlington. As shown conclusively by Meek and Worthen the apical portion is not perforated naturally, as supposed by Hall ; the opening at the apex being merely an accidental fracture. Platyceras infundibulum Meek and Worthen. Platyceras sub red ion Hall, 1859. Geol. Iowa, vol. I, Supp., p. 89 I pre-occupied I. Platyceras infundibulum Meek and Worthen, 1866. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phil.', p. 266. Platyceras infundibulum Keyes, 1888. Proc. Am. Philosophical Soc, vol. XXV, p. 238. The form for which Hall proposed the name P.subrectum, in the supplement to the Iowa report, was altered by Meek and Worthen to P. infundibulum, the first term having been preoccupied. Like P. equilaterum this species is widely distributed over the interior basin, chiefly through the Keokuk rocks. In the upper Burlington limestone it has been found adhering to the anal side of Eucladocrinus millebrachiatus W. and Sp. The blue Keokuk shales of Crawfords- ville, -Indiana, have afforded for study an extensive series of this species ; and the effect of its station in changing the shape of the shell and in giving rise to the great diversity of forms observed, has been very satisfactorily made out. 20 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Platyceras latum Keyes. Platyceras latum Keyes, 1888. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, vol. XXV, p. 242. A broad depressed form from the upper Burlington limestone. In this shell there are no folds or imbricating lines of growth observable; and it is very probable that the habits of this speeies differed somewhat from its nearest relative P. equilaterum. It is of rare occurrence, though associated forms are quite common. Platyceras obliquum Keyes. Platyceras obliquum Keyes, 1888. Proc. Am. Philosophical Sue., vol. XXV, p. 241. A rather large robust species, which, like the majority of the raolluscan shells from the white limestones of the upper Burlington division, is usually exfoliated ; and crumbling quickly away, it leaves only the internal easts. Platyceras quincyense MeChesney. Platyceras quincyense MeChesney, 1861. Desc. New Foss., p. 90. Platyceras ijuiucyense Meek and Worthen, 1868. Geo!. Sur. Illinois, vol. Ill, p. 510. Not uncommon in the upper Burlington; and sometimes found resting on the vault of Physetocrhuis ventricosus (Hall). One of the most important distinctive features assigned to this species is its peculiar quinquelobate appearance ; but the real cause of the five broadly rounded lobes did not suggest itself until the discovery of an individual adhering to the dome of a erinoid in which the inter- radial areas were considerably depressed, leaving the ambulacra rather highly elevated. The growing margin of the gasteropod shell, in following the inequalities of the surface upon which it rested, gradually assumed the lobate form. Platyceras tribulosum White. Platyceras tribulosum White, 1883. 12 th. Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Sur. Ter., pt. i, p. 168. First known from this locality, where it is found in the upper beds of the Burlington limestone. It is one of the few spiniferous species from the American paleozoic rocks ; and differs from P. biserale Hall, of the same horizon, chiefly in having three, instead of two, longitudinal rows of spines. These appendages, though seldom preserved entire, are long, slender and tubular. It may be added 188!*.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 that the type is somewhat deformed and is not a characteristic repre- sentative of the species. Straparollus roberti (White). Euomphalus roberti White, 18(32. Jour. Boston Soc. Xat Hist., vol. IX, p. 22. This species is very closely allied to S. lotus (Hall). It is, how- ever, somewhat smaller, with the spire depressed below the upper surface of the body whorl. The superior flattened area is inclined- inwardly thus making the outer carina more prominent .than in Hall's species. This form was described from the upper beds, and occurs in the massive white limestone layers. It is, probably, the genetic successor of S. lotus of the lower Burlington; and has undergone but slight modifications in structure. There has always been a considerable diversity of opinion as to the real relations of Euomphalus Sowerby and Straparollus Montfort. The two groups have commonly been regarded as generically distinct, hut equally good reasons have been advanced for considering them synonymous, and some writers even go so far as to unite both with Solarium Lamarck. Whatever may he the final decision in regard to the genera established by Sowerby and Montfort, there appears, at present, no reliable criteria by which a satisfactory separation can be made of the planorbicular forms with angulated whorls and those having the spire somewhat elevated and the volutions rounded. Although the extreme representatives of the two are apparently very distinct, the individuals are so variable and the gradations so complete, even among those of the same species, that the generic limits usually assigned are not tenable. Euomphalus is typified by such forms as E. pentagonus Sowerby; Straparollus by S. dionyxii Montfort. Among the Burlington series the first section is, perhaps, best represented by Hall's Euomphalus latus, in which the depressed -spire is nearly on a level with the body whorl. The upper surface of the latter, being flattened, gives rise to two rather pronounced angularities. The type of the second section has its best analogue in S. macromphalus. But there are numerous transitionary forms which are regularly rounded below and with only one carina above or having the angularities very much rounded and in some instances 1 »;i rely perceptible. The spire, which is considerably elevated in some species, in others becomes more and more depressed — even below the level of the upper surface of the last volution. A number of other generic names have been proposed which seem to be identical with 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Straparollus ; but these require no consideration in the present connection. In the majority of cases the carina? or angular prominences on the whorls of the Burlington Straparolli appear to be simply thickenings of the shell at those points. The internal transverse section is circular, as shown when the shell is removed from the matrix form- ing the cast of the inside. Some species have a thickened shell, with the whorls barely in contact, or even separated toward the aperture. In instances of this kind the internal casts have much the appearance of some of the forms for which Sowerby established the genus Phanerotinux. But with the latter have evidently been included a number of evolute Straparolli. Straparollus latus (Hall). Euomphalus latus Hall, 1858. Geol. Iowa, vol. I, p. 605. Shell rather large, discoid, composed of four to five rather rapidly enlarging volutions, plane above ; spire nearly on a level with the upper surface of the outer whorl ; suture impressed ; deeply and broadly umbilicate ; aperture nearly circular, flattened above. The broad flattened area occupying the upper surface of the volutions is bordered on each side by a distinct carina, the inner being near the sutural line. Below the outer ridge are sometimes two scarcely perceptible angularities — one around the periphery and the other along the middle of the whorls below. The latter, as shown in young specimens, is often well defined, but after the shell has become half-grown the obtuse prominence becomes obscured. In some specimens the ridge above the periphery is so pronounced as to leave a narrow concave area immediately beneath. Straparollus latus is the most characteristic form of the genus occurring in the Burling- ton, but it is not very common. It attains a maximum diameter of eight centimeters. Metoptoma t umbella Meek and Worthen. Metoptoma (Platyceras f) umbella Meek and Worthen, 1866. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Ph'ila., p. 267. Metoptoma? umbella Meek and Worthen, 1868. Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol. Ill, p. 506. The generic relations of this and several similar forms from the Lower Carbonic .rocks of the Mississippi basin are not clearly understood. The species in question do not appear to properly be- long to Metoptoma, as originally characterized by Phillips, in the Geology of Yorkshire, and as typified by his M. pileus and M. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293 oblongata. Though some recent writers have greatly extended the limits of the genus and embraced a variety of other shells, it would seem that this enlargement of the generic group is of very question- able utility. It is very possible that this is the same form as that di scribed by Hall as Platyeeras cupulas, in which case the latter term takes precedence. II. Species from the Kixderhook Beds. Naticopsis depressa Winchell. Naticopsis depressa Winchell, 1863. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 22. No authentic examples from the lower beds of the Burlington section have come under notice, though the collections include several casts which may belong here. If this inference is correct the species certainly presents characters which differ very essentially from the typical forms of the genus. As originally established by McCoy, in 1844, Naticopsis embraced certain paleozoic shells, the best American exemplification of which, perhaps, is the form described by Norwood and Pratten as Natlca ventrieosa from the Coal Measures. The most characteristic shells of the genus are therefore comparatively thin, with the spire very small and short ; the outer labrum thin, as is also the callosity of the inner lip ; the last whorl usually more or less noticeably flattened or slightly concave on the upper half and ornamented towards the suture by numerous, small, short, equidistant cost* parallel to the lines of growth; surface otherwise smooth. A number of species have been erroneously referred to the genus, while some others described under different generic titles must evidently be transferred to this group. There are, perhaps, a dozen valid species of Naticopsis now known from the American paleozoic rocks. Platystoma bivolve (White anil Whitfield). Platyeeras bivolve White and Whitfield, 1862. Pi-oc. Boston Soc. Xat. Hist., vol. VIII, p. 302. The recognition of this genus in the lowest division of the Carbonic is of considerable interest, as this is the second American species recorded above the Devonian. A recent examination of the type specimens reveals a very noticeable departure of this form from Platyeeras, and particularly from the immature shells of Platyeeras ventricosmn Conrad, with which it has been compared. The spire in P. bivolve is much more elevated than in the other specie.-, while 294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. the inner lip is much thickened, reflexed and anchylosed to the body volution. The form under consideration is with considerable difficulty distinguishable from some individuals of Platystoma niagarense , Hall, notwithstanding the wide separation of the respective horizons of the two species. Platystoma as defined by Conrad included those subglobose Natica- like gasteropods, in which the labrnm joined the body whorl at right angles to the axis of the shell. The group is typified by P. ventricosum, but it is very evident that several species have been assigned to the genus, the correct reference ofwhich is very question- able. In an extensive series of a single species, such as may be obtained of P. niagarense at Waldron, Indiana, the shells show an interesting gradation from those precisely like the types to in- dividuals in which the lip is entirely separated from the body whorl, and in some instances the last volution has uncoiled for a considerable distance. These partially evolute forms often approach closely certain Platycerata, and it is very likely that a more careful study of the latter will disclose a nearer relationship betweea the members of the two groups than has heretofore been generally suspected. This tendency of the volutions to uncoil is also very apparent in several Upper Carbonic species of Naticopsis, as well as in various individuals of allied genera. Platyceras cornuforme Winehell. Platyceras cornuforme Winehell, 18(53. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 18. This is one of the smallest forms of the genus occurring in the lower Carbonic rocks. It has a wide geographic range in the Kinderhook beds, being found not only at Burlington, but also at Lodi and other localities in Ohio. P. vomerium Winehell, described from the same horizon has been found only in the form of internal casts in sandstone ; and its specific relations cannot at present be satisfactorily made out, Platyceras paralium White and Whitfield. Platyceraa jiaralium White and Whitfield, 1802. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. VIII, p. 302. Examples have been seen from the Kinderhook beds at Le Grand, Marshall county, and Burlington, Iowa; also from Lodi, Ohio. .V careful examination of the type specimens shows that the shell is composed of more than two volutions instead of one, as stated in the original description. The spire, however, is remarkably slender, 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295 closely incurved but not contiguous. "When partially embedded in the matrix the apical portions are usually not visible, thus giving it the appearance of the obliquely conical forms, whereas it actually belongs to the typical section of the genus. In the type the longitu- dinal plications are much more prominent than in a representative .specimen of the species, while in some forms the longitudinal folds are nearly obsolete. Immature shells are laterally compressed and the surface is perfectly glabrate, with no indications whatever, of . plications or imbricating lines of growth. As the individuals became larger the aperture becomes relatively more expanded and assumes a subcircular outline. Straparollus macromphalus Winchell. Straparollus maeromphalas "Winchell, 1863. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 20. Shell of medium size, composed of about four regularly rounded volutions ; spire somewhat elevated ; suture moderately impressed ; umbilical cavity rather deep ; aperture circular. The spire in this species is more elevated than in any other con- generic form from the vicinity of Burlington, except, perhaps, S. barrisi "Win., with which, if recent determinations are correct, it may prove synonymous. It has close affinities to Straparollus (Euom- phalus) cyclostomut (Hall), from the Iowa Devonic rocks at Iowa City. Among foreign species it bears a striking resemblance to S. eostellatus Sowerby? The form under consideration appears to be the most common species of the genus found in the locality, coming from the upper calcareous layers of the Kinderhook. Straparollus barrisi Winchell. Straparollus barrisi "Winchell, 1863. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 20. This species is closely related to S. maeromphalas "Winchell. It appears to differ in having three barely perceptible angularities on the body whorl, and the spire slightly more depressed. It is from the arenaceous layers of the Kinderhook. Straparollus (Euomphalus) amnion. (White ami "Whitfield), de- scribed from the Kinderhook beds of the same locality, has not been noted recently. It is a small form and said to have its closest affinities with S. (Euomphalus) spergenensis (Hall) from the "War- saw. 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Straparollus obtusus (Hall). Euomphalus obtusus Hall, 1858. Geol. Iowa, vol. I, p. 523. Shell large, planorbiform, composed of five to six regularly rounded volutions; spire on a level with, or slightly below, the upper surface of the last whorl; suture very deeply impressed; upper face of the volutions very slightly flattened on the inner side near the suture; umbilicus very broad and shallow; aperture circular. This form was the first of the group recognized from the neighbor- hood of Burlington, and is the most characteristic gasteropod of the Kinderhook at that place. It occurs in the oolitic layer a few feet below the Burlington limestone, and is easily distinguished from all the congeneric species of the locality by its large size — often having a diametric measurement of six centimeters, — its greatly de- pressed spire, broad shallow umbilicus and regularly rounded whorls. In many examples of this species the volutions are barely in contact with one another, and in a few instances the outer whorl, toward the aperture, has actually become separated from the adjoining inner turns. This fact is of special interest as illustrating the first noticeable departure toward certain evolute Straporolli which have been referred to Phanerotinus of Sowerhy. From the associated beds Winchell has described a gutta-percha cast, taken from natural moulds in friable sandstone, as Phanerotinus paradoxus. One of the specimens figured by Hflll (Pake. N. Y., V, ii, pi. 16, fig. 16), shows the inner volutions still contiguous, while the outer whorls are not separated further than very similar casts of un- doubted S. obtusus. Sphaerodoma pinguis (Winchell). Macrochilus pingue Winchell, 1863. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 21. The specimens which evidently represent the group formerly known as Macrochilus are merely imperfect casts from the arenaceous beds of the Kinderhook, and their systematic position can at best only be surmised. But unsatisfactory as the material is, it is of con- siderable interest to find in America the genus present so early in the Carbonic. Several American Devonic forms have been described under Macrochilus, but with perhaps one or two exceptions, they have been very imperfect and in most cases merely internal casts. In Europe, however, Macrochilus is equally well represented in the 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297 Devonic and Carbonic, while in this country the genus is confined chiefly to the latter. Murchisonia prolixa White and Whitfield. Murchisonia prolixa White and Whitfield, 1862. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. VIII, p. 303. A very characteristic, though not common, shell from the oolitic hands of the upper Kinderhook. It is usually found in a more or less fragmentary condition and the structural features are there- fore seldom well shown. The whorls are eight to twelve in number, slightly convex, with a broad obtuse angularity centrally. The surface is ornamented by small well-defined revolving costa?, or ihread-like lines, the one passing along the middle of the whorls leing the most pronounced, while those below the median one are considerably smaller than those above. Three other species from this locality have been referred by Vinehell to Murchisonia, but all are more or less imperfect and their trie affinities uncertain. The first of these, 31. quadricincta, is said tn be characterized by four small costa- below the revolving band. Tie other two are 31. neglecta and M. shumardiana. Belerophon bilabiatus White and Whitfield. Jtellerophon bilabiatus White and Whitfield, 1802. Proc. Boston Sod Nat. Hist., vol. VIII, p. 304. Specimens of this species have recently been obtained in white silic\ous nodules. The deeply and broadly emarginate lip, the nearv glabrate surface and a sharp narrow median carina readily distiiguish this form from the associated species of the genus. Bellerphon panneus White. Betfrophon panneus White, 1862. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat Hist,, vol. 1%, p. 21. She! globose, composed of three or four gradually enlarging volutiois, which are visible in the rather small, very deep umbilici ; periphey somewhat flattened, with a very prominent longitudinal carina : he surface marked by sharp, equidistant costa passing transverftly across the whorls from the larsre median ridge: transversa carina? more or less undulating and irregular, bending forward sightly as they leave the central prominence; finer lines of growth arevisible between the costa2. This species bears a striking resemblanc to B. tangentialis Phillips from the Carbonic clays of 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Tournai, Belgium. The transverse ribs of the latter are, however, slightly farther apart. Three additional species of Bellerophon have also been described from Burlington. These are B. scriptifervs White, B. vinculatw White and Whitfield, and B. perelegan* White and Whitfield. Metoptoma 1 undata Winchell. Metoptoma undata Winchell, 1865. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 131. A single specimen represented in the collections probably belongs to this species. Porcellia crassinoda White and Whitfield. Poreettia crassinoda White and Whitfield, 18(32. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist,, vol. VIII, p. 303. No traces of this group have been noticed recently, except portiors of a large cast, probably belonging to this species. The other time forms reported from the Burlington locality are P. obl'tquinoia White, P. rectinoda Winchell, and P. nodosa Hall. Among the gasteropods that have been recorded from the rocksat Burlington, but which have not been observed since the appearaice of the original descriptions, are two species of Holopea — H. corica and H. subconica, described by Winchell from the Kinderhook bids. Associated with these two forms is a third diminutive shell, ap>ar- ently belonging to the Turboniche— Holopella mira Winchell. A cast in sandstone has received the name Loxoitema oligospira Vin- chell. Dentalium grandozvum Winchell, a form said to resembe D. venustum Meek and Worthen, is the only representative oi tins group recognized from the locality. No specimens of Pletirotonaria have been obtained lately. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299 THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF POLYPHEMOPSIS. BY CHARLES R. KEYES. Portlock's generic term Polyphemopsis was introduced into the literature of American Paleontology by Meek and Worthen,1 who referred to the genus the species described by Hall" in 1858 under Bulimella, and also three additional forms, originally placed with Loxonema and Eulima. A number of other American fossil gastero- pods have from time to time been assigned to Portlock's genus. But Polyphemopsis was founded on very imperfect material, and its structural characters have never been sufficiently understood to definitely limit the group. It seems to be regarded by the majority of European writers as a synonym of Macrochitus Phillips. The latter, however, has recently been shown to be identical with Solenis- eu* Meek and Worthen, which has precedence over Phillips' pre- occupied term. Although more than half a score of species have, in this country, been referred to the genus, it is quite apparent that members of at least two very different groups were included ; while a detailed com- parison of the various representatives appears to indicate that, with a few possible exceptions, no forms congeneric with Portlock's Poly- phemopsis elongata, which may be regarded as the type of his genus, have as vet been recognized, with any degree of certainty, in the Paleozoic rocks of America. Until typical specimens of Poly- phemopsis can be critically examined, the genus must be considered as of very doubtful utility. As already stated there were embraced in this group such species as constituted Hall's genus Bulimella. These perhaps best exemplify the American forms of the section under consideration. The shells are fusiform, with the spire elongated ; the whorls more or less decidedly convex, the last rather large; the columella curved, abbreviated or truncated at the base ; the inner lip often well denned anteriorly, and usually separated from the outer by a more or less well-marked notch ; surface smooth. Accordingly, this group would include not only those forms originally comprehended under Buli- mella but also the species hereafter enumerated, and perhaps a few others now known under other generic titles. 1 Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol. II, p. '67-. 2 Trans. Albany Ins., vol. IV, pp. 29-30. 300 FKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Since, then, it is manifest that Polyphemopsis is not correctly applicable to any known American gasteropods, and inasmuch as Bulimella of Hall was preoccupied by Pfeiffer, it is necessary to find some more appropriate term to designate this group. Bulimorpha, established by Whitfield, is apparently the only available name for the shells in question, but whether this title will eventually be considered valid cannot now be fully decided. In connection with Polyphemopsis Conrad's genus Subulites has frequently been alluded to, and by Lindstrom 2 and others the two terms have been considered nearly or quite synonymous. The validity of the latter group is however questionable. The type was very imperfect, consisting only of a portion of the body whorl and three or four of the preceding volutions — the upper portions ot the spire and the apertural parts being entirely unknown. Strangely enough, of more than a dozen species described under the genus there is not a single one but that is fragmentary, or in the condition of broken casts, indicating only the general shape of the shell. The following American forms have been referred to Polyphemopsis. The group doubtless includes also several other Carbonic species de- scribed under Loxonema and allied genera. Bulimorpha bulimiformis (Hall). Bulimella bulimiformis Hall, 1858. Trans. Albany Ins., vol. IV, p. 29; Polyphemopsis bulimiformis Meek and Worthen, 1866, Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol. II, p. 373; Bulimorpha bulimiformis Whitfield, 1882. Bui. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist,, vol. I, p. 74. Warsaw Limestone. Bulimorpha canaliculata (Hall). Bulimella canaliculata Hall, 1858. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. IV, p. 29 ; Polyphemopsis canaliculata Meek and Worthen, 1866. Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol II, p. 373; Bulimorpha canaliculata Whitfield, 1 882. Bui. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist,, vol. I, p. 74. Warsaw Limestone. Bulimorpha chrysalis (Meek ami Worthen). Polyphemopsis chrysalis Meek and Worthen, 1866. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 267 ; P. chrysalis M. and W., 1873. Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol. V, p. 596. Lower Coal Measures. In the absence of specimens for examination the exact generic relations of this form cannot with certainty be determined; but it appears to have closer affinities to this than to any other group. It resembles somewhat young shells of Soleniscus {Macrochilus) new- 1 Bui. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. I, p. 74. 1882. -Index to Generic Names of Gasteropoda Pake. Period. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 801 berryi (Stevens) but according to Meek and Worthen it does not exhibit the columellar fold so characteristic of that genus. Bulimorpha elongata (Hall). Bulimella elongata Hall, 1858. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. IV, p. 30; Polyphemopsis elongata Meek and Worthen (non Portlock), 1866. Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol. II, p. 373; Polyphemopsis tereti- formis Hall, 1877, Miller's Cat. Pake. Foss., p. 245 ; Bulimorpha elongata Whitfield, 1882. Bui. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. I, p. 75. Warsaw Limestone. Bulimorpha inornata (Meek Mini Worthen . Loxonema inornalum M. and \\\, 1860. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 465 ; Polyphemopsis inornata M. and W., 1866. Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol. II, p. 374. Upper Coal Measures. In specimens of this species recently examined the inner lip appears to be quite variable, sometimes being very pronounced, sometimes scarcely defined. Polyphemopsis keokuk Worthen, 1884. Bui. 2, Illinois State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 9. Keokuk Limestone. Described from casts in Limestone, too imperfect to deserve recognition. Its true generic characters cannot therefore be made out. Polyphemopsis louisvilla Hall and Whitfield, 1872. 23 Keg. Rep. N. Y. State Cab., pi. xii. tigs. 1 and 2, desc. 24 Rep., p. 193. P. knappi H. and W., in some copies of advance sheets of 23d report. Upper Heldberberg. In the absence of an authentic specimen ist generic position can only be surmised. It bears a close resemblance in some particulars to Bulimorpha, but it may belong to another group along with several of the so-called Macrochili, distinguished from the type by the alleged absence of the fold on the columella. Bulimorpha minuta (Stevens). Loxonema minuta Stevens, 1858. Am. Jour. Sci., (2) vol. XXV, p. 260; Actceonina minuta Meek and Worthen, 1873. Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol. V, p. 594; Acteeonina minuta Keyes, 1888. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 240. Lower Coal Measures. If the recent observations upon this species from Des Moines are correct this form isatrue Bulimorpha having its closest affinities with B. eanalieulata (Hall). In most specimens examined the inner lip is well developed for half the length of the aperture, but appears to be separated from the outer labium by a distinct notch. 302 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Bulimorpha nitidula (Meek and Worthen). Loxonema nitidulum M. and W., 1860. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 41!."); Polyphemopsis nitidula M. and W., 18(36. Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol. II, p. 874. Upper Coal Measures. It seems very probable that this is the same form that was described by Hall as Macrochilus fiisiforme and afterwards, in 1877, changed to M. attenuatum. Should this inference be correct the latter must be regarded a synonym of B. nitidula. Hall's type however was im- perfect and the apertural characters not shown. The confusion has been further increased by a general want of discrimination on the part of some writers, between this and various varietal forms of Soleniseus newberryi (Stevens). Polyphemopsis peracuta Meek and Worthen. Eulima peracuta M. and W., I860. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 466 ; Polyphemopsis peracuta M. and W., 1866. Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol. II, p. 375. Coal Measures. This species manifestly does not belong to the Bulimorpha group. At present, it appears that the original reference of this form to Eulima is probably correct. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303 SPHJERODOMA: A GENUS OF FOSSIL GASTEROPODS. BY CHARLES R. KEYES. It lias long been known that under Macrochilus of Phillips there have been described a number of gasteropodous shells which differ very essentially from the typical forms of the genus. And it has even been intimated that this genus, as generally understood, may comprise, in reality, several more or less well-marked divisions of perhaps more than subgeneric value. In a recent note the differences between the various groups were briefly considered and two well- defined sections made out. At the same time it was shown that the typical forms of Phillips' genus were generic-ally identical with those of Soleniseus of Meek and Worthen. The two genera being co-ex- tensive were therefore synonymous. The first of the two terms was. however, pre-occupied and inasmuch as the several other titles, pro- posed at various times, for shells of the same group were unavailable, the generic term suggested by Meek and Worthen must necessarily be substituted. In separating the genus from Macroehilus the authors of Soleniseus emphasized certain structural features as being distinctive in their group, but these characters are now known to be present in the typical species of the genus first established. On account of being more or less obscured by the adhering matrix, the peculiarities in question appear to have been overlooked by most writers. Theassumed absence, in the members of Phillips' genus, of these characters, and their existence in the shells that were under immediate consideration were regarded as sufficiently good reasons for the generic separation of the two groups, and for the establishment of a new genus. A single species only was originally assigned to Soleniseus. Miller1 subse- quently referred Macrochilus hallan urn Geinitz to this genus. Shortly afterward White- described two congeneric forms from New Mexico and also3 included several of the Macrochili. More recently some additional species of Macrochilus were transferred to Soleniseus. AVith two possible exceptions the described species hereafter enumerated are confined to the Carbonic, the majority occurring in the Coal Measures. Some of the forms are widely distributed i Cat. Am. Palse. Foss.,p. 162. - Expl. and Sur. w. 100 Merid., Supp., Vol. Ill, p. xxviii. 3 Geol. Sur. Indiana, 13th Ann. Rept., p. 153, et seq. 304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. geographically, and a few have also a very considerable geologic range. A number of the now recognized species will probably prove to be identical with forms previously known, but these cannot be, with certainty, determined except by a direct comparison of the type specimens. The synonymy, however, of a portion of the Macrochili lias been made out as indicated beyond. As already suggested the forms of this group appear to be easily separable into two sections: the first typified by Macrochilus acutum (Sowerby) and Soleniscus typieus Meek and Worthen; and the second having for its typical representative Macrochilus ponderosum Swallow. The shells of the first group are characterized by being more or less elongate or fusiform, with the spire elevated, acute; body whorl forming about half the length of the shell ; aperture subelliptic, or oval, acutely angular posteriorly; columella im- perforate, provided with a conspicuous revolving fold or ridge, which, however, in the perfect specimen is often scarcely descernible exteriorly, but as it passes inward becomes more and more pronounced and is oftpn accompanied by a second, though much less prominent, fold of similar character; test thick. The columellar ridge is in most examples usually hidden more or less completely by the imbedding matrix filling the aperture. By the removal of the outer lip the twisted fold becomes more apparent. In a perfect specimen of Soleniscus newberryi (Stevens) this ridge is scarcely defined at the aperture, but towards the interior of the shell it gradually assumes greater prominence, becoming very much elevated, very sharp, and bordered on each side by a broad rounded canal, the outer of which is narrower and considerably deeper than the other. On the inner margin of the second furrow there is often developed an obtuse prominence much less conspicuous than the first and best defined a short distance from the apertural margin. From this point it soon becomes obsolete inwardly and finally disappears altogether. In the majority of the forms referred to Soleniscus the fold on the columella presents essentially the same characters, and is generally well disclosed by breaking away the outer lip of the shell slightly. When the exterior wall of the last whorl is entirely removed the interior features of the columella are still better exhibited and for a much greater distance. As generally recognized the Macrochilus group has a wide range in time, beginning, according to the species described, in the Silurian and continuing to the present time. Some of the forms Proc. Acad.Nat . Sci.Plula . 1889 Plate VIII. 400" ^S^ haero- doma littonana (Hall). Macrochilus hamiltonm Hall, 1862. loth Reg. Rep. N. Y. State Cab., p. 49. Hamilton Gr. Perhaps a Holopea. Certainly does not belong to the group under which it was described. Macrochilia hildrethi (Conrad). Phectostylus hildrethi Conrad, 1842. Jonr. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila. Simply an imperfect natural cast of a form resembling S. paludinceformis (Hall). Coal Meas. Macrochilus inhabile (Morton). Fususf inhabilis Morton, 1836. Am. Jour. Sci., vol. XXIX, p. 160. Syn. of Sph. primogenia (Conrad). Macrochilus intercalare Meek and Worthen, 1860. Proc. Acad. Xat, Sci. Phila., p. 467. Syn. of Sph. medialis (M. & W.) Macrochilus macrostomum Hall, 1862. 15th Reg. Rept. X. Y. State Cab., p. 49. Belongs not to this group. Probably a Holopea. Macrochilus rnissouriense Swallow, 1858. Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci., vol. I, p. 201. Described from imperfect casts. Coal Measures. Solenidcus planus White, 1881. Expl. and Sur. W. 100 Merid., Supp. to vol. Ill, p. XXIX. Syn. of S. newberryi (Stevens). Macrochilus primaevium Hall, 1876. Illus. Dev. Foss., pi. xii. Imperfect casts. Macrochilus pulchellum Meek and Worthen, 1860. Proc. Acad. Xat, Sci. Phila,, p. 467. Syn. of Sph. medialis (M. and W.) Macrochilus spiral um McCoy. Xot American. Reported by Swallow. Macrochilus ventricosum Hall, 1858. Geol. Iowa, vol. I, p. 718. Preoccupied by Goldfuss. Syn. of S. brevis White. 310 proceedings of the academy of [1889. October 1. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Twenty-one persons present. Notes on the presence of Uvibral or Mountain Limestone in Lycoming County, Penna. — The following communication from Mr. Abraham Meyer, was read as part of the Proceedings of the Mineralogical and Geological Section : — The" Umbral (Red Shale formation) No. XI of Prof. Rogers' survey, divided by the State Survey into XIa, Xlb, XIc — the middle member being called the Mountain Limestone — varies very much in the southwestern portion of the State and in its further extension through Virginia and Kentucky northward. It thins very rapidly and is not identified in the late survey north of Huntingdon Co. The formation Xlb claims our attention from the fact of its having been altogether overlooked in the late survey of Lycoming County, and from its importance as a horizon for the location of measures occurring immediately above and below it. As it is in the south- western portion of the State I have deemed the subject worthy of interest. Formations of this character carry with them in their widely distributed areas various deposits of commercial value, such as iron ores and fire clays, which, because of the extent of their exposure or outcrop, invite a very searching examination of their importance. There seems to be the regular succession of measures from No. XII — Serai Conglomerate, No. XIc, Umbral Upper Shale, No. Xlb Umbral Limestone followedby No. XIa. The formation No. Xlb is shown in an exposure as a bold cliff on Hogelan Run, 6 miles north of Cogan Station, N. C. R. R. On the west side it is about 250 feet above the adjacent stream, about 1550 feet above ocean level at base of cliff, and about 1650 at the top of the ledge. The cliff extends about 160 rods around the head of a small run and then extends southwest a distance of about 2500 feet or more, the greatest vertical exposure being at the cliff locally known as Kugler's Point, where it is about 50 to 60 feet in height, forming a bold prominent cliff, an interesting feature in the land- scape in passing up the gorge of Hogelan Run. Going over the measures we find they can be divided into sections as in the Trough Creek Valley deposits, as there seem to be various qualities of limestone and associated rocks. There are some seventeen or more changes of rock within sixty feet more or less — and among them we can identify three or four limestone strata from two feet to fifteen feet thick, some of which may have a value for agricultural purposes. I have also found an outcrop of this same formation Xlb on Loy- alsock Creek about A mile west of Barbour's Mills P. O. The meas- ures there seem to thicken, especially XIc. Underlying the above 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311 formation are a variety of very interesting iron ores, shales, fire clays and mineral paints which deserve further notice. October 8. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Twenty-six persons present. A paper entitled, " New and Little-known American Mollusks, No. 2," by H. A. Pilsbry, was presented for publication. The Antennas of Coleoptera. — Dr. Geo. H. Horn spoke of the structure of the antenna? of coleoptera and of their being the seat of a special sense, the exact nature of which is not definitely de- termined. The locality of the sense is indicated by some peculiar surface sculpture and may be either generally diffused, concentrated in spots or limited to a small number of joints. As a general rule in those families in which the diffusion is general there is little or no variation in the total number of joints, while in families with a few terminal joints sensitive the basal joints vary in number within generic and specific limits, and at times the individual specimen may have the two antenna? unequal. The view was expressed that, in those families with the concen- tration of the special sensory faculty in a few terminal joints, as in Scarabaeidae, Hydrophilidae and some Ptinidae, the entire number of joints in the antenna? should be used with extreme cau- tion as a character for generic separation, without the presence of some supplementary characters. October 15. The President, Dr. Joseph Leidy in the chair. Thirty-two persons present. October 22. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Twenty-one persons present. A paper entitled, " On a new species of Spider of the Genus Dinopis from the Southern United States," by Dr. Geo. Marx, was presented for publication. 312 proceedings of the academy of [1889. October 29. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Twenty-five persons present. Mr. Theo. H. Conderman was elected a member : — The following were ordered to be printed : — 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313 ON THE TAX0N3MIC VALUES OF THE WING MEMBRANES AND OF THE TERMINAL PHALANGES OF THE DIGITS IN THE CHEIROPTERA. BY HARRISON ALLEN, M. D. When a bat with outstretched wing is held between the eye of the observer and a bright light the membranes are seen to be traversed by numbers of lines. Many of these are delicate trabecular of con- nective tissue, — in some instances continuous with the fascia of the forearm, or palm, in others with the capsules of the joints. They can be seen in some examples passing obliquely from the third meta- carpal bone over the palmar surface of the fourth to the membrane between the fourth and fifth bones. The wing membrane is strength- ened at the free margin by several trabecular which pass from the tibia at a point near the ankle to the second digit of the fifth finger. The course of vessels can be traced, as, for example, from the elbow forward and downward on the wing membrane, and on the inter- femoral membrane. Tendons can be seen, as the tendon of the biceps at the elbow, that of the occipito-pollicalis, that of the flexor carpi-radialis at the angle between the radius and the fifth meta- carpal bone, that of the abductor minimi digiti (which often permits light to pass beneath it), and that of the palmar interosseous along the first phalanx of the fifth finger. Separate fascicles of the pannic- ulus can be detected either unattached (as is the rule) or continuous with some of the fibrous trabecular already mentioned, or united at one end to bone. Prominent among the markings are those of the nerves. The following have been recognized : branches of the intercostal nerves, of the superficial branches of the lumbar plexus* and of the inter- costo-humeral, the internal cutaneous, the external cutaneous and the median nerves. A study of these details has led me to form a good opinion of their availability in describing families, genera and (sometimes) species. When a specimen which is held for a moment before a moderately bright light can be assigned in the majority of instances to its true * Since the superficial branches of the intercostal nerves are homologous with those of the lumbar plexus they are all named for convenience the intercostals, — the crural line is the lowest of the series. 314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. position time is saved and the animal preserved intact. As may- be anticipated the value of these characters varies in different groups. But even when they are not sufficiently trenchant to serve for the identification of species or genera, they always indicate affinities, and enable the observer, independently of other aids, to narrow the surmises of recognition to a limited field. The details are of restricted use in studies of the dried skins. All statements (with three exceptions) must be considered as applica- ble to alcoholics only. I have found it convenient to employ a number of names for the subdivision of the dermal expanse. Those which are now used for the first time are italicized. The membrane which extends from the sides of the trunk to include the anterior extremity is the wing membrane (" bat-wing," patagium). The membrane between the legs is the interfemoral membrane (uropatagium). The wing-membrane above the arm and forearm is the 'pre-, brachium (antebrachial membrane, propatagium). The wing-membrane below the arm and forearm would become antithetically the postbrachium. But since the postbrachium could not be separated from the sides of the trunk and the legs it has been found necessary to discard it. The part of the wing-membrane lying between the body, the humerus, the lower extremity and a hypothetical line drawn down- ward from the elbow and intersecting the free margin of the mem- brane, is the endopatagium. (PI. X, fig. 1.) The boundary at the elbow is often fixed by the vertical terminal branch of the intercosto-humeral line. The subordinate lines (prob- ably platysmal in origin) in the endopatagium incline obliquely either toward the humerus or the trunk. The part of the wing-membrane which is limited by the line at the elbow as above given, by the forearm, and the fifth metacarpal bone and phalanges, is the mesopatagmm* Within the mesopatagium the subordinate lines incline either toward the forearm or the manus. The part of the wing-membrane limited to the manus becomes the ectopatagium (dactylo-patagium). The subdivisions of the ecto- * The endopatagium and mesopatagium are together the same as plagio- patagium of Kolenati. (Beitr. z. Naturgesch. der Europ. Chir. Dresden, 1857.) 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315 patagium are the first, second, third and fourth interspaces. These are named from the pollex toward the quintus. The series of hones which is embraced in the metacarpal and phalangeal lines being conspicuous in the bat, it is desirable to possess a name in refer- ing to each series taken as a whole. The name digit will be used for the rod of segments embracing the metacarpal element. The nerve which appears at the anterior margin of a digit becomes pre- digital, and that of the posterior margin, postdigital. The radio-metacarpal angle is the space defined by the angle of union of the forearm and the metacarpus. The cartilaginous tip to the terminal bony phalanx respectively of the third, fourth and fifth fingers will receive the name of the third phalanx when three phalanges, and of the fourth phalanx when four phalanges are present.1 The shapes of the terminal phalanges are of interest and some of these will be described. I have examined a sufficient number of genera to suggest that an account of the markings of the wing-membranes, and of the shapes of the terminal phalanges enter into all discriminating studies. Inas- much as the account includes descriptions of these parts in the North American bats the validity of the characters can be at once put to the test. Artibeus perspicillatus. The prebrachium with free margin occupied with a band 1mm. wide which apparently represents the tendon of the occipito-polli- cal — is muscle. Intercostal markings conspicuous, four in number. The lowest is the largest and extends as far as the ankle. The oblique band, which extends upward and outward from the ankle on the mesopatagium in many genera, is absent in Artibeus. The intercosto-humeral line is conspicuous and extends to a point in vertical line with the elbow. The vertical platysmal fascicles are about 30 in number. The internal cutaneous system extends as far as end of the fifth finger. It is composed of three divisions, a vertical, oblique and a horizontal.2 The fourth interspace is provided with a faintly marked longitu- 1 Kolenati first identified the tips as phalanges. 2 The horizontal line represents the main trunk of the nerve, and the verti- cal and oblique lines the branches. " Inferior vertical" and "superior oblique " (terms which are occasionally used in the notes) are amplifications of the last- named term«. 316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. dinal line, which begins at a point 22mm. from carpus and extends to a point 10mm. from the free margin of the membrane. The pre- digital nerve appears at the middle of the fifth metacarpal bone, and is larger than the postdigital which appears at the metacarpo- phalangeal joint of the third finger. The third interspace is provided with a longitudinal line as in the fourth. This line extends from near the palm and reaches to within 10mm. of the free margin of the membrane. A nerve appears at the metacarpophalangeal joint of the fourth finger and lies obliquely across the lower part of the interspace. The fourth phalanx of the third digit is sickle-shaped, the mem- brane extending from its tip ; that of the fourth digit is of the shape of an inverted T ; that of the fifth finger is triangular, the angle, which is directed toward the body, being prolonged. Centurio senex. Centurio is remarkable for the system of unpigmented spaces in the mesopatagium near the radio-metacarpal angle and in having the fourth interspace entirely occupied by these transversely arranged spaces. No nerves appear in any position of this interspace. In other respects the membranes are as in other Phyllostomidse. Carollia. In Carollia the lines are essentially of the same type as in Artib- eus and need not be described. Varapyrus spectrum. The prebrachium with several obliquely placed lines which pass upward and forward from the forearm. In this form the longitudinal lines of the third and fourth inter- spaces are much the same as in Artibeus. The predigital nerve of the fourth interspace is small and appears directly above the meta- carpo-phalangeal joint. A well-defined tendon is seen lying parallel to the first digit of the fifth finger. The postdigital arises from the metacarpo-phalangeal joint of the fourth finger. An homologous arrangement of nerves is seen in the third interspace. In the inter- femoral membrane an oblique line (pubo-tibial) extends from pelvis to the middle of the tibia and an axial line in the center the entire length of the interfemoral membrane. A line passes from the knee obliquely downward and outward and is apparently one of the intercostal series ; but there is none passing upward and outward from 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317 the tibia. Of the terminal digits that of the third is the same as in Artibeus ; that of the fourth is triangular with the long angle directed toward the body ; and that of the fifth is much the same but the angle is so far produced that the form of the triangle is scarcely discernible. Phyllostoma hastatum. (PI. x, fig. 1.) Prebrachium. An oblique line crosses prebrachium near the wrist, a branch of a line and which runs parallel to the radius. Endopatagium, with two intercostal lines, and a number of oblique secondary (muscle) lines. The intercosto-humeral line appears at the middle of the humerus. Its main branch reaches the line of the elbow and thence passes downward to near the free margin. The internal cutaneous line with a vertical line near the elbow, and a single large two-partite superior oblique line. The main line goes nearly to the end of the fifth metacarpal bone, one branch going toward the metacarpophalangeal joint. An oblique raised line extends on the membrane from the end of the muscle- mass. The fibers continuous with this Hue can be traced nearly as far as the end of the fifth digit. A distinct line bes-ins at the tin of the fifth finger and passes upward in a straight line. The terminal branches of these two lines in part mingle. The fourth interspace presents six lines in the predigital series. Of these one is a raised oblique line from the muscle-mass ; a second answers to the nerve commonly found in the order. The postdigital lines are two in number, — one from about each joint. The third interspace with a large predigital which extends obliquely across the membrane to the end of the third digit. The postdigital is small and unimportant. The longitudinal line is pres- ent in both the fourth and third interspaces. The interfemoral membrane is marked by four vertical lines ; the pubo-tibial is absent. Schizostoma sp ! The endopatagium is occupied by four vertical lines which are forked above. The lowest (crural) line of the intercostal series alone seen. The intercosto-humeral line absent. Mesopatagium. The internal cutaneous line with a large vertical at the elbow. A single large superior oblique is present which reaches the fifth metacarpal bone. The main line reaches the end of the fifth finger. 1 When a line is absent it is implied that it is not seen, and not that, by dissec- tion, it cannot be demonstrated. 318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. The ectopatagium exhibits five predigitals, — the largest appears at the distal third of the fifth metacarpal bone, and apparently is the same as the single predigital of some other species of Phyllo- stomidte. The longitudinal line in the fourth and third interspaces conspicuous. No pubotibial line in the interfemoral membrane. Glossophaga soricina. The endopatagium without intercostal line present save the lowest or crural. The intercosto-humeral a mere unbranched line near the elbow. The mesopatagium without a superior oblique line. No fold is seen at the muscle-mass of the fifth metacarpal bone or line along the fifth digit. In the fourth interspace a single predigital appears at the distal fifth of the fifth metacarpal element. In a second speci- men a second predigital appeared at the metacarpophalangeal joint. Vampyrops lineatus. The endopatagium with four intercostals, — the lower being branched. No oblique muscle lines. The intercosto-humeral line is faintly expressed, barely discernible. The remaining lines as in Artibeus. An oblique line from the muscle-mass. This line is con- tinuous with one extending parallel to the digit to end at the termi- nal of phalanx. There are eleven secondary (muscle) lines in meso- patagium. Vampyrops helleri. Much the same as in V. lineatus. The line from the fifth meta- carpal bone in the mesopatagium is not raised at the muscle-mas& and is everywhere indistinct. Desmodus rufus. The prebrachium with the greater part with depressed tendon so- that the space which is inclosed between the tendon and the free margin is crescentic. Endopatagium. The intercostals inconspicuous, eleven (?) counted. The lowest of these is the longest. The intercosto-humeral is incon- spicuous and ends at a point proximal to the elbow. The internal cutaneous line of the mesopatagium with conspicuous vertical branch in advance of the elbow and with two oblique superior branches. The line ends 1mm. somad of the end of the fifth digit. The secondary lines are about eighteen in number and approach the radio-metacarpal angle. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319 The fourth interspace. The predigital appears at the middle of the fifth metacarpal bone. The postdigital is curved and appears just proximal to the end of the fourth metacarpal bone. The third interspace. The predigital from the fourth meta- carpophalangeal joint. A well-defined longitudinal line is seen in the third interspace but none in the fourth. The fourth phalanx of the third finger is flexible as in Artibeus. The fourth phalanx of the fourth finger is minute, scarcely visible, axial ; that of the fifth finger is membranous, and deflected somad. Diphylla ecaudata (dried skin). The endopatagium with intercostals six in number distinct, the lowest is the longest. The intercosto-humeral arises near the axilla and does not reach the elbow. The internal cutaneous apparently without vertical or oblique branches. A distinct oblique fold, as in Noctilio, passes downward from the muscle-mass of the fifth metacarpal bone. Secondary lines about fifteen in number, but do not approach the fifth digit or the radio-metacarpal angle. The only line seen in the ectopatagium is the oblique predigital of the fourth interspace. It appears at the middle of the fifth metacarpal bone. The terminal digits apparently much the same as in Desmodus. Brachyphylla cavernarum. Prebrachium ample, volant entire length. A thickened border is seen but no markings. The lines of the endopatagium, which appear to represent the inter- costals, four in number. A great number of more delicate lines, which appear to be connective-tissue trabecular with nerve-endings, are also seen. The intercosto-humeral line is first seen at the middle of the humerus. It forks once and ends at the margin of the membrane on a line with the elbow. The internal cutaneous line sends a vertical branch downward at the elbow, and a second, half-way along the course of the line. Two superior oblique lines are seen. Fifteen vertical lines, most of which transect the main line, can be counted. The fourth interspace with predigital line from the distal third of the fifth metacarpal bone. The postdigital from the metacarpo- phalangeal joint of the fourth digit. The longitudinal line confined 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. to the space between these lines. The third interspace with nerves as is so generally the case with the Phyllostpmidae, viz., the predigital from the metacarpophalangeal joint and the postdigital from the first interphalaugeal. The longitudinal line is conspicuous the en- tire length of the interspace. The terminal phalanges are much the same as in Artibeus but that of the fourth digit is less lobate. A caudo-tibial line conspicuous in the interfemoral membrane. ' Noctilio leporinus. The prebrachium without distinctive markings. The thickening in the tendon of occipito-pollical muscle as long as the thumb and lies on the radius. Intercostal lines small inconspicuous. The intercosto-humeral small unbranched, does not reach farther than elbow. The internal cutaneous system of two divisions, the vertical being absent. The oblique line with long horizontal primal branch. The abrupt transi- tion of the oblique fibres from the horizontal line is the same as in Atalapha. Thirteen vertical lines traverse the mesopatagium. An elevated oblique fold of skin passes downward and backward from the palmar aspect of fourth and fifth metacarpal bones. In the fourth interspace the digital nerves appear at the middle of metacarpals. The postdigital is seen running parallel to the fourth metacarpal bone before being distributed to the membrane. A tendon is seen on either side of the fifth rod at its distal third. At the first interphalaugeal joint of the third and fourth fingers a nerve appears on the opposed sides of the third interspace and each is distributed separately to the membrane. Interfemoral membrane scarcely translucent in portion carrying the tail and is traversed by a line without subdivisions on either side of the tail. The infracaudal portion is much thinner than the caudal and is traversed by an oblique line much divided on either side of the terminal point of the tail. Respecting the differences in translucency of the interfemoral membrane it is seen that a similar contrast is seen in the wing-membrane, viz., in the endopatagial and mesopatagial tracts. These portions in Molossus and Atalapha are apt to be more or less hairy. The sickle-shaped terminal phalanx of the third finger is free ; that of fourth finger is thread-like, sigmoid, and inclosed ; and that of the fifth digit acicular, deflected toward body and is also inclosed. 1 Brachyphylla has been described as tailless. In a number of examples recently examined a tail measuring 3mm. was detected. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321 Emballonura semicaudata. The prebrachiuni with middle third of margin thin ; answering to it is a concave line about 2 mm. distant in the center but reaching margin of membrane at the ends of the middle third ; passing down- ward from the crescent thus defined are four oblique lines. The prebrachiuni as it joins the shoulder is slightly thickened. The endopatagium with indistinct lines, the general disposition of which are the same as in Miniopteri*. The lowest line appears to arise from the knee. The intercosto-humeral line quite the same as in Miniopteris. The internal-cutaneous much the same as in this genus, but is less developed, the terminal branches being smaller. A tendon lies on endopatagium forming a concave line along side of the first digit of the fifth finger. The fourth interspace shows a single nerve, viz., the predigital which appears at the middle of the muscle-mass at distal end of the fifth metacarpal bone and passes obliquely downward and forward across the entire interspace. In the third interspace a nerve appears from the opposed metacarpo- phalangeal joints, as in Vampyrus, Noctilio, etc. The lines in the interfemoral membrane as in Noctilio, with the exception that the pelvic line extends to the free margin instead of to the middle of the tibia. The terminal phalanx of the third finger sickle-shaped not cartilaginous ; the membrane is attached to its tip, and is without pigment in the space which answers to a line unitiug the two ends of the phalanx. The terminal phalanx of the fourth finger is acicular, the extreme tip alone projecting from the membrane ; that of the fifth finger is half the length of the last named, presents a free tip, and is entirely free on the outer (pollical) side. Saccopterya leptura. Prebrachiuni is abruptly narrowed at the distal end of the muscle- mass of the forearm ; thence it gradually widens to the thumb. The margin is crescentic, and almost equals the rest of the membrane in area. The membrane is traversed by a single line apparently from the external-cutaneous nerve. The intercostals eleven in number. The intercosto-humeral rudi- mentary scarcely reaching to the elbow. Internal-cutaneous line with a sharply curved branch descending from near elbow. The superior oblique single. The main line extends obliquely toward the end of the fifth digit. 22 322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. The predigital line of the fourth interspace appears near proximal end of the fifth digit. It crosses obliquely the interspace to the end of the fourth digit. It sends a branch which runs along the fifth digit. In a second example two predigital nerves were present. Interfemoral membrane with faintly marked caudo-crural lines which extend from the tail to the tibia at the ankle. Miniopteris schreibersii. The prebrachium with a broad marginal band (tendon of uccipito- pollical?) but without oblique lines to the delicate line extending concentric to the marginal band. Lines of endopatagium six in number, conspicuous. Intercosto- humeral line originates near the axilla and reaches the free margin of the wing-membrane at a point below the elbow. The internal- cutaneous system composed of the oblique or main fibers only, and ends abruptly after a long horizontal branch, as in Noctilio. It is distributed quite to the tip of the fifth finger. Vertical lines beneath main line fibers abundant, at least seventeen in number, crowded toward the end of the line. The oblique line from the ankle conspicuous and joins the intercosto-humeral. The fourth interspace shows the predigital nerve extending parallel to the fifth metacarpal bone to its distal third and is thence deflected obliquely downward and forward to the end of the fourth digit. The postdigital often absent ; when present it is small and inconspicuous. The third interspace has a predigital nerve appearing at the first interphalangeal joint of the fourth finger, and a larger postdigital from the metacarpo-phalangeal joint of the third finger. The interfemoral membrane shows a distinct pelvo-tibial line and three symmetrical lines from the caudal vertebrae. Two faint lines run down from palm for a centimeter apparently in the position of the fibrous lines which extend from the palm to this membrane in Molossi. The sickle-shaped terminal phalanx of the third finger has a free tip and a cutaneous hem on pollical side. The terminal phalanx of the fourth finger is small acicular, in- closed and directed dorsal with a slight inclination pollical ; that of the fifth finger is about the length of the preceding, is acicular, directed somad, the extreme tip projects, and is free on pollical side. The distribution of the fur on the interfemoral membrane is of sexual significance. In the female the short hair is sparsely diffused at the base of the tail and along the caudal vertebras and is absent 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323 from the dorsal space defined on the one side by the femur and proximal half of the tibia and on the other by the pelvo-tibial line. In the male the membrane is generally more hairy and the space defined is covered as is the rest. Rhinopoma microphyllum. The endopatagium and mesopatagium with numerous vertically disposed bands extending well up in radiometacarpal angle. Inter- costo-humeral line inconspicuous. Internal-cutaneous with two very long slender superior-oblique lines one of which reaches the radio- metacarpal angle. Muscle-mass without oblique folds. The fourth interspace with conspicuous predigital nerve which appears at the middle of the fifth metacarpal bone. The postdigitals are four in number, — the lowest is also the largest and appears at the distal fourth of the fourth metacarpal bone. The third interspace with three very small predigitals from the first phalanx of the fourth digit, and a single postdigital from the metacarpophalangeal joint of the third. Tips to the terminal digits apparently absent. The general resemblance of these characters with those of Tapho- zous is striking. The chief contrast is the apparent absence of the postdigitals in the fourth interspace. Taphozous mauritianus. (?) Prebrachium with middle crescentic portion a's in Saccojiteryx and a nerve is seen in the membrane near the wrist. The angle of the elbow occupied by a thicker sharply-limited membrane than elsewhere. Endopatagium with 20 oblique lines of the intercostal series, the lowest not the largest. * The intercosto-humeral is axillary, simple, undivided. It reaches the line of the elbow only near the margin of the membrane. The internal-cutaneous line with three vertical lines from the horizontal portion, four superior oblique lines, the main line ending near the end of the fifth digit. The oblique lines on membrane sixty-seven in number and extend well up towards the radiocarpal angle. A set of lines distinct from the foregoing occupy the region of the elbow. They are continuous in part with the intercosto-humeral line, and in part are attached to the forearm at the elbow. The meso- patagium near the phalanges of the fifth finger retains a number of delicate lines which appear to be different from those already named. The radiometacarpal angle occupied by a deep duplicature of 324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. membrane. A small portion of the radial side of the fold attached to a fold lying directly upon the membrane. Extending from the radius at this fold a vertical line is conspicuously seen. Predigital, one only; it arises high up from the fifth metacarpal bone and extends obliquely across membrane. Postdigital absent. The postdigital is absent in the, third interspace. Interfemoral membrane with pubotibial line. A vertical line is seen extending entire length of membrane at a point midway between the tail and the leg. The membrane occupied by a set of numerous transverse lines and a second oblique set. Membranous terminal phalanges apparently absent. The specimen is in bad condition. Atalapha cinerea. The prebrachium without details. The lines of the endopatagium are indistinct owing to the hairiness of the membranes. The inter- costo-humeral line extends to the free margin as in Miniopteris and Emballonura. The internal-cutaneous system crosses the elbow at origin, is with- out vertical branch, but yields two horizontal primal branches ; these extend across the membrane near each other and appear to end in the abruptly determined comb-like endings which do not reach the region of the phalanges of the fifth finger. There are two oblique lines extending downward and somad from the muscle-mass at distal end of the fifth finger. The fourth interspace has the predigital nerve as in Miniopteris while the terminal branches do not reach the digits of the fifth finger but join a branching nerve which appears from the metacarpo- phalangeal joint' of the fourth finger. A small unbranched line (postdigital nerve ?) appears at the middle of the fourth metacarpal bone. Two oblique bands are seen on the fourth interspace near the palm. A fork-like arrangement of lines is seen in the angle between fourth and fifth metacarpal bones and appears to be a branch of the median dividing into the two branches commonly seen in this inter- space. In the third interspace a similar arrangement is seen but the main nerve pursues a longer course before dividing. At the region of the digits there are two predigital nerves and three postdigitals. In this portion of the membrane therefore an unusually large number of lines are seen. It is possible some of these lines pertain to the blood vessel system. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325 The pelvotibial line is not seen on the interfemoral membrane ; but the oblique lines from the caudal vertebra? are distinctly visible. The terminal phalanx of the third finger is curved only at the tip and no part thereof projects ; that of the fourth finger is acicular, de- flected at a right-angle pollical to the second ; it yields a free project- ing tip ; that of the fifth finger is acicular, is deflected somad and in- closed only on this side. The membrane of the first interspace can be discerned every- where along the line of the wing except at part of the first phalanx of the third digit. Atalapha noveboracensis. The parts much the same as in J., cinerea with the exception of the intercostal lines which are more distinct than in that species and the horizontal limbs of the internal-cutaneous system are farther apart. The third interspace is without predigital lines. The terminal digit of the fourth finger is -without projecting lobe ; that of the fifth finger is minute. Lasionycteris noctivagans. The prebrachium with distinct tendon of occipito-pollical muscle. The external-cutaneous nerve is seen crossing the angle between the arm and forearm near the elbow. Three conspicuous intercostal lines are discerned. The intercosto-humeral line unites with the internal-cutaneous system. It arises high up near the axilla. The internal-cutaneous system with vertical oblique and horizontal lines discernible. None of the terminal lines of the foregoing, viz., the intercostal intercosto- humeral or internal-cutaneous reach the free margin of the wing- membrane. No vertical lines apart from the foregoing are discernible. The oblique tibial line arises from near ankle and extends as far as the intercosto-humeral at the elbow. A delicate forked line extends downward and somad from lower part of muscle-mass at the proximal end of the fifth metacarpal bone. The fourth interspace exhibits the predigital nerve appearing in a well-defined elevated fold of membrane at the side of the muscle- mass just named. The line forms a curve and extends about one- half way down the shaft of the fifth metacarpal bone when it is lost along the line of the shaft. The main branch of the nerve arises from the middle of the curve and passes downward and forward but does not extend beyond the middle of the interspace, nor quite to its 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. free border. The postdigital arises high in the interspace apparently from the palm, approaches the fourth metacarpal bone at its prox- imal end but soon leaves it and is distributed to the anterior half of the interspace. The third interspace shows a delicate line from the first inter- phalangeal joint of the fourth finger and a second longer one from the metacarpophalangeal joint of the third finger. The interfe moral membrane shows the oblique line above called subtibial but in this form it is caudotibial since it arises from the side of the first caudal vertebrse. The terminal phalanges much the same as in Atalapha. The parts are all delicate ; the terminal phalanx of the third digit is sigmoid and less rigid than in any species examined. The tip of the terminal phalanx of the fourth digit is minutely lobed and free. The markings in Vesperus, Vesperugo, and Vespertilio are among the most intricate of any in the order. My material has not enabled me to do more than give a general idea of the parts. The characters appear to be more sharply defined in Vespertilio than in Vesperus, and often yield good characters in separating species, As may be expected the American species are the most difficult. I may here mention that owing to the close resemblance in general appearance and similarity of habit of Vesperugo georgianus and Vespertilio subulatus the two species are frequently found in the same jar and both receive the name of the commoner form, V. sub- ulatus. Brief examination is alone required to separate them. The two predigitals and absence of the postdigitals in the fourth interspace of Vesperugo georgianus being easily separated from the symmetrical arrangement in Vespertilio subulatus. Vesperus fuscus. The parts throughout much the same as in L. noctivagans. There is a small oblique band at the muscle-mass at proximal end of the fifth metacarpal bone on the mesopatagium and one on the fourth interspace. The intercostal lines five in number. The postdigital as a rule appears as one of two terminal branches which arise from a common trunk in the angle formed by the approximation of the fourth and fifth metacarpal bones. The line may in some instances approach the fourth metacarpal and in some the fifth, when the arrangement resembles that of Vesperugo georgianus. The predig- 1889.] y LRAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327 ital nerve shows* the line from the muscle-mass scarcely elevated. The terminal phalanx of the fourth digit L-shape. Vesperugo georgianus. Intercostals three in number. Intercosto-humeral from the axilla. The fourth interspace with two long conspicuous predigitals, but no' postdigital. The third interspace with the nerves from the meta- carpophalangeal joints. In a few specimens the two postdigitals arise from a common line Avhich extends parallel to the fifth meta- carpal bone in which case a close resemblance to some forms of Vesj>erus fuseus is seen. The terminal phalanx of the fourth finger as in L. noctivagans. Vesperus discolor. Intercostals four ; intercosto-humeral at middle of the humerus simple. Internal-cutaneous with two inferior vertical lines. A con- spicuous raised oblique line on mesopatagium from the muscle-mass of the fifth digit. A second oblique line (but smaller than the fore- going) on the fourth interspace. The predigital of this interspace appears from the fourth metacarpal bone 2mm. above the metacarpo- phalangeal joint. Vesperus noctula. The prebrachium with ridge over position of thickening on tendon of occipito-pollicalis. The mesopatagium retains an oblique fold from muscle-mass and a second from the same in the fourth inter- space. The radiometacarpal region without raised folds from radius. This interspace retains a long predigital from the center, no nerve appearing from the fifth digit itself. The predigital is a small nerve appearing a short distance proximal to the fourth meta- carpophalangeal joint. In V. lasiopterus, a closely allied species, the folds from radius near the wrist are raised and the one nearest the wrist conspicuous as in Nxjctinomus and Molossus. The predigital nerve of the fourth interspace showing a disposition as in V. fuseus, viz., to divide high up, the main nerve to be a little convex to the line of the digit, and a large branch to arise from this convexity to be distributed to the membrane. The postdigital as in V. noctula. These distinctions of the markings of V. noctula and V. lasiop- terus correlate with others in the auricle, the outer border in the species last named being less well developed. The terminal phalanx of the fourth finger is L-shaped. 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Vesperus hesperus. Intercostals three in number, the lowest appearing at the knee and passing to the free margin of the endopatagium. Intercosto-humeral appears at the middle of the humerus ; it is simple and apparently joins a vertical line which is extended down- ward from the elbow. The internal-cutaneous with a single inferior line, but with no superior obliques. The fourth interspace with digital nerves as in Vespertilio, in this regard markedly differing from other examples of Vesperus which have been examined. The interfemoral membrane provided with a pubocalcaneal line. Scotophilus temminckii. Prebrachium with ridge appearing on dorsal surface near the radius as in V- noctula. The intercostals two in number raised and bold, the lower receives an accession from the region of the knee. The intercosto-humeral unbranched. It appears at the middle third of the humerus. A well-defined oblique tibial line passes upward and outward. The internal-cutaneous nerve is of great simplicity, the superior obliques small, and imperfectly defined, the inferior two in number, bolder. The nerve ends in a linear structure to the side and beyond the terminal phalanx of the fifth digit, as in V. murinus The muscle-mass of this digit with two oblique lines. The fourth interspace with one oblique line from the muscle-mass. The predigital much the same as in Vesperugo fuscus The main nerve in the angle divides below the oblique line, one branch going to the fifth digit and the other forward and downward obliquely across the interspace. The postdigital is small and appears at the metacarpophalangeal joint. The third interspace with the predigital from the first interphal- angeal and the postdigital from the metacarpophalangeal joint. The interfemoral membrane with several caudal lines and one long branched line from pubis which does not, however, reach the tibia. V. subulatus var. from Mammoth Cave. The prebrachium as in Vesperus. The endopatagium with eight oblique lines extending from the trunk and the leg. These lines ai'e distinct from those described in other species. They pursue a different course, end on the intercosto-humeral system, and appear to be distinct from the nerves of the side of the body and the 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329 posterior extremity. These last named are so faint and indistinct that they cannot be accurately noted. At the knee an oblique band extends outward and downward and intersects the oblique tibial band, which in this genus is of large size and can be traced across the wing membrane almost to the forearm. The intercostal humeral line arises high up towards the axillaj is slightly curved with the concavity toward the body, and is intimately associated with the oblique lines already described. Beyond these lines and at a point proximal to the elbow, a delicate line extends below this joint where it terminates on a line between the elbow and ankle. The internal cutaneous system arises to inner side of humerus directly proximal to elbow. It soon divides into two branches, the vertical and oblique. Above the oblique is a delicate line in the position of the horizontal of other forms, but it appears to be fibrous only, that is to say is part of the trabecular system and is distinct from the nerve or vessel. This line may receive the name, paraneural. A very delicate oblique band is discernible by careful inspection at the muscle-mass at proximal end of the fifth metacarpal bone, extending on the prebrachium. The fourth interspace exhibits a single nerve in palmar end of space. This soon divides into a predigital and a postdigital. The predigital runs near the fifth metacarpal bone and parallel with it to its middle ; it is then deflected obliquely downward and forward to supply more than half of the fourth interspace. The postdigital lies along side of the fourth metacarpal bone as far as the middle and thence is deflected at a more acute angle than the preceding nerve and is distributed to the anterior third about of the interspace. The predigital divides just before reaching the metacarpophalangeal joint. The postdigital is seen just above the first interphalangeal joint. The third interspace has a delicate nerve passing downward and forward from the first interphalangeal joint of the fourth finger and a second longer nerve from the metacarpo-phalangeal joint of the third finger. The terminal phalanx of the third finger of very flexible cartilage, that of the third finger augulated at distal third, but not L-shaped ; that of the fifth finger deflected so as to lie its entire length in the free margin of the membrane. Interfemoral membrane without distinctive lines. 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Vespertilio ciliolabrum. The membranes throughout as in V. subulatus. The terminal phalanx of fifth finger with lobe-like tip and less- deflected from line of the second phalanx toward the body. Vespertilio nigricans. Presents a thickened fold on the border of the prebrachium. In- tercostal lines four in number. Intercosto-humeral rudimentary. Fourth interspace with two predigital lines. The lower of these is the largest and crosses the fifth digit. A minute fold extends on the mesopatagium at the point of crossing. The postdigital is less oblique than the foregoing. Vespertilio murinus. Endopatagium. Intercostal lines three, conspicuous. Intercosto- humeral line undivided. The internal-cutaneous with four inferior vertical lines, none of them crossing the main nerve. The para- neural ones do not reach to within a centimeter of the radius. A conspicuous linear marking ends in a tip along side of the terminal phalanx of the fifth digit and appears to receive some of the endings of the internal-cutaneous.1 The oblique line from the muscle-mass is inconspicuous. In the fourth interspace a marked linear fold lies in angle. The oblique fold from muscle-mass Avell developed. The predigital and postdigitals as in V. subulatus, excepting that a separate nerve appears at the metacarpophalangeal joint of the fifth finger. The terminal phalanx of the fourth finger T-shaped ; that of the finger is acicular and is enclosed in membrane. Corynorhinus macrotis. The markings are of the same general character as in Vespertilio. Nycyicejus crepuscularis. Intercostals four. Intercosto-humeral appears near axilla and becomes vertical a little beyond the elbow. The internal cutaneous with a single superior oblique and a single vertical inferior: The line above the main trend of the nerve as in V. fuscus. The fourth 1 The appearance in V. murinus at the region of the mesopatagium along side of the terminal phalanx of the fifth digit is due to a rod of cartilage which re- sembles in structure that of the terminal phalanx. The details of the disposition of this stylus varies in different forms. It is broad and spatulate in Vesperugo discolor but acicular in Vespertilio my st acinus. The stylus is constant in many forms, and inconstant in others. It is not separately described in the notes since its nature was not detected until the paper was going through the press. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331 interspace as in this species except that the postdigital appears at the proximal sixth of the fourth metacarpal bone. In one specimen it was absent. Oblique tibial and pubo-tibial lines as in this species. Mormoops blainvillei. Prebrachium with a tendon lying parallel to free margin at middle third. An oblique line extends from the humerus forward and up- ward. Intercostals nine In number, reaching side of trunk, the lowest not larger. The intercosto-humeral forked, reaching the line of the elbow ; several small branches of this line before division pass obliquely downward. Internal cutaneous passes to the extreme tip of the mesopatagium. The main line horizonal to the middle of the membrane and thence abruptly deflected downward and outward. Two superior obliques, six inferior obliques. A broad raised fold extends obliquely on mesopatagium from the muscle-mass of the fifth digit. The fourth interspace with predigital high up on the fifth digit from the 'side of the muscle-mass and supplies two-thirds of the membrane, the postdigital arises from near the proximal end of the fourth digit and supplies anterior third. Interfemoral membrane without pubotibial line. Beyond the point at wrhich the tail emerges a straight line continues to the free margin. Two lines pass from the tail, one obliquely to reach the margin, one transversely to reach the calcaneum near the ankle. Three faintly-expressed lines pass from the thigh and leg down- ward. Terminal phalanges quite different from Chilonycteris, that of the third finger ossified with second digit, the remaining two apparently absent, possibly ossified with the second phalanx of their respective digits. Chilonycteris davyi. Prebrachium tendon seen parallel to proximal half but no oblique tendon traverses the membrane from the humerus. Intercostals fourteen and do not reach the body. Intercosto-humeral as in Mormoops. The internal cutaneous lines thirteen, six of these are confined beneath the main line and are the same as the inferior verticals of other descriptions in this paper. The succeeding two intersect the main line where it turns from the horizontal to an oblique position. The remaining lines pass up toward the radio- metacarpal angle and are ranged on the trabecular of the mem- brane. The tip of the nerve goes to the extreme tip of the fifth 332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. digit. A small oblique fold concealed beneath lateral border of the muscle-mass of the fifth digit. In the fourth interspace the general arrangement as in Mormoops. A faint attempt at the formation of a logitudinal line seen. The postdigital arises from the end of the proximal third of the fourth digit. The predigital and postdigital unite. The interfemoral membrane as in Mormoops, the branches from the thigh and leg inconspicuous or absent. Tips of digits much as in Molossi. Natalus stramineus. (Plate x, fig. 3.) Endopatagium with seventeen intercostal lines. Intercosto-humeral attached to proximal third of the humerus ; it divides once before reaching line of the elbow whence it passes almost to margin of the membrane. The internal cutaneous with seven conspicuous vertical inferior lines ; one doubtful superior oblique present. Above the main nerve two lines run parallel to it. One of these ends abruptly whence a vertical line extends inferiorly. A rectangular disposition of lines. The second passes to the metacarpo-phalangeal joint. The fourth interspace with pre- and postdigital nerves symmetri- cally disposed. Each nerve arises high up on the metacarpal. The angle of this interspace occupied by a sharply defined fold An apparent attempt at the formation of a longitudinal line is the third interspace opposite the first phalanges. The terminal phalanges simple small and inconspicuous. Thyroptera bicolor. Intercostals five and reach side of trunk. Intercosto-humeral near axilla, simple unbranched. Internal cutaneous without superior oblique. The line is intersected by four verticals, nine toward radiocarpal angle. A delicate line appears at the radius near the elbow and ends on the mesopatagium near its middle. This appears to be homologous with the line above the internal-cutaneous in Vespertilio, Ves- perugo, etc. Fourth interspace. Three predigital lines. All are small, the lowest the largest and arises from the digit at distal fifth of fifth metacarpal bone. Near the angle of the interspace but to the side of the fifth digit is a large nerve which appears to be the same as the postdigital, which in place of arising near or at the apex as in 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333 V. fuscus or from the fourth digit, as in many forms belongs actually to the opposed side of the interspace. The third interspace with a large predigital which arises from the side of the fourth digit half up the side of the metacarpal bone. The post digital is absent. The interfemoral with numerous transverse lines as in Vespertilio and allies. Two lines are attached to the tail, one passing to the ankle and one to the free margin of the membrane as in Mormoops. The terminal cartilages as in Vespertilio except in the instance of the fourth finger which is bilobate. Nycteris sp 1 The intercostal nerves are rudimentary and six in number. The intercosto-humeral leaves the arm at the elbow and descends ver- tically thence. The internal-cutaneous nerve sends a large branch to the fifth metacarpal bone. The predigital nerve of the fourth interspace appears high up near the angle. The postdigital is absent. The third phalanx of the third finger one-fifth the length of second phalanx. It is deflected somad at the margin. Well-defined membranous phalanges are seen on the fourth and fifth fingers. The fourth terminal phalanx is of cartilaginous consistence. Megaderma spasma. Prebrachium with a line on the distal part as in Pteropns. One middle conspicuous intercostal, and one lower line (crural). The intercosto-humeral system composed of two lines, which appear at the distal fourth of the humerus but pass scarcely at all beyond the line of the elbow. The internal cutaneous line sends a branch to the fifth metacarpal bone as in Nycteris. The fourth interspace in addition to the predigitals and post- digitals from the metacarpo-phalangeal joints possess a large nerve which arises by two roots from the side of the fifth metacarpal bone The interfemoral membrane with remarkably distinct pubo- tibial bands. The distal third of membrane much less translucent than the proximal two-thirds. The free margin of the endo- patagium often presents a similar appearance. All the terminal digits are well developed, membranous and lie somad in the free margins of the membrane. The third interspace crossed by a line which unites the meta- carpo-phalangeal articulations. A number of symmetrically ar- ranged pigment patches are arranged on either side of this line. 334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Megaderma frons. (Plate x, fig. 2.) Prebrachium with a vertical line from the angulated portion of the free margin. Endopatagium with six intercostal lines. Inter- costo-humeral composed of two lines at its appearance from the proximal end of the humerus ; these unite to form a single line be- low the elbow. The internal-cutaueous with six inferior vertical lines and an equal number of superior vertical. No superior oblique lines are seen. A separate pannicular line lies beyond the range of the internal-cutaneous. The predigitals of the fourth interspace three in number ; all are short, — the most proximal of the three being the longest. The postdigital is small and appears a short distance above the metacarpophalangeal joint of the fourth finger. The pre- digital of the third interspace appears at the metacarpophalangeal joint of the fourth digit. The postdigital from the first interpha- langeal of the third digit. Two delicate trabecular extend across the third interspace between the metacarpophalangeal of the fourth and the first interphalangeal joint of the third finger.* The inter- femoral membrane shows a short caudal line with a long conspicuous line extending thence to the ankle. The movable tips on ends of osseous phalanges, exceedingly rudimental. Rhiolophus philippinensis. The prebrachium without characteristic lines. The endopatagium with well-marked lines extending from body, thirteen in number, the lowest being the stoutest. The intercosto-humeral line extends beyond elbow before being deflected downward. The internal-cutaneous system lies below elbow and yields the oblique line only. This traverses the membrane to the region of the phalanges of the fifth finger. The muscle-mass on the fifth metacarpal bone without oblique lines. Pocket at radiocarpal angle. In fourth interspace there are two postdigital nerves. One of these appearing at distal third of the fifth metacarpal bone, and one at the metacarpophalangeal joint. A single postdigital nerve is seen at the distal fifth of the fourth metacarpal bone. In the third interspace there are two nerves, one appearing from each of the metacarpophalangeal joints. The third phalanx of the third finger small, one-eighth of the length of the second phalanx. The third phalanx of the fourth * In a second specimen in bad condition, which came to hand while the paper was going through the press, these pigment spots were absent. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335 finger a mere nodule and deflected somad ; that of the fifth finger is absent. The interfemoral membrane with a conspicuous caudotibial line. Phyllorhina commersonii. The intercostal lines rudimentary or absent. The intercosto- humeral line scarcely reaches the line of the elbow. In the fourth interspace there are five predigital lines. The third phalanx of the third finger is small and deflected somad on the free margin of the. membrane of the third interspace. The third phalanx of the fifth finger is present and of the same character as in Bhinohphus phi/ippinensis. The remaining features as in this species. Phyllorhina diadema. Resembles B. philippinensis. The intercostal lines are numerous. There is but one predigital nerve in the fourth interspace. Phyllorhina galerita. The predigital and the postdigital nerves appear at the middle of their respective metacarpal bones. Epomophorus franqueti. The prebrachium shows the tendon of the occipito-pollical muscle to be thread-like and to divide at the wrist into two branches. It lies a short distance below the free margin of the membrane. At the distal third of the forearm an oblique line reaches it from beneath. No lines are raised above the plane of membrane as in other genera of the Pteropidse. The intercostal lines small but numerous ; not counted. The crural line scarcely larger than the others. The intercosto-humeral line small, rudimentary. The line ends abruptly in an open plesh before reaching the elbow. A coarse network of branches are seen on the line of the elbow. A few branches reach the free margin of the membrane. The superior oblique line branching off from the internal cuta- neous inconspicuous. The main internal cutaneous line reaches the middle of the mesopatagium and is thence abruptly deflected down- ward and outward and terminates in the neighborhood of the second phalanx of the fifth toe. One branch ends at the metacarpo- phalangeal joint, and another at the free margin of the membrane. The radio-metacarpal angle is crossed by a membrane. The predigital nerve appears at the metacarpo-phalangeal joint of the fifth finger and the postdigital at that of the fourth. Two 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1889. tendons cross (beneath the skin) the angle of the fourth interspace. These do not correspond to the raised folds of Pteropus. In the third interspace the predigital nerve appears at the fourth metacarpo- phalangeal joint and extends parallel to the first digit to the first interphalangeal joint. From the middle of this nerve a branch passes obliquely downward and outward. No arrangement similar to this is seen in any other form. In the second interspace with a distinct predigital nerve. In Hypsignathus (dried skin) the predigital is as in Pteropus. Thus this genus is distinguished from JEpomophorus franqueti by a character of the mesopatagium. Pteropus vulgaris. The tendon concealed in margin of the prebrachium, and becomes apparent only at the distal fifth of forearm. Two oblique lines pass upward toward the tendon from the line of the forearm. Endopatagium with a few faintly traced intercostal lines, two of which become fleshy interiorly. These, the crural line and the inter- costo-humeral line distinct, raised and unbranched. The internal cutaneous line with two superior oblique branches. The main line ends at the terminal digit of the fifth finger without division. Six vertical raised lines (and several smaller ones near the fifth finger) cross the membrane. The fourth interspace with the predigital from metacarpopha- langeal joint, and the postdigital from the first phalanx just below the joint. The angle of the interspace crossed by a raised fold. The third interspace with the predigital nerve appearing from the first phalanx of the fourth finger just above the interphalangeal joint. The nerve is curved forward, while the postdigital is straight and appears near the distal end of the first phalanx of the third finger. As with the fourth, the third interspace is crossed by a raised fold. The cruro-tibial fold of the interfemoral membrane raised. Pteropus medius, ami Pteropus sp? The same as P. vulgar-is. In an embryo the transverse bands were as conspicuous as in P. vulgaris.. Cynonycteris stramineus. One adult and six immature specimens of this species were examined. The lines were much the same as in P. vulgaris. In the third interspace the digital lines appeared from the inter- 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337 phalangeal joints, and the fourth interspace not crossed by fold in three. Bands were absent across the interspaces in four. The post- digital line in the fourth interspace from the joint in one. It will thus be seen that the presence of the raised fold in the angle of the third and fourth interspaces is variable in the young of this species and it may be here regarded as a variable, acquired character. In the embryo of P. medius, the fold was present. The arrangement of the lines on the membranes is sufficiently distinct to distinguish the single example of Epomophorus from any of the four species of Pteropus. It is evident that in the genus last named the same general characters are declared with a disposition to variation in a few details. Cynonycteris collaris. The arrangement of lines much the same as in Pteropus. There are six raised intercostal lines present. All the digital lines appear at the joints or the phalanges. The oblique line from the forearm absent in the prebrachium. The raised folds are absent from the angles of the interspaces. Cynonycteris aegyptiaca. The intercostal lines are rudimentary or absent. The lower or crural line alone weH seen. Cynopterus sp? from Borneo. A few rudiiuental intercostal lines seen which do not join the trunk. A large pelvo-crural raised line is present. The intercosto- humeral line is raised, simple and without division until the border of the free margin of the membrane is reached. The nerve does not extend as far as the line of the elbow. The internal-cutaneous line with three superior branches. Numerous small vertical lines traverse the mesopatagium. The main nerve sends a branch to the metacarpophalangeal joint of the fifth finger. The fourth interspace with digital nerves from the metacarpo- phalangeal joints. The third interspace with the postdigital from distal fourth of the first phalanx. Cynopterus sp ? from Borneo. No branch is given from the internal-cutaneous nerve to the metacarpophalangeal joint. In other respects as in foregoing. Cynopterus sp ? The intercostal lines join the body, and are raised. The meso- patagium with numerous vertical lines, at least sixteen in number. 16 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. In all the Pteropidse examined the terminal digits are throughout of a simple character. No flexible segments are appended to the osseous ones. Harpyia major. (Dried skin.) The intercostal lines confined to one line at the lower part. The line apparently divides at the knee. The intercosto-humeral simple, passes downward as usual on the line from the elbow. The internal- cutaneous with a very short horizontal trend, soon becoming oblique and passing thence to the region of the terminal phalanx of the fifth digit gives one inferior vertical branch,and one superior oblique. The fourth interspace with the pre- and postdigitals appearing at the metacarpophalangeal joints. The third interspace with pre- digital appearing from the first phalanx of the fourth finger nearly at its middle and with the postdigital from the third metacarpo- phalangeal joint. Owing to the relative shortness of the meta- carpals these nerves seem to be unusually long. Remarks : It may be expected that variations in the arrange- ments of the wing-markings will be occasionally found. Thus in one specimen of Saccopteryx leptura two predigital nerves were found in the fourth interspace on both sides. The additional nerve evidently arose from the main nerve and pursued its course parallel to the fifth metacarpal bone and so close to it as not to appear through the skin-expanse. Each of the large terminal branches in this way arose separately from the side of the bone. In the same specimen the pre- digital and the postdigital of the third interspace were united by a conspicuous transverse line in the fold of flexion between the pha- langes of the third and the fourth digits. In Vespertilio subulatus, the predigital and the postdigital of the fourth interspace were seen extending parallel to the metacarpals some distance before being deflected on the membrane. In other examples they appeared from a loop-like disposition of lines in- stead of extending directly from the bone. From among numbers of specimens from one locality one of these dispositions prevailed, while examples from a separate locality the other. In one speci- men an additional predigital was seen on the left side. On the whole they may be said to constitute a wider range of variation than in Vesper us fuse us. I have had opportunities of ex- amining large numbers of both forms. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339 In Vesperus fuscus (No. 5973 S. I.) the postdigital nerve of the fourth interspace was the same as in Vespertilio. This was the only example of important variation which I noted in this common species. In one example of Mormoops blainvillei a supplemental line appeared on the right side between the intercosto-humeral and the internal-cutaneous systems. The most constant disposition of nerves was seen in the third interspace, and defined the greatest number of groups. The limi- tation of smaller groups and the place of most decided variation was in the region of the fifth metacarpal bone. The fifth digit was more highly endowed with muscle — indeed was the only digit which exhibited a well-defined muscle-mass at the proximal end. The varying ami important raised folds here took their origin, as well as special lines which extended along portions of the entire axis of the digit. The dispositions of some of the interdermal lines in the mesopatagium bordering the digit, especially at and near the radiometa carpal angle, were so variable, that no attempt was made to describe them. It becomes of interest, therefore, to compare this region of the greatest variability with that of the region of the least variability, — the third interspace, — and infer from such data some- thing of the movements of the several parts of the manus in the living individual. The fifth digit would appear to determine more changes, or at least be associated with more changes, than any other portion. The general arrangement of all parts was much the same in groups already well defined. Thus the Pteropidae, Nyeteridse, Vespertilioiiiihe, PhyllostomidaB, etc., each had a distinctive plan. In the group last named all the true leaf-nosed forms agreed in having a longitudinal line in the middle of either the fourth or the third interspaces or in both. The absence of the line in Mormoops is suggestive of the false position of this genus in this group, while the general harmony of the details with those of the Emballonourida? gives ns the hint as to what the true position may be. In the genus Miniopteris a similar suggestion can be made. Natalus and TJujroptera already known to be isolated forms remain so from the evidence yielded by the membranes. Thyroptera appears to be a highly specialized aberrant Vespertilionid.1 1 I have reserved for a separate use descriptions ot the markings on lhe wings of Molossi. They differ from those of other groups and are distinctive. The pannicular system here attains the highest development. 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Explanation of Plate X. Fig. 1. The wing membrane in Phylhstoma hastatum. Diagramma- tic. 1, prebrachium ; 2, endopatagium ; 3, mesopatagium ; 4 ectopatagium (it includes the membrane between all the digits) ; 5, fourth interspace ; 6, third interspace. The dotted line extending from the elbow to the free margin of the membrane represents the limit between the endo- patagium and tbe mesopatagium. I, first digit (thumb) ; II, second digit (index) ; III, third digit ; IV, fourth digit ; V, fifth digit (cpiintus). a, intercostals ; b, intercosto- humeral ; c, internal-cutaneous ; d, fibrous line appearing at the muscle-mass of the fifth finger ; e, one of the pre- digital lines of the fourth interspace;/, longitudinal line in the fourth interspace; g, one of the postdigital lines of the fourth interspace; h, predigital line of the third inter- space ; i, longitudinal line of the third interspace ; j, postdigital lines of the third interspace. Fig. 2. Same, of Megaderma frons. A delicate pigmented double contour line is seen crossing the third interspace from the first interphalangeal joint of the third digit to the meta- carpo-phalangeal of the fourth digit. Fig. 3. Same, of Natalus stramineus. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341 ON A NEW SPECIES OF SPIDER OF THE GENUS DINOPIS FROM THE SOUTHERN UNITED STATES, BY DR. GEO. MARX. My collection of Aranese of the U. S. contains, amongst other new and undescribed material, several specimens of a new species of the germs Dinopis Macleay, which were collected some years ago in Florida and Alabama ; they rested in the collection undisturbed and undescribed, but now, in preparing my "Catalogue of the de- scribed Aranese of temperate North America," I avail myself of the opportunity to add this peculiar and interesting spider to the list of the described Aranese of our country. Unfortunately the specimens were collected by friends who were not aware of the importance of the biology of this spider, for this alone would guide us in placing the family Dinopiclae in its correct natural position in regard to the affinity and relationship with other families. This family has been assigned from time to time to different places, viz., near the Attidse, the Lycosidre, the Uloborida?, etc., according to the respective view of the different authors. Since Doleschall, however (in Vol. V. of Acta. Scient. Indoneer- land.), has stated of his Dinopis Kollarii that it builds between the trees a free, irregular and wide-meshed web, in the center of which it stands with the two pair of front legs stretched out forwardly, it has been argued of late that the Dinopidae might be placed near the Agalenidre. The late Dr. W. S. Barnard, who collected one specimen of this species in 1880 in Alabama, stated to me then, that he had caught it on a large horizontal web, which resembled very much that of Agalena, but he could not find a tubular retreat attached to tin1 web, as is the case with Agalena. This statement was made, how- ever, from recollection only, but it corresponds with Doleschall's description and I therefore feel myself safe to place the Dinopidae near the Agalenida?. Dinopis spinosus n. sp. Cephalothorax ochreous-testaceous with a lighter colored longi- tudinal median stripe over the cephalic part which appears again on the posterior region of the thoracic part and lines the posterior margin ; the dorsal surface is sparsely provided with very little black and blunt spines which are distributed in irregular rows; 342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. the large posterior median eyes are surrounded by a fringe of long reddish-brown hair The mandibles are yellow-testaceous with a dark grayish oblique mottled band and with long reddish-brown dense pubescence at their inner margin, wnile a few little black, blunt spines are irregularly scattered over the front surface Maxillse ami labium of the same color, the latter having the central region lighter colored. Sternum more brownish-yellow with a very light yellowish longitudinal band over median region. Abdomen greenish- yellow with a very narrow and long longitudinal lancet-shaped spot of a more brownish color; four or five transverse semi-circular (procured) rows of little, black and blunt spines which are placed upon round black spots. Underside with a dark* grayish longi- tudinal narrow band which is lined outside by a narrow whitish >tripe. Legs and palpi greenish-yellow with a few irregular small black spines and black spots, distal ends of each joint somewhat darker. Cephalothorax elongate and fiat, very nearly twice as long as its broadest width which is between lens II and III and from which it gradually and slightly attenuates posteriorly; cephalic part one- half as wide as thoracic with parallel lateral sides and rather distinctly separated from it by a shallow impression. Clypeus between the P. M. eyes slightly cleft. Anterior Eye row nearly straight, the A. M. eyes standing a trifle higher, and on the sides of a common tubercle, about twice their diameter apart and double as fir from the A. L. eyes which are larger than the A. M. and directed out and downwards. The eyes of the 2nd row (the P. M. Eyes) are very large and stand close together; the eyes of the 3rd row f P. L.) are placed close to the lateral border, and the base of the pars cephalica ; they are of the same size as the A. L. E. Mandible* a little longer than the length of the clypeus directed more forward than downward, dilated in the middle region, and diverging. Maxilla: parallel, constricted in the middle, where the palpi are inserted, the upper part with rounded borders, labium a little longer than j the length of the maxilke with broader base slightly attenu- ating and with a broadened and rounded tip. Sternum long, narrow-triangular, flat. Abdomen cylindrical, nearly G times longer than broad, narrower than cephalothorax and truncate in front, in the middle region 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343 broadened and elevated by two separate blunt projections which are surmounted by a blunt, rather prominent spine. In youth the abdo- men is much higher in the middle region. See Plate XI, fig. b. The inferior spinnerets much thicker than the superior, two jointed with the second joint much shorter than the first. Cribellum broad, nearly the width of the abdomen, divided in the middle. Palpi with prominently thickened patellar and tibial joints and a curved claw, that is provided with three teeth. Legs long, slender with short close pubescence and few scattered short spines; the base of femur I and II at the inner side suddenly compressed and in that compression a brush of long hair Calamistrum itb of the length of metatarsus IV. 1. 2. 4. 3. ( 'ephalothorax long 5mm. abdomen 11mm. Femur I 12mm. Patella 15 Tibia 10.4 Metatarsus 12 Tarsus 2.5 total 38.4 Femur II 11mm. Patella ]. 5 Tibia 9.6 Metatarsus 10 Tarsus 2.2 total 34.3 Femur III 9mm. Patel'a 1.3 Tibia 6.2 Metatarsus 6.4 Tarsus 1.2 total 24.1 Femur IV 9,5mm. Patella 1.5 Tibia 8.5 Metatarsus 8. Tarsus 14 total 28.9 Explanation of Plate XI. Fig. a. Dinopis spinosus Marx, enlarged. Fig. b. Cephalothorax from above. Fig. c. Cephalothorax from front. Fie', d. Cephalothorax from the side. Fig. e. Cephalothorax from below. Fig. f. Tarsal claws of 1st leg. Fig. g. Palpal claws. Fig. h. Epigynum. Fig. i. Spinnerets with cribellum:'" Fig. k. Abdomen of adult from the side. Fier. 1. Abdomen of young from the side. *& Fig. m. Metatarsus IV with calamistrum. 344 proceedings of the academy of [1889. November 5. The President, Di\ Joseph Leidy, in the chair. Forty persons present. The deaths of Mary Jeanes and Henry Winsor, members, were announced. Note on Plnus Banksiana. — Mr. J. H. Redfield spoke of the occur- rence of a forest of Pinna Banksiana upon Schoodic Peninsula on the coast of Maine in latitude 44° 20'. This pine is well-known as skirting the northern borders of our territory from Northern Maine to Minnesota, but it is only recently that its occurrence so far south has been noted. He then gave an account of visits made to the locality by Mr. Edward L. Rand, of Boston, in 1882, and by himself in 1889. This pine grows in great abundance over a large part of the pen- insula, seeming to almost entirely replace the ordinary coniferous growth of that region. Mr. Redfield had also found a very extensive growth of Corema Conradii in the open rocky glades in the forest of Pinus Banksiana. Mimicry of the environment in Pterophryne histrio. — Mr. J. E. Ives stated that his attention had been drawn to the remarkable resemblance of the color-markings of the Frog-fish to the Sargassum weed in which it lives. This fish is a member of the Pediculati, and shares the sluggish habits common to the group. On account of the elongation of the carpal bones, and other peculiar modifications, they have poor powers of swimming, their structure being adapted to moving about, mi the bottom, among corals, seaweed, and other low forms of lite, which they closely resemble in color and in many points of outline. By this resemblance they are concealed both from their enemies and their prey. The member of the group best known, is the common Fishing-frog, Lophius piscatorius whose remarkable mimicry of its surroundings has been well described by Mr. S. Kent. In the genus Antennarius, closely related to Pterophryne, the species present wonderful similarity of color to the forms among which they live. Dr. Gun t her has paid considerable attention to this genus, and he has also given an excellent figure of Pterophryne histrio, under the name of Antennarius marmoratus? Pterophryne histrio is found among the floating masses of Sargas- sum weed in the warm seas. Here it makes its peculiar nest by binding together the fronds of the seaweed with gelatinous threads, and depositing the eggs throughout the mass. The ground color of the fish is of a pale yellow, and on this light background are darker 1 Journal des Museum Godeffroy, Heft. XI, pp. 161-165, Pis. 99-106. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345 irregular brownish bands, closely resembling the branched fronds of the Sargassum weed. Along the edges of these darker bands, on the bands themselves, and also to a lesser extent upon the rest of the body, are little white specks of various sizes, on an average about that of a pin's head. On the belly, around the mouth, and on the dorsal spines, are numerous leaf like cutaneous filaments. Mr. Ives stated that after careful consideration, he had come to the conclusion that the color markings of the fish, and the cutaneous filaments, had been developed in mimicry of the Spirorbis-covered Sargassum weed. Professor Benjamin Sharp who spent last winter in the West Indies, had informed Mr. Ives that on the Sargassum weed, of which he saw- large quantities, were invariably scattered great numbers of Spirorbis .shells. Professor Moseley in " Notes by a Naturalist on the ' Chal- lenger'" (p. 567) speaks of the resemblance in coloration of the forms inhabiting the Sargasso Sea, to the Sargassum weed. He attributes the white spots of Pterophryne histrio, and also of some shrimps and crabs to mimicry of the patches of Membranipora that encrust the Sargassum weed. The white spots upon Pterophryne histrio. however, are much smaller than the patches of Membranipora, and are also much more striking to the eye. This latter fact appears to be due to the delicate fenestrated character of this Bryozoan. The patches of Membranipora, also do not occur in the same abundance upon the Sargassum weed as do the Spirorbis shells. Professor Moseley probably confounded the numerous Spirorbis shells with patches of Membranipora. As far back as 1757, Peter Osbeck describing this fish which he had met with in the Sargassum weed of the Atlantic Ocean while on a journey to the East Indies, said, with reference to the cutaneous filaments, " probably Providence has clothed it in this leaf-like manner, in order that the predaceous fishes might confound it with the sea-weed, and therefore not exter- minate it."1 *, November 12. Mr. Charles P. Perot in the chair. Twenty-eight persons present. Xotes on Orepidula. — Mr. John Ford exhibited fine suites of Crepidnbi, including C. convexa, Say, C. plana, Say, C. fomicata, Linn, and C glauea, Say, with the view of proving that C. glauca, said by some writers to be the young of C. fomicata, is not only distinct from that species but from all others of the genus. Special reference to the matter had been suggested by the omis- sion of the name in Dr. Dall's recently published "Catalogue of the Shell-bearing Marine Mollusks of the South Eastern Coast of the 1 Peter Osbeck, Rei>e nach Ostindien und China. Aus ilem schwedischen iibersetzt von J. G. Georgi Rostock, 17b'5. p. 4011. 346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. United States," the figure given therein having been taken from Dr. Gould's Invertebrata of Massachusetts, and the name C. glauca replaced by that of C. fornicata. The speaker was not unaware of the fact that Mr. Tryon at one time entertained a similar opinion regarding the affinity of the two species, but a more recent examination of a large series of shells convinced him that the two forms were specifically distinct. While it is true that the shells of C. glauca are in a measure allied to those of C. fornicata it is quite as certain that the one can be distinguished from the other by at least three characters, either of which is fixed and prominent enough to constitute a species. In C. fornicata the following permanent characters may readily be observed : — 1st. The prominent apex, which is nearly always curved laterally and joined by a shelly growth to the shoulder of the shell. 2nd. The saucer-like depression of the arch which is the same in all specimens, whether young or old. 3d. The peculiarly bowed or ogee form of the free edge of the arch. 4th. The ever-present notch at the junction of the arch with the body of the shell. 5th. The pear-shaped outlines of the shells. A careful examination of the shells of C. glauca will show that all of these characters are absent, and that others quite as positive take their place. The apex of C. glauca is not only less prominent but much less inclined to curve laterally. It is also more acutely pointed, usually shining and horn-like in appearance, and the tip is always free from contact with the body of the shell. The free edge of the arch is also straighter than that of ('. forni- cata, while, in place of the notch, which is so marked a feature in the last-named species, there is a slight forward growth of the arch- plate along and against the wall of the shell. But the most impor- tant character, perhaps, is the elevation of the arch. This feature is a constant one and sufficient of itself to separate the species from C. fornicata, the arch of which is always depressed. It may also be said that the two species are wider apart at maturity than at any other stage of growth — although we are told that C. glauca just at this period merges into C. fornicata. Other differences including that of color and the quoit-like form of the shells, might be indicated, but those already referred to will doubtless satisfy the student that the two species are essentially distinct, November 19. The President, Dr. Joseph Leidy, in the chair Twenty-three persons present. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347 The following' communications were made in connection with the proceedings of the Biological and Microscopical Section : Activity in Donax. — Dr. Benjamin Sharp described an interest- ing case of activity in a bivalve studied by him on the beach of the island of Nevis, B. W. I. Noticing some active little animals in the swash of the breakers, he took them at first sight to be a form of Crustacea. He had some difficulty in catching them and to his sur- prise found them to be a species of Donax. When they wished to flee from a real or supposed cause of danger, they protruded more than half their length from the sand, as the breakers receded. Those that were not carried into the deeper water on becoming exposed to the air by the retreating waves, buried themselves with astonishing rapidity in the sand and waited for the swash to again flow over them, not protruding themselves until the current returned. The method of getting up the beach was just the reverse of the former action ; that is, they protruded after the receding water had left them dry, so that the "up-shoot" carried them up the slope. A.S soon as the water began to recede they anchored themselves and disappeared into the sand rapidly, waiting thus until the approaching wave came to help them again, and so on. The power of appreciating the shock caused by the breaker on the sand, and also the approach of footsteps, the power of recognizing quickly the direction of the current and how to utilize it in avoiding danger, and the ability to place themselves in a more congenial position on the beach, were indicated by these actions. Did they depend on the sense of hearing? These bivalves exist in enormous numbers on the beach, which actually bristled with them when they protruded. They were of all. sizes, from exceedingly minute specimens to those a half an inch or more in length. ( 'hange of habit causing change of structure. — Dr. Benjamin Sharp also made some remarks on the Flicker or Ground Woodpecker, Colaptes auratus, his attention having been called to the subject by an amateur ornithologist. Air. Long, now of Nantucket. It is well-known to ornithologists that the flicker has departed from the typical habits of the woodpecker in a number of ways. It feeds on insects, especially ants, taken from the ground in prefer- ence to the laborious method of excavating them from under the bark of trees or from decaying wood, and in making its nest it selects a hollow tree, rather than make the effort of boring out a new cavity in the solid wood. The popular name, "Ground Woodpecker," indicates, to a certain extent, the divergence from the woodpecker's habits. When the bird is examined it will be found that the bill is weaker than is usual in this group of birds, and that it is curved more or Less in different specimens, showing a considerable amount of varia- tion. If this curve increases it will soon become impossible for the bird to use it as a drill except in soft substances. The feet in this 348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. species are weak when compared with those of the typical wood- pecker. Dr. Sharp held that this deviation from the woodpecker type in the structure of the bird was due to the change of habit ; the change of function preceding and causing the change in structure, and not, as was suggested, that the curve in the bill leads to the change in the habit. This change in the species could hardly be looked upon as being caused by anything but the direct will or desire of the individual itself, as the surrounding conditions, climate, general character of food, enemies, etc., remained the same, as far as is known. He con- cluded by saying that the changes were as yet so slight that the species could hardly be looked upon as degenerate, but was probably tending to become so. November 26. Mr. Chakles Morris, in the chair. Twenty-two persons present. A paper entitled " Catalogue of the Owls, Strigae, in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia " by Witmer Stone, was presented for publication. The following were elected members : — James F. Sullivan, Thomas M. Lightfoot, C. D. Lippincott, Minford Levis, M. D., Samuel Stryker Kneass, M. D., and Mrs. Elizabeth S. Bladen.' N. M. Romanoff (Grand Duke Nicholas of Russia), was elected a correspondent. The following was ordered to be printed : — 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349 PROVISIONAL LIST OF THE PLANTS OF THE BAHAMA ISLANDS. BY JOHN GARDINER, B. S. AND L. J. K. BRACE. Arranged with notes and additions by CHARLES S. DOLLEY, M. D. Introductory -Note. — The circumstances under which this Pro- visional List was prepared are as follows: In the year 1886, I held the post of Scientific Adviser to the Board of Agriculture -of the Bahamas, and, in addition to my regular duties, was requested by his Excellency, Governor H. A. Blake, to prepare a list of the flora of the colony. I was directed to give the common names of the plants and their medicinal and other uses ; this latter requirement accounts for the frequently (to scientific readers) gratuitous in- formation. At the same time, I was furnished with a list of the plants of New Providence, prepared some years before by Mr. L. J. K. Brace, a Nassau gentleman, afterwards (1886) an assistant in the Botanical Gardens of Calcutta. • With this as a basis I prepared and classified the following list. In the course of the year I visited many of the "out-islands," and was enabled to make considerable additions to Mr. Brace's list, which, however, was exceedingly use- ful. I regret much that his name is not attached to the plants whose occurrence he described ; this is due to the fact that I was obliged to leave Nassau a month earlier than I had expected, and before I could prepare a final copy of the list. It was intended that the list should be published by the Board of Agriculture, whose property it was, but this was not done, owing to the very small funds of the Board. Governor Blake placed it in the hands of my friend Prof. Charles S. Dolley, who has made numerous additions to it, and to whom is due the credit of its present publication. The list' is called " Provisional " mainly because it is not backed throughout by herbarium specimens, though in any case it must have been incomplete. Prof. Dolley has placed in the herbarium and green-house of the University of Pennsylvania specimens cov- ering nearly all his additions, and the plants listed as having been collected by Prof. Herrick, are represented by herbarium specimens. (Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Vol. VI, No. 18, p. 46.) Herborization in so damp a climate as that of the Bahamas is attended with some difficulties, which are considerablv increased 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. when the work has to be done on board of a 20-ton sponging schooner. I found, too, that other duties of more practical use to the colony left but little time for this, so I adopted the plan of col- lecting what plants I could, and diagnosing them while still fresh by the aid of Grisebach, and Maout and Decaisne (Hooker's Ed.), not making any attempt to preserve the specimens, as a rule. This, of course, would have been simply inexcusable if the making up of a Bahama Flora had been my main duty. Thus the list is neces- sarily very imperfect, and much in need of confirmation. The islands from which the most interesting results are to be expected, when they are explored, are Andros, Bimini, Inagua, with Mayaguana and Atwood's Cay. Andros (really a group of islands) contains many fresh-water ponds in its northern half. I visited it, with instructions to investigate its agricultural capabilities, a month after I arrived in the colony (1885), when everything was quite new t<» me, and before my books, etc., had arrived. I was unable ever to visit it again ; but it is pretty certain that good results may be obtained from its exploration. Bimini is on the margin of the Gulf Si ream, and I expected interesting "finds" there, but my books were lost overboard in landing, and I was unable to identify what new plants I saw. Its waters are rich zoologically, and on account of its position it deserves botanical investigation. Inagua and the two small islands mentioned are separated from the rest of the archipelago by deep "ocean" water. I made two separate attempts to reach them, but was foiled, once by bad weather, the other time by the theft of my schooner by a Haytian negro. Atwood's Cay is said to possess a small mammal, the Utia or Outi (Capromyx) not elsewhere found in the colony ; and during my time in the Bahamas, a living alligator was washed ashore on a log. of mahogany at Inagua, having probably come from Hayti. Reason- ing bv analogy, these islands ought to be interesting botanicallv. The distribution of natural orders in the different islands would be worth attention. I was not able to pay much attention to this, and the book in which I had made some notes on the subject was lost at Bimini ; but such facts as the restriction of the Bahama Pine to the northern islands (Abaco, Bahama, Berry Islands, New Providence and the northern half of Andros), and the greater number and variety of Cacteae in the more southerly islands indicate what there is to be done. Roughly speaking, the flora of the northern islands generally resembles that of Bermuda (cf. Bulletin No. 25, II. S. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351 National Museum, also, Plants of the Bermudas, O. A. Reade, Ber- muda, 1885). The flora of the more southern ones while still gene- rally resembling that of Bermuda, also shows affinities with that of the Greater Antilles. Probably the flora of Inagua will be found to be much like that of Hayti and Eastern Cuba. Some Florida plants are found in the Northern islands, but it is a question whether they have come from Florida, or gone from the Bahamas. A grant was made by the British Association, in 1887, for the in vest iiiatioii of the Bahama Flora, and Baron von Eggers of St. Croix, known for his work in the Lesser Antilles, has accordingly been in the Bahamas during the last year ; but I have seen nothing of his results beyond a letter in " Nature " of April 12, 1888, p. 565. All such plants as have heretofore been listed and the additions made to this list by Professors Dolley and Herrick, are followed by the collector's name in brackets. JOHN GARDINER. CRYPTOGAMIA. ACROGENS. Class I. ALGAE. Subclass I. Melanospermege, or Olive colored Algae. Order I. FUCACE/E. 1. Sargassum affine, J.Ag. Gulf weed. Air vesicles spherical pointless. {Dolley.) 2. Sargassum bacciferum, Ag. Gulf Weed, Tropical sea grape. [Dolley.) Air vesicles spherical, tipped with a longish bristle. Subclass III. Chlorospermese, or Green Algae. Order I. SIPHONACE^E. 1. Caulerpa, several species. [Dolley.) 2. Halimeda opuntia, Lamour. [Dolley.) 3. Halimeda tridens, Lamour. [Dolley.) 4. Eudotea flabellata, Lamour. [Dolley.) Order II. DASYCLADEiE. 1. Acetabularia crenulata, Lamour. {Dolley.) Tufts two or three inches high, consisting of slender stalks bearing peltate disks or cups, radiated like mushrooms; green, coated with lime, rocks and corals, near shore and in Waterloo Lake. 352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Order III. VALONIACE/E. 1. Penicillus phoenix, Lamk. Mermen's shaving brushes. New Providence. (Dolley.) Class. FILICES. Order POLYPODIACE.E. True Ferns. 1. Acrostichum aureum, L. AbaCO. (Herrick.) 2. Adiantum tenerum, Swz. (Swains.) [Heirick.) 3. Aneimia adiantifolia, Swz. Abaco. Green Turtle Cay. (Herrick.) New Providence. (Dol/ey.) 4. Aspidium patens, Swz. (Grisei.) Abaco. (Herrick.) New Providence, a very hairy variety. (Dolley.) 5. A. incisum, Gr. (Fraser.) 6. A. trifoliatum, Sw. (Griseb.) 7. A. adiantifolium, Sw. {Swains.) 8. Davalia clavata, Swz. (Swains.) Abaco. (Henick.) New Providence, abundant near, "Banana holes." (Do/ley.) 9. Polypodium incanum, Swz. Abaco, on trees, i Her rick.) 10. P. Phyllitidis, L. New Providence. (Dolley.) 11. P. Swartzii, Baker. New Providence, on shrubs. (Dolley.) 12. Taenitis lanceolata, R. Br. Abaco, on trees. (Herrick.) 13. Pteris longifolia. L. (Swains.) New Providence. (Dolley.) 14. Pteris aurea, L. New Providence, on the trunks of scrub Palmettoes. (Dickinson and Dowd.) PHANEROGAMIA. GYMNOSPERMIA. Order I. CYCADEAE. 1. Zamia angustifolia, Jacq. Bay-rush. Indigeuous. Pith furnishes starch fit for food and for laundry purposes, sold in Nassau by negroes from Andros, and from outlying districts of N. P. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353 2. Cycas revoluta, Thunb. Bastard Sago-palm. Common in gardens; originally from Asia (China and Japan), but found in many countries, even in New Guinea. Pith furnishes a kind of sago. Order II. CONIFERAE. 1. Juniperus Barbadensis, L. (Griseb.) Bermuda Cedar. Indigenous ; furnishes timber and wood suitable for lead-pencils. 2. J. Virginiana, L. Abaco. (Herrick.) 3. Pinus Babamensis, Gr. (Griseb. Dolley ; von Eggers ; Urban.) Grisebach states that at the time of writing (1864) the cones only of this tree were known and that " it may belong to the section Tieda." In this surmise he was correct, as can be seen by the speci- mens of cones and foliage in the Univ. of Pennsylvania, and in the Bot. Mus. Berlin. Shr'k 8. It resembles very closely P. Taedawar. heterophylla, now known as P. cubensis Gr. Bahama pitch-pine, Loblolly pitch-pine. Indigenous. Timber poor; fit for turpentine, of which a certain amount was made on Andros and other islands for the use of the Confederacy during the American Civil War. ANGIOSPERMIA. MONOCOTYLED ONS. Order I. CANNACEAE. 1. Canna Indica, L. " Indian Shot." In gardens. West Indian. 2. C. coccinea, Ait. Said to be natives of India, but now found in most tropical countries. 3. Maranta arundinacea, L. Arrow Root. Tropical America. Many members of this order yield a useful starch ; e.g. M. arundinacea, Oredulis (fleshy rhizome) and others. Order II. ZINGIBERACEAE. 1. Alpinia nutans, Rox. Shell-plant, Ginger. In gardens. Tropical America. 2. Costus sp. ? Wild Ginger. West Indian. 24 354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 3. Zingiber officinale, Rox. Ginger. Cultivated. E. India. The members of this order are used as aromatic stimulants, in medicine In some forms of dyspepsia ; used as condiment. Order III. MUSACEAE. 1. Musa paradisiaca, L. Plantain. Originally from the E. Indies. 2. M. sapientum, L. Banana. Originally from the E. Indies. These two fruits are too well known to require descrijition. From the leaf-stalks of other members of this order, wood-fibre is prepared. Order IV. BROMELIACEAE. 1. Ananassa sativa, Lindley. Pine-apple, from Brazil originally. Extensively cultivated for export. Grows best in a peculiar red soil formed by the disintegra- tion of the coral rock, and occurring most extensively in Abaco, Eleuthera, Cat Island and Long Island. 2. Bromelia Pinguin, L. Wild Pine, Pinguin. Indigenous. Good fibre is obtained from the leaves. The fruit is the size of a plum, and is an excellent vermifuge. 3. Tillandsia utriculata, L. Wild Pine. Indigenous. 4. T. usneoides, L. Old Man's Beard. Florida Moss. West Indies and Southern States. 5. T. fasciculata, Sw. (Swains.) Wild Pine. Indigenous. 6. T. recurvata, L. (Griseb.) Wild Pine. Indigenous. 7. T. bulbosa, Hook. Wild Pine. Abaco. {Herrick) 8. T. canescens, Sw.? Wild Pine. Abaco. {HerrUk.) 9. Catopsis nutans, Gris. ? Epiphytic Bromeliad, Wild Pine. Abaco. [Herrick.) Many plants in this order yield very fine silky fibres. The unripe fruit of 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355 the Pine Apple and the Pinguin and of other species, is vermifuge and diuretic. Order V. ORCHIDEAE 1. Epidendrum aciculare, Batem. (Lindley.) Indigenous. 2. E. gracile, Lindl. Indigenous. 3. E. rufum, Lindl. (Lindley.) Indigenous. 4. E. altissimum, Batem. (Lindlev, Dolley.) Indigenous. 5. E. Bahamense, Gray. {Swains.) Indigenous. 6. E. plicatum, Lindl. [Swains.) Indigenous. 7. E. cochleatum, L. (Catesb.) Indigenous. Pansy Orchid. 8. E. nocturaum, L. (Catesb.) Indigenous. 9. Bletia purpurea, D. C. (Swains.) Indigenous. Common purple Orchid. Purple orchid tubers made into tea are good for fish poisoning. In Andros they are used for cuts, and called wild ginger. 10. Bletia sp. * Indigenous. 11. Spiranthes tortilis, Rich. Probably Indigenous. 12. S. picta, Lindl. ? Trinidad. 13. Oncidium Guibertianum, Rich. (Herrick.) Epiphytic orchid. Abaco. Very few orchids of any kind are of use to man and none of the Bahama species are among these. Order VI. IRIDEAE. 1. Iris versicolor, L. 2. I. violacea, Swiet. 3. I. Florentina, L. All of these kinds of Iris are cultivated in gardens. 356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 4. Gladiolus sp. 1 In gardens. The Iris root is purgative and emetic and is used in preparing orris. Order VII. AMARYLLIDEAE. 1. Agave Americana, Linn. American Aloe, from Continent; American Agave, Century Plant, Maguey, Magaly, Spiked Aloe, Mexican Maguey, Flower- ing Aloe, Pita. 2. A. Mexicana, Lam. Mexican Aloe, Pita, Manilla plant, from Mexico ; Sisal hemp. 3. A. variegata, Hort. In gardens. Partridge Breast Aloe. 4. A. striata, Luc. In gardens. 5. Eucharis Amazonica, Lindl. Eucharist Lily. In gardens, from Brazil. 6. Narcissus Jonquilla, Linn. Ill Gardens. Jonquil. 7. Pancratium sp. T Spider Lily. Old and new world in gardens. 8. Amaryllis Atamasco, L. Atamasco lily. Gardens. 9. Crinum sp. ? Essequibo lily. Gardens. 10. Crinum erubescens, Herb. Squill lily. Most of the members of this order are ornamental plants, but some are of great economic value. Agave Mexicana and others of the o-enus yield a fine fibre, known as Pita, Sisal or Manilla fibre. The efforts of Governor Blake and one of the authors to promote the cultivation of these fibres in the colony long appeared unavail- ing ; but now (Feb. 1889), it appears that the cultivation has been begun in earnest. The soil is well suited for these plants, but the want of energy and of capital among the people must make the issue of the experiment doubtful, as yet. A Mexican Agave yields the drink called Mescal. The flowering stalk is used for corks and for razor strops. The juice of the leaves is sometimes used as a resolvent for scrofula and cancers. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 357 Order VIII. DIOSCOREAE. 1. Dioscorea sativa, Griseb. Common Yam. 2. D. alata, Linn. White Yam Negro country Yam, and probably several other species. D. sativa includes several varieties. Yams are indigenous in all tropical countries, but the kinds cultivated for food appear to have been introduced from the East Indies, though this is not certain. 3. Rajania hastata, Linn. Wild Yam. In woods. Dioscoreae are chiefly and exceedingly valuable as food from the abundant starch their root tubes contain. They contain an acrid principle, which is removed by cooking. The leaves of some species are used in intermittent fevers. Order IX. ALISMAOEAE. 1. Sagittaria lancifolia, L. Arrow head. Indigenous. Sagittaria has the reputation of being good for hydrophobia, mainly on account of its being a water plant. The rhizomes when cooked are eatable. The members of this family possess very astringent properties, and have been used in the preparation of ink. Order X. JUNCAGINEAE. 1. Triglochin, near T. striatum, R. & P. This order is of no known use to man. Order XI. POTAMEAE. 1. Potamogetonsp. T Pondweed. Pondweed. This order has no known properties. Order XII. NAITDEAE. 1. Thalassia Testudinum, Koen. Turtlegrass, Manatee grass. Marine. Serves as food for turtles, and in Jamaica waters for the Manatee. Order XIII. PALMAE. 1. Areca Catechu, L. Betel-Nut Palm.. One specimen in Nassau, called Pianang, native of Cochin China, Malayan Peninsula and Islands. 358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1889. 2. Oreodoxa regia, Kth. Royal Cabbage Palm. Several specimens in Nassau and through- out the colony. West Indian. 3. 0. oleracea, Mart. [Coll. Mart.) Barbadoes Cabbage Palm. West Indies. From the tree of this genus is obtained the so-called cabbage, which consists of the young leaf bud, and is eaten boiled or pickled. The pith affords a kind of sago. From the fruit oil is obtained. 4. Sabal umbraculifera, Mart. {Coll. Mart.) Royal Palmetto. Fortune Island. (Eggers.) 5. Palmetto, Lodd. Fortune Island, very common and used for making hats. (Eggers.) Palmetto leaves when young and undeveloped are an excellent vegetable or " cabbage," and later are used for thatch and for mak- ing baskets, mats, etc., of best quality. The stem of T. parviflora furnishes timber, and fibre is obtained from S. umbraculifera. The roots are rich in tannin and very astringent. Canes of Palmetto- wood readily break diagonally, and so can be used as daggers, the edges being very sharp. On this account their use is forbidden in Cuba. 6. Thrinax parviflora, Sw. (Calesd.) Fan Palm, Royal Palmetto, Palmetto Thatch. 7. T. argentea, Lodd. (Catesb.) Silver leaved palmetto, Silver thatch. 8. Cocos nucifera, Linn. Cocoa nut, Porcupine wood, Palmyra wood, Cocoa Palm. Intro- duced from West Indies; originally from Indian Archipelago or from Islands west of Panama. It is needless to mention in detail the manifold uses of this palm. One summary of them says, that it yields sugar, milk, solid cream, oil, wine, cloth, cups, wood for build- ing, thatch, etc. Cocoanut oil is obtained by pressing the albumen when fresh ; it is transparent, and is used in cookery ; used in Eng- land under the name of Copra. The thicker portion, stearine, is used in making candles, the clear oil for burning in lamps ; for affections of the chest. It is mildly depurative and laxative. Glycerine is obtained from it. The fibre is used for "Coir" ropes, matting, brushes, brooms, upholstery, etc. (Smith Diet., Econ. PI.) Its young leaves are excellent " cahbage ". The pulp and milk of young nuts are said to be strongly anthelmintic. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359 9. Euterpe oleracea, Mart. Cabbage Palm. 12-25 ft. higb. Every where, except Abaco, Bahama, Andros, Eleuthera, Berry Islands. " Cabbage " used as food for hogs ; this appears to be causing the extinction of the palm. Order XIV. TYPHACBAE. 1. Typha latifolia, Linn. Cat's Tail, Bulrush, Reed-Mace. Extends from Brazil to Texas. The young shoots are eatable when boiled, and also the rhizomes, which are astringent and diuretic, and used in Asia for dysentery. The pollen is made into bread in India and New Zealand. Order XV. AROIDEAE. 1. Colocasia esculenta, Sch. Shot Eddoe, Indian Kale. From E. Indies. " Taro " is the general name for the species of Colocasia; C. esculenta is also called " Scratch coco." 2. Caladium maculatum, Lodd. Bleeding heart. E. and W. Indies. 3. C. tricolor, Vent., etc. Bleeding heart. E. and W. Indies. 4. Richardia iEthiopica, Kunth. White Arum, Calla Lily. From Cape of Good Hope. The rhizomes and leaves of Aroideae contain an acrid juice, some- times a violent poison ; but an abundance of nutritive starch is obtained from the rhizomes of Colocasia and Caladium, the Eddoes Aroideae are said to have diuretic and expectorant properties. Order XVI. LILIACEAE. 1. Yucca aloifolia, Linn. Adam's Needle, Spanish Bayonet, Dagger Plant. From South- ern U. S. 2. Lilium candidum, Linn. In gardens. 3. L. Japonicum, Linn. Easter lily. 4. Polianthes tuberosa, Linn. Tuberose. In gardens. From E. Indies. 5. Aloe vulgaris, Willd. Medicinal aloe. East and West Indies. 360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 6. Allium, Several species cultivated, onions, leeks, etc. The bulbs of lilies are rich in starch, and in some places are used as food. The fruits of Yucca are purgative ; its leaves afford fibre used in paper-making. The roots of some species are used for soap in Southern Colorado, New Mexico, etc., a use apparently unknown in the West Indies. Aloes have never been cultivated to any extent, though conditions are favorable. Order XVII. SMILACEAE. 1. Smilax Havanensis, Jacq. (Swains.) China-withe. Indigenous or from Jamaica. The various species of Smilax furnish Sarsaparilla, well known as an alterative. The root of a Smilax, apparently S. balbisiana, is known here as China-root, and is used by the bush-doctors in syphilis. Order XVIII. COMMELYNEAE. 1. Tradescantia discolor, Sw. Oyster-plant. Naturalized from West Indies. 2. Commelyna elegans, Kth. Little is known of the properties of this order. The name "Oyster-Plant" is taken from the appearance of the flower-buds. Order XIX. CYPERACEAE. 1. Cyperus polystachyus, Rottb. 2. C. compressus, L. 3. C. Luzulae, Rottb. 4. C. rotundus, Linn. Nut grass. 5. C. Vahlii, Steudel. (Herrick.) 6. Cladium occidentale, Schrad. (Griseb.) Prickly Sedge. 7. Rhynchospora .cp. 1 8. Scleria filiformis, Sw. 9. Dichromena leucocephala, Michx. Common. 10. Fimbristylis spadicea, Vahl. Members of this family have very few useful properties. I do not know of any that are used medicinally in this colony. The rhizomes of C. rotundm are said to be diuretic and astringent. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361 Order XX. GRAMINEAE. 1. Arthrostylidium, sp. ? Bamboo. West Indies. 2. Chusquea sp. 1 Bamboo. West Indies. 3. Bambusa vulgaris, Schrd. Bamboo. In a few gardens. Cosmopolitan, common throughout tropical Asia and America. Height 100 ft. or more. Used for house building, water pipes ; young stems for paper making, for which purpose it is cultivated in East and West Indies. 4. Eragrostis plumosa. 5. E. pectinacea, Gray. 6. E. ciliaris, Lk. 7. Sporobolus Virginicus, Kth. 8. S. tenacissimus, P. B. 9. Stipa. sp.T Feather grass. 10. Oryza sativa, L. Rice. Cultivated sparsely. China. 11. Chloris ciliata, Sw. 12. Chloris radiata, Sw. 13. Dactyloctenium iEgyptiacum, Willd. (Hjalmars.) 14. Eleusine Indica, G. 15. Cynodon Dactylon, Pers. ( Griseb.) Bahama Grass, Devil grass. 16. Paspalum* Wire grass. 17. Digitaria sanguinalis, Scop. 18. Stenotaphrum Americanum, Schrk. 19. Panicum grossarium, L. 20. P. divaricatum, L. 21. P. dichotomum, L. 22. Setaria glauca, P. B. 23. Cenchrus echinatus. A decumbent variety. {Hjalman.) Bur Grass. 24. C. hirsutus, L. (Merrick.) Courage Bush. 362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1889. 25. C. tribuloides, L. (Herrick.) 26. Tricholaena leucophaea. 27. Andropogon Schoenanthus, L. Lemon Grass, Citronella. India. Grows wild and cultivated, yields essential oil used in perfumery. 28. Anatherum macr urum, Gr. Fox Tail Grass. 29. Saccharum officinarum. L. Sugar Cane, cultivated, originally from Asia. See in this connec- tion, " Remarks on the East India and other Canes imported into the French Caribbean Islands, and lately introduced into the Island of Antigua, by Sir John Laforey, Bart, in Edward's Hist. of Brit. Col. in the W. I. Preface to 2nd Edit. p. 32. 30. Zea Mais. L. Indian Corn, Maize. According to Edwards (Hist, of the West Indies, I, p. 15), this name is derived from the word " Mahez," applied by the aborigines of the West Indies to this plant. Cul- tivated. America. 31. Sorghum vulgare, Pers. Guinea Corn, cultivated ; from the old World. 32. Uniola paniculata, L. {Swains.) Spike Grass. Common along sand beaches in the Bahamas, as well as along southern coast of U. S. Grasses are valuable as food for cattle and for man. In the Bahamas, Maize and Guinea Corn are much used, and also Sugar Cane, though but little sugar is made, owing to the prohibition of the manufacture of rum. The cane is of poor quality, short-jointed, fibrous and deficient in sugar, and is used mainly au naturel as a sweetmeat. Cane syrup is made in small quantity and used instead of molasses or maple syrup. The true Bamboo (Bambusa) is grown in some gardens. Arthrosty Helium and Chusquea, known as Wild Bamboo, are more or less twining plants found in the bush. The lemon-grass, A ndropogon Schoenanthus, is made into a cooling febrifuge. Cynodon Daietylon is emollient and aperient. A troublesome grass, known as Bur- Grass, grows abundantly, and in Andros and other islands, accord- ing to Governor Blake, renders the raising of sheep or cattle impos- sible, it having a very rough bur. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363 ANGIOSPERMIA. DICO TYLED ONES. Order. I RANUNCULACEAE. 1. Clematis Vitalba, Linn. Virgins Bower. Indigenous and nearly cosmopolitan. 2. Delphinium, sp.? Larkspur, Stavesacre. Indigenous from old world. Seeds con- tain active principle, yield an extremely acrid poisonous alkaloid called Delphinia, originally employed as a cathartic, but discarded because of its violent action ; and to destroy parasites. This order chiefly inhabits temperate and cold climates. Most of its members have acrid and vesicant properties and aresometimes|very poisonous. Order II. ANONACEAE. 1. Anona muricata, L. Sour Sop. West Indian. 2. A. palustris. L. Alligator Apple, Cork Wood, Monkey Apple. Common on low islands near the sea, unpalatable to man, liked by alligators. West Indian and South American. 3. A. sericea, L. Sweet Sop. West Indian. 4. A. squamosa, L. Sweet Sop, Sugar Apple. W. I. 5. A. reticulata, L. Custard Apple. W. I. " Bullock's Heart." 6. A. laurifolia, Dun. (Catesb.) Tree like the peach only taller. The fruits of this order are well known. That of Anona palustris is said to be narcotic, but I have eaten it with impunity. The wood of the same plant is exceedingly light and compressible, and can be used instead of cork. It is said in the Bahamas that a decoction of the root of A. muricata is an antidote to fish poison and will destroy Chigoes. A leaf of A. squamosa laid on a pillow is said to attract bugs, so they can be killed. A. reticulata is employed as an anti- dysenteric and vermifuge. 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Order III. P AP AVER ACE AE. 1. Argemone Mexicana, L. Mexican Poppy, Prickly Poppy, Yellow Thistle, Fin-Bush. Nat- uralized, from Mexico and Southern U. S. (Green Turtle), Herrick. The narcotic properties of this order are well known. Argemone is used here by the bush doctors for the small-pox. Its seeds have been used elsewhere as a substitute for Ipecacuanha; its juice is said to destroy warts, to be efficacious against bites of venomous serpents, and to be useful in ophthalmia. Order IV. CRUCIFERAE. 1. Sinapis Brassicata, L. Mustard. West Indies. 2. Lepidium Virginicum, L. Pepper Grass. U. S. Besides these species, which are wild, a large number of others are cultivated, including many of the kitchen vegetables, e. g. Cabbage, Cauliflower, Kale, Turnips, Radish, Cress, Sea-Kale, Horse-radish. None of the plants in this order are poisonous. Most of them are anti-scorbutics ; mustard taken internally is an emetic and diuretic, externally a blister. 3. Cakile sequalis, L'Her. (Hjahnars.) Turks Island. Order V. CAPPARIDEAE. 1. Crataeva Tapia, L. Garlic Pear Tree, native of West Indies, called in Jamaica, Garlic Tree, from odor of its fruit. Catesby says that land-crabs feed on this in the Bahamas. 2. Cleome pentaphylla, Ti. (S7vains.) Mustard, Sambo. Naturalized throughout West Indies. Origi- nally from old world. This is reputed in the Bahamas to have many useful properties. Boiled, it forms an excellent vegetable. Its leaves per se heal sores and relieve the pain of the gout. In oil, they cure skin diseases, especially leprosy. Boiled in water, it causes expectoration and relieves flatulency. The juice of the plant mixed with oil and dropped into the ear relieves deafness. The properties of the order are similar to those of the preceding one. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365 Order VI. MORINGEAE 1. Moringa pterygosperma, G. Horse-radish Tree, Ben-nut Tree. The root of this tree, finely scraped, is eaten as horse-radish. The oil of Ben, obtained by expression from the seeds, is much used by perfumers, and by machinists, because it does not freeze or become rancid. Order VII. VIOLACEAE. Species of Viola, such as V. odorata, Sweet Violet, are cultivated in gardens in Nassau for their flowers. Order VIII. CANELLACEAE. 1. Canella alba, Murr. (Grisebac/i.) Bahama White Wood Bark, Wild Cinnamon, White Canella, Wild Canella, False Winter's Bark. The bark from tins tree is exported from the Bahamas ; it is known in commerce by the fore- going names. It is an aromatic stimulant, tonic and cordial and yields by distillation an oil with the same properties. Order IX. BIXINEAE. 1. Xylosma nitidum, As. Gray. 2. X. buxifolium. 3. Xylosma sp. T 4. Casearia lactioides. 5. C. serrulata, Sw. All West Indian and indigenous. I know nothing of the uses of any of these plants. The order as a whole has (fully) bitter and astringent properties. Some of its members are poisonous. Order X. POLYGALEAE. 1. Polygala sp.! Milk- wort; almost cosmopolitan. 2. Badiera Domingensis, Jacq. Bastard Lignum vitae. West Indies. 3. Bredemeyera sp. ! West Indian and South American. This order has tonic and astringent properties. Badiera Domin- gensis is a sudorific like Lignum vita?. Some species of Polygala are said to act as antidotes to snake bites. Bredemeyera is used against syphilis in Trinidad. 366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Order XI. PORTULACEAE. 1, Portulaca oleracea, L. Purslane. Tropical countries. 2. Sesuvium portulacastrum, L. Sea-side Purslane. All tropical countries. Portulaca is used as a Pot herb and in salads, and is cooling, astringent, antiscorbutic. Order XII. TAMARISCINEAE. 1. Tamarix Indica. Willd. Tamarisk. From Asia. Grown in some gardens in Nassau. Order XIII. HYPERICINEAE. 1. Ascyrum hypericoides, L. {Swains.) St. Andrew's Cross, Peter's Wort. Indigenous, American, astringent, diuretic. Order XIV. G-UTTIFERAE. 1. Mammea Americana, L. Mammee, Mammee Apple. Indigenous in West Indies. Oil of seed used for hair oil. Tree upon being wounded yields thick yel- low gum. Used as a cure for itch, and to prevent Chigoes from attacking the feet. The bark is a powerful astringent, poisonous. 2. Calophyllum Calaba, Jacq. Galba, Santa Maria Wood, Calaba Tree. Fruit contains one seed yielding an oil fit for lamps. Tropical America, West Indies, Brazil. The gum-resin secreted by trees of this order is acrid and purgative. The Mammee is a well-known fruit ; its seeds are anthelmintic ; an aromatic liquor (Eau de Creole) is distilled from its flowers. The wood of Calophyllum is fit for shingles and heavy work ; and its resin is useful as an application to ulcers. Order XV. MALVACEAE. 1. Sida carpinifolia, L. Wire-weed. Indigenous. America and West Indies. 2. S. spinosa, L. E. & W. I. and America. 3. S. urens, L. Indigenous. America, W. I. and Africa. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367 4. Abutilon filiforme, Jacq. W. I. and Africa. 5. A. permolle, G. Don. (Swains.) Indigenous. 6. A. Indicum, G. Don. 7. Abelmoschus moschatus, Mchx. Musk Ochra. Native of Bengal, naturalized in all tropical countries. 8. A. esculentus, W. A. Ochra, Gumbo. Naturalized from Africa. 9. Hibiscus Rosa-Sinensis, L. Red Hibiscus. Naturalized from gardens in Asia. 10. H. Phoeniceus, Jacq. In gardens. 11. H. Sabdariffa, L. Red or Indian Sorrel. In gardens. 12. Gossypium Barbadense, L. Cotton. Cultivated. America. 13. G. sp. Red or Harbor Island Cotton. Harbor Island, wild. Distin- guished by colored cotton adhering to green seeds. Comparison with specimens of colored cotton in the Botanical Museum of Berlin show this to resemble more nearly Gossypium probiculatum Klstrsch., being of a more uniform reddish-brown than G. religiosum, and not so dark as G. herbaceum var. lana rufa, of Porto Rico and Cuba. (Collected by Krug and Urban.) It is very similar, when manufactured, to Nankeen cotton. Its color resists bleaching agents, sun, acids and alkalies, and has been used by the Harbor Islanders for makino- gloves. Its color seems to become darker in rich soils. Samples sent to the Colonial Exhibition, London, 1886, attracted much and favorable attention. It seems worthy of cultivation. First account Sebartz, Stockh. Handl., 1790. 14. Eriodendron anfractuosum, D. C. Silk-cotton Tree, Ceiba. S. America. Naturalized in West Indies. The large specimen at Nassau is said to have been brought from South Carolina, and to have given rise to all others on the island. 15. Helicteres Jamaicensis, Jacq. Screw-tree. W. Indian. 368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 16. H. semitriloba, Berter. (S7vai/ts.) Indigenous. 17. Tnespesia populnea, Corr. Sea-side Mahoe. Cork-tree. 18. Malvaviscus arboreus, Cos. Var. Sagrceanns, Rich. A shrub. 19. Sphaeraclea abutiloides, Endl. (Catesby.) N. Providence. This order is essentially tropical. Many of its members are cultivated in gardens for their flowers. The swollen calyx of Hibiscus Sabdariffa makes an excellent preserve, somewhat like cranberry, and used similarly. The unripe fruit of Abelmoschvs is a well-known vegetable, valuable for its mucilaginous properties ; it is said to be diuretic and useful in pulmonary diseases ; its seeds are cordial and stomachic, and is said to improve the flavor of coffee. It is also used for scenting pomatum, etc. Most of the members of this order are mucilaginous and have demulcent and emollient properties ; none are deleterious. The stems of species of Sida and Abutilon furnish very tenacious fibre, also Thespesia, whose unripe fruits are used in dyeing, and whose wood is fit for timber. Order XVI. STERCULIACEAE. 1. Melochia pyramidata, L. (Aric/io/s.) Indigenous. A common weed. v»v 2. M. tomentosa, L. (///a/wars.) 3. Waltheria Americana, L. All tropical countries. This order has similar properties to the preceding one. Waltheria is used as a febrifuge in S. America. Order XVII. TILIACEAE. 1. Triumfetta althaeoides, Lam. Bur-weed. Indigenous. 2. T. semitriloba, L. Bur-bark. Indigenous to all tropical countries. 3. Corchorus olitorius, L. Jew's Mallow, Jute. Introduced from East Indies. Common in Syria where the young sprouts are eaten as a vegetable, like Aspar- agus. It is said to be a favorite with the Jews, hence its name. (Smith Diet. Econ. PI.) 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369 4. C. siliquosus, L. Broom weed, Jute. W. Indies and S. America. 5. C. hirsutus, L. (Siva his.) This order has similar astringent and mucilaginous properties to those of Malvaceae. The species of Corchorus furnish valuable fibre known as jute, which is employed in the manufacture of many fabrics, from " Gunny bags " to satin ; their young leaves boiled, are excellent pot-herbs. The leaves of Triumfetta are said to be useful astringents. Order XVIII. EEYTHEOXYLEAE. 1. Erytbroxylon brevipes, D. C. Eboe light wood, Red wood. Indigenous. 2. E. obovatum, Macf. Indigenous. To this order belongs the plant E. coca, used as a stimulant in Peru and Bolivia, from which the anaesthetic cocaine is obtained. Recent investigations show that the West Indian species contain but very small amount of the alkaloid, and they do not appear to be used as bush-medicine. Some species are used for dyeing, from the red color of the wood. Order XIX. MALPIGHIACEAE. 1. Byrsonima lucida, Ricb. (Swains.) Fortune Island. (Eggers.) 2. Buncbosia glandulosa, Rich. West Indian Cherry. W. I. and S. America. 3. Malpigbia setosa, Spreng. (Szvains.) Indigenous, also in Hayti. 4. Malpigbia sp. T Near M. glabra. L. Wild Cherry, Barbados Cherry. 5. Stigmapbyllon Sagraeanum, Juss. (Swains.) Indigenous and in Cuba. o 6. Triopteris rigida, Sw. Narrow-leaved variety. (Swains.) Indigenous and in Cuba and Hayti. The plants of this order have medicinal properties and some of them, e. g., Byrsonia, Bunchosia, Malpighia, have eatable fruits. The order is distinctlv tropical. 25 370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889 Order XX. ZYGOPHYLLEAE. 1. Tribulus maximus, L. Caltrop. A weed. W. Indian and throughout tropical countries. 2. Guaiacum sanctum, L. (Stcauis.) Lignum vitae, Pock-wood. W. Indian and tropical America. Very plentiful on Acklin Island, Long Cay and Crooked Island, also on Fortune Island. {Eggers.) The wood of Guaiacum is largely used on account of its hardness, toughness and durability. The leaves are used for scouring floors. The resin is very valuable medicinally as a stimulant, diaphoretic and alterative, in gout and rheumatism and in syphilis, in which disease it is largely used in the West Indies and in this colony. A purgative syrup is made from the flowers in this colony. Order XXI. BALSAMINEAE. Species of Impatiens, the Balsam of gardens, are cultivated for their flowers. From the E. Indies. Order XXII. AUEANTIACEAE. 1. Citrus Aurantium, L. Sweet Orange, Orange, Curacoa Orange, Nerolia Flowers, Forbid- den Fruit, Golden Apple, Orange Apple. Native of Southern China. Early cultivated in Persia. 2. C. decumana, L. Shaddock. Large ones called Pomeloes and small ones "For- bidden Fruit." Native of China. Introduced into W. Indies early in the 18th Century by Cap't Shaddock, hence the name. 3. C. racemosus, Ris, et Poit. Grape Fruit. Wild in Northern India. Early cultivated in Persia. 4. C. Limonum, Ress. Lemon. Fruit refrigerant, antiscorbutic. Peel furnishes oil of lemon. 5. C. Bigaradia, Dun. Bitter Orange, Seville orange, Bigarade, Cassia lignea. This species is largely used for marmalades, candied orange peel and bitter tinctures. 6. C. spinosissima, Mey. Lime. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371 7. Glycosmis pentaphylla, D. C. Mandarin Orange. Cultivated largely in China. These various species all come from the E. Indies, China or the Malay Archipelago originally. The fruits are known everywhere. Bahama oranges are of fine quality, and a considerable number are exported to the U. S., but owing to want of care in gathering and packing, their price is low. Many so-called Florida oranges come from the Bahamas. Essential oils, used in perfumery and in the manufacture of liqueurs, are obtained from the rind and flowers. In medicine the acids of these fruits are used as refreshing laxatives and antiseptics. Order XXIII. XANTHOXYLEAE. 1. Xanthoxylum fraxineum, Willd. Prickly Ash, Yellow wood. 2. X. clava-Her cutis, L. Hercules' Club, Prickly Yellow wood. 3. X. emarginatum, Desco. All indigenous. The species of Xanthoxylum are medicinal. In the Bahamas the root of X. clava- Her cults is used as a poultice for ulcers, and the bark is chewed for tooth-ache. The wood yields a yellow dye ; the bark is also regarded as anti-syphilitic in this colony. The young trees are made into walking sticks. 4. Fagara lentiscifolia, W". (Swains.) Order XXIV. SIMARUBEAE. 1. Picramnia pentandra, Sw. Bitter Wood. West Indies. 2. Alvaradoa amorphoides, Liebm. (Swains.) Tassel Plant. All tropical coasts. 3. Piorodendron Juglans, Gr. Jamaica Walnut. Jamaica. The plants of this order contain an exceedingly bitter principle, which gives them tonic properties. Picramnia is administered in this colony as a tonic and febrifuge. Order XXV. BURSERACEAE. 1, Bur sera gummifera, L. (Mc. Nab.) Mastic Tree, West Indian Birch, Jamaica Birch, Caranna Gum Tree, indigenous to this colony, Jamaica and East Indies. 2. Amyris sylvatica, Jacq. Torch AVood, Shrubby Sweet Wood. W. Indian. Indigenous. 372 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1889. 3. Hedwigia balsamifera, Sw. Bois cochon, Gum Elemi. West Indian. The trees of this family yield resins which are used in the making of gum Elemi. It is said here to be good for pain in the back. Order XXVI. MELIACEAE. 1. Melia Azederach, L. Pride of India, Azederach bark, Pride of China, Pride of Winter, Bead Tree, Pride Tree, Hoop Tree, African Lilac, China Tree. Asiatic. Naturalized. 2. Swietenia Mahogoni, L. (Catesby.) Mahogany. W. Indian and tropical American. Fortune Island {Eggers.) 3. Cedrela odorata, L. W. Indian Cedar, Jamaica Cedar. Native of Honduras, Jamaica and southern parts of tropical America ; suited to all kinds of cab- inet work, color reddish-brown, alliaceous odor to the leaves and bark. The trees of this family have many medicinal properties. Melia is purgative and vermifuge, but poisonous in large doses. The bark of the Mahogany is administered in fevers, with quinine, in tropical America. Order XXVII. OLACINEAE. 1. Ximenia Americana, L. Wild Olive, Sea-side plum. Tropical America, Africa and Asia. 2. Schoepfia odorata. {Wall) White beef wood. West Indies. Little is known of the properties of this order. Order XXVIII. ILICIttEAE. 1. Ilex montana, Gr. Winter berry. W. Indian. 2, I. macoucoua, Pers. Southern West Indies and Brazil. The species of Ilex have diuretic and febrifuge properties. Order XXIV. CELASTRINEAE. 1. Myginda pallens, Sw. West Indian. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373 The plants of this order contain an acrid principle. The roots and leaves of Myginda are diuretic. Order XXX. RHAMNEAE. 1. Condalia ferrea, Gr. (Swains.) Indigenous and West Indian. 2. Condalia sp. ? 3. Colubrina ferruginosa, ISreug. (Swains.) Saffron, Snake Wood, Green heart. Indigenous and West Indian. 4. Gouania Domingensis, L. Chew stick. West Indian. The plants of this order have tonic febrifuge properties. Colubrina is employed, in infusion, in fevers in this colony. It is used in dye- ing yellow. Gouania is used, as its popular name shows, as a tooth- brush. It is said to have stomachic properties. Order XXXI. AMPELIDEAE. 1. Ampelopsis quinquefolia, Miehx. Virginia Creeper. Introduced from America. 2. Vitis Caribaea, D. C. Jamaica Grape, Water Withe. West Indian and South American. 3. Cissus sicyoides, L. Sarsaparilla, China Root, Wild Yam. West Indian. These plants have acid and cooling properties. 4. C. acida, L. (Swains.) Order XXXII. SAPINDACEAE. 1. Serjania sp. T Tropical America. Climbing shrubs. 2. Thouinia discolor. Gr. (Swains.) Indigenous. Climbing shrubs. 3. Melicocca bijuga, L. Genip. Introduced from S. America. 4. Blighia sapida, Koen. Akee. Introduced from W. Africa. A handsome tree, 30 feet high. 5. Hypelata paniculata, Camb. Genip. Introduced from Jamaica. 374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Many of the plants of this order possess a saponaceous principle. Some of these are poisonous in whole or in part. The Genip has eatable fruit and that of the Akee is eatable in part, and is used as a remedy in dysentery ; the Akee is considered poisonous when raw, wholesome cooked. Serjania is very poisonous. Order XXXIII. TEREBINTHACEAE. 1. Rhus Toxicodendron, L. Poison Ivy, Poison Oak. America. 2. K. Metopium, L. Burn-wood, Jamaica Sumach, Doctor's Gum, False Hog Gum. W. Indian and America. 3. Mangifera Indica. L. Mango. Introduced from E. Indies. Leaves used for tanning, and powerful purgative and emetic, seeds farinaceous. 4. Anacardium occidentale, L. Cashew-nut. Tropical America. 5. Spondias lutea, L. Spanish Hog plum. Hog plum of Jamaica. W. Indies. 6. Comocladia integrifolia, Jacq. Maiden Plum. These plants have an acrid, sometimes very poisonous juice, but some of the fruits are largely eaten, e. g. Mango and Cashew-nut. The eatable portion in this last case is the swollen peduncle upon which the nut is borne. The acrid oil in the nut is very poisonous, and is said in the Bahamas to kill Chigoes and cure freckles, and to be useful applied to ulcers. A decoction of the leaves is said also to be a useful wash for ulcers. The Cashew-nut and the Hog-plum are said to be good for dropsy. The fruit of the latter is used for feeding swine. The species of Rhus are poisonous. The Mangoes of the Bahamas are of comparatively poor quality, the best are known as " Number Thirteen " — a variety which attains great perfection in Jamaica. The island of Itamaraca, off the coast of Pernambuco, is said to produce the finest Mangoes in the Western Hemisphere. Order XXXIV. LEGUMHNTOSAE. Sub-Order I. MIMOSEAE. 1. Neptunia plena, Benth. Indigenous. West Indies and Tropical America. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375 2. Desmanthus virgatus, Willd. Indigenous. West Indies and East Indies. 3. Mimosa Bahameasis, Benth. [Swains.) Sensitive plant. Indigenous. 4. Leucaena glauca, Benth. [Szvains.) Jumbai, Mimosa, Guaje. West Indies. 5. Acacia Bahamensis, Gr. [Swains.) Indigenous. 6. A. tortuosa, Willd. West Indies and S. America. 7. A. Farnesiana, Willd. West and East Indies and Africa. 8. A. Coriophylla, Benth. [Swainson.) Indigenous. 9. A. acuifera, Benth. [Hjalmars.) Indigenous. Turks Island. 10. A. (Albizzia) Lebbek, Willd. Black Ebony, Woman's Tongue. West Indies. 11. Calliandra Portoricensis, Benth. South America and West Indies. 12. C. haematomma, Benth. A variety having a strigose-pubescent corolla. {Swains.) Indig- enous. 13. Lysiloma Sabicu, Benth. Horse-flesh, Sabecue. West Indies. 14. Pitbecolobium Hystrix, Benth. West Indies. 15. P. Unguis-cati, Benth. [Swains.) Ram's horn. Sub-Order II. CAESALPINEAE. 1. Haematoxylon Campechianum, L. Logwood, Blockwood, Campeachy wood, Jamaica logwood, Hon- duras logwood, St. Domingo logwood. W. Indies and Tropical America. 2. Guilandina Bonduc, L. Yellow Nicker, Bonduc nut, Bonduc seed, Beasor nut, Yellow Nicker tree. Bonduc seed is tonic, astringent, anti-syphilitic, anti- periodic. West Indies. 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 3. G. Bonducella, L. Slate colored Nicker. W. Indies. Indigenous. 4. Caesalpinia pulcherrima, Sw. Pride of Barbadoes. E. Indies. Introduced by Mr. Saunders in 1886 to K P. 5. C. crista!., Sw. (Swains.) Bahama Braziletto. Indigenous. 6. Lebidibia coriaria, Schlecbt. Divi-Divi. South America and West Indies. 7. Cassia bicapsularis, L. (Swains.) Senna. Indigenous. West Indies. 8. C. biflora, L. Senna. West Indies. 9. C. occidentalis, L. Negro Coffee, Stinking-wood, Senna. All tropical countries. 10. C. ligustrina, L. (Dill.) 11. C. lineata, Sw. Senna. Jamaica and Cuba, 12. C. glandulosa, L. Brown Cassia, Dutchman's Butter. West Indies. 13. C. Chamsecrista, Sw. Senna. United States and West Indies. 14. Tamarindus Indica, L. Tamarind, Monkey-Tamarind, Black Tamarind, E. I. Tam- arind, Indian Date. The fruit pulp is laxative, refrigerant, acidu- lous ; leaves anthelmintic, bark tonic. From East Indies. 15. Paullinia tomentosa, Benth. Mountain Ebony. West Indies. 16. Poinciana regia. Introduced from Madagascar. Sub-Order III. PAPILIONACEAE. (Pea Tribe.) 1. Crotalaria stipularis, Des. Rattle- wort. West Indies. 2. C. verrucosa, L. (Griseb.) Indigenous. 3. C. pumila, Ort. Indigenous. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377 4. C. lotifolia, L. Jamaica and Tropical Africa. 5. C. retusa, L. (Griseb.) 6. Alysicarpus vaginalis, Dc. Introduced from West Indies. 7. Desmodium incanum, Dc. (Szvains.) Honey suckle. Indigenous. 8. D. tortuosum, Dc. Cock's-head. Florida, South America and West Indies. 9. Stylosanthes procumbens, Sw. Trefoil. Indigenous. Common in pastures. 10. Arachis hypogsea, L. Pea-nut, Ground-nut. Naturalized from Brazil. 11. Centrosema Virginianum, Benth. Var. angustifolium. (Hjalmars.) 12. Brya ebenus, Dc. Green Ebony. West Indies. 13. Abrus precatorius, L. Wikl Liquorice, Crab's Eyes, Black-eyed Susan Tree, naturalized from East Indies. 14. Rhynchosia minima, Dc. Red bead vine, Wort herb. America, West Indies and Africa. 15. Rhynchosia, sp. ? 16. Cajanus Indicus, Spreng. Pigeon Pea, Congo Pea, Called in India, Dhal ; from Asia. 17. Galactia filiformis, Benth. (Swains.) Indigenous and in East Indies and Australia. 18. G. pendula, Pers. Jamaica. 19. Phaseolus lunatus, L. Lima or Sugar bean. West Indies, Tropical America, Africa and Asia. 20. P. semi-erectus, L. West Indies, South America and East Indies. 21. Canavalia obtnsifolia, Dc. Red Sea-side bean. West Indies, South America, Australia and East Indies. 378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 22. Mucuna urens, Dc. Horse-eye bean. West Indies and Brazil. 23. Erythrina corallodendron, L. Coral Tree, Red bean tree. "West Indies and South America. 24. Piscidia Erythrina, L. {Sivains.) Jamaica Dogwood. West Indies. Used for poison by " surging " boughs, or bag containing bruised bark, leaves or roots in water. Bark, narcotic, sedative. 25. Peltophorum adnatum, Gr. (Swains.) 26. Sophora tomentosa, L. All along tropical sea shore. This large order yields more substances, useful in medicine and the arts than any other in the vegetable kingdom. Many of the plants enumerated above possess useful properties. Leucaena affords fodder for horses, but causes their tails and manes to fall off. Many species of Acacia yield gums sold as gum Arabic. A. Fame- siana has flowers which yield a perfume known as Cassie; it is cultivated in other countries on this account. It also yields a valu- able gum. A. Lebbek yields an ornamental wood. The species of Acacia have powerful astringent properties and are so used in medicine. The species of Calliandra have very beautiful flowers. Lysiloma furnishes a most valuable timber, well known in Cuba as Sabecue, in the Bahamas as " horse-flesh mahogany." The bark of Pithecolobium is astringent. Haemato.xylon. is the well-known dye wood, and has tonic and astringent properties. Guilancllna produces the yellow and slate- colored Nicker beans. They have tonic properties and have been used successfully in intermittent fevers. Caesalpinia pulcherrima is a handsome garden shrub, and in the East Indies its leaves are used as Senna. C. crista is the Bahama Braziletto, valuable as a dye wood. Lebidibia coriaria is the Divi-Divi, whose pods are used in tanning, on account of their great astringency. The leaves of the various kinds of Cassia are much used as purgatives under the name of Senna. Tamarindus, a handsome tree, yields the slightly laxative fruit known as Tamarind. The buds and flowers of Pav.l- linia are used in dysentery. Crotalaria furnishes useful fibre for rope, etc. Arachis, the ground-nut, or pea-nut, is interesting in many ways. It ripens its fruit under ground. Its seeds are excellent for eating when roasted slightly, and if the roasting be continued, they can serve as a substitute for coffee. The oil expressed from 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379 them can be used for cooking, and is an excellent substitute for olive oil. Brya JEbenus furnishes a beautiful wood for fancy work. The handsome scarlet and black seeds of Abrus precatorius are used as ornaments, they are said to be poisonous. The roots form a good substitute fur liquorice. The seeds of Rhynchosia are used for beads. Cajanus is the pigeon pea, valuable as an article of food. Phaseolus lunatus, the Lima bean, is an excellent table vegetable. Canavalia produces the red sea beans or Nickers. The beautiful horse-eye beans come from Mucuna wrens, the hairs of which, known as Cow- itch, are used sometimes as a mechanical anthelmintic. The juice of Cassia occidentalis is said here to be good for eruptions. Its roots are diuretic. Order XXXV. ROSACEAE. Of the nine tribes into which this order is divided in Le Maout's and Decaisne's Botany, two only, Amygdaleae and Chrysobalaneae, are represented in the wild flora of the Bahamas. One other Roseae is cultivated in gardens. Tribe ROSEAE. 1. Rosa, Rosa. Many kinds of roses are cultivated here, where they attain great perfection, and bloom throughout the year. Tribe AMYGDALEAE. 1. Prunus sphaerocarpa, Sw. (Catesb.) Indigenous. West Indies. Tribe CHRYSOBALANEAE. 1. Chrysobalanus Icaco, L. (Griseb.) Cocoa-plum. Indigenous. West Indies and in Tropical Africa: This fruit is eaten fresh and preserved ; the bark and leaves are a remedy in diarrhoea Order XXXVI. CRASSULACEAE. 1. Bryophyllum calycinum. S. Life Plant ; from Asia, now naturalized throughout West Indies and Tropical Africa. This plant is well known, from the power it has of producing buds from the margin of the leaves, which afterward become complete plants. Its leaves are said to be a cure for head- ache, and the juice is said to allay inflammation. 380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Order XXXVII. RHIZOPHOREAE. 1. Rhizophora Mangle, L. Mangrove. Indigenous. West Indies, Tropical America and Africa. The bark is very powerful as an astringent. It is used for tanning and stops bleeding. The fruit is said to be eatable. The Mangrove occupies the low swampy portions of all the Islands. Order XXXVIII. MELASTOMACEAE. 1. Tetrazygia cleagnoides, De. (Herrick.) Black-Torch Berry. 2. T. angustiflora, Gr. [Swains.) Order XXXIX. COMBRETACEAE. 1. Terminalia Catappa, L. Almond Tree, Country Almond. Introduced from the old world. 2. Bucida Buceras, L. (S-tuains.) Olive Bark, Wild or Black Olive. Indigenous. West Indian. 3. Conocarpus erectus, L. (Swains.) Button Tree, Zaragoza Mangrove. Alder. West Indian Variety (a) of Grisebach. The glabrous and silvery-haired varieties grow indiscriminately together in small woods on Fortune Island. ( Eggers.) Indigenous and in West Indies, Tropical America and Africa. No special use. 4. Quisqualis Indica. In gardens. Introduced from Tropical Asia and Africa. This order possesses astringent properties, on which account the fruits of species of Terminalia are used for tanning. T. Catappa is a handsome tree. Its fruits are eatable and somewhat resemble almonds, whence its name. Order XL. MYRTACEAE. 1. Jambosa vulgaris, Dc. Rose Apple. Naturalized from India. Rose apples constitute a part of the food of Maerowus iaterhousii, American Leaf-nosed Bat. 2. Eugenia buxifolia, W. Indigenous. West Indies. 3. Eugenia, sp., near E. Poiretii De. West Indies. 4. E. monticola, Dc. ( Griseb.) Stopper, small leaved Rod-wood. Indigenous and in Jamaica. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381 5. E. axillaris, Poir. Stopper, Broad-leaved or Red Rod-wood. Indigenous and in Jamaica. 6. E. lateriflora, Willd. Cuba. 7. E. uniflora, L. (Grisei.) Surinam Cherry. Indigenous and West Indian. 8. E. ligustrina, W. (Griseb.) Indigenous and West Indies and S. American. 9. Pimenta vulgaris, W. A. Pimento, Allspice. In gardens. Introduced from Jamaica. 10. P. acns, W. A. Bay Rum Tree, Wild Cinnamon, Bay Berry Tree. West Indies and South America. In gardens. 11. Psidium Guava, Radd. Guava, Bay Plum. Naturalized originally from Continental Tropical America. Leaves astringent. Many members of this order contain aromatic volatile oils, and so are used in the prepara- tion of condiments, e. g. Pimento. Others have eatable fruits such as Psidium, various species of Eugenia and Jambosa. Some of the oils, such as that of Pimento, are used in medicine as carminatives. The bark of the Guava is astringent. Order XLI. L.YTHRARIEAE. 1. Ammannia latifolia, L. Indigenous. West and East Indies. 2. Cuphea Parsonsia, P., Br. Indigenous. Jamaica and Cuba. 3. Lawsoniainermis, L. Henna Mignonette Tree. West and East Indies. • 4. Lagerstroemia Indioa, L. Crape Myrtle, Crape Plant. Cultivated ; from Asia. Ammannia is used in India as a vesicant, from its acrid juice. Laivsonia yields the famous Henna, used as a dye in Assyria and the East. The Crape-myrtle is a beautiful garden-plant. Order XLII. GRANATBAB. 1. Punica granatum, L. Pomegranate. Naturalized originally from Persia. The dried flowers, fruit and the bark of the root are used as anthelmintics. 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Order XLIII. ONAGRARIEAE. 1. Jussiaea angustifolia, Lam. West Indies and South America. 2. Fuchsia sp. ? American. Cultivated in gardens. This order does not possess any marked properties. Order XLIV. TURNEEACEAE. 1. Turnera ulmifolia, L. Holly Rose, Sage Rose. Indigenous and West Indies. 2. Triads microphylla, Gr. (S7vains.) Indigenous, and in Cuba and Hayti. Turnera ulmifolia has tonic and expectorant qualities. Order XLV. PASSIFLOREAE. 1. Passiflora lunata, Juss. Indigenous and West Indies. 2. P. suberosa, L. Var. West Indies. 3. P. multiflora, L. West Indies. 4. P. rubra, L. West Indies and South America. 5. P. laurifolia, L. Water lemon. Antigua and Guadaloupe. 6. P. pectinata, Gi. (Hjalmars.) White Passion Flower. Indigenous, Turks Island and Fortune Island. {Eggers.) 7. P. oiliata, Ait. (Griseb.) White Passion Flower. Indigenous and Jamaica. 8. P. cuprea, L. (Linn.) Crimson or Maroon-colored Passion Flower. Indigenous and in Cuba. 9. Carica Papaya, L. Papaw, Custard apple. Cultivated. West Indies. Tree and fruit full of acrid, milky juice, palatable when eaten with sugar, flavor of apricots ; half ripe fruit pickled. Some of the Passion flowers, as P. rubra (Dutchman's Laudanum), and, apparently, P. laurifolia are narcotic, others have eatable fruits. The fruit of the papaw is eaten and its seeds are said to be anthel- 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383 mintic. The leaves can be used as a substitute for soap. A fer- ment similar to pepsin is present in the juice and leaves, and hence they have a remarkable power of making tough meat tender, though many Nassau people are skeptical about this. Order XLVI. CUCURBITACEAE. 1. Lagenaria vulgaris, Ser. Bottle Gourd. Naturalized in all tropical countries. Originally from India. 2. Luffa acutangula, Rox. Strainer vine. Naturalized from East Indies. 3. Momorclica Balsamina, L. Balsam Apple. Naturalized from Asia, probably. Known in Egypt from time of Moses to present day. 4. Cucumis sativus, L. Cucumber. Cultivated. 5. C. Anguria, L. Wild Cucumber. Known in Egypt and in Rome by the ancients. Orig-inallv from India. 6. C. Melo, L. Musk-melon. Cultivated. Orisfinallv from India. 7. C. Citrullus, Schrad. Water-melon. Cultivated. Originally from Tropical Africa. 8. Cucurbita Pepo, L. Pumpkin. Cultivated. From Africa, probably. 9. C. maxima, L. Gourd. 10. Cucurbita sp. ? Squash. From tropics of the Old World. 11. Seohium edule, Sw. Chow-chow, from Jamaica. Cultivated throughout West Indies. The plants of this order all possess an acrid, purgative property, though many are excellent fruits and vegetables. The seeds of Lagenaria are purgative, and the fruit of Luffa is violently so. From this latter plant is obtained the substance known as vegetable sponge. A decoction of the roots of the Balsam Apple is said to be good for jaundice, while the distilled water from its leaves and fruit is a wash for St. Anthony's fire. The oil from the fruit is good for buzms. 384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Order XLVII. CACTEAE. 1. Echinocactus, sp. ? Inagua and Southern Islands. Indigenous to Mexico and South America. 2. Melocactus communis, DC. Turk's Head Cactus. Wild in Acklins Island, etc. One or two specimens in gardens in Nassau. Common in Turk's Islands, which obtained their name from its abundance. 3. Cereus Swartzii, (Jr. Dildo. Southern Islands, from Jamaica. 4. C. pellucidus. 5. C. repandus, Haw. Torch Thistle. Southern Islands. From Jamaica. 6. C. triangularis, Haw. Night-blooming Cereus, Prickly-withe. New Providence and all Islands, Jamaica and Mexico. 7. C. grandiflorus, Haw. Night-blooming Cereus. All Islands ; from Jamaica and Mexico. 8. Opuntia Tuna, Mill. Prickly pear? Cochineal pear. Indigenous. 9. 0. Ficus-Indica, Mill. Prickly Pear. Indigenous. 10. 0. triacantha, Mill. Indigenous to Southern Islands, e. g. Watling's and Conception. This order possesses sub-acid and cooling properties. The fruit of Opuntia is eatable, and has diuretic properties. Order XLVIII. UMBELLIFERAE. 1. Hydrocoytle umbellata, L. Pennywort, Sheep's bane. American and West Indian. 2. Pastinaca sativa, L. Parsnip. Introduced originally from Europe. 3. Daucus Carota, L. Carrot. Introduced, originally European. 4. Anethum graveolens, L. Dill. Cultivated for its aromatic fruit, known as seeds, similar to caraway. Dill water is obtained by distilling the fruits. Intro- duced from Asia. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385 5. Foeniculum vulgare, Gsertn. Fennel. Anise of New Testament. Introduced from Europe. Native of Southern Europe and Western Asia; appears to have been cultivated in Palestine. 6. Petroselinum sativum, Hoffman. Parsley. Introduced from Europe. 7. Apium graveolens, L. Celery. Introduced from Europe. Native of England and Europe and temperate regions of Southern hemisphere. Poisonous in native state. 8. Pimpinella Anisum, L. Anise. Green Turtle Cay. {Herrkk.) Most of these plants are cultivated as vegetables. Some have medicinal properties also ; Hydrocotyle is used as a remedy for leprosy. Anethum is carminative, said to be useful in dyspepsia and colic. Fennel is stimulating. The root of celery is aperient. The juice of parsley is emollient and diuretic, and said to cure dropsy. Order XLIX. CAPRIFOLIACEAE. 1. Lonicera sp. ? Honey suckle. Indigenous. From Europe and America. 2. Viburnum Opulus, L. Guelder Rose, Cranberry Tree, High Cranberry Bush, Snow Pall. In gardens. Common along Alleghenies in U. S., in wild state. 3. Sambucus nigra, L. Elder. Introduced from Europe. All parts of the Elder are said to be laxative and diuretic; an ointment made from the leaves is useful in skin affections. Viburnum is emetic and purgative. Order L. RUBIACEAE. 1. Exostemma Caribaeum, R. S. Sea-side beech, Prince-wood Bark, Jamaica Bark, West India Bark. Throughout the West Indies. Indigenous. 2. Hamelia, sp. ? Prince-wood, Spanish Elm. Indigenous. 3. Catesbaea spinosa, L. [Swains.) Lily-thoru, Catesby-thorn. Indigenous. 4. C. parviflora, Sw. Indigenous and in Cuba and Jamaica. 26 386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 5. Randia'aculeata, L. [Swains.) Indigo-berry, Ink-beriy, Box-berry. Indigenous. 6. Gardenia florida, L. Cape Jasmine. In gardens. Cape of Good Hope. 7. Guettarda elliptica, Sw. Velvet-seed. Indigenous and in Cuba and Mexico. 8. G. scabra, Lam. [Swains.) Indigenous, and in West Indies. 9. Erithalis fruticosa, L. Var. odorifera Jacq. (Swains.) Indigenous and West Indian. 10. Erithalis, sp. ? 11." Chiococca racemosa, Jacq. (Swains.) Snow-berry. Indigenous and W. Indian. 12. Coffea Arabica, L. Coffee. A few plants. Introduced from Africa. 13. Strumpfia maritima, Jacq. (Swains.) Indigenous; on maritime rocks. 14. Psychotria undata, Jacq. ( Griseb.) Indigenous and in Jamaica. 15. P. pubescens, Sw. Indigenous and in Jamaica. 16. Psychotria lanceolata, Xutt. (Swains.) 17 Spermacoce, sp.? Button-wood. Indigenous. 18. Galium hypocarpium, Endl. A weed. West Indies. 19. Stenostomum myrtifoiium, Gr. (Swains.) Indigenous. 20. Emodea littoralis, Sw. Branched Spurge. Indigenous and West Indian. 21. Phialanthus myrtilloides, Gr. (Swains.) 22. Borreria thymifolia, Gr. (Hjalmars.) Button- weed. Turk's Island. Indigenous. 23. Rhachicallis rupestris, I>c. (Swains.) Called by the fishermen, " sea-weed." " It is perhaps the most characteristic shrub of many of the larger Cays. It is prostrate or partly erect, and has dark-green, sprayey foliage and minute saf- 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387 fron flowers. It is usually confined to rocks along the shores." (Herrick.) 24. Genipa clusiifolia, Gr. (Stvains.) Seven-year Apple. Fragrant, has colored flowers and a hard green fruit as large as a walnut. Many members of this order possess valuable medicinal properties. Many are tonic and astringent. Quinine is obtained from one, and others have similar properties, especially Exostemma. The snow- berry tree has a diuretic fruit. The root is used here as an anti- syphilitic, and said to have attenuant properties, and to be cathartic and emetic. Order LI. COMPOSITE. 1. Vernonia Bahamensis, Gr. (Swains.) Flea-bane. Indigenous. 2. Ageratum conyzoides, L. Bastard Hemp- Agrimony. West Indies. 3. Eupatorium aromatisans, D. C. Thorough-wort, Hemp-Agrimony. West Indies. 4. E. villosum, Sw. (Swains.) 5. E. foeniculaceum, Willd. West Indies. 6. E. conyzoides, V. (Sivains.) Indigenous and West Indies. 7. E. ageratifolium, Dc. (Swains.) Indigenous and in Cuba and Mexico. 8. E. integrifolium, Berb. 9. E. repandum, W. (Swains.) 10. Erigeron tenuis, F. & G. Flea-bane. 11. Baccharis angustifolia, Michx. Dog-bush. Indigenous and in Florida. 12. B. dioica, V. (Swains ) Turk's Island. (Hjalwars.) Indigenous and in West Indies. 13. Pluchea odorata, Cass. (Swains.) River-side Tobacco. West Indies and America. 14. P. purpurascens, Dc-. (Swains.) .'INS PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 15. Pluchea, sp. 16. Xanthium struraarium, L. Cockle-bur. America. 17. Acanthospermum humile, Dc. Jamaica and Cuba. 18. Parthenium Hysterophorus, L. (Swains.) White-bead, Wild Wormwood, Bastard Fever-few. Indigenous from Southern United States to Patagonia. 19. Ambrosia artemisiaefolia, L. Wild Tansy. Indigenous. Canada to Brazil. 20. A. crithmifolia, Dc. Turk's Island. (Hjalmars.) Fortune Island, very common. (Eggeri.) Indigenous. 21. Ambrosia, sp.? 22. Eciipta alba, Hask. Indigenous throughout the world. 23. Isocarpa oppositifolia, R. Ba. {Sivains.) 24. Borrichia arborescens, Dc. (Swains.) Sea-side Ox-eye, Samphire, Rock Samphire. Turk's Island. (Hjalmars.) Indigenous. 25. Wedelia buphthalmoides, Gr. (Szvains.) Ox-eye. Indigenous in W. Indies. 26. W. carnosa, Rich. [Swains.) Marigold. Indigenous. West Indies and Tropical America. 27. Melanthera deltoidea, Rich. (Szvains) Indigenous. West Indies. 28. Bedins bipinnata, L. Spanish Nettle, Be.'gar's Ticks, Shepherd's Needle. West Indies and throughout America and the old world. 29. B. leucantha, W. (Herrick.) Beggar's Ticks. 30. Salmea petrobioides, Gr. (Swains.) Indigenous. 31. Pectis linifolia, Less. Indigenous. 32. Helianthus tuberosus, L. Jerusalem Artichoke; cultivated in a few gardens; originally from America. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389 33. Lactuca sativa, L. Lettuce; cultivated; from Southern Europe. 34. Artemisia vulgaris, L. (Herrick.) Common Mug-wort. Green Turtle Cay. • 35. A. hispida, Pursh. (Herrirk.) Bastard Geranium. 36. Zinnia multiflora. L. (Srvains.) Most of the plants in this order possess a bitter principle, which renders them tonic. Erigeron is diuretic and much used in diseases of the kidneys. The species of Eupatorium are said to have stim- ulant and tonic properties for snake bites. The seeds of Vernonia are anthelmintic. The thickened juice of old plants of the common lettuce is highly narcotic, and is used as a substitute for opium in some cases, and as a nervine. Eupatorium is extensively used as a remedy for malaria. Order LII. GOODENOVIEAE. 1. Scaevola Plumieri, L. (Swains.) Low shrub, along the sea coast. Abaco. Order LIII. ERICINEAE. (Heath Family.) 1. Clethra tinifolia, Sw. Soap-wood, Wild Pear, Bastard Locust Tree. Indigenous and in Jamaica. This plant does not appear to be of use for anything. The order has astringent properties. Its leaves and flowers are used as a diaphoretic ; they are saponaceous and detergent. Order LIV. PLUMBAGINEAE. 1. Statice Bahamensis. Gr. {Hjalmars.) Turk's Island, [Marsh Rosemary, Sea Lavender. Astringent. Indigenous. - 2. Plumbago scandens, L. Leadwort, Toothwort. West Indies. The Plumbago contains a caustic coloring matter. They are said to be alexipharmic. Order LV. PRIMULACEAE. 1. Samolus Valerandi, L. Water Pimpernel. Cosmopolitan. This plant is said to be an astringent. 390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Order LVI. MYRSINEAE. 1. Myrsine laeta, A. D. C. Bully Tree, Black Soft-wood. West Indies and South America. 2. Ardisia Pickeringia, Torr. and Gray. West Indian. 3. Ardisia, sp. ? 4. Jacquinia armillaris, Jacq. [Herrick.) Joe-Bush. The properties of this order are of little importance. Order LVII. SAPOTEAE. 1. Chrysophyllum Cainito, L. Star-Apple. West Indies and South America. Tree 30 to 40 feet high. Popular name derived from transverse section of the seed which has 10 cells. 2. C. oliviforme, Lam. Var. Monopyrenum Sw. [Swains. ) Damson Plum, Wild Star- Apple. West Indies. 3. Sapota achras, Mull. [Catesby) Sapodilla, said to be a variety (Catesb. Carol. 2, t, 87), Nase- berry. Cultivated. West Indies. 4. Sideroxylon mastichodendron, Jacq. [Calesby.) Indigenous. West Indies. 5. Mimusops dissecta, II. Br. (Swains.) Bullet Tree. Indigenous. West Indies. 6. Dipholis salicifolia, A. D. C. Pigeon-wood, White Bullet-tree. 7. Bumelia retusa, Sw. Ballato Tree. Indigenous. West Indies. 8. Bumelia, sp. This order has several eatable fruits. Other trees are valuable for timber in other colonies, e. g. Sapodilla. The young of many of them yields a substance like India rubber. The bark of these trees is astringent and febrifugal. Order LVIII. JASMINEAE. 1. Jasminum officinale, L. 2. J. gi'acile, Amir. And other species, in gardens from the old world. This order has no medicinal plants. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391 Order LIX. APOCYNACEAE. 1. Thevetia nerifolia, Juss. In gardens. West Indies and South America. 2. Rauwolfia nitida, I>. Indigenous. Jamaica. 3. Tabernaemontana citrifolia, Jacq. West Indies and South America. 4. Vinca rosea, L. Periwinkle. Naturalized from Old World. 5. Plumiera rubra, L. Jasmine Tree, Frangipani ; from South America. 6. ,P. obtisa, L. (Swains.) White Frangipani. Indigenous, This plant is exceedingly- common hi the windward islands of the group. 7. Mandevillea, sp. Chili Jasmine. Naturalized from South America. 8. Echites subereeta, Jacq. (Rhabdadenia.) Described by Herrick as a common and showy climber, often completely covering the lower shrubbeiy, and distinguished by its large lemon-colored flowers, shining leaves and milky juice. 9. E. n. sp. ? near umbellata, Jacq. (Ca/esb.) Wolff road, New Providence. Shrub about 8 feet high, glabrous, flowers in axillary cymes, pedicels geminate, corolla white with violet- purple throat. Anthers hispid on back, follicles united at tips 6-8 inches long, other characters like umbellata. Corolla limb 6 inches long. Calyx lobe 1-1 -j inches, Coma 4 inches, 8 Anthers 1J-2 inches. 10. E. neriandra, Ur. (Swains.) Harold's road New Providence, and common. 11. E. paludosa, Vahl. (Swains.) 12. E. Sagraei, A. D. C. (Sjvains ) 13. E. Jamaicensis, Gr. (Srvains.) 14. Nerium Oleander, L. Oleander, Rose Laurel, Sweet Oleander, South Sea Rose Natu- ralized from India. 15. Vallesia glabra, Car. [Swains.) 16. Forestieracassinoides, Poir. (Hjalmars.) Turk's Island. Many of the plants of this order are intensely poisonous and all are to be suspected. Some are strongly purgative, while the bark 392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. of others is tonic. The Periwinkle is said here to have sedative properties, resembling those of opium ; an infusion of its flowers is said to he an excellent wash for inflamed eves. Many plants of this order furnish caoutchouc. N. Oleander is narcotic, herpetic, and is used for itch. Order LX. ASCLEPIADEAE. 1. Metastelma, sp. ? Indigenous. W. Indies. 2. M. Cubense, Decs. [Swains.) Indigenous and in Cuba. 3. Vincetoxicum palustre, Gray. West Indian and European. (Herrick.) 4. Seutera maritima, Reichenb. [Swains.) Indigenous. American and West Indian. 5. Asclepias Curassavica, L. Bastard Ipecacuanha, Red-head, Blood-flower. West Indies and tropical America. 6. A. paupercula, Michx. [Herriek.) Milkweed. 7. Oxypetalum, sp. T West Indies and S. America. 8. Stephanotis floribunda, Thun. In gardens ; from Madagascar. 9. Hoya carnosa, Br. Wax-plant. In gardens ; from tropical Asia. 10. Stapelia maculosa. Carrion flower ; from Cape of Good Hope. A pot flower. This order has similar properties to the preceding. Asclepias, as indi- cated by its popular name, is used as an emetic like true Ipeca- cuanha. Vincetoxicum is also an emetic. Many species are culti- vated for the beauty of their flowers. The milky juice is always to be suspected. Some species are said to be antidotes to snake bites, e. g. Vincetoxicum. Order LXI. LOGANIACEAE. 1. Spigelia anthelmia, L. Worm-grass, Pink-root. Indigenous. West Indies and Amer- ica. This plant, poisonous when fresh, is, in the dry state, an excel- lent vermifuge 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. d93 Order LXII. GENTIANEAE. 1. Eustoma exaltatum. Cr. West Indies and America. 2. Sabbatia gracilis, Salisb. (Herrick.) Joe's Cay, off Little Abaco. A delicate jplaDt which has large rose-colored flowers. This order has tonic and febrifugal properties from the hitter principle which is present in its members. Order LXIII. HYDROLEACEAE. 1. Nama Jamaicensis, L. West Indies and America. No use is known. Order LXIV. CONVOLVULACAAE. 1. Ipomoea Batatas. Lam. Sweet Potato. Naturalized from South America. 2. I. sidifolia. Chois. Christ m as- Mower. West Indies. 3. I. Pes-capri, Sw. Sea-side Potatoe. West Indies and all tropical countries. 4. I. coccinea, L. West Indies and America. 5. I. purpurea. Lam. United States. West Indies and America. 6. I. Bona-nox, L. [Do/Icy.) Moon-flower. Native of India ; pure white flowers, 5-6 inches in diameter, opening at night and giving out a delicate perfume. 7. I. arenaria. Steud. (Swait 8. I. Carolina, L. (Catesb.) On rocks. 9. I. cathartica, Poir. (Swains.) Morning-glory. West Indies and S. America. 10. Convolvulus micranthus, R. S. West Indies and South America. 11. C. Jamaicensis, Jacq. (Swains.) Indigenous and West Indies. 12. Evolvulus arbuscula, Loir. (Swains.) Indigenous and W. Indies. The plants of this order possess in their rhizomes a highly purgative principle, Jalap ; except I. Bata- 394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. tas, in which it is replaced by starch, which renders the rhizome of this plant highly nutritious. 13. E. sericeus, Sw. (Swains.) On arid maritime rocks. 14. E. linifolius, L. (Swains.) Arid pastures. 15. E. mucronatus, Sw. (Hjatmars.) Turk's Island. Order LXV. DICHONDREAE. 1. Dichondra repens, Forst. This small order has no known properties. Order LXVI. CUSCUTEAE. 1. Cuscuta Americana, L. Dodder. Love Vine ; Mexico, West Indies and 8. America. 2. C. obtusiflora. Kth. (Swains.) Love vine. Indigenous and in Florida and 8. America. Plants of this order are parasitic on other plants; they are said to be purgative. An infusion is used here as a wash for sores on the head. Order LXVII. BORRAGINEAE. 1. Tournefortia volubilis, L. (Swains.) Basket withe. Indigenous. West Indies and South America. 2. Tournefortia gnaphalodes, R. Br. (Swains.) 3. Heliotropium parviflorum, L. (Swains.) 4. Beurreria tomentosa, Gr. Don. (Swai//s.) Currant Tree. Indigenous. West Indies. These plants are harmless and mucilaginous and of little value as medicinal ajrents. Order LXVIII. CORDIAOEAE. 1. Cordia Lima, R. S. (Swains.) Indigenous and in Hayti. 2. C. Sebestena, Jacq. (Swains.) Scarlet Cordia, Aloe Wood. West Indies and S. America. 3. C. gerascanthoides, Kth. PrinceAVood, Prince-Tree, Spanish Elm. West Indian ; Domin- ican rose wood. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395 Plants of this order have similar properties to those of the pre- ceding one. Prince-wood is a handsome light brown wood, not to be confounded with tonic Prince-wood bark, the product of Exos- temma Caribaeum. Yid. order L. Order LXIX. SOLANACEAE. 1. Nicotiana Tabacum, L. Tobacco. Introduced, originally from S. America. 2. Petunia, sp. ? Cultivated in gardens. S. America. 3. Datura Stramonium, L. White Datura, Prickle-Bur, Thorn-Apple. Cosmopolitan, in warm countries. 4. Datura Tatula, L. Violet Datura. 5. Brugmansia suaveolens, G-. Don. Sweet-smelling Datura. Naturalized from S. America. 6. Lycopersicum Humboldtii, Dun. Small oval Tomato, originally from Peru. 7. L. esculentum, Mull. Cultivated Tomato. 8. Capsicum frutescens, L. Cayenne Pepper, Bird Pepper ; from South America. 9. C. annuum, L. Guinea Pepper, Chilies. 10. Capsicum, sp.T Other kinds of peppers are grown. 11. Solanum nodiflorum, Jacq. Night shade, Branched Calalu. West Indies. Used by the Myal men or Obia men of the West Indies as a narcotic, to produce a pro- found sleep of a certain duration. Vid. Edwards, 1. c, Vol. 2, p. 297. 12. S. Bahamense, L. (Swains.) Canker Berry. Indigenous and in Jamaica and Mexico. 13. S. Melongena. L. Egg-plant, Mad-Apple. Cultivated ; from tropical Asia. 14. S. tuberosum, L. Irish Potato. 396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 15. S. igneum. 16. S. aculeatissimum, .Tat-ij. (Herruk.) Apple-of-Sodom. Green Turtle Cay. 17. Brunfelsia, sp. 1 (Herrick.) A tall shrub. Green Turtle Cay. 18. Physalis Linkiana, Griseb. Winter's Cherry. West Indies. Very many plants of this order possess useful medicinal and other properties. Tobacco does not grow well in the Bahamas, owing to the poor soil. In medicine, Datura is used externally as a local stimulant ; the seeds are strongly narcotic and poisonous. In spas- modic asthma it is useful, especially when smoked. Externally, it is an anodyne in its action. Here its juice, made with lard into an ointment, is said to be good for ulcers and burns. The juice of the Tomato is used in the Bahamas as an eye wash, and for a cooling wash generally. The various specimens of Capsicum are stimulant, carminative and diuretic and are so used here. The stem, leaves and fruit of the species of Solatium are narcotic, antispasmodic and diuretic. Order LXX. CESTRINEAE. 1. Cestrum pallidum, Lam. (Swains.) Bastard Jasmine, Poison berry. Indigenous and West Indies. 2. C. diurnum, L. Indigenous. This order has narcotic and diuretic properties. Order LXXI. SCROPHULARINEAE. 1. Scoparia dulcis, L. Liquorice weed, Sweet Broom- Weed. West Indies, tropical America and all tropical countries. 2. Capraria biflora, L. (Hjalmars.) Turk's Island. Goat-weed, West Indian Tea. Indigenous in West Indies. 3. Buchnera elongata, Sw. West Indian. 4. Gerardia purpurae. 5. Linaria vulgaris, Mill. Toad Flax. Naturalized from Europe. 6. Verbascum pulverulentum, Mull. (Herrick.) Green Turtle Cay. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 397 7. Eusselia juncea, Zuccar. (Dolley.) New Providence. Probably introduced from Mexico. 8. Herpestis Monniera, Ktli. {Swains.) The plants of this order must be suspected, as many are poison- ous. Seoparia is tonic and febrifugal. Capraria is sometimes used as tea in the West Indies and Central America. Order LXXII. BIGNONIAOBAE. 1. Tecoma leucoxylon, Mart. (Swains.) White wood, white wood cedar. West Indies. 2. T. stans, Juss. Yellow Popper, Yellow Elder, Bignonia. West Indian and trop- ical American. 3. T. radicaiis, Juss. Red Trumpet-flower, Trumpet Creeper ; in gardens ; tropical America. 4. T. Capensis, G. Don. In gardens ; from Brazil. 5. Jacaranda caerulea, Gr. (Swains.) Cancer-Plant. Indigenous. Some species of Tecoma have astringent properties. The leaves of Jacaranda are used in this colony as a cure for cancer, and as an anthelmintic in Panama. Jacaranda Brasiliensis Ger. ' Polisander.' Fr. ' Polisandre' — is a beautiful wood for cabinet making, and might be introduced and cultivated with advantage. Smith (Diet. Econ. Bot.) gives this as ' Palissander' or ' Palixander-wood.' The bark of Tecoma leucoxylon is supposed to be an antidote to Manchineel. Order LXXIII. ACANTHACEAE. 1. Blechum Brownei, Juss. Tropical America and Asia. 2. Justicia Carthaginensis, Jacq. Violet-Justieia. West Indies and South America. 3. Justicia, sp. Several kinds of Justicia are cultivated in gardens on account of their flowers. 4. Anthacanthus spinosus, Gr. (Swains.) Indigenous and West Indian. 398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 5. Dicliptera assurgens, Juss. (Swains.) Indigenous and West India. The two last plants are commonly known as Justicia. This or- der has no important properties. Order LXXIV. SESAMEAE. 1. Sesamum orientale, L. Benne Oil plant, Naturalized in West Indies from East Indies. 2. Martynia diandra, Glox. West Indies and tropical America. The uses of the Benne plant are well known, the seeds are eaten for food like rice. The oil is pungent when first drawn, but later is mild and used for salads, in the adulteration of olive oil and in the manufacture of soaps. The plant is an important one in bush medicine. A decoction of the leaves is said to be useful in coughs, pleurisy, inflammation of the lungs and hard tumors and to cool the blood. The leaves and seeds mixed with honey form a poultice for tumors. The dried leaves powdered over an ulcer will dry it up and heal it, The oil is said to be good for the itch and for pains in the stomach. Order LXXVI. VERBENACE^l. 1. Tamonea verbenacea, Sw. West Indie-. 2. T. scabra. 3. Tamonea, sp. 4. Verbena triphylla. Lemon scented Verbena. In gardens, from tropical America. Some other species are cultivated in gardens. 5. Bonchea Ehrenbergii, Cham. W. India and tropical America. 6. Stachytarpha Jamaicensis, V. (Swains.) Blue-flower, Vervain. West Indies and tropics of both worlds. 7. Lippia nodiflora, Rich. {Swains.) Indigenous and almost cosmopolitan. 8. L. geminata, Kth. Var. microphylla. (H/almars.) Turk's Island. 9. Lantana crocea, J acq. (Swains ) Wild Sage, yellow. Indigenous in W. Indies. 10. L. involucrata, L. Wild Sage, white or lilac. West Indian and Indigenous. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399 11. L. Camara, L. (Swains.) Wild Sage, yellow changing to red. Indigenous and West In- dian. 12. Citharexylum cinereum, L. Fiddle-wood, Savanna Wattle. West Indies. 13. Duranta Plumieri, Jacq. (Swains.) Pigeon-berry, Blue-flower. Indigenous and West Indies. 14. Petitia Domingensis, Jacq. Yellow Fiddle-wood, Spur Tree. Greater Antilles. 15. Avicennia nitida, Jacq. " Courida" or Black Mangrove. Bark astringent. 16. Clerodendron Balfourii. Mobile Cologne-plant, " white blossoms like tiny double roses, with many garnet sepals and tracts." Dickinson & Dowd, Loc. cit., p. 149. Most of the plants of this order are aromatic and bitter, but none have important medicinal properties. The wild sage is used here in infusion as a febrifuge and purgative. Stachyta,7yha is said to be purgative and anthelmintic. In Liberia, it is used to produce abor- tion. Blue-flower tea is a well-known remedy here for fevers ; the leaves are sometimes used to adulterate Chinese tea. Order LXXVI. LABIATAE. 1. Ocimum micranthum, Willd. Basil. West Indian. 2. Coleus, sp. T Several species cultivated in gardens for ornament. 3. Hyptis suaveolens, Poit. Spikenard. West Indies. 4. Salvia occidentalis, Sw. Wild Sage. West Indies. 5. S. coccinea, L. Crimson Salvia. West Indies. 6. S. serotina, L. (Swains.) Several species of Salvia, e. g. S. splendens, are cultivated in gar- dens for the flower. 7. Nepeta coerulea, L. Blue catnip. Introduced from the old world. (?) 401) PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 8. N. Cataria, L. White Catnip. Introduced from old world. 9. Leonurus Sibiricus, L. Motherwort. Introduced. Cosmopolitan. 10. Leonotis nepetaefolia, It. Br. West Indian. 11. Teucrium Cubense, L. [Swains.) Indigenous, and tropical America. 12. T. inflatum, Sw. . West Indies and tropical America. 13. Marrubium vulgare, L. Horehound. Introduced from old world. None of the plants of this order are poisonous, and they are usu- ally aromatic and carminative, and sometimes tonic and stomachic. Basil is said to be stimulant and diuretic, and Salvia has similar properties. Teucrium is a tonic from the presence of a bitter principle . Horehound is also a tonic and is a well-known remedy for coughs. Many of these plants, e. g. Nepeta and Leon ant*, are used in bush medicine. They are probably not of very much use. Order LXXVII. PLANTAGINEAE. 1. Plantago major, L. Plantain. Almost cosmopolitan. The leaves are slightly as- tringent, and an eye wash is distilled from the entire plant. Order LXXVIII. NYCTAGINEAE. 1. Mirabilis Jalapa, L. Marvel of Peru, Four o'clock Flower, False Jalap. West In- dies and South America. 2. Bougainvillia spectabilis, Poir. Wild. In gardens ;*from South America. 3. Pisonia aculeata, L. Cockspur. West Indies and South America. 4. P. inermis, Jacq. West Indies. 5. P. obtusata, Sw. West Indies. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401 6. Boerhaavia scandens, L. [Swains ) The roots of the plants of this order are purgative and emetic. Mirabilis acts similarly to the true Jalap, but is less efficacious, and is sometimes administered for dropsy. Pisonia is said to be febrifugal and antisyphilitic. Order LXXIX. PHYTOLACCACEAE. 1. Phytolacea icosandra, L. Pokeweed, Foxglove, Red weed, Spanish Calalu. West Indies and South America. 2. Bivinia laevis, L. Hoop-Withe. 3. Petiveria alliacea, L. Guinea-hen's Weed, Strong Man's Weed. Southern United States, Mexico and West Indies. 4. Suriana maritima, L. [Hjalmars.) Turk's Island. Phytolacea is highly purgative ; Petiveria is febrifugal and diuretic. Order LXXX. POLYGONEAE. 1. Polygonum glabrum, W. [Swains.) 2. Coccoloba uvifera, Jacq. [Swains.) Seaside Grape, Lobe Berry. West Indies and S. America. 3. C. leoganensis, L. Grape. Indigenous, and Jamaica and Hayti. 4. C. tenuifolia, L. Grape. Indigenous and Jamaica. 5. C. punctata, L. Grape, Small-leaved Pigeon-wood. West Indies. 6. Antigonon leptopus, Hook. Coral Vine, Coral Plant. Cultivated for ornament in gardens ; West Indies and South America. The different species of Coccoloba are well known here as Sea Grape. The fruits are eatable. The wood and bark yield a very strong astringent known as American Kino. Bark used for tanning. Order LXXXI. AMAEANTACEAE. 1. Acb.yrantb.es aspera, L. West Indies and all hot countries. 27 402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 2. Iresine celosioides, L. Juba's Bush. West Indies, Southern United States and South America. 3. Euxolus viridis, Moq. West Indies, Southern United States and almost all hot countries. 4. Amblogyna polygonoides, Raf. (Swains.) 5. Amarantus spinosus, L. Amaranth, Prickly Calalu. West and East Indies, South Amer- ica and Africa. 6. A. paniculatus. L. {Linn. Mart.) 7. Gomphrena, sp. T (Herrick.) Turtle Grass. " Running prostrate plant with turgid stems and leaves." 8. Alternanthera Achyrantha, R. Br. [Swains.) 9. A. flavescens. Moquin. (Herrick.) 10. Philoxerus vermiculatus, R. Br. (Swains.) The properties of this family are unimportant. Achyranthes is said to be an astringent and diuretic. Order LXXXII. CHENOPODIEAE. 1. Batis maritima, L. (Hjalmars.) Turk's Island. 2. Chenopodium ambrosioides, L. Goose-foot, Hedge-mustard. West Indies, South America and in all warm countries. 3. C. murale, L. Naturalized from Europe. Some kitchen vegetables, such as Spinach (Spinacia oleracea) and Beet (Beta vulgaris, Moq.) belong to this order. Chenopodium is an anthelmintic and antispasmodic. 4. Suaeda linearis, Torr. (Herrick.) 5. Salicornia ambigua, Michx. (Hjalmars) Turk's Island. Order LXXXIII. BASELLEAE. 1. Basella alba, L. White Spinach, Indian Spinach, called Malabar Night in Kew Gardens. Introduced from East Indies. 2. Boussingaultia baselloides, Eunth. Introduced from South America. Basella alba is eaten as a pot herb. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403 Order LXXXIV. LAURINEAE. 1. Persea gratissima, G. Alvocado Pear, Alligator Pear, Avocado Pear. Naturalized from Mexico. Leaves used as a medicine. Balsamic, pectoral, vul- nerary; seeds astringent. 2. Persea Indica. Madeira wood. Naturalized from Africa. 3. Nectandra sanguinea, Rottb. (Swains.) Yellow or Lowland Sweet-wood. Indigenous and West Indies. 4. N. Willdenoviana. 5. Cassyta Americana, Ns. Dodder Laurel. West Indies and South America. The fruit of Persea gratissima is well known and esteemed. Nec- tandra furnishes good timber, as does P. Indica. The plants of this order have tonic and stimulating properties. Order LXXXV. URTICEAE. 1. Fleurya aestuans, Gaud. Nettle. West and East Indies. 2. Pilea microphylla, Liebm. Nettle. Jamaica and Cuba. These plants have no known properties. Order LXXXVI. MOEEAE. 1. Brosimum Alicastrum, Sw. Bread-nut. West Indies and Mexico. Nut eatable when roasted. Wood has fine grain like Mahogany. Nuts eaten by Macrotus Waterhou-sii, American leaf-nosed bat. 2. Artocarpus incisa, L. Bread-fruit, Naturalized from East Indies. Introduced into Jamaica in 1793 after many unsuccessful attempts, by Capt. Win.. Bligh. * * The bark is very tough and is beaten out into fine white cloth. by the natives of Otaheite and other Islands of the Pacific. 3. Ficus pertusa, L. Fijr. Jamaica and West Indies. '.- 4. F. trigonata, L. Wild Fig. Green Turtle Cay. * Vide Edwards' Hist. Brit. Col. in the W. I. vol. I. Preface to 2nd Edition:. p. 30. 404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 5. F. elastica, Roxburgh. Caoutchouc Tree. In gardens. Introduced. 6. F. Carica, Willd. Fig. This furnishes the well-known fruit ; from the old world. 7. Maclura tinctoria, Don. Fustic. Berries eaten by hats. South America. The milky juice of many members of this family is poisonous. The nut of Broshnum is eaten in Jamaica. Maclura gives a valuable dye. The berries of the latter tree furnish a gargle for sore throat used in this colony. Its ashes are also said to be good for rheuma- tism. The plants of this order possess tonic and astringent proper- ties and furnish caoutchouc. Several species of Ficus are grown for ornament. Order LXXXVII. CELTIDEAE. 1. Sponia Lamarkiana. Desc. (S7oains.) Jamaica Nettle Tree. Indigenous. No known use. Order LXXXIII. MYRICEAE. 1. Myrica cerifera, L. Wax Myrtle, Bay berry. Introduced from America. This plant is valuable for the wax which is obtained from its fruit, and which can be used for lighting. Its roots are a violent purgative, and an infusion of its bark is said to be a remedy for scrofula. Order LXXXIX. CASUAMNEAE. 1. Casuarina equisetifolia, Forst. (Eggers.) Toa Tree. Introduced from the East and planted as an or- namental tree. The wood (Beef-wood) is hard and heavy, and can be used in ship building. The bark is astringent and useful (in a decoction) in diarrhea ; healing to fresh-cut wounds. This family is widely distributed. Indian Archipelago and Pa- cific Ocean. The Australian species are called "She Oak, Swamp Oak, Forest Oak, Beef-wood." The wood is also known as Iron- wood. It takes a fine polish (war clubs). Bark furnishes a dye. (Smith Diet, Econ. PI.) Order XC. ETJPHORBIACEAE. 1. Drypetes sp. \ West Indian. Indigenous. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405 2. Cicca disticha, L. Otaheite Gooseberry. Introduced from India. 3. Phyllanthus Niruri, L. All tropical countries. 4. P. angustifolius, Sw. Hard-head Bush, Seaside Laurel. 5. P. falcatus Sw. (Swains.) Jamaica and West Indies. 6. P. sp. » Rock bush. Astringent. 7. Jatropha Curcas, L. Physic-nut. South American. Naturalized in all tropical coun- tries. 8. J. gossypifolia, L. (Swains.) 9. Janipha Manihot, Kth. Cassava. Cultivated ; from South America. 10. Ricinus communis, L. Castor Oil Plant, Palma Christi. Naturalized ; from East In- dies. 11. Croton Cascarilla, L. (Swains.) Linear-leaved variety. Cascarilla, Wild Rosemary. Indigenous. 12. C. Eluteria Sw. (Swains.) Cascarilla, Eleuthera. New Providence. Indigenous. 13. C. flavens, L. Yellow Balsam. West Indian. 14. C. flocculosus, Geis. (Swains.) „ 15. C. niveus, Jacq. West Indies and South America. 16. C. lucidus, L. var. pubigerus. (Swains.) Basket-hoop. Indigenous and in West Indies. 17. C. lobatus, L. West Indies and South America. 18. C. Ujalmarsonii, Hjalm. (Hjahnars.) Turk's Island, also frequent on Fortune Island. (Eggers.) 19. C. humilis, L. var. origanifolius, Lam. (Swains.) 20. Argythamnia sericea, Gr. (Sicains.) Indigenous. 21 Acalypha polystachya, Jacq. West Indies. 40(3 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. 22. A. persimilis. West Indies. 23. A. alopecuroides. "West Indies. 24. Pera, sp. ? 25. Sapium laurifolium, Gr. Gutu tree. West Indies and Cuba. 26. Hura crepitans, L. Sand-box tree. West Indies and South America. Fruit acrid, emetic rubefacient, poisonous; juice causes injury to the eyes. 27. Excoecaria lucida, Sw. West Indies. 28. E. Cubana. West Indies. 29. Euphorbia buxifolia, Lam. Spurge. Indigenous and West Indian. 30. E. serpens, Kth. Indigenous and West Indian. 31. E. maculata, L. Eye bright. All tropical countries. 32. E. pilulifera L. All tropical countries. 33. E. hypericifolia, L. West Indian, Southern United States and Europe. 34. E. punicea, Ait. (Swains.) Wild Physic-nut. Indigenous. 35. E. heterophylla, L. Var. prunifolia, Jacq. (Swains.) Joseph's-Coat. Indigenous and West Indies. 36. E. (Poinsettia) splendens. In gardens. Native of Madagascar. 37. Euphorbia, sp. T 38. Hippomane Mancinella, L. Manchineel. West Indies and South America. A common tree in Fortune Island. (Eggers.) The Euphorbiaceae have a milky juice, which in almost every case is more or less poisonous, but it becomes innocuous when heated. From this property of the juice, it is possible to make use of the valuable starch which some of the plants contain, e. g. Tapioca, ob- tained from Janipha Manihot. Sapium, Hura and Excoecaria are 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407 especially poisonous, and Hippomane Mancinella, the true Manchin- eel, the most poisonous of all. Cicca has an acrid, eatable fruit. Phyllanthus is used here as a wash for sores, being very astringent. Jatropha is a drastic purgative. As mentioned above, washing and heating removes the poisonous juice which, concentrated by boiling, becomes a sauce known as Cassareep. Ricirms furnishes the well- known castor oil. The Cascarilla or Sweet-wood bark exported from this colony comes from a species of Croton ; it is an aromatic tonic ; also purgative and emetic. The various species of Euphorbia are purgative. Order XCI. NEPENTHEAE. 1. Nepenthes, sp. 1 In gardens. Asia and Africa. No known properties. Order XCII. LORANTHACEAE. 1. Loranthus parviflorus, Sw. Mistletoe. West Indies. 2. L. unifiorus, Jacq. (Catesd.) Mistletoe. Indigenous and W. Indian. The mistletoe is used in this colony as an antisyphilitic. Its properties appear to be very important. 3. Phoradendron rubrum, Gr. (Catesb) Fortune Island. (Eggers.) 408 proceedings of the academy of [1889. December 3. The President, Dr. Joseph Leidy, in the chair. Forty-five persons present. A paper entitled " On the Modification of the Apex in Murex," by Frank C. Baker was presented for publication. Notes on the drift on Block Island. — Mr. Theo. D. Rand remarked that this island, lying in the Atlantic Ocean off the extreme east- erly point of Long Island, shows the drift formation as he had seen it nowhere else. The shores in many parts rise from the ocean as precipitous bluffs to a height from one hundred to two hundred feet. The outer surface is constantly eroded while the summits are pre- served by a growth of grass generally too high above the water for drifting sands to cover. Thus excellent sections are exposed. The island is pear-shaped, about seven miles from north to south and between three and four from east to west at its widest point which is probably a mile and a half from its southern edge. There is not a creek or running water of any kind on the island except a few springs bordering the ocean, neither is there a valley strictly so called. The whole island is made up of rounded hills and bowl-like depressions, the bottom of the latter usually occupied by a fresh-water pond, in many of which flourish water lilies of remarkable size and beauty. Most of it is covered with a soil of sand, clay and gravel which seems to be quite fertile. Here and there are boulders ranging down from two thousand cubic feet (visible above ground), but the stone fences, which every- where divide the farms often into quite small fields, testify that man's industry has removed many thousands from the surface. The island has been described as pear-shaped, but a little north of the middle of the pear is a brackish pond of more than a thousand acres in extent, with but a narrow isthmus of sand separat- ing it from the ocean on the east and on the west. On the west this isthmus has been dredged through and the tide now flows in and out. On the east the isthmus is not over one hundred yards wdde and not over, probably, five or ten feet above high tide. North of this isthmus the ground gradually rises to high bluffs. South and southwest of it almost all the land is elevated, the extreme height being some three hundred feet at Beacon Hill. On examining the bluffs it would appear at first sight that erosion is progressing with great rapidity, as along most of the bluffs large boulders line the shore and extend a considerable distance seaward forming a breakwater. The cause of this was not at first apparent. With few exceptions the bluffs were clothed with grass to their extreme edges. The descent from the edge was generally precipitous 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409 with perhaps one-tenth of the contour indented to a slope of thirty degrees or more. In the precipitous portions the sections were very perfectly shown. There is some clay but the larger portion of material is gravel intermixed with pebbles and boulders of various sizes, the boulders some times rounded and often not. The variety of rock was great. The material evidently came chiefly from the Laurentian. Granite and syenite are probably in the largest quantity and greatest variety. White quartz is abundant ; several varieties of porphyry, porphyritic gneiss, garnetiferous gneiss, mica schist and epidote occur more rarely. Careful examination shows that considerable drainage from the island takes place through these bluffs. This was plainly visible in July when the ponds evidently were not at their highest, and he was inclined to attribute much of the erosion to this trivial but constantly acting cause. During times of frost its influence must be considerable. In these sections, as a rule, the material is heterogeneous, clay, sand, gravel and boulders being commingled in seeming confusion, but at times there is evidence of a sorting. Thus at Clay Head near the north part of the island, there is a great preponderance of clay, but in the sections may be seen what were evidently the beds of ponds, in which muddy water had, for a time, deposited its clay free from stones, this being afterwards buried in the coarser detritus. He saw nothing whatever organic in any of the exposures. These alternations of clay and gravel account for the existence of the numerous ponds which appear to be simply collections of rain water in clayey bottoms, the water rising until a porous stratum is reached through which the water percolates to the ocean. At one place a higher pond had an outlet to a lower and here erosion by running water was apparent, but it was trivial and almost the only one seen, except what might be attributed to excessive rain- fall, such as may be seen along our roadsides after a heavy rain. Some of the grass-covered slopes are very steep and this absence of recent erosion shows the extreme porosity of the general surface. What most impressed Mr. Rand was the probable very slight change of surface since the glacial epoch. Contrasting this with the erosion in south-eastern Pennsylvania of rocks so very much harder than the loose sand gravel and clays of Block Island the time within which the erosion of the former must have been pro- gressing would seem almost infinite. December 10. The President, Dr. Joseph Leidy, in the chair. Thirty-three persons present. 410 proceedings of the academy of [1889. December 17. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Thirty persons present. The following papers were presented for publication : — " On a Petroglyph from the Island of St. Vincent, W. I.," hy Daniel G. Brinton, M. D. " Description of a new species of Eutsenia," by Arthur Erwin Brown. December 24. Mr. Charles Morris in the chair. Nineteen persons present. The following papers were presented for publication : — " Description of New Species of Shells," by W. D. Hartman, M. D. " On new forms of Vertigo," by Dr. V. Sterki. '• On the distribution of color-marks in the Pteropodida3," by Harrison Allen. December 31. Mr. Thomas Meehan, Vice-President, in the chair. Twenty-five persons present. The deaths of Jose O. Schimmel, Charles A. Ashburner, James H. Hutchinson, M. D., members, were announced. The following were ordered to be printed : — 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411 NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN AMERICAN MOLLTJSKS, No. 2. BY H. A. PILSBRY. Pupa calamitosa Pilsbry. PI. 12, figs. 16, 17. Shell minute, cylindrical, very blunt at apex, chestnut colored ; whorls -U, the first one and one-half smooth, the following regularly costulate striate, the costulse separated by spaces wider than them- selves ; last whorl abruptly turning forward, rounded beneath, encircled by a slight central constriction or furrow ; aperture about one-third the total length of shell, rounded, truncated above, con- tracted within ; peristome thin, expanded, Avithout crest or callous thickening behind ; columellar margin rather dilated ; parietal wall bearing two entering lamelke, one arising near the termination of the outer lip, the other more deep seated, elevated, entering less obliquely ; columella with a strong white deep-seated obliquely entering fold ; outer lip with two short white lamella?. Alt. 1-70, diam. -80 mill. Two trays of this tiny species are before me. One received from Henry Hemphill, collected near the mouth of San Tomas river, Lower California, the other collected by Orcutt near San Diego, Cal. Most specimens show the widening inward of the outer lip shown in the figure. Several specimens have only one lamella on the outer lip, and are rather larger than the typical form described, measuring 1*90 mill. alt. The second parietal lamella is usually much larger than the first, but in one or two specimens before me this is not the case. The umbilical rimation terminates in a tiny depression, perhaps minutely perforated at the axis. The formula of denticles or folds (according to Dr. Sterki's scheme*) A A B D E or AA B E. The species is of a decidedly different type from any known American Pupa. P. hordacea, californica, and rowelli, abundant western forms, belonging in quite diverse groups ; the first being allied to P. corticaria and pellucida, the latter grouping with P. decora, rowelli and corpulenta. From the Pupa, of the Mexican fauna, leucodon, pellucida and chordata the present species is quite distinct in every respect. The inward continuation of the parietal and columellar folds is shown in figure 17. They are white, regularly veined with darker, like polished plates of agate. * See Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1888, p. 369. I have repeated the letter represent- ing the parietal fold, as the two seem to be of equal importance. 412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Pupa sterkiana Pilsbry. PI. 2, figs. 2, 3. Shell rimate, perforate when young, cylindrical, blunt at both ends, opaque, chestnut-brown ; surface obliquely sculptured with strong, rather irregular costula?, which often split or branch ; suture very deeply impressed; whorls 7, the first one smooth, the last five of about equal diameter, very convex ; last whorl a little ascending to the aperture, without crest or scrobiculation behind the peristome ; aperture a trifle oblique, rounded, truncate above ; lip expanded, continuous, thin, white, without teeth or folds ; um- bilicus deeply impressed, appearing very narrowly perforated. Alt. 4], diam. 1J mill. Alt. 4, diam. H mill. i Specimens of this species are in the Academy from Lower Cali- fornia. They were received from Mr. C. R. Orcutt of San Diego, Cal. The large size (much exceeding any other West American Papa) toothless lip and strongly costate surface will at once dis- tinguish it. The peristome is continuous as a slightly elevated lamina across the parietal wall. The columella has a very obtuse, blunt, deep-seated fold. Zonites simpsoni Pilsbry. PI. 12, figs. 8, 9, 10. This species belongs to that group of Hyalina comprising capsella Gld.j lawi W. G. Binn., and placentula Shutt., — species with narrow umbilicus, numerous closely coiled narrow whorls, and without a callus or thickening within the base of the last whorl. Z. simp- soni differs from placentula in its much smaller size, nearly straight, instead of arcuate basal lip, seen from beneath, proportionately wider last whorl, and the more trigonal, wider aperture. With Z. lawi I need not compare, as that species is much larger and more elevated. Z. capsella is about the same size, color and texture as simpsoni, but has a narrow umbilicus and very much narrower aperture, narrowly semilunar instead of trigonal in outline. Z. simp- soni has 5 whorls. Alt. 2, diam. maj. 4 J, min. 4 mill. The specimens before me were collected by Mr. C. T. Simpson at Limestone Gap, Indian Territory. The trigonal form of the aper- ture is so peculiar that the species may be separated from Z. capsella at a glance. My comparisons were made with specimens of capsella received from Gould, and placentula from W. G. Binney. The fig- ures are camera lucida drawings. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413 Zonites selenitoides Pilsbry. PL 12, figs. 13, 14, 15. This species is similar in form and general appearance to Z. minus- en his Binn., though decidedly larger. The umbilicus is broad, as in the latter species. The shell is thin, light yellowish-horn eolor, almost white. Surface shining, covered with close strong oblique rib-stria?, like Patula striatella ; these stria? while generally regular, sometimes bifurcate, or separate to give room for another to be in- tercalated. The spire is flatter than minuscuhis, nearly plane. The earlier If to 2 whorls are smooth, polished, not striate; the sutures are well impressed. There are 3? whorls in all, convex, gradually widening, the last proportionately wider than in Z. minuscuhis. Aperture slightly oblique, lunate, narrower than in Z. minuscuhis, its margins thin, acute, scarcely converging, the columellar shortly subreflexed. Alt. 1*2 mill. , diam. 3 mill. The specimens were presented to me by Mr. W. G. Binney, who regarding them as new, kindly permitted me to describe them. They were gathered by Hemphill, Prince of collectors ! at Mariposa Big Trees, California. The name selenitoides is given because of a certain resemblance to the little Selenites duranti of Southern Cali- fornia. Helix ( Hemitrochus ) streatori Pilsbry. PI. 12. fig. 1. Shell imperforate, depressed, thin but rather strong, resembling in contour Hemitrochus amplecta Gundlach of Cuba. It is white, with dark purplish-brown apex and a narrow, well-defined supra- peripheral band of the same color. Above this band there are two lighter, interrupted subobsolete bands (sometimes confluent into one) ; on the base there is a zone composed of several interrupted lines or narrow bands, close together or confluent, broken into blotches, fading into the ground-color on the edges, with a tendency to form short streaks in the direction of the growth lines. Surface shining, finely obliquely striate, except the smooth 1? apical whorls. The spire is low-conoidal ; apex blunt ; sutures evenly, moderately impressed ; whorls 4J, slightly convex, the last depressed, deflexed toward the aperture. Aperture very oblique, transversely oval, obliquely truncated by the parietal wall, distinctly showing a band within ; peristome thickened inside, upper margin simple, outer a little expanded, basal narrowly reflexed, brown, appressed over and closing the narrow axial perforation. Alt. 7, greater diam. 12, lesser diam. 10 mill. 414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. I received this species from Mr. John Ford, to whom it was transmitted by Mr. Geo. J. Streator of Garrettsville, Ohio. It was collected on Cayman Island (an islet lying about 200 miles south of Central Cuba) by Mr. Clark P. Streator, whose name I have given the species. H. streatori belongs evidently to the section Hemitrochus ; and like the other species of that division the axis is perforated in young shells. There is a general resemblance in form and color-pattern to H. ampleeta but that shell and its allies are umbilicate. Its affinity is greatest with Tryon's H. guassoini, 1 described from the tiny islet of Navassa, but the streatori is more depressed, with more oblique aperture, fewer more rapidly enlarging whorls, etc. These two shells, guassoini and streatori, should be inserted in my monograph of Hemitrochus in the Manual of Conchology immediately following the group of ampleeta, rufoapicata and graminicola (p. 37). It may be noted that with the exception of the last-named form, these two are the only species of Hemitrochus ranging south of Cuba. Helix (Mesodon) kiawaensis Simpson. PI. 12, f. 11, 12. The jaw (fig. 11) and dentition of this species are here figured from one of the original specimens. A rhachidian tooth with three adjacent laterals (l.) are figured, with a group of transition teeth (tr.) and three marginal teeth (wi.). The affinities of the species are with H sayi Binn., agreeing with that form in the long penis, and other details of genitalia. Note: The following description and figures 6 and 7 of pi. 12 have been communicated to me by Dr. V. Sterki, of New Phila- delphia, Ohio. Figures 4 and 5 of the same plate are camera- lucida drawings of a specimen received from Dr. Sterki. Pupa holzingeri Sterki. PI. 12, figs. 4, 5, 6, 7. Shell narrowly perforated, turreted-cylindrieal, vitreous (or whit- ish), very minutely striate, shining ; apex rather pointed, whorls 5, regularly increasing, well rounded, especially the upper ones, the last somewhat narrowed and a little ascending towards the aperture, compressed at the base but not carinated, at some distance from the outer margin provided with an oblique, rather prominent, acute crest corresponding in direction to the lines of growth, extending 1 See description and figures from types, Manual of Conchology (Pilsbry's continuation), vol.'v, appendix, p. 197, pi. 63, figs. 14, 15. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415 from the base to the suture, formed by a whitish callosity ; behind the crest the whorl is flattened, and corresponding to the lower palatal lamella, impressed ; aperture lateral, scarcely oblique, relatively small, inverted subovate, with a slight sinus at the upper part of the outer wall, margins approximated ; peristome moderately reflected ; lamella? 6 ; one parietal, rather long, very high, in its middle part curved outward, towards the aperture, bifurcated, the outer branch reaching the parietal wall ; one columellar, longitudinal, rather high, its upper end turning in nearly a right angle towards the aperture, but not reaching the margin ; basal exactly at the base, short, high, dentiform ; 3 in the outer wall, viz. : the lower palatal long, ending in the callus, highest about its middle ; the upper short, rather high on the callous ; above the upper one a supra- palatal, quite small, dentiform, nearer the margin. Length 1*7 mill., diam. 0*8 mill. In the spring of 1887, Mr. John A. Holzinger, of Winona, Minn., sent me a lot of small Pupae, among which there was one specimen of a new species. It was a dead, weather-beaten, poor shell, but evidently adult. By repeated, ever so careful examinations it broke to pieces, but not before I had made a drawing and description of it. Mr. Holzinger as wTell as a few of his students then endeavored to secure more specimens, but all their efforts have been in vain, so far. In 1888, in a vial of Pupa from northern Illinois sent by Mr. Win. A. Marsh, I found a few more specimens of evidently the same species, the shells fresh and good. This year, at last, among a number of small Pupa collected at Davenport, la., I was fortunate in detecting three more examples. The validity of the species was, consequently, established ; and on the other hand it proved to be a Form quite distinct, and readily separable from all other species. It is a most interesting and valuable addition to our malacological fauna as it belongs to a specifically American group,1 viz. : that of P. armifera and P. contracta Say ; but it is much smaller than the latter of the two named as this is than the former. Yet the three together form a well characterized and well-defined group of evidently common origin, and it may be possible sometime, and would be an interesting task of paleontology, to detect a fossil form, or forms, from which the recent ones are derived. 1 It is possible and even probable, however, that certain species of Pupa described from eastern Asia range among the same group ; yet as I have seen no specimens and know them only from the descriptions, I am unable to judge of them. 416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1889. So far, it has not been possible to examine the soft parts and thus complete our knowledge and description of the species ; but it is to be expected that the necessary fresh, if possible living specimens will be found, and I hereby would invite the active collectors of the north-western states to look especially for this Pupa, in order not only to make a complete examination, but also to know more about its geographical distribution, and possible variation. As already stated, our species ranges with P. armifera and P. contractu Say, standing nearer the latter. Yet it is different from this species by the shape of the aperture, the wanting callus1 con- necting the margins on the body-whorl, by the longer crest behind the aperture, which in contracta disappears in about the middle of the (height of the) whorl, and by the wanting constriction, especially in the columellar wall, not to speak of the size and shape of the whole shell. The lamelke also show some marked differences, such as the presence of a high basal, the shorter columellar not reaching the base, but with relatively larger horizontal part, the bifurcation of the parietal and the presence of a supra-palatal, the last just as it is in P. armifera. It must be added here that the specimen first obtained from Minnesota in several respects differs from those found in Illinois and Iowa, which I consider as typical, by its size which is \ smaller, by the basal lamella developed in a peculiar way, being rather longer at the truncated top than at its foot, and by the stronger, thicker palatal lamella?. Yet, as there was only one specimen, it is likely to be an individual peculiarity ; even then, of interest. Should, however, more specimens be found with the same configura- tion, they would represent a distinct and well-characterized variety ; possibly it is a peculiar northern form. 1 In many specimens of P. contracta so strongly developed, that the peristome is rendered continuous. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417 ON A PETROGLYPH FROM THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT, W. I. BY DANIEL G. BRIXTON, M. D. The rock-inscriptions or petroglyphs which are found in various parts of the American Continent offer a curious subject of study, and one that may ultimately furnish valuable ethnological data. They appear to present definite characteristics both of subject and technical execution extending over wide areas, but not repeated outside of fixed geographical boundaries. The one which I submit to the Academy to-night was photo- graphed by Professor Benjamin Sharp in the Island of St. Vincent, "West Indies, last winter. The rock upon which it is inscribed is an ancient lava which had flowed into the sea, making a spur into the water, from which the inscription itself was about twenty feet distant. The lines were about a quarter of an inch in depth, the edges rather sharply de- fined, though from the nature of the rock and the action of the ele- ments, they do not now present the appearance of having been formed by a cutting implement, but rather of having been ground in, as by a process of rubbing. Which of these technical methods was employed is of considerable interest, as will shortly be seen, but the present condition of the surface is such that the point must re- main in doubt. 28 418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. There is no question that this inscription is attributable to the na- tive tribes who formerly occupied St. Vincent. These were the Caribs who had populated it from the adjacent mainland, distant about seventy miles. When first discovered, St. Vinceot was the most densely peopled of all the Caribbee Islands and exclusively by this tribe. One of the early writers says that they had many villages in its valleys and enjoyed entire repose from their enemies ; hence it was selected as a rendezvous for the tribal bands from other islands and the mainland when organizing expeditions against their enemies, the Arawacks.1 We may credibly affirm therefore that this inscrip- tion is a product of Carib art. It is well known that on the adjacent portions of South America many petroglyphs have been observed, some of remarkable size and designs. They have been copied by Humboldt, Schomburgh, Wal- lace, Im Thurn and others. The last mentioned who is also the most recent observer, has made the important discovery that they are divided into two classes, differing widely in design and technical procedure. The one he calls the "deep" the other the •'shallow" petroglyphs. The " deep" are from I to i an inch in depth; the " shallow" are mere surface scratches ; the former have been incised with the edge of a sharpened stone ; the latter rubbed in by friction with a stone and moist sand. The figures represented differ, and the two varieties never occur together, nor even near each other. The shallow variety is seen on the Corentyn river and its tributaries in the extreme east of British Guiana ; the deep occur on the streams west of that region. - The present Indians know nothing of the origin, age or meaning of these monuments, and do not pretend to imitate them. The posi- tion they occupy is generally, but not always, close to some body of water. Not unfrequently they are upon almost inaccessible rock- surfaces, and could have been executed only with enormous toil and risk. This fact, and the well-known aversion of the natives to labor of any kind, are sufficient to invalidate the theory of Dr. Richard Andree that these figures were merely the product of idle hours, without meaning and without object.3 1 De Rochefort, Histoire des lies Antiles de l'Amerique, pp. 24, 25. 2 Among the Indians in Guiana. By Everard F. Im Thurn, p. 394. 3 Ethnographische Parallelen und Vergleiche, s. 258. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419 Some, on the other hand, have attributed to them a profound symbolic meaning, or supposed they possessed far-reaching histori- cal significance. This is an error quite as much too far on the other side. I am convinced that in regard to those found in Guiana and the Carib district the theory of Professor Von Martins is correct. He believed that they were intended as conjurations for luck in fishing and hunting, propitiatory to the spirits of the fish and ani- mals sought for, objurgatory towards envious or malicious super- natural powers.1 There is a passage in De Rochefort's History of the Antilles con- firmatory of Von Martins' view, though he omits to quote it. This early French historian speaking of the island Caribs says : " To turn aside the anger of the demons whom they dread, they paint their hideous figures on the most prominent parts of their canoes."2 He does not specifically say that they also engraved them upon the plain surfaces of the rocks, but there can be no doubt they did, as the Carib word temehri which is applied by them to rock inscrip- tions means "to paint'" or "a painting."3 We may safely decide therefore that the photograph before us represents one of the Carib demons or deities, and that its figure was cut in the rock as a propitiatory act. It may partake of temerity to proceed further, and undertake to identify a particular deity ; but I am tempted to do so. The main figure of the glyph clearly represents a human form with arms ex- tended over and laid upon the abdomen, but with no legs visible. The abdomen is disproportionately large, as if greatly distended. The suggestion is at once at hand that the figure is that of a woman in parturition. Immediately above the head of the figure is the rude representation of a human face, and another smaller one is to the left of the figure, both without limbs. Turning now to the mythology of the Carib we learn that their principal beneficent deity was the Earth. They spoke of it as a female, as the. good mother, from whom proceeded their food and other necessaries of life, and to her they paid their principal hom- age. They also regarded the sun and moon as animate beings, and 1 Ethnographic und Sprachen-Kunde Amerikas, Band I, S. 571, 2 qq. 2 Hi^toire des lies Antilles, p. 479. 3 Im Thurn, ubi supra, p. 394. 420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. paid them much respect in their ceremonies, but not actual worship, as they did to Mother Earth.1 In the rock sculpture before us this evening, I believe we have these three nature-spirits represented, the Earth as the parturient All Mother, the sun and moon as accessories. The purpose of the carving was propitiatory to these poAverful forces, and was intended as a permanent conjuration of their good-will. 1 See De Rochefort, ubi supra, pp. 469, 470. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF EUTAENIA. BY ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN. Eutaenia nigrolateris, species nov. A snake belonging to this genus, now living in the collection of the Zoological Society, presents characters differing from any other sj:>ecies with which I am acquainted, to a degree requiring recogni- tion and to the following description I append the above name. Form moderately stout, about as in E. sirtalis. Tail short. Head short and broad, flattened on crown. Vertical and occipitals short and broad ; superciliaries short in front ; one ante-orbital, much elevated and pointed above, in contact with the fronto-exter- nal angle of the vertical ; three post-orbitals, the lower one lying on the 5th and 6th superior labials ; upper labials eight, 6th and 7th largest; lower labials ten, 6th largest. Eye rather large, center just behind the suture between the 4th and 5th labials. A vertical series of three temporals in contact with the post-orbitals, the lower one small and lying on the 6th and 7th labials, but mainly on the 6th ; the middle one above and behind it, is much larger and elongated ; the upper one, somewhat smaller than the last is in contact with the occipitals. On one side, in this specimen, the large, middle temporal is divided into two portions, the anterior being the smaller. Twenty-one dorsal rows of scales ; the outer one but little larger than the 2nd, the former smooth anteriorly, faintly carinated to- wards the tail ; carina; on the remaining rows increasing towards the dorsal line. A golden yellow stripe occupies the median row of scales from nape to tip of tail, widening slightly on the edges of the contiguous rows at the anterior end ; a lateral stripe of same color, very indis- tinct anteriorly, where it is mostly confined to the 3rd row, but better defined on the posterior third of the body, where it invades the upper half of the 2nd. Color above the laterals, brownish-olive with two series of alternating dark spots (66 pairs, in this specimen from head to anus), the lower series on the 4th, 5th and 6th rows, the upper on the 7th, 8th and 9th ; below the lateral lines, the 1st and lower half of the 2nd rows (anteriorly, occasionally to the lower half of the 3rd) with the ends of the abdominal scutellse, are lustrous pitch-black. The upper surface of the head in front of the occipitals is greenish-olive ; behind that, to the neck and the sides 422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. of the head, including the 7th and 8th superior labials, blackish- brown, slightly maculated with dull chestnut just behind the oc- cipital* ; the dorsal yellow line being slightly indicated on the dark patch. Beneath white, with a creamy tinge anteriorly, becoming pale greenish on the sub-caudals. The labials are margined with blackish-brown ; a post-oral cream-colored crescent with the concave side forward ; a similar band passing down on the post-orbitals Avidens on the 6th upper labial and runs into the throat color and a third light band is indicated on the ante-orbital, becoming lost on the 4th upper labial, iris bright copper color. Abdominal scutelhe 156. Sub-caudals 63 pairs. Total length m .510 (20 1-8 in.) length of tail .110 (4 5-16 in.) This species somewhat resembles E. marciana in form and general pattern of coloring, as well as. in an extreme boldness and aggres- siveness when handled, but is much darker ; has the lower row of spots replaced by a shining black band below the lateral light stripe and is well marked by the extension of the ante-orbital upward to meet the vertical and the increased number of temporals. The specimen was captured in September last, in the vicinity of Tucson, Arizona, and was sent to the Zoological Society through the courtesy of one of its corresponding members, Mr. Herbert Brown, of that city. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 423 The following annual reports were read and referred to the Pub- lication Committee: — REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. The Recording Secretary respectfully reports that the meetings of the Academy during the greater part of the year have been un- usually well attended and that the communications have been varied and interesting. The improvement is due in great measure to the plan of joint meetings of the several Sections with the Academy which was first carried into operation in March. A programme of the meetings was issued to the members with the effect of materially increasing the attendance. While communications from members of the Section to which the night is assigned have precedence, they do not exclude those from other members of the Academy and while there have been few meetings without some matter of special interest no difficulty has been experienced in affording opportunity to all who wish to obtain a hearing. Verbal communications have been made by Messrs. Leidy, McCook, Meehan, Ryder, Heilprin,Ives, Binder, Morris, Wingate, Goldsmith, Pilsbry, Foote, Koenig, Perot, Horn, J. B. Brinton, Rex, Hall, Woolman, Wilson, A. H. Smith, Hartzell, Willcox, Redfield, Dolley, Rothrock, Ford, U. C. Smith Campbell, Sharp, Jefferis, Skinner, Baker, Thomas, D. G. Brinton, Leffmau and Aaron. Two hundred and twenty-eight pages of the Proceedings for 1888 and three hundred and thirty-six for 1889 have been issued since the last report. The current volume will be illustrated by thirteen plates. In connection with the Academy's regular publications mention should also be made of the Manual of Conchology which, since the death of Mr. Geo. W. Tryon Jr., in Feb. 1888, has become the property of the Conchological Section and has been promptly issued in two series under the editorship of Mr. H. A. Pilsbry. Of the Marine Series three hundred and twenty pages of text and seventy-five colored plates, and of the series devoted to Land Mol- lusca two hundred and seventy-nine pages and seventy plates have been issued during the year. It is gratifying to know that the high standard established for the work by Mr. Tryon has been main- tained and that the subscription list is sufficient to more than pay the expense of issuing the work. 424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. In addition to the Transactions of the American Entomological So- ciety, of which three hundred and twenty pages and seven plates have been issued, the Entomological Section of the Academy is about to be- gin the publication, under the editorship of Eugene M. Aaron, of a monthly journal to be entitled, "The Entomological News." It will thus be seen that no less than one thousand four hundred and eighty-three pages and one hundred and sixty-five plates have been published by the Academy and its Sections since the last annual report and that operations in this department are to be extended during the coining year. Forty-three papers have been presented for publication in the Proceedings by the following authors : — H. A. Pilsbry 4, J. E. Ives 3, Witmer Stone 3, Charles K. Keyes 3, J. A. Ryder 2, Eugene N. S. Ringueberg 2, W. D. Hartman 2, George Marx 2, F. C. Baker 2, F. A. Genth 1, T. Meehan 1, Jos. Leidy 1, Angelo Heilprin 1, E. Goldsmith 1, W. B. Scott 1, W. H. Dall 1, Harold Wingate 1, H. Allen 1, John Eyerman 1, S. W. Williston 1, Chas. S. Bollman 1, J. P. McMurrich 1, J. Gardner 1, W. L. Morrison 1, P. H. Kirsch 1, David S Jordan and Burt Fesler 1, S. E. Meek and C. F. Boll- man 1, J. M. Safford and A. W. Vogdes 1, P. H. Kirsch and M. W. Fordice 1. Four of these have been withdrawn by the authors and the others have been published or are now in the hands of the printer. Among the most important matter contributed to the vol- ume were the papers by various authors in continuation of those published prior to the last report giving the results of Prof. Heil- prin's explorations of the Bermudas in July, 1888. The number of copies of the Proceedings distributed is as follows: Foreign exchange 399, domestic exchange 70, subscribers 107 ; total 576. Twenty-two members and five correspondents were elected. The deaths of six members and three correspondents were announced. The resignations of two members, Samuel Wagner and W. H. Eisenbrey, were accepted. The vacancy in the Council, caused by the death of Geo. Y. Shoemaker, June 18th, was filled by the election, June 25th, of Uselma 0. Smith. A committee consisting of Messrs. Jos. Leidy, J. P. Lesley, Persifor Frazer, Angelo Heilprin and W. B. Scott was appointed February 5th, to consider the proper award of the Hayden Memorial Medal. No action on the subject has yet been reported. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425 One of the most important events of the year was the considera- tion of an invitation from the University of Pennsylvania to the Academy to remove to a plot of ground in West Philadelphia in immediate proximity to the University. After mature considera- tion by the Council, to which the subject was referred for considera- tion and report, a resolution respectfully declining the invitation was adopted by the Academy by a vote of sixty-eight in the affirm- ative to three in the negative. A committee was appointed January 29th to consider the propri- ety of giving a series of social entertainments to serve as reunions of the members with a view to promoting the interest and efficiency of the meetings of the Academy. The committee having reported favorably they were authorized to receive subscriptions to the nec- essary fund, the understanding being that no expense should be in- curred by the Academy. ►Sufficient encouragement has been re- ceived to provide for at least three of the contemplated reunions, ar- rangements for the first of which will be made when a favorable op- portunity presents itself. The Academy is to be congratulated on having received from the Legislature substantial recognition in an appropriation of $50,000 towards the erection of the new building so pressingly needed for the arrangement and exhibition of the rapidly growing collections. A detailed statement of the steps taken to begin the work of erec- tion at an early date will be found in the report of the Curators. By resolution of the Academy the hall was placed at the service of Dr. J. T. Rothrock for the delivery of a course of seven Michaux Lectures to extend from Dec. 4, 1889, to Jan. 29, 1890. All of which is respectfully submitted. EDW. J. NOLAN, Recording Secretary. REPORT OF CORRESPONDING SECRETARY. The correspondence of the past year has been almost entirely in reference to the publications of the Academy and has consisted of acknowledgments from corresponding societies or letters of trans- mittal from them, usually accompanying their publications. The plan adopted several years ago of sending our publications by mail to the more active societies at home and abroad seems to be working very satisfactorily and the prompt acknowledgment, usu- 426 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1889. ally by card, and the very small number of inquiries for missing parts show that there is practically no loss in the mail. A great advantage results in making known, at the earliest possible moment, the researches of those who make onr pages valuable and the various zoological and other records are enabled to give an epitome of them within the year for which they are published. Acknowledgment of the reception of our publications has been made, by sixty-three postal-cards and by seventy-three letters, the former all representing mail transmissions while a large number of the latter should be so counted. Letters of envoy number barely forty, being a decrease in number from past years due, doubtless, to the use of the mail in sending to us. A pleasing indication is afforded by a portion of the correspondence from various parts of our country, desiring copies of our by-laws and asking for such information as will enable the formation of a society on the plan of our organization. These have been promptly answered and the future will doubtless show some results. During the year three correspondents have been elected and no- tification has been promptly sent. Replies have been received from all where time has been sufficient to permit it. The additions to the Museum have been numerous, and have been acknowledged by the Curator-in-Charge, as will be learned from his report. Respectfully submitted, George H. Horn, M. D., Corresponding Secretary. REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN. The annual statistics of the Librarian's report indicate that the year ending November 30, 1889, has been an unusually prosperous one in the department of the Academy of which he has charge. The additions received number 4,446, an increase of 489 over the growth of 1888 and of 1,066 over that of the preceding year. Six hundred and eighty volumes, 3,786 pamphlets and parts of periodi- cals and continued works and 26 maps are recorded. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427 They were received from the following sources : Societies, 1842 Editors 895 I. V. Williamson Fund, ... 815 Miss Frances Lea, 25)5 Authors, 186 Prof. A. Heilprin, 58 East Indian Government, ... 36 U. S. Department of the Interior, 34 Wilson Fund 28 Thomas Meehan, ..... 28 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 28 Purchased by special appropriation, 19 U.S. Department of State, . . 16 John C. Sinclair, 16 Stewart Culin, 15 Charles M. Belts, 13 New York State Library, . . 12 U. S. Treasury Depaitment, . 11 U. S. Fish Commission, ... 10 Geological Survey ol Roumania, 9 H. B. M. Government, ... 7 Geological Survey of Penna., . 5 Wm. John Potts, 5 Trustees of the British Museum, 5 H. A. Pilsbry, ...... 4 Henry N. Rittenhouse, ... 4 Geological Survey of India, . 4 Engineer Department U. S. A., 4 Geological Survey of Finland, 4 Minister of Public Works, France, Geological Survey of Kentucky, Government of Victoria, . Australian Government, U. S. War Department, Wm. W. Jefferis, Geological Survey of Minnesota, Geological Survey of Portugal, Depaitment of Mines, N. S. W., Geological Survey of N. J., University of Pennsylvania, New York State Museum of Nat- ural History, Pennsylvania State Board of Health, State Mineralogist, California, Geological Survey of Texas, Michigan Forestry Commission J. H. Redfield Department of Mines, Nova Scotia, Geological Survey of New Zea- land, Messrs. Tiffany & Co., Harold Wingate, Charles Morris, Lewis Woolman, Geological .Survey of Canada, Mrs. R. C. Taylor, .... 3 3 3 3 2 o They have been distributed to the several departments of the library as follows : — Journals, Geology, Botany, Conchology, General Natural History, Entomology, . . . . Anatomy and Physiology, Anthropology, . . . . Ornithology, . . . . Mineralogy, ... Voyages and Travels, Physical Science, 3418 366 153 77 76 50 44 37 28 28 20 18 Encyclopedias, . Mammalogy, Public Documents, Ichthyology, . , Helminthology, Medicine, . . . Herpetology, Chemistry, Bibliography, Geography, . . , Agricultural, . . Unclassified, . . 17 16 15 14 11 8 6 5 4 3 3 29 The accompanying lists of donations, exchanges and purchases render unnecessary any special comment on the character of the ad- ditions. In consequence of over-draft of the I. V. Williamson Fund as re- ported last year by the Treasurer, a special appropriation of $500 from the general funds of the Academy was made. Orders to the full amount of the Library Committee's resources are outstanding. 428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. The necessity for a binding fund becomes more urgent, only one hundred and thirty-eight of the volumes most constantly in use having been bound during the year. A priced catalogue of the duplicates in the library has been pre- pared. To derive the most benefit from the list it should be printed and distributed to those likely to be interested in separate numbers and incomplete sets of periodicals of which the collection for the most part consists. A large and valuable collection of maps, the extent of which had not been suspected, has been classified and catalogued. It is very desirable that special receptacles be prepared for these so that they may be more readily examined than is at present possible. Early in the year the title entries of journals and periodicals were completed and the catalogue arranged in the drawers for use. The work has been supplemented by a convenient hand-list or, guide to the arrangement of periodicals on the shelves and also by a general subject index. These lists are all, of course, kept complete to date so that noth- ing remains to be done in the department of journals and periodi- cals short of a subject-catalogue of scientific communications which is an undertaking of such extent as to be at present beyond the means of the Academy. Such a work would be an invaluable aid to the naturalist, supplying to him what the superb Index-Catalogue of the Surgeon-General's Office provides for the physician, but it must be either the result of co-operation among several scientific societies or the cost must be defrayed by government appropriation, as in the case of the work referred to, or by an institution possessed of a large income such as the Royal Society of London, to which we are indebied for the indispensable author-catalogue of scientific papers. Although such work on the periodicals of the library must, there- fore, be deferred, satisfactory progress has been made on a subject- catalogue of the special departments. The subject-registry of Voy- ages and Travels and Geology has been completed and the work is now going on rapidly in the section of General Natural History. The arrangement of the cards will be continuously alphabetical without any sub-division into classes other than that which depends on the initial subject word. It is believed that clearness and sim- plicity will be thus secured and that those who use the library will be able to avail themselves of the catalogue without the assistance of the trained attendants or pages who are usually required to interpret 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429 elaborate systems of bibliographical classification. If in the future it be found desirable to prepare special hand-lists for the use of stu- dents in the different departments of the Academy this can readily be done by copying the author and subject entries belonging to the several classes as indicated by the class abbreviation written on the upper left-hand margin of the cards. Most of the work here reported, apart from the daily routine of the library, has depended on the continued engagement, thanks to a number of liberal friends of the Academy, of Signor Emanuele Fronani whose efficient assistance the Librarian has pleasure in ac- knowledging. In the current work of the year the intelligent aid rendered by William J. Fox is also worthy of note. All of which is respectfully submitted, Edw. J. Nolan, Librarian. REPORT OF THE CURATORS. The Curators present the following statement of the Curator-in- Charge as their report for the year 1889 : — The Curator-in-Charge respectfully reports that the general con- dition of the Academy's collections is satisfactory, except in so far as excessive crowding of material has interfered with the proper dis- play and systematic placing of specimens. This lack of room has been an evil badly felt by the Academy for several years — indeed, almost from the date of the first occupation of the present building. The surprisingly rapid growth of the collections in certain depart- ments has kept far ahead of the Academy's power to provide suita- ble accommodation, and the time has at last arrived when even ex- cessive crowding has reached a practical limit. The numerous ap- peals for relief, that have been made from time to time, several of them addressed to the Legislature of the State, and which have been but indifferently responded to, have finally met with substantial recognition in an appropriation of $50,000 made by the last Legisla- ture. The hope is held out that a like appropriation, to cover the full amount of the Academy's application to the State for the purposes of a new building, may be made by the Legislature at its next session. With the necessities of existing conditions, and the encourage- ment of a friendly response from the generous citizens of our 430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. metropolis, the Academy has seen fit to prepare plans for the much- needed new building, and it is expected that active work on the structure will begin with the early part of the present winter. The main portion of the contemplated new museum-building will be in the form of an irregular square, fronting on 19th street 155 feet and on Cherry street 130 feet, thus presenting a surface-area of 20,150 feet. Four tiers of galleries, each in the main, 32 feet in width, will surround an open central hall, to which unbroken illumination will be afforded by a tunnelled glass roof, springing at a height of some 80 feet above the floor. Office and laboratory rooms will be provided on the ground floor beneath the first gallery, while a number of external preparation rooms will adjoin the build- ing on the north side. A two-story building,, measuring 54 feet by 48, and furnishing a lecture-amphitheater designed to accommodate 650 persons, will unite the new structure with the edifice now occu- pied by the Academy. With this separation of the two buildings there will be little interference with the necessary illumination. The cost of the building, which will permit of some 67,000 square feet of floor-surface available for museum purposes alone — not count- ing here the offices and laboratories— is placed at $239,000. The needs of the Academy make it imperative that this amount, together with a further sum of $50-60,000 for cases, be secured, and it is earnestly hoped that the best endeavors will be made to provide the desired funds at as early a day as possible. All delay is now directly hurtful to the institution, and to the interests to which the Academy ministers. The collections of the Academy have been efficiently cared for during the year, and the Curator-in-Charge is again obliged to ac- knowledge his indebtedness to the numerous workers who have vol- untarily or otherwise rendered their services to the Academy. The Conservators of the Botanical, Conchological, Geological and Entomological Sections may be specially mentioned in this connec- tion ; likewise, the Conservator of the Wm. S. Vaux collections. The ornithological department has profited largely through the labors of Mr. Witmer Stone, who, apart from other work in connection with classifying and arranging, has systematically applied himself to the redetermination of the species of Falconidse, Vulturidse, Strigida?, Corvidre, Paradiseidse, Oriolidae, Dicruridse, Campephagidse and Muscicapidse. Three thousand four hundred specimens represent- ing these families have been identified, numbered and catalogued 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431 during the year. The systematic cataloguing of the entire collec- tion of birds is now fairly under way, and with such progress as has been made, it is believed that the work will be completed be- fore many years. The publication of special annotated lists, ac- companying the identifications, is an important feature of Mr. Stone's work. To my special assistant, Mr. J. E. Ives, I am indebted for a large amount of labor in connection with the determination and classifica- tion of new and old material in the possession of the Academy r prin- cipally among the alcoholics. The refuse of accumulated material is thus being gradually disposed of, and with the additional space which is assured to the Academy, the full collection will shortly be in a condition to be systematically placed. Dr. G. Baur, of New Haven, has rendered valuable assistance through his critical studies of the Academy's Testudinata, which were placed in his hands for revision and cataloguing. This collection, which is rich in types and rare species, numbers 429 specimens. These have all been redeter- mined and labeled. The elaboration of the large collection of material brought from the Bermuda Islands in the summer of 1888 by the Curator-in- Charge and a class of students from the Academy has been com- pleted, except as to one or two of the lower groups of organisms (sponges). This material has furnished subject for several impor- tant papers by different specialists, which have been published in part in the Proceedings of the Academy and in part in an inde- pendent publication on the physical history and zoology of the Ber- mudas by the undersigned. The greater part of the material col- lected proved new to the Academy's collections, while much of it was new to science. The success of, and very light expense attend- ing, the expedition show how much may be accomplished even with little effort in zoogeographical research, and encourages the hope that researches of a similar nature may hereafter be systematically conducted under the auspices of the Academy. The losses to the Academy's collection during the year have been insignificant, Less than a dozen specimens have been removed from the museum as having passed beyond the period of their usefulness. Specimens were loaned for study during the year to Prof. Alfred Newton, of Cambridge, England ; to Prof. O. C. Marsh and Dr. G. Baur, of New Haven ; to Dr. W. B. Clark, of Batimore ; to Dr. 432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Harrison Allen, of this city ; and to Mr. Charles B. Cory, of Boston. Some of this material is still outstanding. Respectfully submitted, Angelo Heilprin, Curator-in- Charge. Joseph Leidy, Ch'n Curators. REPORT OF THE BIOLOGICAL AND MICRO- SCOPICAL SECTION. During the past year ten meetings were held with an average at- tendance of eight members. The following new members were elected : — Harold Wingate, Lancaster Thomas, Edward Bancroft. H. H. Burchard was admitted as a contributor. The following is a summary of the work done during the year : — December 3, 1888. Resume of biological work during 1888, lect- ure by Prof. John A. Ryder. December 3, 1888. Communication upon Helicosporium ellip- ticum, by Dr. Geo. A. Rex. December 3, 1888. Notacordal cells, by Prof. Ryder. January 7, 1889. Upon the Pitcher plants in reference to their digestive function, by Dr. J. B. Brinton. January 21, 1889. Upon the cultivation of Fungi, by Dr. Rex. February 4, 1889. Rock sections, by Lancaster Thomas. February 4, 1889. Upon Botrytis, by Dr. L. Brewer Hall. February 18, 1889. Upon two new species of Trichia from Mon- tana, by Dr. Rex. February 18, 1889. Diatoms from Mobile Bay, by Dr. Hall. March 4, 1889. Upon Psoriasis, and on different methods of staining, by Dr. Hartzell. March 4, 1889. Upon Hemiarcyria Karstenii, by Mr. Wingate. May 6, 1889. Upon Karyokinesis, by Prof. Ryder. May 6, 1889. A new Fuligo from Nebraska, by Dr. Rex. June 3, 1889. Upon Fungi, by Dr. Rex. November 4, 1889. Upon the generic characteristics of Coma- tricha, by Dr. Rex. November 4, 1 889. Upon a new Myxomycete Chondrioderma, by Mr. Wingate. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433 In addition to the above, many interesting communications were made at the joint meetings of the Academy and the Section. The officers elected for the ensuing year were : — Director, .... Harold Wingate. Vice Director, . . . John C. Wilson. Recorder, .... Dr. Robert J. Hess. Treasurer, .... Dr. Isaac Norris, Jr. Conservator, . . . Charles P. Perot. Corresponding Sec. . . Dr. Charles Sehreffer. Very respectfully submitted, Robert J. Hess, M. D., Recorder. REPORT OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION. The Recorder of the Conchological Section reports that the more important work transacted during the year has been the regular issue of the Manual of Conchology and the arrangement of the cab- inet in connection with the necessary study of material as the several families have been reached. Four numbers of each of the two series of the Manual have been published, the parts of the marine series embracing the Turbinidse, Delphmulidse and portion of the Tro- chidse, while the parts of the second series devoted to the land mollusca treat of the Helicidse of the West Indies and South America. The former consists of 320 pages of text and 75 plates while the latter includes 279 pages and 70 plates. The Section has pleasure in ac- knowledging the efficient services of the editor, Mr. Henry A. Pils- bry, to whom belongs the credit of maintaining the standard of ex- cellence established by Mr. Tryon. It is gratifying to be able to report that the work is more than self-supporting. The meetings held in connection with the Academy, in harmony with the sugges- tion adopted by the latter last spring, have been rendered interest- ing by communications from Messrs. Pilsbry, Baker, Heilprin, Ford, Campbell and U. C. Smith. At the meeting held Dec. 5th, the fol- lowing officers were elected to serve during the ensuing year : — Director, .... W. S. W. Ruschenberger. Vice Director, . . . John Ford. Recorder, .... Edward J. Nolan. Secretary, . . . . J. H. Redfield. 29 434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1889. Treasurer, . . . . S. R. Roberts. Librarian, .... Edward J. Nolan. Conservator, . . . Henry A. Pilsbry. Since the last annual meeting of the Section specimens have been received from forty-three persons, numbering in all 851 trays and 6,636 specimens. This brings the aggregate number of trays in the museum to 52,787. The more valuable series received are those collected by Prof. Heilprin at the Bermuda Islands, the Lower Cal- ifornian shells purchased by the Conchological Section from Henry Hemphill, and a series of shells from Tonquin, China, and the East Indies obtained of the Abbe Vathelet. Valuable additions to the fauna of our eastern coast have been received from Messrs. Uselma C. Smith and John Ford. We have also received from various cor- respondents of the Conservator, several hundred species of United States and Mexican land and fresh-water shells, including a number of new species, part of which have been already published in the Proceedings of the Academy. During the year the arrangement of the families Neritidse and Turbinidse, in progress at the time of the last report, has been com- pleted, and that of the Trochidse, Stomatellidse and Scissurellidse will be completed by the end of the present month. Of the Helices, the groups monographed in the Manual during the year have been ar- ranged, and work begun on the groups of European Helices, here- tofore in a chaotic condition. The conservator having secured the assistance of Mr. Baker during a part of each day, can now com- plete the arrangement of all unarranged groups as far as the Man- ual lias progressed as soon as additional cases can be secured. Mu- seum work on the land shells has at present temporarily ceased from lack of room. H. A. Pilsbry, Edward J. Nolan, Conservator. Recorder. REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. The Entomological Section, during the past year, has been much benefited by an evident increase of interest at its meetings. These have been held regularly each month, excepting during the July and August vacation. There has been a large attendance of members and associates. One member and one associate member have been elected since the last report. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435 The collection in the care of the Section has been carefully ex- amined by the Curator of the American Entomological Society, and its condition is now much better than heretofore. The entomological collection of the late Titian R. Peale, Esq., which was presented to the Academy, has been transferred to the care of the Section. After selecting therefrom much that was spoiled for want of care, the remainder has been reset and labeled as the " T. R. Peale Collection," in accordance with the expressed wish of the heirs. In compliance with the request of the Academy, the Entomologi- cal Section has selected the meeting of the second Tuesday of each alternate month at which to bring before the Academy matters pertaining to entomology. The meetings of the Section have been much enhanced in interest by the reports of collections and observations by its members, some of whom have still further detailed the same in published articles. The Section desiring to make its influence more generally felt by the students of Entomology, has determined to issue a publication id be known as "The Entomological News and Proceedings of the Entomological Section of the Academy Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia." It will be issued monthly in parts of not less than 16 pages, and will contain, together with the proceedings, articles from contributors and a general resume of entomological matter. Mr. E. M. Aaron has been appointed editor, with a supervisory com- mittee to assist in the details of the work. At the meeting in December the following officers were elected : — Director, .... Geo. H. Horn, M. D. Vice Director, . . . H. C. McCook, D. D. Treasurer, . . . . E. T. Cresson. Recorder E. M. Aaron. J. H. Ridings. Publication Com. Philip Laurent. Respectfully submitted, Jas. H. Ridings, Record' r. REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL SECTION. The Vice-Director of the Botanical Section respectfully reports that the stated meetings have been held regularly during the year, 436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. and that the attendance on, and interest in them have been fully maintained. The section is out of debt, and has a surplus in its treasury ; including a donation of 8100 from W. G. Warden towards a share in the botanical explorations in Asia Minor, now un- dertaken by Prof. Bornmuller, Director of the Royal Gardens of Belgrade. Through the interest of members of the Section a number of Bo- tanical Works have been added to the librarv of the Academv, while the additions to the Herbarium number 2,174, of which 1,585 are of flowering plants and ferns. Of these 36 represent genera not before in our collection, while of species, 585 are new additions. These new additions bring the number of vascular species represented in the Herbarium to about 28,805. The additions to the lower crypto- gams are 589. The conservator's account of the additions in detail is appended u- part of this report; as also an abstract of the detailed work of the Section by the Recorder. Respectfully submitted, Thomas Meehan, Vice- Director. ( 'onservator's Report for 1889. — The Conservator respectfully sub- mits the following annual report upon the state of the Academy's Herbarium : — The most important additions made during the past year are of species from Tropical America, among which are worthy of special enumeration, 300 species from the State of Tabasco, Mexico, per- sented by Prof. Jose X. Rovirosa ; 373 species from Guatemala, col- lected by H. Von Turckheim and presented by John Donnell Smith, of Baltimore ; 243 species from the northern provinces of Mexico, collected by C. G. Pringle in 1888, presented by the Conservator, and 116 species collected by Dr. E. Palmer at San Quentin Bay in Lower California and presented by the U. 8. Department of Agri- culture. Through the kindness of Dr. Sereno Watson, of Cambridge, Mass., we have received from J. Thistleton Dyer, of the Kew Herbarium, Drummond's Mosses of the Rocky Mountains and British America, mounted in two volumes and embracing 241) species and 33 varieties. From Ellis and Everhart we have received the 22nd and 23rd Centuries of North American Fungi, also a special and selected 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437 Century of rare Fungi, in exchange for duplicate earlier Centuries received from the Estate of Dr. Geo. Martin. Other important additions which will appear in the detailed list presented to the Academy, will raise the whole number of speci<'- received during the year to 2,174, of which 1,585 are Phanerogams and Ferns. Of these 585 are new to our collection, and 36 are of genera not before represented. Two hundred and thirty-nine are North American, 1,077 are from Tropical and South America, 144 are from the Eastern Continent and 125 are Australian and Poly- nesian. The remaining 589 species received are of. Lower Crypto- gams. How many of these are absolutely new to us we are at pres- ent not able to determine, from the fact that we lack catalogues of our large collections in that department. It is much to be desired that the Committee in charge of our Fungi shall be able soon to ac- complish the work committed to them, for its completion will be a great step towards supplying the need referred to. The number of species of vascular plants now in the Herbarium is estimated at 28,805. All of the accessions of the past year have been carefully poisoned to prevent the ravages of insects, and the North American species have been mounted. Respectfully submitted, John H. Redfield, Conservator. The Recorder makes the following report of the transactions of the Section during the current year : — Nine meetings have been held with an average attendance of eight members each, excluding the present meeting. Communications of great interest have been made by Messrs. Mee- han and Redfield, and Drs. Rothrock, Wilson, Brinton, Rex and others. During the present year a special effort has been made by the Section, at the request of the Academy, to add to the interest of the general meetings, by bringing matters of Botanical interest before the Academy at stated periods. The announcement of the rediscovery of an old locality of Cor- ema Conradii on the New Jersey coast was made ; also of a new lo- cality of the same plant on the Maine coast ; also the finding of the arctic Stellaria humifusa on the Maine coast wras announced. 438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. An excursion of great interest, to the Pocono Mt., in company with the Torrey Botanical Club of New York, was made, in which Botrychium simplex was found. The following officers were elected to serve during the ensuing year : — Director, Vice Director, W. S. W. Ru'schenberger. Thomas Meehan. Isaac C. Martindale. Isaac C. Martindale. John H. Redfield. Charles Schaffer. All of which is respectfully submitted, Charles Schaffer, Recorder. Corresjionding Sec, Treasurer, Conservator, Recorder, REPORT OF THE MINER ALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION. The Director of the Mineralogical and Geological Section would respectfully report that owing to the unusual absence from the city of the members most active in the Section, the meetings have not been as numerous or as large as in former years but there has been no lack of interest. The meetings jointly with the Academy have been generally regarded as interesting and successful. Con- siderable additions have been made to the collection. Many of the specimens were procured by purchase with the funds of the Sec- tion. The following officers were elected to serve during the ensuing year : — Director, . . Theodore D. Rand. Vice Director, Treasurer, Conservator, . Recorder and Secretary, W. S. W. Ruschenberger. John Ford. William W. Jefferis. Charles Schaffer. Respectfully submitted, Theo. D. Raxd, Director, 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439 REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY. The Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology respectfully reports that owing to the unfortunate circumstances attending the illness of the late Chairman of the Committee on Instruction, and the failure # to have the course of lectures outlined ratified in time for the spring season, he has been obliged to forego the delivery of the regular course of instruction in his department this year. An attempt to have these lectures delivered in the autumn months was frustrated by the unusual amount of work which had fallen into his hands. The geological and paleontological collections of the Academy are steadily receiving important accessions of material, but, as in all other departments of the institution, they suffer largely from lack of room for their proper disposition and arrangement. A further sys- tematic display without stacking is no longer possible; indeed, the foreign collections have long since been dispossessed of their proper space to make room for the rapidly increasing collections illustrat- ing American geology. The growth during the last few years has been most rapid in the field of tertiary paleontology, where the Acad- emy's collections stand unrivalled. This is also true of the repre- sentation of the cretaceous series, but as regards paleozoic' paleon- tology the Academy h is always been sadly deficient. The extensive collections of the Pennsylvania Geological Survey, which are now in the custody of the Academy, and to the exhibition of which ample space will be given in the proposed new building, will make good this deficiency, and place the entire collection in a condition of un- usual completeness. The cataloguing and numbering of the Sur- vey's collection was completed during the year by officers of the Sur- vey. Among the more important accessions to the Academy's collections during the year may be instanced the extensive series of tertiary fos- sils transmitted to the undersigned by the State Geologists of Texas, representing the collections recently made by the Survey of that State. These have not yet been thoroughly worked over. They rep- resent much the largest series of tertiary fossils that has been thus far obtained from the State, and throw important light upon the geology of the Gulf basin. A report will accompany their final study. An- other important addition to the collections made during the year is a series of fossiliferous and highly metamorphosed rocks from the Calciferous (?) horizon of the region about Philadelphia, the first 440' PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. fossil-bearing rocks which have been obtained from this horizonin that portion of the State. The greater part of this important donation the Academy owes to the generosity of Mr. Louis Woolman. Respectfully submitted, A.NGELO HeILPRIX, Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology. REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF ETHNOLOGY AND ARCHAEOLOGY. Owing to my absence in the late winter and spring of the current year, the usual course of lectures was omitted, compensation for which will be made by an unusually full course planned for the present season. No important additions have been received in the collections of these departments, though it would be easy to acquire large acces- sions were proper space for their display available. This we may expect at an early date in the new building. Respectfully submitted, D. G. Brinton, Professor of Ethnology and Archceology. REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. The Professor of Invertebrate Zoology respectfully reports that, having a leave of absence, he spent the winter of 1888-1889 on the Islands of the Lesser Antilles, for the purpose of making collec- tions. Some specimens have been already given to the Academy and he hopes soon to have them all ready for presentation. Owing to his absence from Philadelphia he was unable to deliver any lectures during the past year. It is proposed to give a course of five lectures during the spring of the coming year on " The Caribbean Islands." The additions to the museum for the year have been quite im- portant. In addition to specimens of general interest, Mr. W. N. Lock- ington has presented a collection of starfishes, echinoderms, Crustacea 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441 and coelenterates, collected on the Californian coast of the United States. A large number of coelenterates, principally coralline forms and sponges, anthropods, echinoderms and a few worms and ascidians — collected by the expedition to the Bermudas conducted by Prof. A. Heilprin, have been presented. Many new species have been found in this collection and described. Prof. H. C. Chapman has also added to the collection, worms, crustaceans and coelenterates, collected on the coast of Maine. Respectfully submitted, Benjamin Sharp, Professor of Invertebrate Zoology. 442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. SUMMARY OF THE REPORT OF \VM. C. HENSZEY, TREASURER. For the Year Ending Nov. 30, 1889. Dr. To Balance from last account 1602 66 " Initiation Fees 1(30 00 " Contributions (semi-annual) 1597 50 " Life Memberships 700 00 " Popular Lectures 132 50 " Sales of Proceedings, Journals, etc 466 60 " Interest on Investments 3998 24 " State tax on Mortgages 209 10 " Rentals from Real Estate ,. 1485 27 " Wilson Fund, towards Salary of Librarian 300 00 " Sale of duplicate Books 11 65 " Interest on Money awaiting Investment 638 44 " Miscellaneous 1 40 " Donation, Conchological Section 9 45 " Donation, Biological and Microscopical Section 50 00 £11362 81 Cr. By Salaries, Janitor, etc 3668 32 " Insurances 55 00 " Coal 295 75 " Life Memberships transferred to Investment account 700 00 " Printing and Binding Proceedings, etc 1155 95 " Taxesand Water Rents 347 46 " Printing and Stationery 81 90 " Plates and Engravings 367 10 " Postage 18 50 " Gas 128 12 '' State Tax on Mortgage Investments 209 10 " Miscellaneous 382-77 " Cards, Trays and Boxes 115 04 " Glass and Glassware 210 15 " Lecture Fees paid to Professors 182 50 " Specimens 7 00 " Expenses Publication Committee 200 00 " Cases and drawers 85 20 " Repairs and Expense to Real Estate 1502 69 " Books 314 16 " Mounting Specimens 12 00 " Alcohol 46 50 " Binding 210 80 " Expenses, Curators 300 00 10596 01 Balance $766 80 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443 I. V. WILLIAMSON LIBRARY FUND. Balance overdrawn last statement 1233 03 Books 841 54 Collection 79 96 Taxes and Water Rents 196 57 Repairs to Houses 318 29 Miscell aneous 18 00 $2687 39 Rents collected 956 20 Ground Rents collected 653 10 1609 30 Balance overdrawn $1078 09 THOMAS B. WILSON LIBRARY FUND. Income from Investments 525 00 Balance overdrawn last statement 63 85 Books 140 17 Transferred to General Account toward Salary of Librarian... 300 00 504 02 Balance due Academy 20 98 JESSUP FUND (For assistance of Students). Balance last statement 368 01 Interest on Investment 560 00 928 01 Disbursements 750 00 Balance due Academy 178 01 WILLIAM S. VAUX FUND. Balance last statement 619 29 Interest on Investment 700 00 1319 29 Cash paid for Minerals 250 00 Cash paid for cases for Collections 500 00 750 00 Balance due Academy 569 29 INVESTMENT ACCOUNT. Balance at last statement 6624 95 Cash received from W. C. Smith legacy of Jno. L. Mill dec"d 3400 00 " received from J. Clarence White Extinguishment of two Ground Rents 3150 00 " received from Richard Boswell Extinguishments of Ground Rents 3937 00 " transferred from General Account of Life Memberships 700 00 17811 95 Cash received from State of Pennsylvania on account of appropriation to the new Building of the Academy 6250 00 444 TROCHE DINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. The election of Officers, Councillors and Members of the Finance Committee, to serve during the year 1890, was held, with the follow- ing result : — President, . . . Joseph Leidy, M. D. Vice-Presidents, . . Thomas Meehan, Rev. Henry C. McCook, D. D. Recording Secretary, . Edward J. Nolan, M. D. Corresponding Secretary, George H. Horn, M. D. Treasurer, . . . William C. Henszey, Librarian, . . . Edward J. Nolan, M. D. Curators, . . . Joseph Leidy, M. D. Jacob Binder, W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M. D. Angelo Heilprin, Councillors to serve three Uselma C. Smith, years, . . . Aubrey H. Smith, Geo. A. Koenig, Ph. D. Geo. A. Rex, M. D. Finance Committee, . Isaac C. Martindale, Aubrey H. Smith, Wm. W. Jefferis, Joseph Willcox, Charles Morris. ELECTIONS DURING 1889. MEMBERS. January 29. — W. Xavier Sudduth, M. D., Edward Bancroft, Henry Phillips Coleman, W. Moylan Lansdale. February 26. — Edwin J. Houston. March 26. — Louis Schneider. April 30. — W. B. Van Lennep, M. D., Charles E. Ridenour. May 28. — Miss Emma Walter, Henry Bentley, Henry C. Johnson, William M. Meigs. June 25. — William Gerlach, A. Sydney Biddle. September 24. — Thomas Stewardson. October 29. — Theo. H. Conderman. November 26. — C. D. Lippincott, Minford Levis, M. D., Samuel Stryker Kneass, M. D., James F. Sullivan, Mrs. Elizabeth S. Bladen, Thomas M. Lightfoot. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445 CORRESPONDENTS. January 29. — JoseN. Roverosa, San Juan Bautista, Mexico; Sir « John Lubbock, London. April 30. — Max Furbringer, Jena. May 28.— Geo. H. French, Carbondale, 111. November 26. — N. M. Romanoff (Grand Duke Nicholas of Russia). 446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM. 1889. Mammalia. H. C. Chapman. Prepared lungs of the Manatee. Bat (unidentified) from Nas- sau, VV. I. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Herpestes Ichneumon, Egypt; hybrid between Macacus cynomolgus and Cercocebus fitliginosus ; Macacus innuus, Rock of Gibraltar; Galictis vittata, Africa; skeleton of Cercocebus fuliginosus ; Phascolomys lalifrons ; Felis concolor ; Felis pardus ; Gulo luscits ; Ovis tragelaphus ; Bos gruniens (skeletons); Midas ursulus ; Cercopithecus Camp- belli ; Didelphys Virginianus ; Canis procyonides. Benjamin Sharp. Two specimens of red howling monkey (obtained in the island of Trinidad). Birds. H. C. Chapman. Skull of the Flamingo. M. M. Tray. One hundred and thirty eggs, principally of North American birds ; twenty eight skin^, collected in vicinity of Philadelphia. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Chrvsotis autumnalis; Aramides Cayennen- sis and Brotogenys tori ; Phasianus versicolor, Japan ; Cariama eristat'a (skele- ton). • Reptiles and Amphibians. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Varamis Bengalensis, India ; Trachysaurus rugosus, Australia ; Cyclura nubila. Isle of Pines. We>t Indies ; Iguana tuber- culata. Tropical America; Eunectes murinus, South America; Tubmambis teguixin ; Iguana tuberculata. H. C. Chapman. A collection of snakes and lizards from West India Islands (Dromicus, Bothops lanceolatus, Thecadactylus, Mavonia, and Anolis). A. F. Gentry. Chrysemys picta. F. C. Baker. Pkrynosoma coronata found by E. H. Baker in Cat Swamp, Prov- idence, R. I. A. B. Macklay. Chelydra serpentina, Hatborough, Pa. FlSlIKS. II. R. Heyl. Cyprinus carpio, Delaware River. Witmer Stone, Skeletal parts of the Cod. W. N. Lockington. Collection of fishes from the West Coast of North America. . H. C. Chapman. Sixteen species, Mt. Desert, Me. Recent Invertkhrata (excluding Mollusca). * H. C. Chapman. Thelyphnnus giganteus, California; a collection of Inverte- brates from Mt. Desert, Me.; Centipedes from Nassau. W. I. J. Ford. Eupagurus pollicaris, Atlantic City, X. J. ; Echinarachnius excentricus Monterey, Cal. U. C. Smiih. Asterias arenicola, Atlantic City, N. J. H. A. Pilsbry. Asterias arenicola, Atlantic City, N. J.; Two species of Crusta- cea from Atlantic City, N. J. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447 W. N. Lockington. An extensive collection of Invertebrata from the West Coast of America. Witmer Stone. Seven species of Crustacea from the New Jersey Coast. F. Beamer. Asterias arenicola, Atlantic City, N.J. J. Leidy. Gonyleptes curvipes, Aymas, Peru ; Solpuga Cuba, Florida. J. Walton. Arbaciapunctulata, Atlantic City, N. J. J. E. Ives. Cirolana concharum, Atlantic City, N. J. Benj. Sharp. Ophiura cinerea, Guadeloupe, West Indies. E. Gold-mith. Gordius, Philadelphia. W. J. Fox. Lepas fascicularis, Atlantic City, N. J. Geo. H. Horn. Three specimens of Microciona prolifera, Great Egg Harbor, N. J. J. Willcox. Meyenia fluviatilis, Everglades, Fla. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Collection Invertebrata made in the Bermudas in 1888 by A. Heilprin and others. Mollusc a. F. C. Baker. Twelve sections marine shells; 9 species land, 7 marine shells; Otinebra Jenksii Baker, type. W. G. Binney. Three species California Land Shells; one Physa, Manitoba. J. H. Campbell. Three species land shells from South America. Alfred Caruana. One species Pupa, Malta. H. C. Chapman. Twenty specieb marine shells, Ml. Desert. T. D. A. Cockerel]. Twenty five species Colorado land Mo lu>ks. Conchological Sect. (By exch.), twenty-five species Euiopean land shells. W. H. Dall, Helix cceca from Florida. A. Dean. Terebra aciculina, Singapore. John Ford. Helix parietidentata Miller Ecuador; Helix straetori Pilsbry, Cay- man, Id. ; two species marine, one sp. land shells ; Cyclonassa neritea L. W. D. Hartman. Three species Melania and Nentnia — type of M. Schmackri — N. Hebride>e; eight species from New Caledonia, New Hebrides, etc. Angelo Heilprin. Five species marine shells, Nantucket. Acad. Nat. Sciences. One hundred twenty-five trays Bermuda Mollusks, collected by A. Heilprin and others in 1888. Henry Hemphill. (Purchased by Conch. Sett.) 3<)0 species of land and Marine Mollusks from Lower California. Robt. letschm. (In exch., through Conch. Sect.), thirty-two trays European land and fresh-water shells. C. W. Johnson. Four species Florida Marine shells. Joseph Leidy. Two species land shells, Salt Lake, Utah. W. N. Lockington. Forty species West Coast Mollusks. H. A. Pilsbry Fulgur canaliculars, with ciliate cuticle; twenty-one trays . phia, West Indies ; Trivia pediculus var. Fla.; six species American shells (types). H. Rolle. Helix serpentina, Corsica, and Cylindrella Eugenes, Haiti. E. W. Roper. Eighteen species marine and land shells from we-tern United States. F. A. Sampson. Gonibasis cubicoides, etc , Mo. W. S- Teator. Succinea and Anodonla, Duchess Co., N. Y. C. T. Simpson. Two species Succinea and Anodonla, Florida J. A. Singley. Fifty-six trays land and fresh- water shells fiom Texas, thirty-three trays Texas land shells, thirteen species Texas shell-. U. C. Smith. / enus tnercenaria from Holly Beach, N. J. ; Tellina Balthica : Mac tra lateralis; Urosalpinx cinerea; Eupleura caudata ; Scalaria Humphreysii; S. lineata ; Anackis avara : Gemma Manhatlanensis, etc.. New Jersey coast. V. Stcrki. Pupa Hohingeri ; P. rupicola ; Zoniles Slerkii. L'abbe Vathelet Sixty three species shells from Tonkin, etc. F. H. White. Two forms of Selenites Vancouverensis Lea bom Astoria, Oregon. Jos. Willcox. Turbo slamineus and Unio fuscafus; four species Florida shells. 4 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Fossu. Invertebrata. R. H. Wyeth. Fossiliferous rock fragment, Big Horn, Wyoming. I. Singley. Estheria Morsei, Texas ; forty-seven species of Eocene fossils from Texas. T. Ford. Two species from the Post-Pliocene of California. L. Woolman. Rock with Trochosmilia Atlantica, cretaceous of New Jersey; Fossils from Lower Silurian of Montgomery Co., Pa. Conchological Section of the Academy. Collection of Post-Pliocene fossils from California, collected by H. Hemphill. H. M. DuBois. Fossils from Trenton limestone, Duchess Co., N. Y. E. T. Humble, State Geologist of Texas. Series of fossiliferous rocks from the Eocene of Texas. Mis-, E Lvndali. Orthoceras {Gyrqceras ?) from Lower Silurian of Montgomery Co., Pa. W. W. Jefferis. Crinoid stem and calyx, from near Glens Falls, N. Y. H. Hemphill. Collection of Post-Pliocene fossils from Lower California. Fossil Plants. C. H.Sternberg. Thirty-eight trays of Cretaceous plants from Kansas. R. H. Wyeth. Fossil plant lmpie-sions, Leaf Spring, Montana. C. Van Schiver. Stigmaria, Coal Measures, Pa. H. M. DuBois. Lepidodendron aculeatum, Locust Gap, Pa. Minerals, Rocks, Etc. W. W. Jefferis. Phlouopite, Rossie, N. Y. ; Sphalerite with quartz, Cumberland, England ; Rose Calcite, Mineral Point, Wis. ; Quartz, Zamone, Italy ; Zincite, Jop- lin, Mo. ; Deweylite, Christiana, Del.; Elseolite and Socialite, Salem, Mass.; Apophyllite, Keweenaw Co., Mich. ; Quartz Crystals, Arkansas; Lepidolite, Par- is, Me. ; Quartz on Hematite, Cumberland, England ; Sphalerite, Granby, Mo.; Calamine, Altenburg, Saxony ; Cymatolite, Redding, Conn. ; Chalcedony, Lan- caster Co., Pa.; Orthoclase, Russell, N.Y. ; Magnetite, Essex Co., N. Y. ; Beryl, Hebron, Me.; Rhoetizite, near Baltimore ; Pebbles, Nantucket Beach, Mass.; Glaciated rock from near Glen Falls, N. Y. ; Ancient Hudson River gravel and sand from near Ft. Edward, N. Y. ; Vanadinite, Yuma Co., Arizona; Prehnite, Sommerville, Mass.; Magnetite, Port Henry, N. Y. Miss A. M. Fielde. Specimen of Rock from Borneo. H. M. DuBois. Hydromica schist, impregnated with Graphite, Gulf Mills, Pa. P. S. P.Conner. Galenite (England?) ; Quartz Crystals; Serpentine, New Texas, Lancaster Co., Texas; Stalactitic Pyrite ; Magnetite in Vesuvian larva ; Blende ; Pyromorphite and Coquma. Miss Frances Lea. Forty-four trays of rocks and quartz crystals from the collec- tion of the late Dr. Isaac Lea. Mr. Deshong. Large crystal of Orthoclase, Deshong's Quarry, Leiperville, Pa. Theo. D. Rand. Chalcopyrite, Leiperville Quarries, Pa.; Quartz pseudomorph after Asbestus, Maple, Delaware Co., Pa. Plants. Jose N. Roverosa. Three hundred species of plants from the province of Tabasco, Mexico. U. S. Department of Agriculture (through Dr Geo. Vasey). One hundred and sixteen species of plants collected by Dr. E. Palmer at San Quentin Bay, Lower California, in Jan. 1889; fourteen species N. American and Mexican Grasses. Wm. M. Canby. Forty-nine species plants from Southern Europe and Sardinia. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449 Thos. C. Porter. Twenty species plants from Pennsylvania and New Jersey. Thos. Meehan. One hundred and twenty species plants from various parts of the world, mostly cultivated. J. Bernard Brinton. Cryptomeria Japonica, Cult., native of Japan; Taxusbaccala var. Canadensis Cult. Jos. T. Rothrock. Bartsia Odontites, naturalized at Squirrel I., coast of Maine. Geo. W. Holstein. Nine species of plants from western Texas. J. Thistleton Dyer, of Kew Herbarium (through Dr. Sereno Watson); Drum- mond's Mosses of the Rocky Mountains, mounted in two volumes, embracing two hundred and forty-nine species and thirty-three varieties. John H. Redfield. Two hundred and forty-four species of plants, collected by C. G. Pringle in 188S, in the provinces of Nuevo Leon, Jalisco, Guadalajara, Coa- huila and Zacatecas. Mexico ; sixty-five species of plants, mostly from coasts of Maine and Massachusetts ; Underwood and Cooke's N. American Hepatica?,- forty species. Ellis and Everhart. Twenty-second and twenty-third Centuries of N. American Fungi; also a special selected Century of the same, received in exchange for duplicate Centuries received from the Estate of Dr. Geo. Martin. Chas. E. Smith. Leiicothoe recurva from Hot Springs, N. Carolina. T. F. Cauffman. One hundred and fourteen species Ferns from the Hawaiian Islands. Witmer Stone. Ten species Pennsylvania plants. Mrs. Flora E. Haines. Pinns Banksiana, from E. branch of Penobscot R., North- ern Maine. N. L. Britton. Fifty species plants, American and Asiatic. John Donnell Smith. Three hundred and seventy-three species plants collected in Guatemala by H. Von Turckheim. F. L. Scribner. Fifteen species plants, from vicinity of Knoxville, Tenn. California Acad, of Natural Sciences. Forty species California plants. W. W. Jefferis. Celastrus scandens in fruit. Joseph Walton. Monstera deliciosa, cultivated ; native of Mexico. Isaac Burk. Fourteen species plants from ballast grounds and from New Jersey. Elliston P. Morris. Wood of the Gru-Gru Palm {Martinezia coralluia.) 30 450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY. 1889. Abbott, Chas. C. Days out of doors. 8vo. New York, 1889. The Author. Albert, Prince de Monaco. Sur l'alimentation ties naufrages en pleine mer. Dec. 17,1888. 8voT. The Author. Sur la troisieme (et quatrieme) campagne scientifique de l'Hirondelle. Oct. 24, 1887, Nov. 26, 1888. 8vo T. The Author. Allen, Harrison. The anatomy of the nasal chambers. 8vo T. Philadelphia, 1889. The Author. American Ornithologist's Union. Check list of Norlh American birds according to the canons of nomenclature of the American Ornithologists' Union. 8vo. Washington, 1889. Supplement to the same. 8vo T. The Union. Apstein, Carl. Bau und Functions der Spinndriisen derAraneida. Inaug. Dissert., Universitat Kiel. 8vo T. 1889. The University. Ara"0, j. Promenade autour du monde. Vol. I, II. 8vo. Paris, 1822. Miss Frances Lea. Aristotelis. Per des Eras. Roterodamen. Folio, 1539. Miss Frances Lea. Audouin, V. Observations pour servir a l'histoire de la formation des perles. 4to T. Paris, 1828. Miss Fiances Lea. Australian Museum, Sydney. Memoirs No. 2. The Director. Bacher, Frank. Ueber Methyl und Dimethylderivate des Pyridins. Inaug. Dis- sert., Universiiat Kiel. 8vo. T. 1889. University. Baker, F. C. Notes on the food of birds. 8vo T. Philadelphia, 1889. The Author. Remarks upon the round tailed muskrat, Neofiber Alleni True. 8vo. T. Philadelphia, 1889. The Author. Bailey, Charles. Memoir of Prof. Williamson. 8vo. Salford, 1888. The Author. Baillon, M. H. Dictionnaire de botanique. 21 — 24me. Fasc. I. V. Williamson Fund. Baines J. A. Imperial census of 1881. Operations and results in the Presidency of Bombay, including Sind. Vol. I text, II tables. 4to. Bombay, 1882. East Indian Government. Barrington, Hon. D. The possibility of approaching the north pole asserted. 8vo. New York, 1818. Miss Frances Lea.. Basterot, M. De. Memoire geologique sur les environs de Bordeaux. 1st Partie. 4to. Paris, 1825. Miss Frances Lea. Bastian,A. Die Culturlander des alten America. 111,2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Baudelot, M. Anatomie comparee. 8vo T. Strasburg, 1868. Miss Frances Lea. Bauernfeind, Carl Max von. Das bayerische Prcecisions-Nivellement. Siebente Mitteilung. 4to. Miinchen, 1888. Royal Bavarian Academy. Becker. Geo. F. Geometrical form of volcanic cones and the elastic limit of lava. 8vo T. 1885. Angelo Heilprin. Impact, friction and faulting. 8vo T. 1885. Angelo Heilprin. Bellardi, Luigi. I molluschi dei terreni terziarii del Piemonte e della Liguria. Part 5. I. V. Williamson Fund. Benedikt, Dr. Moriz. Manuel technical et pratique d'anthropometre cranio-ceph- alique. 8vo T. Paris, 1889. I. V. Williamson Fund. Benson, Lawrence Sluter. Mathematics in a nut-shell. 8vo. New York, 1889. The Author. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451 Berg, Carolo. Quadraginta coleoptera Nova Argentina. 8vo T. Buenos Aires, 1889. The Author, Berghaus, H. Physikalischer Atlas. L. 17 — 19. I. V. Williamson Fund. Berlese, Aug. Napoleone. Fungi Moricolae, F. 5 — 9. I. V. Williamson Fund. Bernet, Henri. Catalogue des Hepatiques du Sud-Ouest de la Suisse et de la Haute Savoie. 8vo. Basel, 1888. I. V. Williamson Fund. Bessey, Charles E. Botany for high schools and colleges. 8vo. New York, 1888. Purchased. Beverley, H. Report on the census of the town of Calcutta, taken on 17th of Feb., 1881. 4to. Calcutta, 1881. East Indian Government. Bhagram, Pandit. Report on the census of the province of Ajmere-Merwara, taken on 17th of Feb., 1881. 4to. Ajmere, 1882. East Indian Government. Bhatavadeker, Gajanan Kriskna. Report on the census of the Baroda territories, 1881. 4to. Bombay, 1883. East Indian Government. Blanchard, Emile. La vie des etres animes .... Les conditions de la vie chez les elres animes, l'origine des etres. 12mo. Paris. I. V. Williamson Fund. Blanford, W. F. The fauna of British India. Part I. I. V. Williamson Fund. Blytt, A. On variations of climate in the course of time. 8vo T. Christiana, 1886. The probable cause of the displacement of beach-lines. An attempt to com- pute geological epochs. 8vo T. Christiana, 1889. Additional note to the probable cause of the displacement of beach-lines. Second additional note to same. The Author. Boissier, Edmond. Flora Orientalis. Supplementum (R. Buser.) 1. V. Williamson Fund. Boitard, M. Manuel d'histoire naturelle comprenant les trois regnes de la nature. 8vo. Part 2. Paris, 1827. Miss Frances Lea. Borchert, H. Anatomisch-physiologische Untersuchungen der Haftscheibe von Cyclopterus lumpus L. Inaug. Dissert., Univeisitat, Kiel. 8vo T. 1889. The University. Borne, Max von dem. Tod den Fischfeinden. 8vo. Berlin. The Author. Bone, A. Preudhomme de. Conseils pour l'etude des Palpicornes aquatiques. Svo T. Bruxelles, 1889. Liste des Passalides recueillis en 1872 par feu Camille Van Volxem pendqnt son voyage au Bresil. 8vo T. Bruxelles, 1888. Materiaux pour la faune entomologique du Hainant. Coleopteres. Quatri- eme centurie. 8vo T. Bruxelles, 1889. Repertoire alphabetique des noms specifiques admis ou proposes dans la sous famille des Libellulines. 8vo T. Bruxelles, 1889. Sur le Bembidium biguttatum Fab., etles voisines. Bruxelles, 1888. The Author. Boulenger, Geo. A. Catalogue of the chelonians, rhynchocephalians and croco- diles in the British Museum. 8vo. London, 1889. Trustees of British Museum. Bourdillon, J. A. Report on the census of Bengal, 1881. Vol. I — II. 4to. Calcutta, 1883- . East Indian Government. Boveri, Theodor. Zellen Studien. Hefts 1, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Boyle, Robert. The works of the Honorable Robert Boyle. In six volumes. To which is prefixed the life of the author. Vols. 1, 2, 4, 5, 6. London, 1772. Wm. John Potts. Bradbury, John. Travels in the interior of America, in the years 1809, 1810 and 1811. 8vo. Liverpool, 1817. Thomas Meehan. Brady, Henry B. A synopsis of the British recent foraminifera. 8vo T. London, 1887. Note on Keramosphaera, a new type of porcelaneous foraminifera. 8vo T. 1882. Note on Syringagammina, a new type of arenaceous rhizopods. 8mo T. 1883. Angelo Heilprin. 452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Branner, J. C. Geological survey of Arkansas. Annual report for 1888. Vol. I— III. The Author. Barvard, A. Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles. 8vo T. 1826. Miss Frances Lea. Brefeld, O. Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammtgebiete der Mykologie. VII. H. Basidiomyceten. II, III. I. V. Williamson Fund. Brinton, Daniel G. Aims and traits of a world language. 8vo T. New York, 1889. The ethnologic affinities of the ancient Etruscans. 8vo T. Philadelphia, 1889. The Author. Brongniart. A. et Elie de Beaumont. Observations sur le phenomene diluvien dans le nord de l'Europe. Svo T. Paris. Miss Frances Lea. Bronn's Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. IV, Bd., 7, 8, L. ; V Bd., 2 Abth., 20—22; VI Bd., 3 Abth., 61—64, 4 Abth., 22—27. Wilson Fund. Brown, Nathan C. A catalogue of the birds known to occur in the vicinity of Portland, Me. 8vo. Portland, 1882. The Author. Briihl, Carl Bernhard. Zootomie aller Thierklassen. Atlas L. 40. 4to. Wien. I. V. Williamson Fund. Bucquoy, E., Ph. Dantzenberg and G. Dollfus. Les mollusques marins du Rous- sillon. Fasc. 15, 16. I. V. Williamson Fund. Buelna, Eustaquio. Constitucion de la atmosfera o leyes que rigen la desidad, peso, altitud y temperatura del aire. 8vo. Mexico, 1889. Mexican Geographical Society. Burdon-Sanderson, J. Translations of foreign biological memoirs. I. Memoirs on the physiology of nerve, of muscle and of the electrical organ. 8vo. Oxford, 1887. I. V. Williamson Fund. Burmeister, Hermann. Reise durch die La Plata-Staaten, 1857 — 1860. 2 vols. 8vo. Halle, 1861. I. V. Williamson Fund. California State Mining Bureau. Annual Report No. 8. State Mineralogist. Call, R. Ellsworth. Description of two new species of the genus Unio from the Ozark region of Missouri. On the gross anatomy of Campeloma. June, 1888. The Author. Campbell, Archibald and W. J. Twining. Department of State. Reports upon the survey of the boundary between the territory of the United States and the possessions of Great Britain from the Lake of the Woods to the summit of the Rocky Mountains. March 3, 1877. 4to. Washington, 1878 with Atlas, folio. Department of State. Canada. Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada. Catalogue of Cana- dian Plants. Part I. Purchased. Contributions to Canadian Paleontology. I, 2. Geological Survey of Canada. Carson, Hampton L. History of the celebration of the one hundredth anniver- sary of the promulgation of the constitution of the United States. 4to. 2 Vols. Philadelphia, 1889. The Committee of Arrangements. Caruel, Teodoro. Flora Itahana. VIII. Part 2. The Author. Census of the native States of Rajputna, 1881. 4to. Bombay, 1882. East Indian Government. Century Dictionary, an encyclopedic lexicon of the English language. Pt. 1 — 7. I. V. Williamson Fund. Chaper, M. & P. Fischer. De l'adoption d'une langue scientifique internationale. Rapport presente a la Societe zoologique de France le 12 Juin, 1888. Paris, 1888. The Authors. Clessin, S. Die Genera der recenten siiswasser Bivalven. 8vo T. Die Gruppe Fruticola Hela des Genus Helix, L. 8vo T. Miss Frances Lea. Die Moilusken-Fauna Oesterreich-Ungarns und der Schweiz, L. 4. I. V. Williamson Fund. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453 Cohn, F. Kryptogamen-Flora von Schlesien. 3er Bd., oe L. I. V. Williamson Fund. Cope, Edw. D. On the relations of the hyoid and otic elements of the skeleton in the batrachia. Nov. 2. l.SSS. On the mammalia obtained by the Naturalist Exploring Expedition to South- ern Brazil. 8vo T. May, 1889. The Proboscidia. 8vo T. August, 1889. A review of the North American species of Hippotherium. 8vo T. Philadel- phia, 1889. The Author. Cordier, M. Essai sur la temperature de l'interieur de la terre. 8vo T. Paris, 1827. Miss Frances Lea. Cornalia, E. & P. Panceri. Osservazione zoologico anatomiche sopra un nuova genere di crostacei isopodi sedentarii. 8vo T. Turin, 1858. Miss Frances Lea. Cotes, E. C. & C. Swinhoe. A catalogue of the moths of India. Parts IV, VII. East Indian Government. Coulter, John M. & J. N. Rose. Revision of the North American Umbelliferae. Herbarium of" Wabash College, Crawfordsville, Ind. The Author. Coutinho, Antonio Xavier Pereira. Curso de silvicultura. T. I, Botanico flores- tal ; T. II, Esboco de uma flora lenhosa Portugueza. 8vo. Lisboa, 1886 -87. Academy of Sciences of Lisbon. Crosby, W. O. Geology of the Black Hills of Dakota. 8vo T. Salem, 1886. Angelo Heilprin. Curtis, Wm. Eleroy. Trade and transportation between the United States and Spanish America. 8vo T. Washington, 1889. Department of State. Cutter, Ephraim & J. A. Fo >d versus baccilli in consumption The Author. Cuvier et Dumeril. Extrait du rapport sur le memoire presente par M. M. Au- douin et Milne Edwards. 8vo T. Paris, 1828. Rapport sur un memoire de M. M. Audouin et Milne Edwards ayant pour titre : de la respiration aeriennedes crustaces, et des modification que pre- sente l'appareil branchial chez les crabes terrestres. 8vo T. Paris, 1S28. Miss Frances Lea. Dames, W. & E. Kayser. Palaeontologische Abhandlungen. IV, 3-5. I. V. Williamson Fund. Dana, James D. On the volcanoes and volcanic phenomena of the Hawaiian Is- lands. 8vo. New Haven, 1889. The Author. Danmar, William. The tail of the earth; or the location and condition of the " spirit world". 12mo. Brooklyn, 1887, The Author. Darwin, Chas. The structure and distribution of coral reefs. 8vo. New York, 1889. Prof. A. Heilprin. Dawson, Geo. M. Notes on the Indian tribes of the Yukon District and adjacent northern portion of British Columbia. 12mo. 1887. The Author. Dawson, Sir f. William. On cretaceous plants from Port McNeill, Vancouver Is. May 25, 1888. On the eozoic and palaeozoic rocks of the Atlantic coast of Canada, in compar- ison with those of western Europe and of the interior of America. Nov., 1888. Note on Balanus Harneri in the pleistocene at Riviere Beaudette and on the occurrence of peculiar varieties of Mya arenaria and M. truncata in the mod- ern sea and in the pleistocene. Jan., 1889. The Author. DeCandolle, A. & C. Monographic phanerogamarum prodromi. VI. I. V. Williamson Fund. Dees, Eugenius Daday de. Crustacea cladocera faunae Hungaricae. Budapest, 1888. Royal Hungarian Society of Sciences. Deleuze, M. History and description of the Royal Museum of Natural History. 8vo. Part II. Paris, 1823. Desor, E. De l'orographie des Alpes dans ses rapports avec la geologic 8vo T. Neuchatel, 1862. Miss Frances Lea. 454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Dickerson, Edward N. Joseph Henrv and the magnetic telegraph. New York, 1885. The Author. Dictionnaire des sciences anthropologiques. 4to. Paris. Purchased. Dippel, Dr. Leupold. Handbuch der Laubholzkunde. T.I. 8vo. Berlin. I. V. Williamson Fund. Dobson, G. E. On the comparative variability of bones and muscles. 8vo T. London, 1881. On the mythology and visceral anatomy of Capromys melanurus with a de- scription of the species. 8vo T. London, 1884. On the unimportance of the presence or absence of the hallux as a generic character in mammals. 8vo T. London, 1881. Report on accessions to our knowledge of the Chiroptera during the past two years. 8vo T. London, 1888. Angelo Heilprin. Dollfuss, Gustave. Bryozoaires. 8vo T. Paris, 1887. Groupe quarternaire. 8vo T. Paris, 1888. Une coquille remarquable des Faluns de l'Anjou, Melongena cornuta Agas- siz. Sp. (Pyrula). 8vo. Angers, 1888. The Author. Dollfuss, G. & Ph. Dautzenberg. Descriptions de coquilles nouvelles des Faluns de la Touraine. 8vo T. 1886. Angelo Heilprin. Drapiez, M. Mineralogieusuelle, ou exposition succincte et methodique des min- eraux. 8vo. Paris, 1826. Miss Frances Lea. Drysdale, F. Census of the Central Provinces, 1881. Vol. I, II. 4to. Bom- bay, 1882. East Indian Government. DuChaillu, Paul B. The Viking Age, the early history, manners and customs of the ancestors of the English-speaking nations. 8vo. 2 Vols. New York, 1889. Purchased. Dufrenoy. M. Memoire sur les terrains tertiares du bassin du midi de la France. 8vo T. 1834. Miss Frances Lea. Dumble, E. F. Texas geological and mineralogical survey. First report of prog- ress, 1888. 8vo T. Austin, 1889. The Author. Dunker, G. De Septiferis genere Mytilaceorum et de Dreisseniis. 4to T. Mar- burg, 1845. Ueber die im Kasseler Muschelkalk bis jetzt gefundenen Mollusken. 4to. Cassel, 1848. Miss Frances Lea. Duval, Mathias. Atlas d'embryologie. 4to. Paris, 1889. I. V. Williamson Fund. Dyer, Thiselton & Profs. Newton, Flower, Carruthers, and Sclater. Report of the Committee appointed for the purpose of reporting on the present state of our knowledge of the zoology and botany of the West India Island, and taking steps to investigate ascertained deficiencies in the fauna and flora. (Brit. Assoc.) 1888. 8vo T. The Author. Eberhart, Noble M. Outlines of economic entomology, designed as a text-book for schools and colleges, and as a reference-book for farmers and garden- ers. 8vo. Chicago, 1888. The Author. Eckfeldt, John W. Some new North American lichens. 8vo. New York, 1889. The Author. Eckstein, Karl. Pepetitorium der Zoologie. Ein Leitfaden fur Studierende der Natur und Forst-wissenschaft, sowie der Medicin. 8vo. Leipzig, 1889. I. V. Williamson Fund. Egypt Exploration Fund. Memoirs I — V. Henry N. Rittenhouse. Emery, Titus Salter. Inorganic coal and limestone in an electro-chemical world. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1888. The Author! Encyclopaedia Britannica. 9th Ed. XXIV and Index. I. V. Williamson Fund. Encykoptedie der Naturwissenschaften. 1 e. Abth. 58 — 61 L. ; 2 e. Abth. 51 — 53 ; 3 e. Abth. 1, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund'. Engler, A. und K. Prantl. Die naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien. L. 21 — 36. I. V. Williamson Fund. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455 Esperanto, Dr. An attempt towards an international language. Warsaw, Russia. Translated by Henry Phillips, Jr. 8vo T. New' York, 1889. Angelo Heilprin. Etheridge, Robert. Fossils of the British Islands. stratigraphically and zoologically arranged. Vol. I. 4to. Oxford, 1888. I. V. Williamson Fund. Ewing, Thomas, Address of, at the centennial celebration at Marietta, Ohio, July loth, 18S8, of the settlement of the Northwest Territory. Second Edition. The Author. Eyerman, Tohn. On the mineralogy of the French Creek Mines in Pennsylvania. Jan. 14, 1889. The minerajogy of Pennsylvania. Part I. 12mo. Easton, Pa., 1889. The Author. Fabre, J. H. Souvenirs entomologiques. Etudes sur l'instinct et les mceurs des insects. 8vo. Paris, 1886. Harold Wingate. Fantuzzi, Marco G. Osservazioni geognostische sul coloramento dialcunepietre e sulfa formazione di unagata che si trova nel Museo Ginanni di Ravenna. 8vo T. Ravenna, 1857. Miss Frances Lea. Farlow, W. G. On some new or imperfectly known alga: of the United States. I. The Author. Ficalho, Conde de. Flora dos Lusiadas. 8vo. Lisboa, 1880. Academy of Sciences of Lisbon. Finland. Finlands Geologiska Undersokning, Beskrifning till Kartbladet af. K. Ad. Moberg. Nos. 10, 11, with maps. The Survey. Fischer, J. G. Die Gehirnnerven der Saurier. 4to T. Hamburg, 1852. Miss Frances Lea. Fischer, P. Observations sur 1' Auricula (Alexia) denticulata. 8vo T. 1878. A. Heilprin. Fitzgerald, Desmond. Evaporation. 8vo T. 1886. The Author. Fischer. P. & H. Crosse. Mission Scient. an Mex. Rech. zool. "me. Partie. Etudes sur les mollusques terrestreset fluviatiles,pp. 129 — 176, pis. 43 — 46. The Authors. Fletcher, L. The dilatation of crystals on change of temperature. 8vo Lon- don, 1883. The Author. Foord, Arthur H. Catalogue of the fossil cephalopoda in the British Museum. Part I. 8vo. London, 1888. Trustees of British Museum. Forel, F. A. Faune profonde du Lac Leman. 8vo T. Lausanne, 1874.. Miss Frances Lea. Forster, F. Annales d'un physician voyageur. 8vo T. Bruges, 1851. Miss Frances Lea. Franchet, A. Plantre Delavayanae. Livraison I. 8vo. Paris. Purchased. Frazer, Persifor. An unjust attack. (Reply to articles concerning the American Committee of the International Congress, by Prof. J. D. Dana and Major J. W. Powell, in the American Journal of Science for December, 1888.) 8vo T Archaean characters of the rocks of the nucleal ranges of the Antilles. 8vo T. 1888. The Author. Frederico, Leon. Lalutte pour l'existence chez les animaux marins. 8vo. Paris, 1889. I. V. Williamson Fund. Fritsch, Dr. Karl v. Allgemeine Geologic 8vo. Stuttgart, 1888. Fuchs, Theo. Die Salse von Sassuolo und die argille Scagliose. 8vo T. Wien, 1877. Ueber die Entstehung der Aptychenkalke. 8vo T. Wien, 1877. A. Heilprin. Gabon Congo. 8vo T. Paris, 1889. Gassies, J. B. Des progres de la malacologie en France. 8vo T. Bordeaux, 1858. Miss Frances Lea. Geinitz, Dr. H. B. Ueber die rothen und bunten Merge] der oberen Dyas bei Manchester. 8vo T. Dresden, 1889. The Author. Genet, E. C. Memorial on the upward forces of fluids and the applicability to several arts, sciences, etc. 8vo T. Albany, 1825. Miss Frances Lea 456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Genth, F. A. Contributions to mineralogy. No. 44. 8vo. On two minerals from Delaware Co., Pa. 8vo T. 1889. The Author. Germany. Versammlung Deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte, Bericht. Ham- burg, 1830. Miss Frances Lea. Girod, Paul and Elie Massenat. Les stations de l'age du renne dans les vallees de la Vizere et de la Correze. Fasc. I. I. V. Williamson Fund. Gleichen, A. Beitrag zur Theorie der Brechung von Strahlensystemen. Inaug. Dissert., Universitat Kiel. 8vo T. University of Kiel. Godman, F. Ducane and Osbert Salvin. Biologia Centrali Americana. Boftiny, No. 25. Zoology, Nos. 7U— 76. I. V. Williamson Fund. Goette, Dr. Alex. Abhandlungen zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Tiere. 8vo. & 4to. Leipzig. II. I— IV. Purchased. Goode, G. Browne. The beginning of American science. The third century. 8vo. Washington, 1888. Angelo Heilprin. Gopcivic, Spiridion. Serbien und die Serben. I Bd. Das Land. 8vo. Leip- zig, 1888. I. V. Williamson Fund. Gould, John. The birds of New Guinea. Parts XXIV, XXV. Wilson Fund. Grandidier, A. Histoire physique, naturelle et politique de Madagascar. XVI, 2e Partie, 19e Fasc. Vol. XXVIII, T. II, Atlas, 1, 2 Partie, 18e Fasc. I. V. Williamson Fund. Grateloup, Des Moulins, Michaud, Petit-Lafitte, Legrand, L'Abbe Blatai- ron, L. Lamothe. Examen de la question relative a la reprise des travaux de recherches des eaux artesiennes de Bordeaux. 8vo T. 1841. Miss Frances Lea. Greely, Adolphus W. International Polar Expedition. Report on the Proceed- ings of the United States Expedition to Lady Franklin Bay, Grinnell Land. Vols. I, II. 4to. Washington, 1888. The Author. Groth, Paul. Ueber die molekular Beshaffenheit der Krystalle. Festrede der K. B. Akad. der Wissen .... 28 Marz, 1888. The Academy. Griiber, Wenzel. Beobachtungen aus der menschlichen und vergleichenden Anat- omic IX. I. V. Williamson Fund. Haenlein, F. IL & Chr. Leurssen. Bibliotheca Botanica. Abhandlungen aus dem Gesammtgebiete der Botanik. 14 H. I. V. Williamson Fund. Haidinger, W. Schluss der Herausgabe der " naturwissenschaftlichen Abhand- lungen u. s. w." 4to. Wien, 1852. Miss Frances Lea. Halifax. Department of Mines. Report for the year 1888. The Department. Hall, Rev. Alfred J. A grammar of the Kwagiutl language. 4to. Montreal, 1889. The Author. Hamilton, Hugh. The chemical factor in disease. June 5, 1888. The chemical philosophy in remedy. Sept. 6th, 18S7. The Author. Hansbury, Fred. J. An illustrated monograph of the British Hieracia. 4to. Part I. Thos. Meehan. Hartlaub, G. Beitrage zur Ornithologie West Africa's. 4to T. Hamburg, 1850. Zweiter Beitrag, 1852. Miss Frances Lea. Hatschek, Berthold. Lehrbuch der Zoologie. le und 2e L I. V. Williamson Fund. Hauer, F. R. C. Taylor's Kohlenstatistik. 4to. Wien, 1852. Miss Frances Lea. Hay, O. P. Description of a new species of Amblystoma (Amblystoma Copeian- um) from Indiana. 8vo. T. Washington, 1885. Notes on a collection offish from Florida, with description, of new or little known species. 8vo. T. Washington, 1885. On the manner of deposit of the glacial drift. 8vo. T. New Haven, 1887. A preliminary catalogue of the amphibia and reptilia of the State of Indiana. 8vo. T. Cincinnati, 1887. The amphibians and reptiles of Indiana. 8vo. T. 1889. Observations on Amphiuma and us young. 8vo. T. The Author. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457 Hebert, M. Observations sur les croupes sedimentaires les plus anciens du nord oue>t de la France. 4to T. Paris, 1886. Ouverture du congres. Svo T. Paris, 1878. A. Heilprin. Hector, Sir James Phormium lenax as a fibrous plant. Svo. 2nd Ed. Well- ington, 1889. The Author. Heilprin, Angelo. The Bermuda Islands, a contribution to the physical history and zoology of the Somers Archipelago. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1889. Contributions to the natural history of the Bermuda Islands. 8vo T. Oct. 30, 1888. The Author. Helmholtz, H. von. Handbuch der physiologischen Optik. '2e Aufl., 5 L. I. V. Williamson Fund. Hensoldt, H. Methods of modern petrography. Svo. The Author. Henslow, George. Int. Sci. Ser. The origin of floral structures through in- sect and other agencies. Svo. New York, 1888. I. V. Williamson Fund. Herman, Otto. A Magyar Halaszat Konyve. A Kir. Magyar Termeszettudo- manyi Tarsulat megbizasabol irta Herman Otto I, II. 8vo. Buda- pest, 1887. Royal Hungarian Society of Sciences. Hill, Robert T. Paleontology of the cretaceous formations of Texas. Part I. Angelo Heilprin. Hinde, G. Jennings. On Archieocvathus, Billings and on genera allied to or as- sociated with it. Svo T. London, 1889. Angt-lo Heilprin. Hinrichson. Walther. Ueher in — Xvlobenzylamin. Inaug Dissert., Universitat Kiel. Svo T. 1889. University of Kiel. Hintze, C. Handbuch der Mineralogie. L. I. Svo. Leipzig. Purchased. Hoeninghaus, F. W. Beitrag zur Monographic der Gattung Crania. 4to. Cre- leld, 1828. Miss Frances Lea. Holboll, Carl. Anatomische Untersuchungen tiber die Clione borealis. 4to. Kopenhagen, 1838. Miss Frances Lea. Honeyman, Rev. D. Glacial boulders of our fisheries and invertebrates, attached ' and detached. Svo. Halifax, 1889. The Author. Hooker, J. U. The flora of British India. Part XV. London, 1886. East Indian Government. Houstoun, William. Reliquiae Houstouniana? seu plantarum in America merid- ionali. Svo. Norimberga;, 1794. Thos. Meehan. Huot, Lucien. Siege of the fort of St. Johns in 1775. 8vo T. St. Johns, P. Q. 1889. The Author. Hyrtl, Josephus. Cryptobranchus Japonicus. Schediasma anatomicum. 4to. Yindobonie, 18(55. I. V. Williamson Fund. Ibbet>on, D. C. J. Report of the census of the Panjab taken on the 17th of Feb- ruary, 1888. Vols. I— III. 4to. Calcutta, 1883. East Indian Government. Illinois. Statistics of coal in Illinois, 188S. The Bureau. India. Geological survey of. Records XXI, 4 ; XXII, 1—3. The Survey. Ingersoll, Ernst. Nests and eggs of American birds. Part I — V. 4to. H. A. Pilsbry. International Sanitary Conference, Proceedings of the, provided for by joint reso- lutions of the Senate and House of Representatives in the early part of 1881 . Department of State. Jenkins, Oliver P. and Barton W. Evermann. Description of eighteen new spe- cies of fish from the Gulf of California. 1888. The Authors. Johnston, II. H. The Kilima-Njaro expedition. A record of scientific explora- tion in eastern equatorial Africa. Svo. London, 1886. I. V. Williamson Fund. Jourdan, E. Les sens chez les animaux inferieurs. 8vo. Paris, 1889. The Author. Jukes-Browne, A. J. The building of the British Lies; a study in geographical evolution. 12mo. London, 1888. I.V.Williamson Fund. 458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Julien, Alexis. A. The microscopical structure of the iron pyrites. 8vo T. New York, 1886. • On the variation of decomposition in the iron pyrites ; its cause and its rela- tion to density. Svo T. Parts I, II, New York, 1886. On the geology at Great Harrington, Mass. 8vo T. New York, 1887. Angelo Heilprin. Jones, T. Rupert and W. K. Parker. Notice sur les foraminiferes vivants et fossil de la Tamaique. 8vo T. Bruxelles, 1876. Miss Fiances Lea. Kain, C. Henry & E. A. Schultze. On a fossil marine diatomaceous deposit from Atlantic City. N. J. 8vo T. New York. Angelo Heilprin. Kenngott, G. A. TJbersicht der Resultate mineralogischer Forschungen in den Jahren 1844 — 49. 4to. Vienna, 1852. Miss Frances Lea. Kentucky, Geological Survey of. Chemical report of the coals, etc. Vol. A. Part III. \V. M. Linney, Report on Henry, Shelby and Oldham Counties. Report on geology of Mason Co. The Survey. Kinberg, Dr. J. G. H. Foreteckning Sfver en dyrbar Samling af val Konserver- ade in-och utlandska Foglar och Fogelogg. 8vo T. Stockholm, 1889. Kirchkofif, Alfred. Unser Wissen von der Erde. Landerkunde des Erdteils Europa. II, 4. I. V. Williamson Fund. Kitts, Eustace J. Report of the census of Berar, 1881. 4to. Bombay, 1882. East Indian Government. Kokscharow, Mikolai v. Materialen zur Mineralogie Russlands. X, Bg. 1 — 14. I. V. Williamson Fund. Kolombatovic, G. Cephalopodi dibranchiati del circondario marittimo di Spalato. Newspaper slip. The Author. Kommission zu wissenschaftlichen Untersuchungen der deutschen Meeie in Kiel fiir die Jahre 1882 bis 1886. 6er Bericht. XVII— XIX. I. V. Williamson Fund. Kraus, Dr. G. Die Gewebespannung des Stammes und ihre Folgen. 8vo T. Strasburg, 1868. Miss Frances Lea. Kraus, Gregor. Grundlinien zu einer Physiologie des Gerbstoffs. 8vo. Leipzig. 1889. I. V. Williamson Fund. Kreidel, W. Untersuchungen iiber den Verlauf der Flutwellen in den Ozeanen. Inaug. Dissert., Universiiat Kiel. 8vo T. 1889. University of Kiel. Kunz, Geo. F. The meteorites from Glorietta Mountain, Santa Fe Co., New Mex- ico. 8vo T. New York, 1885. Hollow Quartz from Arizona. 8vo T. 1887. Angelo Heilprin. Meteoric iron from Arkansas, 1888 8vo. T. Washington. Mineralogical Notes. 8vo. T. 1888. Precious stones, gems and decorative stones in Canada and British America. 8vo. T. Ottawa, 1888. On two new masses of meteoric iron. 8vo. T. 1889. Precious stones. 8vo. T. Washington, 1889. The Author. Lang, Arnold. Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomic 1 Ahth. I. V. Williamson Fund. Laporte, T. L. Analyse des travaux de la Societe Linneenne de Bordeaux. 8vo T. 1834. Miss Fiances Lea. Lamborn, Robert H. A circular note to working entomologists. New York, 1889. . The Author. Lapa, J. I. Feneira. Technologia rural ou artes chimicas, agricolo-floresta^s. 2 vols. 8vo. Lisboa, 1879, 1885. Academy of Sciences of Lisbon. Lawes, John B. Memoranda of the origin, plan and results of the field and other experiments conducted on the farm and in the laboratory of Sir John Lawes at Rothamsted, Herts. June, 1889. the Author. Lawrence, Geo N. Additional specimens of Bachman's and Swainson's warblers, obtained by Mr. Charles S. Galbraith in the spring of 1887. 8vo T. Tulv, 1837. Description of a new species of bird of the genus Catharus from Ecuador. 8vo T. 1887. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459 Description of a new species of wren from the island of Tobago, West In- die.. Svo T. Oct., 1S88. An account of the breeding habits of Puffinus Auduboni in the Island of Gren- ada, West Indies, with a note on Zenaida rubripes. Svo T. Jan., 1889. A new name for the species of Sporophila from Texas, generally known as S. Morelleti. Jan., 1889. Remarks upon abnormal coloring of plumage observed in several species of birds. 8vo T. Jan., 18S9. The Author. Leffmann, Henry, and William Beam. Examination of water for sanitary and technical purposes. 12mo. Philadelphia, 1889. Prof. Heilprin. Leidy, Joseph. An elementary treatise on human anatomy. Second Ed. Svo. Philadelphia, 1889. Purchased. Lendenfeld, Robert von. Descriptive catalogue of the sponges in the Australian Museum, Sydney. 8vo. London, 1888- List of errata in the catalogue of the Australian Scyphomedusaa and Hydro- medusse. Trustees of the Australian Museum. Lepsius, Richard. Handbuch z. deutschen Landes und Volkskunde. Geologie von Deutschland und den angrenzenden Gebieten. I, 2. Leuckart, Rud. Bau und Entwickelungsgeschichte der Pentastomen. 4to. Leip- zig, 1860. I. V. Williamson Fund. Leuckart, Rud. & Carl Chun. Bibliotheca Zoologica. H. 3, 4. I. V. Williamson Fund. Leunis Dr. Johannes. Synopsis der drei Naturreiche. Bd. I, 1, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Lewis, Henry Carvill, sketch of. 8vo T. New York, 1889. Lima, Wenceslau de. Flora fossils de Portugal. Monographia do Genero Dicran- nophyllum (Systema Carbonico.) 4to. Lisboa, 1888. Geological Survey of Portugal. Linden, J. •' Lindenia." Iconographie des Orchidees. IV, 3 — 12 ; V, 1, 2. Thos. Meehan. Linne, Caroli A. Amoenitates Academicse. Vols. 7 — 10. 8vo. Erlangen, 1790. Purchased. Locard, Arnould. Revision des especes francaises appartenant aux genres Mar- garitana et Unio. 4to. Paris, 1889. The Author. Lohmann, H. Die Unterfamilie der Halacaridse Murr. Inaug. Dissert., Uni- versity Kiel. 8vo T. 1888. University of Kiel. Lommel, E. Joseph von Fraunhofer's gesammelte Schriften. Iin Auftrage der math-physikal. Classe der k. B. Akademie der Wissen. 4to. Munchen, 1881). The Academy. Lubbock, Sir John. Inter. Sci. Ser. On the senses, instincts, and intelligence of animals with special reference to insects. 8vo. London, 1889. The Author. Lutz, K. G. Das Buch der Schmetterlinge, L. 9, 10. I. V. Williamson Fund. Lydekker, Richard. Catalogue of the fossil reptilia and amphibia in the British Museum. Part II. 8vo. London, 1889. The Trustees. Lyman, Benj. S. A geological and topographical map of the New Boston and Morea Coal Lands in Schuylkill Co., Penna. Jan. 12, 1889. The Author. McCoy, F. Natural history of Victoria. Decade XVI — XVIII. Government of Victoria. McGee, W. J. Notes on the geology of Macon Co., Missouri. 8vo T. 1888. Angelo Heilprin. Mclver, Lewis. Imperial census of 1881. Operations and results in the Presi- dency of Madras. Vols. I— V. 4to. Madras, J 883. East Indian Government. McKendrick, John G. A text book of physiology. 8vo. New York, 1888. Purchased. Maelin, Ph. V. Dictionnaire geographique de la Province de Liege. 8vo. Brux- elles, 1831. Miss Frances Lea. 460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Magrath, Maj. H. M. S. Report on the Coorg general census of 1S81, with ap- pendices. 4to. Bangolore, 1881. East Indian Government. Maior, Visconde (ie Villa. Tratado de vinificacao para vinhos genuinos. Secunda edicao. 8vo. Lisboa, 1883. Academy of Sciences of Lisbon. Marcou, Jules. Note sur la geologie de la California 8vo T. Paris, 1883. The " Taconic System" and its position in strategraphic geology. 8vo T. Cambridge, 1885. A. Heilprin. Margene, Emm. de. Les progres da la geologie. 8vo T. Paris, 1888. A. Heilprin. Marsh, O. C. Discovery of cretaceous mammalia. 8vo T. New Haven, 1889. The Author. Martens, Win. Ueber das Verhalten von Vocalen und Dyphthongen in ges- prochenen Worten. Inaug. Dissert. Universitat Kiel. 8vo. 1889. University of Kiel. Martindale, I. C. Marine algae of the New Jersey Coast and adjacent waters of -•- Staten Island. 8vo T. New York, 1889. The Author. Martini und Chemnitz. Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet, von H. B. Kiister. L 365—371. Wilson Fund. Mason, Rev. Francis. Flora Burmanica. 12mo T. 1851. Tavoy. Mr. Stewart Culin. Maurer. G. L. von. Rede bei der hundertjaehrigen Stiftungsfeier der K. Akad der Wissen. 4to T. Miinchen, 1859. Miss Fiances Lea. Maza, Manuel Gomez de la. Flora de Cuba. 8vo T. Hab ana, 1887. Diccionario botanicos; de los nombres vulgares Cubanos y Puerto Riquenos. 8vo. Habana, 1889. Ensayo de farmacofitologia Cubana. 8vo T. Habana, 1889. The Author. Meek, F. B. Report on the paleontology of eastern Nebraska. 4to. Washing- ton, 1872. John C. Lincoln. Meinert, Fr. Enlomologiske Meddelelser I, 5, 6 ; 11,1. I. V. Williamson Fund. Melbourne Centennial International Exhibition, 1888. Descriptive Catalogue of metals, minerals, fossils and timbers. 8vo T. Sydney, 1889. Meneghini, Prof. Giuseppe. Alia memoria del. 24 Marzo. 1889. 8vo. Pisa, 1889. Nouve specie di Phylloceras e di Lytoceras del liasse superiore d'ltalia. 8vo T. Pisa. Miss Frances Lea. Mercke, C. E. Ueber furfurathen Pyridin und tiber Cocain. Inaug., Dissert., Universitat Kiel. 8vo T. 18S8. University of Kiel. Meyer, Otto. Beitrag zur Kenntniss des markischen Rupelthons. 8vo T. A. Heilprin. Meyer, Otto and Samuel L. Penfield. Results obtained by etching a sphere and crystals of quartz with hydrofluoric acid. The Authors. Michael, Albert D. British Oribatidte. Vol. II. 8vo. London, 1888. Wilson Fund. Michaux, Andre. Journal of 178S — 1796. With an introduction and notes. By Charles Sprague Sargent. 12mo. Philadelphia. John H. Redfield. Michelin, H. Description de quelques nouvelles especes d'echinodermes fossiles. 8vo T. Paris, 1853. Miss Frances Lea. Michelotti l'Abbi G. Brevi cenni sullo Studio della zoologia fossile. 8vo T. Turin, 1841. Miss Frances Lea. Michigan State Forestry Commission. First report of the directors, 1887, 1888. 8vo. Lansing, 1888. The Commission. Mills, C. K. Cerebral localization and its practical relations. 8vo. Washington, 1889. Lesions of the sacral and lumbar plexuses. 8vo. New York. Spinal localization and its practical relations. 8vo. Philadelphia, 18S9. The Author. Milne-Edwards, A. Les expeditions scientitiques du Travailleur et du Talisman. Poissons, 1888. Purchased. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461 Minnesota, Geological and Natural History Survey of. Report Vol. II. Annual Report, 16th. The Survey. Miquel, F. A. G. Prolusio florae Iaponica?. 4to. Amsterdam. Thos. Meehan. Mojsisoyics, E. v. und M. Neumayer. Beitrage zur Palaeontolgie Osterreich- Ungarns und des Orients. Bd. VII, 3, 4. I. V. Williamson Fund. Moleschott, Jac. Untersuchungen zur Naturlehre des Menschen und der Thiere. XIV," 1, 2. I- V. Williamson F Monaco, Prince Albert de. Poissons Lune (Orthagoriscus mola) captures pendant deux Campagnes de l'Hirondelle. 8vo. Paris, 1889. The Author. Morelet, A. Coquilles nouvelles de l'Afrique Meridionale. 8vo. 1889. The Author. Morris, Chas. Aryan sun myths, the origin of religions. 8vo. Troy", N. Y., 1889. The Author. Morse, E. S. Embryology of Terebratulina. 4to. Boston. Miss Frances Lea. Moure, A. Resume analytique et methodique. 8vo T. Bordeaux, 1839. Mueller, Baron F. von. Description of a new Gompholobium from South Western Australia, with notes on other species of that genus. 8vo. Melbourne, 1889. The Author. Iconography of Australian species of Acacia. Decade, 12, 13. Government of Victoria. Museum d'Histoire Natu.relle des Pays-Bas. Catalogue, XII. I. V .Williamson Fund. Muybridge, E. Animal locomotion. The Muybridge work at the University of Pennsylvania. The method and the result. Svo. Philadelphia, 1888. The University. Nachtigal, Dr. Gustav. Sahara und Sudan. Ergebnisse sechsjahriger Reisen in Afrika. 4to. Leipzig, 1889. I. V. Williamson Fund. Nageli, C. v. & A. Peter. Die Hieracien Mittel Europas, III. H. I. V. Williamson Fund. Naturwissenschaftliche. Landesdurchforschung von Bohmen. Archiv, VII, 2. Prag. I. V. Williamson Fund. Nees von Esenbeck, C. G. Die Allgemeine Formenlehre der Natur als Vor- schule der Naturgeschichte. 8vo T. Breslau, 1852. Miss Frances Lea. Netherland Entomological Society. Circular regarding nomenclature. March, 1889. The Society. Neumayer, M. Ueber Brachialleisten (nierenformige Eindriicke) der Producti- den. 8vo T. 1883- A. Heilprin. Neumayer, Dr. G. Anleitung zu wissenschaftlichen Beobachtungen auf Reisen in Einzel-Abhandlungen. Svo. Bd'. I, II. Berlin, 1889. Purchased. Neumayer, M. Die Slamme des Thierreiches. Bd. I. I. V. Williamson Fund. Newberry, J. S. The oil-field of Colorado. January, 1889. The Author. Newberry, J. S. Devonian plants from Ohio. 8vo T. Cincinnati, Sept., 1889. The Author. Newbold, Michael E. Catalogue of the large and important private collection of stone implements of the Archaic Indians of America and Scandinavia. 8vo T. Philadelphia, 1889. New Jersey, Geological Survey of. Annual report of the State Geologist, 1888. Final Report, Vol. I. State Map, 1889. The Director. New South Wales. Department of Mines. Annual report 1886. Memoirs of the Geological Survey. Paleontology. No. 1. The Department. New York. Torrey Botanical Club. Memoirs, I. Thos. Meehan. New Zealand, Colonial Museum and Geological Survey of. Twenty-third annual report of Colonial Museum and Laboratory. Reports of geological explora- tions during 1887-88. Meteorological report for 1885. The Director. Noe, G. de la. Les formes du terrain. 4to. Paris, 1S89. Texte and plates. I. V. Williamson Fund. Note sur les derniers progres de la question de l'unification du calendrier dans ses rapports avec l'heure universelle. Svo. Bologne, 1888. Academy of Sciences of Bologne. 462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Notes on the Census Operations in Central India and statements showing the pop- ulation. 4to. Bombay, 1882. E. Indian Government. Nyat, M. Sur une decouverte d'ossements fossiles. 8vo T. Bruxelles. Miss Frances Lea. Nyst, H. Notice sur le genre Neaera, Gray et description d'une espece" fossile nouvelle pour la faune Beige. 8vo. T. Miss Frances Lea. Ochsenius, Carl. Rechungstrennung von Kieserit und Reichardit. 8vo T. 1889. Ueber Boracit von Douglashall. 8vo T. Marburg, 1889. Ueber Maqui. 8vo T. Cassel, 1889. Ueber die Wirkung der Brandungan der chilenischen Kiiste. (Slip.) 1889. The Author. Oldham, R. D. A bibliography of Indian geology ; being a list of books and papers relating to the geology of British India and adjoining countries, pub- lished previous to the end of A. D. 1887. 8vo T. Preliminary issue. Calcutta, 1888. East Indian Government. Oliver, Chas. A. Double chorio-retinitis, with partial degeneration of the optic nerve, associated with curious lymph extravasation into the retina and vi- treous. 8vo T. 1887. The Author. Pacheco, Gen. Carlos. Memoria presentada al Congreso de la Union por el Sec- retario de Estado y despacho de Fomento, colonizacion, industria y com- mercio de la Republica Mexicana. 4to. I — III, The Author. Paetal, Fr. Catalog der Conchylien-Sammlung. 9e, lOe L. The Author. Paleontographica. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Vorzeit (Zittel). XXXV, 23. Wilson Fund. Palassou, M. Suite des memoires pour servir a l'histoire naturelle des Pyrenees, et des Pays adjacents. 8vo. Pau, 1819. Supplement to same, 182L Essai sur la mineralogie des monts-Pyrenees. 4to. Paris, 1834. Miss Frances Lea. Paleontologie Francaise, Ire Ser., Animaux Invertebres, Terrain Juras. L. 87-89; Terrains Tertiares L. 15 — 17. Wilson Fund. Parker, G. H. A preliminary account of the development and history of the eyes in the lobster. Oct. 10, 1888. The Author. Parlatore, Filippo. Flora Italiana, continuato da Teodoro Caruel, VIII, Part 3. Pennsylvania. Second Geological Survey. Annual Reports 1886. A 2. Atlas pt. 2, 3, 4. AA. Western Middle Anthracite Field. Pt. II. Northern Anthracite Field. Pt. II, III, IV. Eastern Middle Anthracite Field. B. Mineralogy. C 7. Bucks and Montgomery Co. D 6. South Mountain Sheets. H 2. and H 3. Atlas. O 3. Museum Catalogue 3. P 4. Vol. I. Dictionary of Fossils. 1887, Annual Report. The Survey. Same Hon. Chas. M. Betts. State Board of Health. Third Annual Report of. The Board. Pergens E. Deux nouveaux types de bryozaires ctenostomes. 8vo T. Bruxelles. 1889. The Author. Pilsbry, H. A. New and little known mollusks, No. 1. 8vo T. Philadelphia, 1889. On the Helicoid land molluscs of Bermuda. Svo T. The Author. Plath, G. Ueber B.-Aethyl-d-Stillbazol und einige seiner Derivate. Inauga. Dissert., Universitat Kiel. 8vo T. 1889. University of Kiel. Portugal. Seccao dos Trabalhos geologicos de Portugal. Recueil d'etudes paleon- tologiques sur la Faune Cretacique, II, 2. The Survey. Pouchet, G. and H. Beauregard. Traite d'osteologie comparee. 8vo. Paris, 1889. I. V. Williamson Fund. Pranll, K. Lehrbuch der Botanik fiir mittlere und hohere Lehranstalten. Svo. Leipzig. Auf. 7. Purchased. Prevost, Constant. Coupe des terrains tertiaires du bassin de Paris. Folded map. Wm. W. Jefferis. Extiait d'une lettre de., datee de Malte le 3rd Oct., 1831. Miss Frances Lea. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463 Programme for observation of the minor planet Victoria. 4to. 1886. Royal Observatory, Cape of Good Hope. Quenstadt, Friedrich August. Die Ammoniten de schwilbischen Jura. H. 20 and 21, F. anil A. I. V. Williamson Fund. Rabenhorst, L. Kryptogamen Flora Deutschlands.Oesterreichs und dei Schweiz. I, Bd. 3e Abth. 31 L. ; Iller Bd. L. 12, 13. 14; IVer Bd. L. 10, 11. I. V. Williamson Fund. Ramsey, E. P. Tabular list of all the Australian birds at present known to the author, showing the distribution of the species over the continent of Aus- tralia and adjacent islands. 8vo. Sydney. 1888. Trustees of Australian Museum, Rathbun, R. The devonian brachiopoda of the Province of Para, Brazil. 8vo T. 1878. Descriptive catalogue of the collection illustrating the scientific investigation of the sea and fresh waters. 8vo T. Washington, 1882. Angelo Ffeilprin. Rayet, M. Com. Meteorol. de la Gironde. Observations pluviometriques etther- mometriques faites dans le Departement de la Gironde de Juin 1886 a Mai. 1887. Bordeaux, 1887. The Author! Reade, Oswald A. Plants of the Bermudas or Somers' Islands. 8vo T. Ber- muda, 18S5. Angelo Ffeilprin. Reinke, Dr. J. Atlas deutscher Meeresalgen. Heft I. I. V. Williamson Fund. Renevier, E. Congres geologique international de Londres en Septembre, 1888. Philippe de la Harpe, sa vie et ses travaux scientifique. 8vo. Lausanne 1889. The Author. Report on the census ol Assam for 1881. 4to. Calcutta, 1883. East Indian Government. Repoit on the census of British Burma. Taken on the 17th of February, 1881. 4to. Rangoon, 1S81. . East Indian Government. Reusch, Hans. Bommeloen og Karmoen med Omgivelser geologisk beskrevne. Christiana, 1888. 4to. Geological Society of Norway. Ricart, D. Lauro Clariana y. Memoria inaugural leida en la nochedel lOleNov., por D. Lauro Clariana y Rickart en la Real Academia de Ciencias natur- ales y Artes de Barcelona en el Afio Academico de 1888 a 1889. Barce- lona, 1889. The Author. Rice, Lewis. Report on the Mysore census of 1881. 4to. Bangalore, 1884. East Indian Government. Richter, Edward. Die Gletscher der Ostalpen. 8vo. Stuttgart, 1 888. I. V. Williamson Fund. Rogers, H. R. Gravity. 8vo T. Dunkirk, N. V., 1889. The nebular hypothesis. 8vo T. Dunkirk, N. Y., 1889. The Author. Rolleston, George. Forms of animal life, a manual of comparative anatomy with description of selected types. 8vo. Oxford, 1888, 2nd Ed. I. V. Williamson Fund. Rosenbach, H. Microscopical physiography of the rock-making minerals; an aid to the microscopical study of rocks .... Translated and abridged for use in schools and colleges by Joseph P. Iddings. 8vo. New York, 1888. I. V. Williamson Fund. Rossmassler's Iconographie der europaischen Land und Siisswasser Mollusken. IV, 1, 2. I- V. Williamson Fund. Roumania. Harta geologica generala. Sheets 15-19, 20-24. Ministeral Lucrarilor publice. Anuarulu Biuroului Geologicu, Anul III* 1. Geological Survey of Roumania. Roverosa, D. Jose N. Vida y trabajos del naturalista Belga Augusta B. Ghiebreght. Explorator de Mexico. 4to T. Tabasco, 1889. The Author. Rutley, Frank. Rock-forming minerals. 8vo. London, 1888. I. V. Williamson Fund. Ryder, Prof. J. A. The origin and meaning of sex. 8vo T. Philadelphia, 1889. Academv Extra and " Biological Bulletin, No. 1." The Author. 464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Saccardo, P. A. Sylloge Fungorum omnium hucusque cognitorum. VI; VII, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Sachss, Julius F. Thirty six photographs illustrating papei on the evolution of the Cereus in Am. Journ. of Pholog., Nov., 1888. The Author. The evolutiou of Cereus, 1888. 8vo T. With photographs. The Author. Saint Hilaire, G. A. Rapport sur un travail de V. Andouin et Milne Edwards, ayant pour titre : Recherches anatomiques sur le systeme nerveaux des crustace-;. 8vo T. Paris, 1828. Miss Frances Lea. Saint-Leger, Dr. Recherches sur les anciens herbaria. 8vo T. Paris, 188fj. Vicissitudes onomastiques de la Globulaire vulgaire. 8vo T. Paris, 1889. The Author. Sarasin, Paul & Fritz. Ergebnisse naturwissenschaftlicher Forschungen auf Ceylon in den Jahren. II, 3. I. V. Williamson Fund. Sargent, Charles Sprague. Journal of Andre Michaux. See Michaux. Sauvagere, M. de la. Recueil de dissertations, ou recherches historiques et criti- ques. 8vo. Paris, 1776. Miss Frances Lea. Savastano, G. N. La forza educativa, pensieri pratici. Agnone, 1888. The Author. Scacchi, A. Sopra le specie di silicati del Monte di Somma e del Vesuvio. 4to. Naples, 1852. Miss Frances Lea. Scheafer, P. W. The waste of anthracite mining. Oct. 29, 1888. (Sheet.) The Author. Schiodte, J. C. Zoologia Danica. 6e H. I. V. Williamson Fund. Schimper, A. F. W. Botanische Mittheilungen aus den Tropen. H. 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Schmidt, Dr. C. Zur Geologie der Schweizer Alpen. 8vo T. Basel, 1889. Purchased. Schomburgk, R. Report on the progress and condition of the Botanic Garden (South Australia) during the year 1887. The Author. Schmidt, Adolf. Atlas der Diatomaceen-Kunde. H. 33, 34, 35, 36. I. V. Williamson Fund. Scott, W. B. and H. F. Osborn. Preliminary report on the vertebrate fossils of the Uinta formation, collected by the Princeton Expedition of 1886. 8vo T. Philadelphia, 1888. Angelo Heilprin. Scribner, F. Lamson. List of the North American A ndropogoneas. 8vo T. New York. The Author. Scudder. Samuel H. The butterflies of the Eastern United States and Canada with special reference to New England. Part 1-12. I. V. Williamson Fund. Seebohm, Henry. The geographical distribution of the family Charadriidae, or the plovers, sandpipers, snipes and their allies. 4to. London, 1888. I. V. Williamson Fund. Sekiya, S. A model showing the motion of an earth particle during an earthquake. 8vo. Tokio, 1887. The Author. Semper, C. Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. 2er Th. 2er Bd. XVI H. 2e Halfte; V Bd.. 4 L. I. V. Williamson Fund. Servain, Dr. Georges. Etude sur les mollusques recueillis en Espagne et en Portugal. 8vo. Paris, 1880. The Author. Shaler, N. S. Aspects of the earth. 8vo T. New York, 1889. Purchased. Sharp, David. An address read before the Entomological Society of London at the anniversary meeting on the 16th of January, 1889. London, 1889. The Author. Sherborn, Chas. Davies. A bibliography of the foraminifera, recent and fossil, from 1665-1888. 12mo. London, 1888. I. V. Williamson Fund. Shulfeldt, R. W. Outlines for a museum of anatomy. 8vo T. Washington, 1885. Angelo Heilprin. The Navajo tanner, 1888. Observations upon the osteology of the North American Anseres. 8vo. Washington, 1889. 1881). J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465 Observations upon the osteology of the orders Tubinares and Steganopodes. Svo T. Washington, 1889. ' 0>teological studies of the subfamily Ardeinse. Pt. I, II. Svo T. Wash- ington. The Author. Simonkai, Ludovicus. Enumeratio flora Transsilvanicse vesculo^ae critica Ex mandata Societatis Scienliarum Naturalium Regiae Hungarian. 8vo. Buda- pest, 1886. Royal Hungarian Natural History Society. Simpson, Chas. T. Contributions to the mollusca of Florida. 8vo T. Daven- port, 1886. The Author. Stabile, l'Abbe Jos. Description de quelques coquilles nouvelles ou peu connues. 8vo T. Paris, 1859. Miss Frances Lea. Statistics of the British-born subjects recorded at the census of India. Feb. 17th, 1881. 4to. Calcutta, 1883. East Indian Government. Statistics of the population enumerated in the Andamans, 17th of February, 1881. 4to. Calcutta, 1883. East Indian Government. Stearns, Robert E. C. On certain parasites, commensals, and domiciliaries in the pearl oyster Meleagrinre. 8vo. Washington, 1886. The Author. Steele, J. D. & J- W. P. Jenks. A popular zoology. 8vo. New York & Chicago, 1887, Angelo Heilprin. Steiner, P. Betrachtungen iiber die Idee einer Weltsprache. 8vo T. Berlin, 1886. Offenes Sendschreiben iiber Weltsprache, Volapiik und Pasilingua. 8vo T. Leipzig, 1888. Summary of the universal language Pasilingua. 8vo T Darmstadt, 1889. Drei Weltsprach-Systeme. 8vo T. Berlin, 1889. The Author. Steinmann, Gustav. Elememe der Palaontologie, 1 H. I. V. Williamson Fund. Stone, Witmer. Catalogue of the Muscicapidse in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1889. Graphic representation of bird migration. 8vo T. 1889. On Pratincola salax Verr. and allied species. 8voT. Philadelphia, 1889. The Author. Stossich, Michele. II genere Heterakis, Dujardin. 8vo T. Zagreb, 1888. I Distomi delgi Anfibi. Lavoro monografico. 8vo. Trieste, 1889. The Author. Strasburger, E. Histologische Beitrage. 8vo. H. II., Jena. Purchased. Suess, Von E. Neue Reste von Squalodon aus Linz. 8vo T. Wien, 1868. A. Heilprin. Symons, G. J. The eruption of Krakatoa and subsequent phenomena. 4to. London, 18>8. I. V. Williamson Fund. Szabo, T. The first mining exposition in the U. S. of America at Denver, Col. 8vo T. Budapest, '1882. On a new microchemical method of determining the feldspar in rocks. 8vo T. 1882. A. Heilprin. Taschenburg, O. Bibliotheca Zoologica, II L. 6. Taylor, Thos. Food products. Twelve edible mushrooms of the United States, illustrated with 12 colored types. How to select and prepare for the table. 12mo. Washington, 1889. The Author. Taylor, R. C. Fossil fishes of the carboniferous formation or coal measures, the devonian system, the upper and lower silurian group. 8vo. Philadelphia. Mrs. R. C. Taylor. Theobald, W. Index of the genera and species of mollusca in the Hand-List.of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Pt. I, II. The Museum. Thomas, Charles. Remarks on the geology of Cornwall and Devon. 8vo T. Redruth, 1859. Wm. W. Jefleris. Thomas, Oldfield. Catalogue of the marsupialia and monotremata in the collection of the British Museum. 8vo. London, 1888. Trustees of British Museum. 31 I 466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Thompson, D' Arcy. A bibliography of protozoa, sponges, caelenterata and worms, including also the polyzoa, brachiopoda and tunicata. 8vo Cambridge, 1S85. I. V. Williamson Fund. Thomson, C. G. Opuscula entomologica. Fasc, VIII-X, XII, XIII. I. V. Williamson Fund. Thomson, Sir C. Wyville. Report of the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. "Challenger" during the years 1873-76. Zoology, text and plates, XXVIII-XXXI. H. B. M. Government. Tiedeman, Dr. H. Beobachtungen an zwei lebenden Cliimpansi masc. et fern. 8vo T. Bonn., 1879. A. Heilprin. Tiffany & Co. A catalogue of a collection of precious ornamental stones of North America exhibited at the Paris Exposition 1889. 8vo T. New York, 1889. Tiffany & Co. Tokyo Medical Library, catalogue of the. 1888. 8vo T. The Society. Trumbull, Gurdon. Names and portraits of birds which interest gunners. 8vo. New York, 1888. I. V. Williamson Fund! Tryon, Geo. W. Jr. Manual of Conchology, structural and systematic, Pt. 40-43- Second Series, Pulmonata, Pt. 16-19. Conchological Section A. N. S. Tschirch, Dr. A. Angewandte Pflanzenanatomie I. I. V. Williamson Fund. Tuckerman, Edward. A synopsis of North American lichens. Part II. Com- prising the Lecideacei, and (in part) the Graphidei. 12mo 1888. New Bedford, Mass. The Author. Uhlworm, Oscar and F. H. Haenlein. Bibliotheca botanica. H. 12, 13- I. V. Williamson Fund. United States. Chief of Engineers, United States Army, Report of. 1888, Pts 1, •_', 3. 4. Engineer Department, U. S. A. Commission of Fish and Fisheries. The fisheries and fish industries of the United States. Section III ; V, 1-2. Text and Plates. Report for 1886. Department of Agriculture. Contagious diseases of domesticated animals. Investigations by Department of Agriculture, 1883-84. hvo. Washing- ton, 1884. John C. Sinclair Botanical Division. Bulletin No. 7 — 10. Section of vegetable Pathology. Circular No. 8. journal of Mycology. V. 1, 2, 3. Treatment of black rot of the grape. 8vo T. Division of Economic Ornithology and Mammalogy. Bulletin, No. 1. Division of Entomology. Bulletin, 20. Periodical Bulletin I, 6 — 12; II, 1 — 4. The Department. Department of the Interior. Bureau of Education. Circular of Information 1888 No. 2—7; 1889 No. 1. Report of the Commissioner for 1886-87. The Department. Census Office. Tenth census of the U. S. XVII, 2 ; XIX, 2; XXI; XXII. U. S. Geological Survey. Annual Report 7th. Mineral Products of the U. S. 1882-87 (Sheet.) The Mineral Resources of the U. S. (David F. Day.) 1887. Bulletin No. 43—53. Monographs XIII & Atlas XIV. Report of the Commissioner of Labor for 1888. The Department. Department of State. Maps showing the location of the diplomatic and consular offices of the United States of America, March 1, 1888. Folio sheets. Reports from the Consuls. No. 96-100, 102-106.;, 107, 107£, 108. New Series, 1889, No. 1. The Department. Treasury Department, Chief of the Bureau of Statistics. Quarterly and annual reports, June 30, 1888, 1889, 1 ; March 31. 1889. Director of the Mint. Report on the production of the precious metals dur- ing 1887 and 188S. Annual report, June 3 ), 1888. Lighthouse Board. Annual report for the fiscal year ended, 1888- Wash- ington. The Department. War Department. Annual report of the Chief of Ordinance to the Secretary of War for the fiscal year ended, June 30, If 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467 Index catalogue of the Library of the Surgeon-General's Office, United States Army. 4to. Vol. X. The Department. Vasey, Dr. Geo. Report of the Botanist, for the Agricultural Department. Year 1888. *J. M. Rusk. Vayssiere, A. Atlas d'anatomie comparee des invertebres. Fasc. 3. I. V. Williamson Fund. Velde, W. von. Uber einen Spezialfall der Bewegung eines Punktes von festen Centren angezogen wird. Inaug. Dissert., Universitat Kiel. 4to. 1889. Tne University of Kiel. Villa, A. Sull' origine delle perle e sulla possibilita di produrle artificialmente. 8vo T. Milan, I860. Delia annessione dei molluschi di Savoja e Nizza alia fauna Fancese. 8vo T. Milan, 1862. Gite malacologiche e geologiche nella Brianza e nei dintorni di Lecco e particolarmente alia nuova miniera di piombo argentifero nella Valsassina relazione. 8vo T. Milano, 1863. Miss Frances Lea. Villa, A. & G. Catalogo dei molluschi della Lombardia. 8vo T. Milan, 1844. Miss Frances Lea. Villars, D. Memoires sur la topographie et l'histoire naturelle. 8vo T. Lyon, 1804. Miss Frances Lea. Vogt, Carl & Emile Yung. Traite d'anatomie comparee pratique. Livr. 12 — 14. I. V. Williamson Fund. Wadsworth, M. E. On the trachyte of Marblehead Neck, Mass. 8vo T. Bos- ton, 1881. The fortieth parallel rocks. 8vo T. Boston, 1883. Methods of instruction in mineralogy. 8vo T. 1883. The argillite and conglomerate of the Boston Basin. 8vo T. Boston, 1882. The Bishopville and Waterville meteorites. 8vo T. 1883- Angelo Heilprin. Wagner, M. Die Enstehung der Arten durch raiimliche Sonderung. 8vo. 1889 I. V. Williamson Fund. Waldheim, G. Fischer de, Notice sur quelques sauriens fossiles du Gouverne- ment de Moscou. 4to. Moscou, 1846. Miss Frances Lea. Ward, Lester F. The paleontologic history of the genus Platanus. 8vo T. Washington, 1888. A. Heilprin. Warren. B. H. Report on the birds of Pennsylvania. With special reference to the food-habits, based on over three thousand stomach examinations. 8vo. Harrisburg, 1888. Chas. M. Betts. Weir, T. S. Census of the city and island of Bombay taken on the 17th of Feb- ruary, 1881. 4to. Bombay, 1883. Ea^t Indian Government. Weisman, Dr. Aug. Die Continuetat des Keimplasmas als Grundlage einer The- orie der Vererbung. 8vo T. Jena, 1885. I. V. Williamson Fund. Westerlund, Carl Agardh. Fauna in der palaarctischen Region lebender Binnen- conchylien, II. I .V. Williamson Fund. White, Chas. A. Remarks on the genus Ancella, with especial reference to ils oc- currence in California. 4to T. March, 1889. A. Heilprin. White, E. Report on the census of the N. W. P. and Oudh and of the native states of Rampur and native Garhwal, laken Feb. 17th, 1881. 4to Alla- habad, 1882. Supplement. East Indian Government. Willard, De Forest. Osteotomy for anterior curves of the leg. Sept., 1888. The Author. Woodward, Arthur S. Catalogue of the fossil fishes in the British Mu-eum. Parti. 8vo. London, 1889. Trustees of British Museum. Wright, E. P. Notes on foraminifera. 8vo. 1877- A. Heilprin. Wright, G. Frederick. The ice age in North America, and its bearing upon the antiquity of man. 8vo. New York, 1889. Purchased. Zittel, Carl A. v. Palseontographica. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Vorzeit. 4to. Bd. XXXV, 4— 6; XXXVI, 4— 6. Wilson Fund. Zuccardi, G. F. Su di alcune Aphysidae dell Oceano Pacifico, appartenenti alia collezione chierchia. 8vo. Naples, 1889. The Author. 468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Journals and Periodicals. Adelaide. Royal Society. Transactions, X. The Society. Albany. New York State Library. Reports of Trustees, 70, 71. The Trustees. New York State Museum of Natural History. Annual reports, 40-42. Bulletin I, 2-6, 1886, 1887. The Trustees. Regents of the University of the State of New York. Annual reports, 100, 101, 102. The Regents. Altenburg. Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande. New Folge, IV. The Publishers. Amiens. Academie des sciences, des lettres, etc. Memoires, XXXIII, XXXIV, XXXV. Societe des Antiquaires de Picardie. Album Archeologique, Fasc. I, II. Bulletin, 1889, No. 1-3. Memoires, 3rd Ser. VIII, X. The Society. Societe Linneenne du Nord de la France. Bulletin, IX, 187-188. The Society. Amsterdam. K. Akademie van Wetenschappen. Jaarboek, 1886, 1887. Verhande- lingen, Afd. Letterk, D. XVII; Afd. Natuurk, D. XXVI. Verslagen en Mededeelingen, Afdeeling Natuurkunde, Deel III, IV; Afdeeling Letter- kunde, IV Deel. The Academy. Het Genootschap Natura Artis Magistra. Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde, XIX; XV, 1,2; XVI. Feest Nummer, 1888. The Society. Angers. Societe d'etudes scientifiques. Bulletin, 1886, XVI, XVII, The Society. Societe National d' Agriculture, Sciences et Arts. Memoires, 4e. Ser. II. Anvers. Societe royale de geographie. Bulletin, XIII, 3, 4. The Society. Arezzo, R. Accademia Petrarcadi scienze, lettere ed arti. Atti, VII, 1, 2. The Academy. Auxerre. Societe des sciences historiques et naturelles de 1'Yonne. Bulletin, XLII, Nos. 1, 2 The Society. Baltimore. Amercian Chemical Journal. X, 6 ; XI, 1 — 6. The Editor. American Journal of Mathematics. XI. 2 — 4, XII, 1. Index to I — IX. Johns Hopkins University. Circulars, No. 68 — 76. Johns Hopkins University. Maryland Academy of Sciences, Transactions, I pp. 1 — 32. The Academy. Peabody Institute. 22nd Annual Report. The Trustees. Bangor. Maine State College, Agricultural Experiment Station. Annual Report. 1888, 1889. Part 1. The Director. Basel. Schweizerische palaontologische Gesellschaft. Abhandlungen XV. I. V. Williamson Fund. Batavia. Bataviasche Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen. Tijschrift voor Indische Taal-Land-en Volkenkunde. Deel. VII, VIII, 5, 6; IX, X, XVI, 4; XXV— XXXII. Notulen. Deel. XVL 3, 4 ; XVII— XIX, XXVI. Vergaderingen. Inhoudsopgrave Tevens Prijslijst de Werken. The Society. Natuurkundig Vereen in Nederlandsch Indie. NatuurkundigTijdschiift voor Nederlandsch Indie. 8e Ser. IX. The Society. Bath. Po>tal Microscopical Society. Journal of Microscopy and Natural Science. II, 5 — 8. The Society. Belfast. Natural History and Philosophical Society. Proceedings, Session 1887-88. The Society. Naturalists' Field Club. Report, III, 1. The Society. Berkeley. Pittonia, I 5. The Editor. University of California. Register, 1N88-89. The Trustees. 1889.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469 4 Berlin K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Abhandlungen, physikalisches, 1888, Anhang. Sitzungsberichte, 1888, XXXVIII-LII, Titie and Index, 1889. No. I-XXXVIII. The Academy. Afrikanische Gesellschaft in Deutschland. Mittheilungen, Bd. I-IV, 1, 2. Tlie Society. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, LII, II, 3-LV, I, 2. The Editor. Berliner Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologic, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte. Verhandhmgen. 1869, Dec; 1870. [an.-Apr., Oct., Nov.; 1871, Jan.- March, Mai-July, Oct., Nov.; 1872-1880; 1881, April-Dec; 1882; 1883, Juli-Dec, 1888, Jan., Feb, April, Mai, June, 1889, Jan.-Marz. The Society. Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, XX, 4-6; XXI, 1-4. I. V. Williamson Fund. Deutsche Botanische Gesellschaft. Berichte, Bd. I-VI, VII, 1-7. Botanischer Jahrbericht (Just) XIV, ]e Abth, 2, 3 H. 2e Abth. 1, 2 H. XV, le Abth. 1 H. I. V. Williamson Fund. Deutscher Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Entomologische Zeitschrift, XXXI, 1 ; XXXII, 2; pp. 1-8, 241-232. The Society. Entomologischer Verein. Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Jahr. 1889, II. I. The Society. Deutscher Fischerei Verein. Circular, 1889, No. 1-5. The Society. Gartenflora, 1889, 1-24; 1889, H. 1-12. T. Meehan. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft. Zeitschrift, XL, 2-4. The Society. K. P. geologische Landesanstalt und Bergakademie. Jahrbuch, 1887. The Director. Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde. Verhandlungen, Bd. 1-XVI, 1-5, 7. Zeitschrift, Bd. XXIII, 1-6; XXIV, 1-4. The Society. Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde. Sitzungsberichte, 1887, Nos. 1-8; 1888, No. 8-10. The Society. Jahrbiicher fiir wissenschaftliche Botanik, XX, 1-4. I. V. Williamson Fund. Naturae Novitatis. Friedl., 1888, No. 21-25. Title and Index; 1889, No. 1-9, 12-19. The Publishers. Naturwissenschaftliche Wochenschrift, III, 8— 26; IV, 1 — 34. The Editor. Bern. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Mittheilungen, 1195 — 1214. The Society. Birmingham. Philosophical Society. Proceedings, VI, 1. The Society. Bistritz. Gewerbeschule. Jahresbericht, 14. The Director. Bloomington, Ind. Indiana University, Annual Catalogue of the College. 65th Year. The Trustees. Bologna. Accademia delle Scienze. Memorie, Ser. 4. T. Ill, 1 — 4; T, VIII. The Academy. Bonn. Archiv fiir die gesammte Physiologie des Menschen und der Thiere, XLIV, 5— 12; XLV; XLVI, 1— 5. Archiv fur mikroskopische Anatomie, XXXII, 4 ; XXXIII; XXXIV, 1, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Naturhistorischer Verein. Verhandlungen, XLV, 2 ; XLVI, 1. The Society. Bordeaux. Academie nationale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts. Actes, 48e An. Societe Linneenne. Actes, XLI, 4, 5, 6. Socieie des Sciences physiques et Naturelles. Memoires, 3e Ser. Ill, 2. The Society. Boston. City Hospital. 25th Report. The Directors, journal of Morphology. II, 1—3; III, 1, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Library Notes. Ill, 12. The Editor. Society of Natural History. Proceedings, XXIII, 3, 4, pp. 561 et seq., XXIV, 1, 2, pp. 33—256. The Society. American Society of Naturalists. Records, 1,6. The Society. 470 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1889. American Society for Psychical Research, 1885. Part 8; I, 3, 4. A. Heilprin. Braunschweig. Archiv fiir Anthropologic, XVIII, 3. I. V. Williamson Fund. Jahresbericht iiberdie Fort-chritte der Chemie. Fittica, 1886. H. 1,2. Naturwissenschaftliche Rundschau. Ill, No. 47 — 52; IV, 1 — 48. The Editor. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschafiliche Mikroskopie, V, 4; VI, 1, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Bremen. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Abhandlungen, X, 3. The Society. Breslau. K. Leopold-Carol. Akademie der Naturforscher. Fest-Rede bei der Jubelfeier. 4to. 1853. Miss Frances Lea. Brisbane. Royal Society of Queensland. Proceedings, 11,1,2; III, IV, V, 3-5 ; VI, 1-4. Annual Meeting, July, 1889. The Society. Bristol. Naturalists' Society. Proceedings, VI, 1 ; List, 1889. The Society. Brooklyn. Entomologica Americana, IV, 9; IV, 1-9. The Editor. Brooklyn Library. Annual Report, No. 31. Bulletin of New Books, No. 26. The Trustees. Briinn. K. K. Mahrisch-Schlesische Gesellschaft zur Beforderung des Ackerbaues, der Natur-und Landeskunde. Mittheilungen, 1888. The Society. Naturforschender Verein. Verhandlungen, XXVI. Bericht der Meteorolo- gischen Commission, 1886. The Society. Bruxelles. Academie Royale des Sciences des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Bel- gique. Memoires Couronnes. 4to. XLIX. Memoires Couronnes. 8vo. XL, XLI, XLII. Bulletin, 58me Annee 10-12; 59me Annee, 3e Ser. T. XVII, 1-8. The Academy. Societe Royale de Botanique. Bulletin, Tomes. 26, I ; 27. The Society. Societe Entomologique de Belgique. Compte-Rendu, 99-117. The Society. Societe Beige de Geographic Bulletin, 1888, 4-6 ; 1889, No. 1, 2. The Society. Societe Malacologique. Annates, XXII. Proces-Verbaux, 1888. T. XVII, 1_44, 53-72. ' The Society. Societe Beige de Microscopic Bulletin, XIV, 10 ; XV, 1, 10. The Society. Budapest. M. Tudomanyos Akademia. Almanach, 1888, 1889. Ertekezesek a mathematikai Tudomanvok Korebol, IX, 1-13, XIII, 3. 8, 14, XIV, 1 ; XVI, 7; XVII, 2-6; XVIII, 1-5. Ertesitoje XVII, XVIII, XX, XXII, 1-6; XXIII, 1. Evkonyvei I; IX, a, b, 1,2, 4, 6; XIII, 1-10; XIV, 1-7; XV, 1-5; XVI, 1-8; XVII, 1-6. Mathematikai es Termeszettu- rlomanyi Ertesiio. I, II, V, 6-9; VI, 1-9; VII, 1,2. Mathematikai es Terme«zettudomanyi Kozleinenyek vonatkozolog a hazai Viszonyokra, XX, 2-c ; XXI, 1 ; XXII, 1 -8; XXXIII, 1-3. Osztaly anak kulon Kiadvanya, 1887, 1. The Academy. Ungarische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Mathematische und naturwissen- sdiaftliche Benchte aus Ungarn, V, VI. The Academy, Ungarisches National Museum. Termeszetrajzi Fiizetek, XI, 3, 4; XII, \. 3. The Director. Buenos Aires. Instituto Geografico Argentino. Boletin, X, 8, 9. Museo publico de Buenos Aires. Anales, 13, 15, The Director. Sociedad Cientifica Argentina. Anales, VI, 3, 4; VII, 1—4, 6, 38, 39; XXII, 2. 3; XXVI, 1—6; XXVII, 2—6 ; XXVIII, 1, 2. The Society. Sociedad Geografica Argentina. Revista, VI, 61 — 68. The Society. Buffalo Historical Society. Annual Report, 1889. The Society. Caen. Aca'lemie nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres. Memoirs 1887-88. The Academy. Societe Linneenne de Normandic Bulletin, 4e Ser. II. The Society. Calcutta. Asiatic Society of Bengal. Journal, LVI, Part II, No^. 2, 3, 5 ; LVTI, Part II, No. 4. Proceedings, 1888 No. 4—10. The Society. Stray Feathers, XI, 1 — 4. L V. Williamson Fund. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471 Cambridge. Appalachian Mountain Club. Appalachia, V, b\ 4. The Society. Harvard University. Library Bulletin No. 42 — 44. The Trustees. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin XVI, 3—5 ; XVII, 3, 4 ; XVIII. Memoirs, XIV, 1 ; Part II, 1 ; XVI, 2. Report 1887-88. The Director. Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and Ethnology. 22nd report. The Trustees. Cambridge, Eng'd. University. Studies from the Morphological Laboratory. IV, 1, 2, 3. The University. Canada. Royal Society. Proceedings and Transactions, Vol. VI. The Society, Cape Town. South African Museum. Report of the Trustees. 1888. The Director. Cap Rouge. Le Naturaliste Canadien, XVIII, 5 — 12; XIX, 1 — 4. The Editor. Cardiff. Cardiff Naturalists' Society. Report and Transactions, XX, 2. The Society. Cassel. Botanisches Centralblatt, XXXVI, 6; XL, 8. I. V. Williamson Fund. Geognostische Jahreshefte. 1888. Jahr., I. I. V. Williamson Fund. Malakozoologische Blatter, N. F., Bd. XI. I. V. Williamson Fund. Verein fur Naturkunde. Berichte. 34, 35. The Society. Catania. Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali in Catania. Bullettino mensile. N. S. Dec, 1888, 1889, III, 4-8. The Academy. Chicago. Public Library. Seventeenth annual report. The Librarian. Christiania. Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab, XIII, 1. I. V. Williamson Fund. Nonvegische Meteorologische Institut. Tarhbuck, 188fi. The Institute. Skandinaviske Naturforskeres. Forhancllingar, 3Ue Mode, 1886. Videnskab Selskab. Forhandlinser, 1883, 1887, 1888, 1-13. The Society. Chur. Naturforschende Gesellschaft Graubiindens. Jahresbericht, XXXII. The Society. Cincinnati. Society of Natural History. Journal, XI, 4 ; XII, 1-3. The Society. Columbus. Ohio Meteorological Bureau. Report for Oct., Nov., 1888; Oct- Nov., 1889. The Society. Copenhagen. Botaniske Forening. Botanisk Tidskrift, XVII, 1, 2. The Society. E. Museo Lundii. En Samling af Afhandlingar, B. 1. The Director. Naturhistoriske Forening. Videnskabelige Meddelelser, 1888. The Society. K. Nordisde Ohlskrift-Selskab. Antiquarisk Tidsskrift, 1843-51. Memoires, 1840-45, 18s8. K. D. Videnskabernes Selskab. Ofversigt, 1888, No. 3; 1889, No. 1, 2. Skrifter, 6te Raekke, IV, 8. The Society. Cordoba. Academia nacional de Ciencias exactas. Bulletin, XI, 2, 3. The Academy. Cracovie. Bulletin Internationale de l'Academie des Sciences. Comptes Rendus des Seances de l'Annee 1889 No. 1 — 6. The Academy. Crawfordsville. Botanical Gazette, XIII, 12; XIV, 1—10. The Editor. Danzig. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Schriften. VII, 2. The Society. Darmstadt. Verein fiir Erdkunde. Notizblatt, IV, 9. The Society. Davenport. Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings, V, 1. The Academy. Denver. Colorado Scientific Society. Proceedings, III, 1. The Society. Dijon. Academie des Sciences, Artset Belles Lettres. Memoires, 1852-54, 1SS7. The Academy. Dorpat. Dorpater Naturforscher Gesellschaft. Archiv fiir die Naturkunde Liv -Ehst-und Kurlands, le Ser. IX, 5. Sitzungsberichte, Bd. II; VIII, 3. The Society. Dresden. Hedwigia Organ, fiir Kryptogamenkur.de, XXVIII, 1 — 5. I. V. Williamson Fund. 472 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1889. K. Leop.-Carol.-Deutsche Akademie der Natnrforscher. Nova Acta, 52. Leopoldina, 24 H. The Academy. K. Mineralogisch-geologisches unci praTiistorisches Museum. Mittheilun- gen, II. 8. The Director. Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Isis. Sitzungsbericht und Abhandlun- gen, Juli— Dec. 1888 ; Jan. June 1889. The Society. Verein fur Eidkunde. Festschrift zur Jubelfeier des Achthundertjahrigen Herrschaft des Hauses Wettin. Festschriftz ur Jubelfeier des 25 jahrigen Bestehens, 1888. The Society. Dublin. Royal Dublin Academy. Proceedings, VI, 3 — 6. Transactions IV, 2 — 5. The Society. Roval Irish Academy. Proceedings, Sen III, Vol. I, I. Transactions, XXIX, 3—11. The Academy. Edinburgh. Botanical Society. Proceedings, XVII, 2. Annual Reports, I, VI-VIII, 1870-72. The Society. Geological Society. Transactions, V, 4. Royal Physical Society. Proceedings, 1887-88. The Society. Emden. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. jahresberichte, 72, 73. The Society. Erlangen. Biologisch.es Centralblatt, VIII, 18-24 ; IX, 1-18. I. V. Williamson Fund. Physikalisch-medicinische Societat. Sitzungsberichte, 1889. The Society. Florence. Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale. Bollettino, 1888, 1889. The Director. Nuovo Giornale Botanico Italiano, Camel, XXI, 1-4. The Editor. Societa Italiana di Antropologia, Etnologia e Psicologia comparata. Archivio, XVIII, 1-3; XIX, 1,2. ' The Editor. Societa Entomologica Italiana. Bollettino, 1889, No. 1-4. The Society. France. Association Francaise pour l'Avancement des Sciences. Comptes Ren- dus, 1887, I, II ; 188S, I, II. The Society. Frankfurt a/M. Aerztlicher Verein. Jahresbericht, XXIX-XXXII. The Society. Frankfurter Verein fiir Geographie und Statistik. Beitrage zur Statistik, V, 3, 4. Jahresberichte, LI. LI I. Civilstand der Stadt Frankfurt a/M, Sta- tische Mittheilungen, 1888. The Society. Deutsche Malakozoologische Gesellschaft. Jahrbiicher, 1889, No. 1-10. Physikalischer Verein. Jahresbericht, 1886-87. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Monatliche Mittheilungen, VI, 6; VII, 5. The Society. Societatum Litterae, 1888 No. 8, 1889, 10; 1889, No. 1-10. The Editor. Freiburg, i. B. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Benchte, III, IV, 1-5. The Society. Gand. Archives de Biologie. IX, 1, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Geneva. Club Alpin Suisse. Sections Romandes. L'Echo des Alpes, 1888, No. 4; 1889, No. 1,2. The Society. Recueil Zoologique Suisse, V, 1, I. V. Williamson Fund. Socieie de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle. Memoires, XXX, 1. Rapport pour les annees, 1860-63, 1865-68, 1872-74, 1876-78, 1880-82, 1884. Miss Frances Lea. Genoa. Museo civico di Storia Naturale. Annale, XXIII-XXVI. The Director. Societa di Letture e Conversazione Scientifiche di Ateneo Ligure. Rassegna Mensile, Anno., XII ; 1889, April-Oct. Giornale, XI, 9-12. The Society. Gera. Gesellschaft von Freunden der Naturwissenschaften und des Naturwissen- schaftlichen Kranzchens in Schleiz. Jahresbericht, XVIII-XXXI. The Society. Giessen. ( tberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur und Heilkunde. Berichte, 2(5. The Society. Glasgow. Geological Society. Transactions, VIII, 2. The Society. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473 Natural History Society. Proceedings, II, 1. The Society. Philosophical Society. Proceedings, XIX. The Society. Gorlitz. Oberlausitzische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Neues lausitzisches Magazin, XLV, 1 ; LXIV, 2. The Society. Gotha. Dr. A. Petermann's Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes' geographischer Anstalt. Inhaltsverzeichnis, 1888, No. 12; 1889, No. 1-10 Lrganzungs- heft, 92-95. I. V. Williamson Fund. Granville, Ohio. Denison University. Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories, IV, 1, 2. The Trustees. s'Gravenhage. De Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. XXX, 2-4; XXXI, 1-4. The Society. Graz. Naturwissenschafilicher Verein fur Steiermark. Mittheilungen, 1888. Verein der Arzte in Steiermark. Mittheilungen, Yereinsjahr, 1888. The Society. Zoologisches Instilut. Arbeiten, II, 4. The Society. Great Yarmouth. Free Library. 3rd annual report. The Directors. Groningen. Natuurkunig Genootschap. Vijsentachtigste Verslag, 1888. The Society. Gueiet. Societe des Sciences Naturelles et Archeologiques de la Creuse. Memoires II— V, 1— 3; 2me Ser. I, II. Bulletin, Tome II, 1—3; III, 1_3; IV, 1,2. The Society. Giistrow. Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Mecklenburg. Archiv, XLII. The Society. Halifax. Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society. Proceedings n. s. X, XI, 1. The Society. Halle, Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Abhandlungen, XVII, 1, 2. Benefit, 1887. The Society. Halle a/s. Yerein fiir Erdkunde. Mittheilungen, 1888. The Society. Zeitschrift fiir Natunvis-enschaften, LXI, 1 — 6 ; LXII, 2. The Editor. Hamburg. Geographische Gesellschaft. Mittheilungen, 1887-88, 2. Hamburgische wnsenschaftliche Anstalt. Jahrbuch,I — IV. The Society. Harlem. Musee Teyler. Archives, III, 3. The Director. Societe Hollandaise des Sciences. Archives, XXIII, 1 — 5. The Society. Heidelberg. Naturhistorisch-medicinischer Yerein. Yerhandlungen, IV, 2, 3. The Society. Helsingfors. Finska Vetenskaps-Societeten. Ofversigt, XXX. Acta, XVI. Bidrag, Nos. 7—10. Sallskapet pro Fauna et Flora Fennica. Acta, IV. Meddelanden, 14. The Society. Hermannstadt. Siebenbiirgischer Yerein fiir Naturwissenschaften. Verhandlun- gen and Mittheilungen, III, IV, XXXIV— XXXVI, XXXVIII. Verein fiir siebenburgische Landeskunde. Archiv, nene Folge, XX, 1, 2,3; XXII. 1,2. Jahresbericht 1884— 1888. The Society. Innsbruck. Ferdinandeum. Zeitschrift, III, 5 — 8, 10, 13 — 15, 28 — 32. The Director. Iowa City. State Historical Society. Iowa Historical Record, 1888, October; 1889, Jan.-July. The Society. Jena. Anatomischer Anzeiger, III, 27; IV, 29. The Editor. Centralblatt fiir Bakteriology und Parasitenkunde, IV, 20; VI, 21. I. V. Williamson Fund. Medicinisch-naturwissenshaftliche Gesellshaft. Zeitschrift, XXIII, 1-4. The Society. Zoologische Jahrbiicher, III, 3, 4. Abtheilung f. Systematik, etc., Ill, 3 ; IV, 1-4. I. V. Williamson Fund. Kansas City. The Naturalist, IV, 4. The Editor. Kiel. Mineralogisches Institut der Universitat Kiel. Mittheilungen, I, 1. I. Y. Williamson Fund. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Schriften, VII, 2. The Society. 4i 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Universitat. Chronik, 1888-1889, The University. Klagenfurt. Landesmuseum von Karnten. Carinthia, 1888, No. 11, 1889; No. 12. Tlie Director. Kolozsvart. Erdelyi Museum-Egylet. Orvus Termeszettudomanyi Ertesito, 1888, XII E of I, 1-3; II, 1-3; III, 1, 2; XIV, I, 1; II, 1, 2; III, 1, 2. The Director. Lausanne. Musee d'Histoire Naturelle. Rapports annuels des Conservateurs, 18S8. The Director. Societe Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin, V. 38, 39, 40, 97, 98. Tides and Index to XI, XII, XIII, XVI. The Society. Leeds. Philosophical and Literary Society. Annual Reports, 1S88-89. The Society. Leipzig. Archiv fiir Anatomie und Physiologic Anatomische Abtheilung, 1889, No. 1-4. Physiologische Abtheilung, 1889, No. 1-4. I. V. Williamson Fund. Botanische JahrbUcher, X, 4; XI, 1, 3; XII, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Jahresberichte iiber die Fortschritte der Anatomie nd Physiologie, XVI, 1. I. V. Williamson Fund. Journal fiir Ornithologie, XXXVI, 2 ; XXXVII, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Morphologisches Jahrbuch, XIV, 3 ; XVI, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. K. Sachsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Abhandlungen, II, IX, 1 ; X, 9; XIV, 10-13; XV, 1-6. Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen, 1889, 1. The Society. Verein fiir Erdkunde. Mittheilungen, 1888. Zeitschnft fiir Krystallographie und Mineralogie XV, 1 — 6; XVII, 1, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, XLVII, 3, — XLVII, 2. Namen und Sachregister, 31 — 45. Zoologischer Anzeiger, No. 293—320. I. V. Williamson Fund. Leyden. Leyden Museum Notes, X, 1 — 4; XI, 1,2. The Director. Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging. Tijdschrift, Deel II, 3. The Society. Lille. Bulletin Scientifique de Department du Nord, 1880-83- The Editor. Societe Geologique du Nord. Annales, XV. The Society. Lisbon. Academia Real das Sciencias. Jornal de Sciences Mathematicas, &c. Memorias I, 1 ; III, 2, IV-VI. The Academy. Associapao dos Engenheiros Civis Portuguezes. Revista de Obras publicas e Minas. XIX, 227-230; XX, 231-234. The Society. Livierpool. Free Public Library, Museum and Walker Art Gallery. 36th Report. The Director. Geological Society. Proceedings VI, 1. The Society. Liverpool Biological Society. Proceedings I— III. The Society. Naturalists' Field Club. Proceedings, 1866-7, 1869-70, 1871-72, 1875-6, 1881-2,1888. The Society. London. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 6th Ser., Nos. 12-23. I. V. Williamson Fund. Anthropological Institute. Journal, XVIII, 3, 4 ; XIX, I. The Society. British Association for the Advancement of Science. 58th Report. Wilson Fund. Chemical Society. Abstracts of the Proceedings, No. 58-72. Journal, 313- 324; Supp'l, Title and Indexes. The Society. Curtis' Botanical Magazine, No's 1222-1233. I- V. Williamson Fund. The Electrician. No's 548-601. The Editor. Entomological Society. Transactions, 18S8, 3-5 ; 1889, 1-3. The Society. The " Entomologist." Vol. XXII, No. 308-31S I. V. Williamson Fund. Gardener's Chronicle, No's 99-152. The Editor. Royal Geographical Society. Proceedings, X, 12 ; XI, 11. The Society. Geological Magazine, No's 294-305. I. V. Williamson Fund. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475 Geological Society. Quarterly Journal, No. 177-179. The Society. Geologists' Association. Proceedings X, 8; XI, 1-4. The Society. Grevillea, a monthly record of Crvptogamic Botany and its literature, XVI, 82; XVIII, 85. I. V. Williamson Fund. Hardwicke's Science Gossip, No. 288-299. I. V. Williamson Fund. Royal Horticultural Society Journal, X ; XI, 1, 2. The Society. Ibis, 6th Sei. I, 1-4. I. V. Williamson Fund. Royal Institution of Great Britain. Proceedings, XII, 2; List 1888. The Society. Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, XXI, 2; XXIV, 1. I. V. Williamson Fund. Journal of Botany, British and Foreign, No. 312-323. I. V. Williamson Fund. Journal of Physiology IX, 5, 6 ; X, 1-6. I. V. Williamson Fund. Knowledge XII, 38-49. The Editor. Linnean Society. Journal, Botany 156, 157, 163-170, 173; Zoology, 1 19— 121, 132, 140. Index to Journal (Botany), 183S-1886. List 1888-89. Transactions, Zoology II, 18; IV, 3; V, 1-3; Botany II, 16. The Society. London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, No. 163-174. I. V. Williamson Fund. Royal Microscopical Society. Journal, 1888 Part 6a, 1889, 1-4. The Society. Mineralogical Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Mineralogical Magazine and Journal VIII, 38-40. I. V. Williamson Fund. The Naturalist, No. 161-172. The Editor. Nature, No. 994-1047. The Editor. Paleontological Society. Publications, XLII. Wilson Fund. Physical Society. Proceedings, X, 1, 2. The Society. Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, No. 115-118. I. V. Williamson Fund. Queckett Microscopical Club. Journal, III, 23-25. The Society. Royal Society. Philosophical Transactions, Vol. 179a, 179b. Proceedings No. 272-283. List, 30th Nov., 1888. The Society. Society of Arts. Journal, Vol. 36. The Society. Society of Science, Letters and Arts. Transactions, Apr., 1887-Sept., 1888. The Society. Triibner's American and Oriental Literary Record, 240-245. The Publishers. Zoological Record for 1887. I. V. Williamson Fund- Zoological Society. Proceedings, 1889, 1-4. Transactions, XII, 8, 9. The Society. Zoologist, No. 144-155. I. V. Williamson Fund. London, Can. Canadian Entomologist, XX, 12 ; XXI, 11. The Editor. Louvain. Universite Catholique. Annuaire, 53. 17 Theses. The University. Liibeck. Naturhistorisches Museum. Jahresbericht, 1888. The Director. Lund. University, Acta, 1887-88. The University. Lyon. Societe d' Agriculture, Histoire Naturelle et Arts utiles Annales, IX, X, Ser. VI, I, 1886-88. The Society. Societe Linneenne. Annals, 32-34. The Society. Academie des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts, Memoires, Classe des Sciences, 28, 29. The Academy. Madison. State Historical Society of Wisconsin. Proceedings, 36. The Society. Madrid. Real Academia de Ciencies exactas, fisicas y naturales. Anuario, 1889. Memorias, XXIII, 2, 3- The Academy. Observatorio. Resumen de las Observaciones 1884-1887. The Director. Sociedad Geografica. Boletin XII. 3; XVIT, 3; XX, 1; XXII, 1, 2; XXIII, 1-6 ; XXV, 3, 4 ; XXVI, 3-6. The Society. 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Magdeburg. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Jahresbericht und Abhandlungen, 1887. The Society. Manchester. G3ological Society. Transactions, XX, 1-3, 5-10. The Society. Liteiary and Philosophical Society. Memoirs, XI, XII; 4th Ser. I, III. The Society. Microscopical Society. Annual Report, 1883-1888. The Society. Scientific Students' Association. Annual Report, 1888. The Society. Manhattan, Kansas. Journal of Mycology, IV, 9-12. The Editor. Mannheim. Mannheimer Verein fur Naturkunde. Jahresberichte, 18S5-88. The Society. Marburg. Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissenschaften. Sitzungsherichte, 1888. Schriften, XII, 3. The Society. Melbourne. Royal Society of Victoria. Transactions and Proceedings, XXII- XXIV, 2 ; N. S. I.' The Society. Mendon, III. American Antiquarian, XI, 1-5. The Editor. Meriden. Scientific Association. Transactions, III. The Society. Metz. Academic Memoires, 1858-1870 ; 1885-86. The Academy. Mexico. Observatorio Meteorologico-Magnetico Central de Mexico. Boletin Mensual I, 8-12 and Supplement. The Director. Sociedad Cientifica " Antonio Alzate." Resena sobre el establiscimento, 11,4-12. The Society. Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica. Boletin, 4a Ep., I, 3, 4. The Society. Sociedad Mexicana de Historia Natural. La Naturaliza, I, 5; V, 9, 10; VII, 2-4, 24. The Society. Meyringen. Oberlandische Nachrichten, I, 1889, No. 1-8. The Editor. Middletown. Wesleyan University, Museum. 18th annual Report. The Director. Milan. R. Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Letture. Rendiconti, XX, 17; XXI, 18-20; XXII, 1, 3-16. The Society. Regio Istituto technico superiore. Programma, 1888-89. The Director. Milwaukee. Natural History Society of Wisconsin. Proceedings, 1888, pp. 191-231. Public Museum. Seventh annual Report, The Director. Minneapolis. The American Geologist, II, 6 ; IV, 5. I. V. Williamson Fund. Modena. R. Accademia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Memorie, Ser. II, Vols. V, VI. The Academy. Societa dei Naturalisti. Memorie, Ser. 3e, VII, 1,2; VIII, 1, 2. The Society. Montpellier. Academie des Sciences et Lettres. Memoires de la Section des Sciences, IV. The Society. Montreal. Canadian Record of Science, III, 5-7. The Editor. Moscow. Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes. Bulletin, 1888, III ; Beilage. Nouveaux Memoires, II. The Society. Munchen. K. B Akademie der Wissenschaften. Sitzungsberichte, Mathem.-phy- sikalische Classe, 1863, I, 3; 1864, II, 2 ; 1865, 2-4; 1888, 1, 2. The Academy. Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologic, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte. Beitrage zur Anthropologic und Urgeschichte Bayerns, VIII, 3, 4. The Society. Zeitschrift fiir Biologie von L. Buhl, XXV, XXVI, 3. I. V. Williamson Fund. Deulscher und Oesterreichischer Alpenverein. Mittheilungen, 1888, 1 — 19. The Society. Minister. Westfalischer Provinzial Verein fiir Wissenschaft und Kunst. Jahres- bericht, 16. The Society. Nancy. Societe des Sciences. Bulletin, Serie II, T, III, 21, 22. The Society. Naples. R. Accademia delle Scienze fisiche e matematiche. Atti, Ser. 2nd I, II. Rendiconto, 2e Ser. Anno XXVI, 1 ; XXVII, 12. The Society. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477 Societa dei Naturalist! in Napoli. Bollettino. II, 12; III, 1. The Society. Zoologische Station zu Neapel. Zoologischer Jahresbericht, 1887. The Director. Neuchatel. Societe des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin, XVI. The Society. Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham and Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Transactions, X, 1. The Society. New Haven. The American Journal of Science, No's 216-227. The Editor. Yale University. Catalogue, 1888-S9. Report, 1888. The Trustees. Newtonville, Mass. Contributions to Science, Maynard I, 1, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. New York. Academy of Sciences. Annals, IV, 10, 11. Transactions, VIII, 1-8. The Academy. The American Garden, IX, 12-X, 11. The Editor. American Geographical Society. Bulletin, XX, 4; Suppl., XXI. 1, 2, 3. The Society. American Museum of Natural History. Annual Reports, 1888-89. Bulletin II, 2, 3, pp. 49-196. The Director. The Auk, 1889, VI, 1-4. I. V. Williamson Fund. Central Park Menagerie. 1st Report. The Director. Cooperative Index to Periodicals, IV, 4. The Editor. Cooper Union for the Advancement of Science and Art. 30th Annual Re- port. The Director. Forest and Stream, XXXI, 19— XXXIII, 19. The Editor. Garden and Forest, I, 40-43. The Editor. Library Journal, XIII, 11-XIV, 11. I. V. Williamson Fund. Linnean Society. Abstracts of the Proceedings, 1888-89, The Society. Literary News, X, 1-12. The Editor. Mercantile Library Association. 68th Annual Report. Bulletin, No. 11. The Librarian. New Publications, 1889. Vol. 1, 1, 2. The Editor. New York Medical Journal, XLVIII, 22-L, 22. The Editor. New York Microscopical Society. Journal, V, 1-4. The Society. Popular Science Monthly, 1889, Jan'.-Dec. The Editor. Science, No's. 304-3o6. I. V. Williamson Fund. State Pharmaceutical Association. Proceedings, 11th Annual Meeting, 1889. The Society. Torrey Botanical Club. Bulletin, XV, 12-XVI, 11. The Society. Memoirs, I, 2. Thomas Meehan. Osnabriick. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. 7er Tahresbericht. The Editor. Ottawa. Field Naturalists' Club. Ottawa Naturalist, II, 8-12; 111,1,2. The Society. Oxford. Annals of Botany, II, 8, III, 9-11. I. V. Williamson Fund. Padova. R. Accademia di Scienze Lettere ed Arti. Atti e Memorie, Nuova Serie I— III. The Academy. Societa Veneto — Trentina di Scienze Naturali. Atti, N. S. IV. Bollettino I, 1-5 ; II, 1-4 ; III, 1-4 ; IV, 2, 3 ; X, 2. The Society. Palermo. II Naturalista Sicilia.no, VIII, 1-12. The Editor. Paris. Annales des Mines, XIV, 4 ; XV, 3. Minister of Public Works, France. Annales des Sciences Geologiques, XX, 3, 4. The Editor. Annales des Sciences Naturalles. 7me Serie Botanique, VIII, 4-X, 3; Zoologique, VI, 4-VII, 6. I. V. Williamson Fund. Archives de Zoologie experimentale et generale, VI, 1-VII, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Ecole polytechnique. Journal, No. 58. The Director. Journal de Conchyliogie, XXVIII, 1-4. The Editors. Journal de Micrographie, 1888, No. 15-17 ; 1889, No. 1-9, 11-16. The Editor. 478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Museum d'Historie Naturelle. Nouvelles Archives, VIII, 2; IX, 1. The Director. Le Naturaliste, 14e An. No. 42-65. '1 he Editor. La Nature, I7e An. Nos. 809-859. I. V, Williamson Fund. Revue d'Ethnographie, VI, 4, 5 ; VII, 1, 2; VIII, 1. I. V. Williamson Fund. Revue generale de Botanique, I, 1-10. I. V. Williamson Fund. Revue Scientihque, XLII, 20-XLIV, 19. I. V. Williamson Fund. Societe d'Acclimatation. Bulletin, 1887, Nos. 3, 4, 12; 1888, Nos. 1, 3, 5, 6, 23, 24; 1889, No. 1. Revue des Sciences naturelles appliquees (Bulletin bimensual) 1889, No. 1-22. The Society. Societe Nationale d' Agriculture de France. Bulletin, 1887, No. 11 ; 1888, Nos. 8-11 ; 1889, Nos. 1-7. Table des Matieres, Tome 132. The Society. Societe d' Anthropologic Bulletin, XI, 1— XII, 1, 2. The Society. Societe des Aniiquaires de Picardie. Bulletins, XVI, 1886-88. The Society. Societe de Biologic Compte Rendu des Seances, 1884, No. 5; 1885, No. 31 ; 1888, 35-40; V, 4, 1889, No. 1-34. The Society. Societe Entomologique de France. Annales, VIII, 1-4. The Society. Societe d'Ethnographie. Bulletin, 1888-89, Nos. 17-32. Mr. Stewart Culin. Societe Francaise de Mineralogic Bulletin, XI, 7, 8; XII, 1-7. The Society. Societe Geologique de France. Bulletin, VIII, 7; XV, 9; XVI, 5-10; XVII, 1-6. The Society. Societe Malacologique de France. Bulletins, V. The Society. Societe Philomathique. Bulletin, 7me Ser. I, 1, 2. XII, 4; Compterendu sommaire des seances 1889, No. 1-12; Oct. 26th, Nov. 9th. Memoires Centenaire, 1788-1888. The Society. Societe Zoolojjique. Bulletin, XIII, 7-10; XIV, 1-6. Memoires, I, 2. The Society. Penzance. Royal Geological Society of Cornwall. Transactions, XI, 3. The Society. Perth. Scottish Naturalist, New Series, 1889, 23-26. The Editor. Philadelphia. Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings, 1888 No. 3 1889, No. 2. The Publication Committee. American Entomological Society. Transactions, XVI, 2, 3. The Society. American journal of the Medical Sciences, 1889, Jan.-Nov. The Editor. American Journal of Pharmacy, Dec. 1888-Nov. 1889. The Editor. American Naturalist, 1889, November and December; 1889, Jan.-May. July. The Editor. American Notes and Queries, III, 2. The Editor. American Philosophical Society. Proceedings, No. 129. The Society. Franklin Institute. Journal, Nos. 75H-767. The Society. College of Pharmacy. Alumni Association, 25th Annual Report. The Society. Dental Cosmos, XXX, 12-XXXI, 11. The Editor. Historical Society of Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania Magazine of History and Biology, XII, 4--XIII, 3. The Society. Journal of Comparative Medicine and Surgery, X, 1-4. I. V. Williamson Fund. The Medical News, 1889, No. 872. The Editor. Medical and Surgical Reporter, L1X, 22-LXI, 21. The Editor. Microscopic Bulletin. Feb.-Dec, 1889. The Editor. Naturalists' Leisure Hour. 1889, Jan., March, April, August, November and December. The Editor. The Nautilus, Vol. Ill, 1. The Editors. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479 Pennsylvania Forestry Associaiion. Forest Leaves, II, 2. The Society. Polyclinic, VI, 6. The Editor. Zoological Society. 17th Annual Report. The Society. Pisa. Societa Malacologica Italiana. Bullettino, XIII, pp. 209-251 ; XIV, pp. 1-150. The Society. Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali. Atti. Processi Verbali I, Index; 1884 p. 113 124; IV, 147-165; V, 57-76 ; VI, p 141-186, 189-252 Memorie IX. The Society. Portland. Society of Natural History. Proceedings, Session 1880-81. 9th and 10th; 1881-82, 10th; 1888-89, 9th. The Society, Prag. K. B. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Sitzungsberichte, 1888. Jahres- bericht, 15 Jan., 1888. Abhandlungen, 7e Folge, II. The Society. Lotos Verein. Jahrbuch fiir Naturwissenschaften, 1852-1868, 1870-1875, 1880, 1882, 1883, 1885, 1888, 1889. The Society. Princeton. Princeton College Bulletin, I, ] . The Editor. Quebec. Literary and Historical Society. Transactions, Sessions 1887, 1889, No. 19. The Society. Raleigh. Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society. Journal, VI, 1, 2. The Society. Regeiisberg. K. B. botanische Gesellschaft. Flora, XLVII, 1,2. 3; Jahr. 46. I. V. Williamson Fund. Riga. Naturforscher Verein. Correspondenzblatt, XXXI. The Society. Rio de Janeiro. Observatoire Imperial. Bulletin Astronomique et Meteorologi- que. Revista, 1889 No. 1-12. The Director. Riverside, Cal. The Old Curiosity Shop, Vol. VIII, 11. The Editor. Rome. R. Accademia dei Lincei. Atti., Ser. 2, IV, 6-12 and Index ; V, 1-10, 12; VI, 5; 2 Semestre 1-$. The Academy. Archives Italiennes de Biologie, X, 3 ; XI, 1-3 ; XII, 1, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Vittorio Emanuele di Roma. Bollettino, 1889. The Librarian. Societa Geografica Italiana. Bollettino, Ser. Ill, Vol. I, 10-12; II, 1-9. The Society. Societa degli Spettroscopisti Italiani. Memorie, XVII, 10, 12; XVIII, 1-5, 7-10. The Society. St. Anthony Park. University of Minnesota. Experiment Station of the College of Agriculture. Bulletin, Nos. 5-8. The Director. St. Gallen. St. Gallische naturwissenschaflliche Gesellschaft. Bericht, 1886-87. The Society. Saint John. Natural History Society of New Brunswick. Bulletin, No. 8. The Society. St. Louis. Academy of Sciences. Transactions, V, 1, 2. The Academy. Public Library. Annual Report, 1887-88. The Librarian. St. Petersburg. Academie Imperialedes Sciences. Memoires, XXX, 3-10. Bul- letin,XXVIII, 3-XXXII, 1. The Academy. Hortus Universitatis Imperialis Petropolilana?. Scripta Botanica, II, 2. I. V. Williamson Fund. Imp. russkoye geographitcheskoye Obshtchestvo. Izviestiya, XXIV, 3- XXV, 3. The Society. Physikalische S. Central Observatorium. Annalen, 1887, 1, II. The Director. Societas Entomologica Rossica. Horae--XXII. The Society. Salem, Essex Institute. Bulletin, XX, 1 ; XXI, 6. The Society. San Diego. West American Scientist, VI, 45, 48. The Editor. San Francisco. California Academy of Sciences. Proceedings, 2nd Ser. I, 1, 2. Memoirs, II, 2. The Society. Florist and Gardener, I, 7. The Editor. Free Public Library. Annual Report, June 30th, 1889. The Librarian. Mercantile Library Association. 36th Annual Report. The Librarian. San Jose. Museo Nacionale Republica de Costa Rica. Anales, 1887, Pans 1, 2. The Director. 480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Santiago. Wissenschaftlicher Verein. Verhandlungen, 6 H. Tlie Society. Scranton. Lackawanna Institute of History and Science. Proceedings and Col- lections, I. Chas. E. Smith. Shanghai. Royal Asiatic Society, China Branch. Journal, Vol, XXIII, 2. Miss A. M. Fielde. Siena. R. Accademia dei Fisiocritici. Atti. Ser. IV, Vol. I, 1-7. Sezione dei cultori delle Scienze Medici. Bollettino, VI, 8-10. The Academy. Springfield. Illinois Industrial University. 14th Report. The Director. Stettin. Entomologischer Verein. Entomologischer Zeitung, XXVI, XXVII, XLVI. The Society. Stockholm. Biologiska Foreningens. Forhandlingar, Bd. I, 1-8. The Society. Entomologisk Tidskrift, IX, 1-4. The Editor. Geologiska Forening. Forhandlingar, X, 6, 7 ; XI, 1-5. The Society. K. Vetenskaps Akademien. Bihang till K. S. V. A. Handlingar XIV, 1-4. Ofersigt, 1889, No. 1-10. The Society. K. Vitterhets Historie och Antiquitets Akademien. Monadsblad, 1887. The Academy. Svenska Sallskabet for Anthropologi och Geografi. Ymer Tidskrift, 1888, No. 1-6. The Society. Strassburg. Naturhistorisches Museum. Bericht, 1836-89. The Director. Stuttgart. Forschungen zur Deutschen Landes und Volkskunde, ITI, 3-5 ; IV, 1. " Humboldt," 1889, 1-11. I. V. Williamson Fund. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologie und Palaeontologie, 1889, I, 1-3; II, 1, 2 ; VI, Beilage Bd. 2 H. I. V. Williamson Fund. Verein fiir vaterlandische Naturkunde in Wiirtemburg, Jahresheft, 45. The Society. Switzerland. Schweizer Alpen-Club. Jahrbuch, 24er Jhrg. 1888-89 and Sup- plement. 4 maps in roll. The Society. Schweizerische Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen, Jahres- versammlung 71. The Society. Sydney. Australian Museum. Report of the Trustees for 1888. The Trustees. Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, III, 2-4; IV, 1 and List. The Society. Royal Society of New South Wales. Journal and Proceedings, XXII, 1, 2. The Society. Taunton. Somersetshire Archaeological and Natural History Society. Proceed- ings, XXXIV-XXXVIII. The Society. Tokio. Medicinische Facultat der KaiserlichJapanischen Universitat. Mittheilun- gen, I, 2. The University. Sei i Kwai, or Society for the Advancement of Medical Science in Japan, VII, 12; VIII, 5-10. The Society. Topeka. Kansas State Historical Society. 6th Report. The Society. Washburn Laboratory of Natural History. Bulletin, II, 9. The Director. Toronto. Canadian Institute. Annual Report, 1888. Proceedings, VI, 2. The Institute. Entomological Society. Annual Report, 1888. The Society. Toulouse. Academie des Sciences, Inscriptions, et Belles-Lettres. Memoires, X. The Academy. Revue Mycologique, Nos. 1-4, 7-21, 23, 24, 26, 27, 30, 31, 37-44. The Editor. Societe d'Histoire Naturelle. Bulletin, 1888 Jan-Sept., XXII Annee, pp., 169-207; XCVII-CXI. The Society. Trenton. Natural History Society. Journal, II, 1. The Society. Trieste. Societa Adriatica di Scienze Naturali. Bollettino, XL The Society. Tromso. Museum. Aarshefter, IV, V, X, XI, XII. Aarsberetning, 18S8. The Director. Truro. Royal Institution of Cornwall. Journal, V-XIX, XXI, XXIII. The Society. 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481 Turin. R. Accademia delle Science. Atti, XXIII. Memorie, Ser. 2a XXXVIII. The Academy. Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Universita. Bollettino, Nos. 49-65. The Director. United States. American Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceed- ings, XXXVII. The Society. American Pharmaceutical Association. Proceedings, Vol 36. The Society. Upsal. Observatoire de l'Universite. Bulletin meteorologique, Vol. XX. The Director. Skandinavisches Archiv fiir Physiologie, Band I, 1-6. I. V. Williamson Fund. Utrecht. K. Nederlandsche Meteorologisch Instituut. Jaarbock, 1879 Part, 2 ; 1888. 1'he Institute. Provinciaal Utrechtsch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen. Verslag, 1888. Aanteckeningen, 1888. The Society. Venice. L'Ateneo Veneto. Ser. XIII, Vol. I, 1-4 ; II, 3, 4. The Director. Notarisia, Commentarium Phycologicum, I, 13-15 and Index. The Editor. R. Istituto Veneto di Scienze, Lettre ed Arti. Atti. V, 10; VI, 1-9. The Society. Vienna. Embryologische Institute der K. K. Universitat in Wien. Mittheilun- gen, 1888. I. V. Williamson Fund. K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Sitzungsberichte, mathematisch-natur- wissenschaftliche Classe XCV Bd. I, 1-5 ; II, 3, 5 ; III, 1-5 ; XCVI Bd. 1.1-5; II 1-5; 111,1-5; XCVII, I, 1-4 ; IIal-7; lib 1-7; 111,1-6; 1889, 1-18. Denkschriften, 53er, 54er Bd. The Academy. K. k. Central Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus. Jahrl .richer, XXIV, 1887. The Director. K. k. geographische Gesellschaft. Mittheilungen, XXXI, 1888. The Society. K. k. geologische Reichsanstalt. Jahrbuch, XXXIV, 1, 2; XXXVIII, 3,4. Verhandlungen, 1888 Nos. 14-18 ; 1889. No. 1-12. The Society. K. k. zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen, XXXVIII, 3, 4; XXXIX, 1, 2. The Society. Mineralogische und petrographische Mittheilungen, X, 4-6. I. V. Williamson Fund. K. k. naturhistorisches Hofmuseum. Annalen, III, 3, 4; IV, 1-2 The Director. Ornis. Internationale Zeitschrift fiir die gesammte Ornitholoyie, V, 1-3. I. V. Williamson Fund. Verein zur Verbreitung naturwissenschaftlicher Kenntnisse. Schriften 28cr Bd. The Society. Wiener illustrirte Garten-Zeitung, 1886 H, 6-12 ; 1889, 11. Thomas Meehan. Zoologis-ches Institut. Arbeiten, VIII, 1. I. V. Williamson Fund. Washington. American Monthly Microscopical Journal, IX, 5-12; X, 1-10. The Editor. Anthropological Society of Washington. The American Anthropologist 1889, II, 1-4. The Society.' National Geographic Society. National Geographic Magazine, Vol. I, 1-4. The Society. United States Fish Commission. Bulletin, VII, 8 ; pp 129-400. The Commission. United States National Museum. Proceeding, 1888, pp. 129-670. The Director. United States' Publications. Monthly Catalogue, IV, 9, 10 ; Vf 1-9. I. V. Williamson Fund. The Washington Book Chronicle aud Bulletin of Government Publications, I> 1- The Editor. 32 482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Wellington. New Zealand Institute. Transactions, XXI. The Society. White Sulphur Springs, W. Va. The Loon, Vol. I, 2-10. The Editor. Wiesbaden. Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde. Jahrbucher, Jahrg., 41, 42. The Society. Wilkesbarre. Wyoming Historical and Geological Society. Proceedings, II, ]. Angelo Heilprin. Worcester. American Antiquarian Society. Proceedings, V, 3; VI, 1. The Society. Wiirzburg. Botanisches Institut. Arbeiten, III, 4. I. V. Williamson Fund. Physikalisch-medicinische Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen, XXII. Sitzungs- berichte, 1888. The Society. Zoologisch -zootomisches Institut. Arbeiten, IX, 1. I. V. Williamson Fund. Yokohama. Asiatic Society of Japan. Transactions, XII, 2, 3. The Society. Seismological Society of Japan. Transactions, II, V, VIII, 1. The Society. Zwickau. Verein fiir Naturkunde. Jahresbericht, 1888. The Society. INDEX TO GENERA, ETC. 1889. Abelmoschus Abrus 377, Abutilon Acacia 131, 375, Acalypha Acanthaceae Acan th aster Acanthinula 192, Acanthospermum Acer Acetabul ana Achrysones Achy ranthes Acipenser Acipenseridae Acrostichum Actinse Actolitein Adiantum yElurogale 216, Aerope Aesculus Agave 134, Agelaius Ageralum Aglaia Agnatha 277 . Agnus Aiptasia 102, 104, Alismaceae Allium Aloe Alpinia Alseonax ,.. Alternanthera Alvaradoa Alysicarpus Amaran taceae Amarantus Amaryllideae Amaryllis Amblogyna Amblystoma Ambrosia Ammannia 367 379 367 378 4H.5 397 171 200 388 58 351 26!) 4U1 247 245 352 1SL 31 3o2 229 2/7 63 356 269 387 193 27S 261 125 357 360 359 353 146 4((2 371 377 401 402 355 856 402 155 38 S 381 Amnicola 8S, 195, Ampelideaa Ampelopsis 155, Amphicyon....211, 222, 223, 226, Amphiura Ampyx Amygdalese Amyris Anacardiu m Anal cite Ananassa Anas Anatherum Anceyia Anchistoma Andradite And ropogon Aneimia, Anemeae Anethum Anguispira Angustula 194, Anhi nga Anhydrite Annabergite Anomcepus Anona 131, Anonaceae Antaceus 248, 250, 254, Antennarius Anthacanthus Antheadae Anthenea Antigonon Antinedia Apatura Aphelocoma Apium Apocynaceae Apophyllite Aquatite , Arachis 877, Aragonite Archselurus...216, 224, 226, 230, Archaster 267 373 373 232 177 166 379 371 374 35 354 267 362 191 198 35 362 352 281 384 199 207 266 11 184 32 363 363 256 344 397 164 178 401 117 269 269 38 i 891 34 184 378 34 238 175 (483) 484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1889. Arcyria Ardea Ardisia Areca Argemone Argyrod es Argytliamnia Ariolimax 195, Arion 195, Arionta Ariophanta Aroidea; Arses Artemisia Arthrostylidium 361, Arti beus Artocarpus Artomyias Asclepiadeae Asclepias Ascy i u m Aspidi um Asterias Asteri na Asterinidge Asteroidea Asteropsis Astralium Astropeci en Astropectinidas Astrophytida; Astrophyton Astroschema Astroscopus.... 259, 261, 263, 264, Atalapha Auchenia Aulactinia Avicennia 69, 271, Aythya Baccharis Badiera Balsamineae Bambusa 129, Basella Baselleae Batis 146, Begonia Bellerophon Bermudia Betula Beurreria Bias Bidens Bignoniaceae Binneya Bixinese Blechum Bletia 188 267 390 357 364 98 405 199 199 193 279 359 153 389 362 315 403 147 392 392 366 352 1H9 173 173 169 174 137 174 174 178 178 179 265 324 31 107 399 267 387 365 370 361 402 402 402 53 297 86 58 394 146 388 397 199 365 397 355 Blighia 373 Boerhaavia 401 Bonchea 398 Borniie 34 Boraginea; 394 Borreria i 386 Borrichia 388 Bostrichus 268 Botaurus 267 Bougainvillia 400 Boussingaultia 402 Brachyphylla 319 Bredemeyera 365 Brisingidse 171 Bromelia 354 Bromeliacece 354 Brontozoum 32 Brosimum 403 Brugmansia 395 Brunfeisia 396 Brya 377, 379 Bryophyllum 379 Buccinites 306 Buccinum 306 Buchnera 396 Bucida 380 Bufo 268 Bulimella 299 Bulimorpha 300-302 Bulimulidse 208 Bulimulus 195, 208 Bumelia 390 Bunrelurus 240 Bunchosia 369 Bunodes 106 Bursera 371 Burseracece 371 Buteo 268 Byrsonima 369 Byssolite 34 Bythinella 86, 88 Cacteie 384 Csecum 142 Caesalpinia 376, 378 Cajanus 377, 379 Cakile 364 Caladium 359 Calamine 33 Calcite 34 Calidris 268 Calliandra 375, 378 Callidryas 268 Callionymus 260 Calophyllum 366 Callopteryx 10 Can nacea; 353 Campeloma 195 Canavalia 377, 379 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485 Canella 365 Canellaceae 865 Canis 2:22, 233 Carina 353 Capparidere 304 Capraria 396 Capri foliacere 385 Capromys 350 Capsicum 395 Caracolus 86 Cardinalis 270 Carica 382 Carollia 316 Carya 58 Casearia 365 Cassia 131, 376, 378 Cassinia 154 Cassyta 403 Castanea 58 Casuarina 404 Casuarineas., 404 Catalufa 161 Catesbaea 385 Cathartes 268 Catopsis 354 Caulerpa 351 Cedrela 372 Celastrinea; 372 Celtidea; 404 Cenchrus 361 Centrosema.. 377 Ceniurio 316 Ceophloeus 269 Cercocebus. 31 Cereus 131, 384 Cermatia 10 CestrineEe 396 Cestrum 396 Chalcocite 34 Chalcopyrite 34 Chalimus.... 95 Chama 141 Chamserops 269, 270 Chanomphalus 84 Chads 91 Chasiempis 148 Chasmops 167 Chelidornix 149 Chenopodiea; 402 Chenopodium 402 Chilonycteris 331 Cluococca 386 Chloanthite 184 Chloris 361 Chloropal 35 Chrysobalanea; 379 Chrysobalanus 379 Chrysocolia 34 Chrysolite 35 Chrysophyllum 390 Chusquea 361,362 Cicca 40.-) Cionella "08 Cissus 373 Citharexylum 399 Citrus 131, 370 Cladium 350 Clanculus ]3g Clathropteris 33 Clematis 3(33 Cleome 3(34 Clerodendron 399 Clethra 389 Cliona 70-75 Cocos J.... 358 Coccoloba 401 Ccecilianella 208 Coffea 38(j Colaptes 269, 347 Coleus 399 Colocasia , 359 Coluber.. 268 Columbigallina 268 Columbite 51 Colubrina 373 Coma richa 188 Combretacece 380 Commelyna 360 Commelynepe 360 Comocladia 374 Compositae 131, 387 Com psothly pi s 2 70 Condalia 373 Condylactis 104, JOT, 125 Coniferre 353 Conocarpus 380 Conularia 287 Conulus 191, 192, 198 Convolvulacea; 393 Convolvulus 393 Corchorus 368, 369 Cordia 394 Cordiaceae 394 Corema 135, 344 Coronaster 171 Corticifera 120, 125 Corvus 269 Corydalis 58, 62 Cory norhi nu s 330 Costus 353 Crassulacea; 379 Crataegus 58 Crataeva 364 Crepidula 345 Cribraria 281 Cribrella ]71 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Crinum 356 Crossarchus 1222 Crotalaria 376. 378 Croton 131, 405 Cruciferse 364 Cryptolopha 153 Cryptonymus 167 Cryptoprocta 215-230, 237-242 Ctenodiscus 174 Cucumis 383 Cucurbita 383 Cucurbitaceae 383 Culcita 173 Culicicapa 153 Cuphea 381 Cuscuta 394 Cuscutere.' 394 Cycadere 352 Cycas 353 Cylindrdla 195, 208 Cylindrellidre 208 Cynocephalus 31 Cynodictis 211, 217, 222, 223, 226, 229, 230, 233. 240, 242 Cynodon 361 Cynogale 224 Cynonycteris 336 Cynopterus 337 Cyperacere 360 Cyperus 131, 360 Cytherea 142 Dactyloctenium 361 Dafila 267 Dalmanites 167 Danthonia 58 Daphrenus 211 Dasycladeas 351 Datura 395 Daucus 384 Davalia 352 Decaptus 42 Delphinium 363 Dendroica 268, 270 Dentalium 298 Dermodium 189 Derobranchus 268, 269, 270 De Saulesite 184 Desmanthus 375 Desmodium 377 Desmodus 318 Diabase 11 Diaphorophyia 146 Dichondra 394 Dichondre?e 394 Dicliptera 398 Dichromena 360 Digenia 154 Digitaria 361 Dinectus 247, 252, 255 Dinictis 211-231, 237-240 Dinoc)on 232 Dinopis 341 Dioscoreae 357 Dipholis 390 Diphylla 319 Diplactis 105, 110-113 Diplomorpha 92 Discus 200 Donax 347 Drepanodon 29, 240 Dryobates 268 Drypetes 404 Dufouria 10 Duncan ia 307 Duranta 399 Dysdera 98 Echinaster 171 Echinasteriidse 171 Echinocactus 384 Echinocephalus 11 Echites 391 Eclipta 388 Elagatis 42,43,44 Elephas 96 Eleusine 361 Elminia 153 Emarginula 142 Emballonura 321 Emys 97 Encrinurus 167 Encrinus 167 Entendium 156, 158, 189 Epeira 98,180-183 Epidendron 131 Epidendrum 355 Epomophorus 335 Epsilonphorus 259 Eragrostis 361 Ericineae 389 Erigeron 387 Eriodendron 367 Erithalis 386 Ernodea 386 Erythrina.... 378 Erythrite 34 Ery t h rocercus 1 50 Erythromyias 148 Erythroxylere 369 Erytiuoxylon 369 Eucharis 356 Eucladociinus 289 Eudotea 351 Eugenia 131, 380 Eulima 299 Euomphalus 291,296 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487 Euonymus 65 Euparypha 193 Eupatorium 131, 387 Euphorbia 131, 406 Euphorbiacea; 131, 404 Eustoma 393 Eutaenia 421 Euterpe 859 Euxolus 402 Evolvulus 393 Exccecaria 406 Exostemma 385 Fagara 371 Falco 268 Felices 352 Felidce 211 Felis 222, 241 Ferussacia 208 Ficus 403 Filistata 98 Fimbristylis 360 Fleurya 403 Fluorite 184 Foeniculum 385 Forestiera 391 Fruticicola 193, 202 Fucaceae 351 Fuchsia 382 Gadolinite 164 Gahnite 50 Galactia 377 Galecynus 211, 233 Galeoscoptes 266 Galiodes 45 Galium 386 Gardenia 386 Gastrodonta 198 Gemma 268 Gemmaria 124, 125 Genipa 387 Gentianece 393 Geothlypis 270 Gerardia 396 Gerygone 148 Gilbertsocrinus 288 Gladiolus 356 Glandina 195, 278 Glauconite 34 Glossophaga 318 Glycosmis 371 Glyptodon 97, 195 Glyptostoma 192, 202 Gomphrena , 402 Goniasteridre 172 Goniobasis 87 Gonostoma 195, 206 Gonyleptes 45 Goodenoviese 389 Gorgonocephalus 179 Gossypium 867 Gouania 873 Grallator 32 Gramineae 131, 311 Granateae 381 Graphite 33 Gregarina 9 Grus 268 Guaiacum 370 Guettarda 386 Guilandina 375, 378 Guppya 198 Guttiferse 366 Haematoxylon 375,378 Hcemulon 36 Halimeda 351 Halichondria 72 Hamelia 385 Harpagopus 33 Harpyia 338 Hedwigia 372 Helianthus 388 Heliaster 170 Helicidse 199 Helicina 93 Helicteres 367 Heliodiscus 200 Heliotropium 394 Helix. ..82, 84, 138, 191, 192, 194, 200, 277, 279, 413 Helops 248 Helminthoglypta 193 Hemichelipon 146 Hemipholis 177 Hemitrochus 202, 413 Hemphillia 199 Herpestis 397 Heterodermeae 281 Heteropoda 98 Hibiscus 367, 368 Hipparion 96 Hippomane 406 Hippotherium 96 Holopea 298 Holopella 298 Holospira 81, 195, 207 Hoplocephala 10 Hoplophoneus 212, 215-218, 220, 230, 239, 240 Hoplophorus 97 Hoplorhynchus 10 Hormathia 110 Hoya 392 Hura 406 Huso 247 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Hyaena. . 241 Hyaenarctos 232 Hyaenodon 230, 242 Hyalina 84, 197 Hyalinia 86 Hyalosagda 86 Hydracantharis 10 Hydrobia 87 Hydrocotyle 384 H y d roleaceae 393 Hydrophilidae 311 Hyla n 267, 268, 269 Hyliota 149 Hymeniacidon 72 Hypelata 373 Hypericineae 366 Hypothymis 149 Hypotrichia 269,270 Hypsignathus 336 Hyptiotes 181 Hyptis 399 Ilex 372 Ilicineae 372 Ilyanassa 71 Impatiens 370 Ipomoea 131,393 Iresine 402 Irideae 355 Iris • 355 Isaurus 117 Isocarpa 388 Jacaranda 397 Jacquinia 390 Jambosa 380 "janipha 405 Jasmineae , 390 J a s m i n u m 390 Jatropha 405 juglans 58 julus 127 juncagineae 357 juniperus 58, 353 Juno 86 Jussiaea 382 Justicia 397 Kathetostoma 259, 260, 265 Labiatse 399 Labrus 162 Lactuca 389 Lagenaria 383 Lagerstroemia 381 Lantana 398 Larus 266 Lasionycteris 325 Lauri neae 403 Lawsonia 381 Lebidibia 376, 37S Lecuminosn.' 131, 374 Leiotealia Leonot is Leonurus Lepidium Lepidolite , Leptocephalus Leptophus Leucaena 375, Leucocheila Licea 157, Liguus 1 95 , Liliacese Lilmm Limacidae Limax 194, Li nana Linckia Linckiidae Linguatula Lioniscus Lioptdus Lippia Lithobius 11, 127, Logan iacea; Lonicera I .oph act is Lophius Loranthaceae Loranthus Loxonema 298,299, Loxosceles Luffa Luidia Lycogala Lycopeisicum Lycosa 98, Lygosoma Lysiloma 375, Lysinoe 193, Lythrarieae M acacus Macbairodus Madura.. Macoma Macroceramus Macrocheilus 296, 299, 303, Macrochilia Mactra Magnolia Mahernia Malachite Malpighia Malpighiaceae Malurus Malvaceae 131, M al va v iscus Mambranipora Mammea 103 400 400 364 35 95 268 378 206 281 208 359 359 196 196 396 171 171 31 248 149 398 129 392 385 109 344 407 407 307 98 383 174 189 395 100 268 378 201 381 31 29 404 141 208 306 307 71 62 55 33 369 369 149 366 368 345 366 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 489 Mammillifera 117, 125 Mandevillea 391 Mangifera , 374 Manicina 119 Maranta 353 Marrubium 4(10 Martynia 398 Mazapilite 45 Mecistocephalus 127, 12S Megaderma 333 Melaconite 34 Melanerpes 269 Melania 92 Melaniella 208 Melanite 34 Melanospermese 351 Melanthera 388 M elastomacere 380 Melia 372 Meliaceae 372 Melicocca 373 Melocactus 384 Melochia 368 Menemerus 98 Mesodon 193, 195, 203, 414 Mesomphix 196 Metabolus 148 Metastelma 392 Metoptoma 292, 298 Miacis 221 Micrarionta 193 Microeca 146 Microepei ra 1 80 Microphysa 82, 191, 192, 195, 200, 277 Mimosa 375 Mimoseae 374 Mimus 270 Mimusops 390 Miniopteris 321, 322, 324, 339 Mirabilis 400 Miro 148 Mithrodia 171 Mnio 270 Modiola 71 Molossus 327 Molybdenite 33 Momordica 383 Monarcha 154 Moreae 403 Moringa 365 Moringe a; 365 Mormoops 331, 339 Mucuna 378, 379 Murchisonia 297 Musa 354 M u s ac e a? 354 Muscicapa 147 Musqicapula 148 Mya 276 Mygi nda 372 Myiagra 153 My rica 4H4 Myricese 404 Myrsine 390 Myrsinese 390 Myrtacese 380 Mysia 141 Naiadea; 357 Nama 393 Nand i ni a 236 Narcissus 356 Natalus 332,339 Natica 305 Naticopsis 293, 305, 309 Nectandra 403 Neofiber 271, 272 Neolite 35 Neomyias 151 Neotoma 1 4-28 Nepenthese 407 Nepenthes 407 Nepeta 399 Nephila 98 Neptunia 374 Nerium 391 Nicolite 184 Nicotiana 395 Niltava 154 Nimravidse 212, 230 Nimravus 223 Noctilio 320,322 Nyctaginere 400 Nycteris 333 Nyctinomus 327 Nyctobates 10 Ny cy i eej us 330 Nyssa 69 Ocimum 399 Odostornia 267,268 Olacineae 372 Oleacinidae 278 Oliva 137 Onagrariese 382 Onchidella 210 Onchidiidse 210 Onchidium 210 Oncidium 355 Opeas 207 Ophiactis 176 Ophidiaster 172 Ophiocnida 177 Ophiocoma 177 Ophioglypha 144, 176 Ophiolepis 175 Ophioncus 143, 176 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Oph i onerei s 177 Ophiopholis 176 Ophioplocus 175 Ophiopteris 1 78 Ophiostigma 177 Ophiotlirix 178 Ophiozona 143 Ophiura 76, 143, 175 Ophiuridre 175 Opuntia 3S4 Orcadella 180,281 Orcadellaceae 280 Orchidea: 355 Oreaster 173 Oreodoxa 358 Orthalicidre 208 Orthalicus 195, 208 Orthomesus 136 Orthoprist i s 36 Orthotricha 189 Orthotrichia 189,281 Oryza 361 Osmunda 53 Ostrea 70 Ostrya 58 Oulactis 105, 108 Oxyaenas 242 Oxychona 91 Oxypetalum 392 Pallifera 199 Pal ma; 357 Palmetto 358 Palmi pes 174 Palythoa 121 Pancratium 356 Panicum 361 Papaveracea; 364 Papillina 73 Papilionacea; 376 Papilio 268, 269 Paradoxurus 224, 227, 228, 230 Parisoma 149 Parthenium 388 Paspalum 361 Passiflora 131, 382 Passiflorea: 382 Pastinaca 384 Patula 82, 191, 199 Paullinia 376, 378 Pecten 275 Pectis 388 Pelecanus 266, 267 Pella 277, 279 Peltophorum 378 Penicillus 352 Pentagonaster 1 72 Pentastomum 31 Pentatrenia 201 Pera 406 Persea 40:; Petitia 399 Petiveria 401 Petroicn 447 Petroselinum 385 Petunia 395 Phacussa 191 Phalacrocorax 266 Phaseolus 377, 379 Phasianella 137 Phialanthus 386 Philentoma 153 Philoxerus 402 Phdns 274, 276 Pholcus 98 Phoradendron 407 Phyllactidae 105 Phyllactis 125 Phyllanthus 405 Phyllorhina 335 Phyllostoma 317 Phymactis 106 Phyinanthidas 113 Phymanthu* 113, 125 Physalis 396 Physetocrin us 290 Phytolaccaceae 401 Phytolacca 401 Picramnia 371 Picrodendron 371 Pieris 270 Piezoihynchus 153 Pilea 403 Pimenta 381 Pimpinella 385 Pinus 56, 58, 69, 134, 344, 353 Piscidia 378 Pisonia 400 Pithecolobium 375, 378 Planogyra 200 PI antagin ea; 400 Plantago 400 Platyceras 287, 288, 293 Platystira 147 Platystoma 293 Plectostylus 306 Pleurotomaria 298 Pluchea 387 Plumbaginea; 389 Plumbago 389 Plumiera 391 Poecilodryas 148 Poecilozonites 85 Poiana 237 Poinciana 376 Polianthes 359 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491 Poliomyias 148 Polygala 365 Polygalere 365 Polygoneae 401 Polygonum 59, 401 Polygyra 84, 193, 195, 203, 205 Polygvrella 206 Polyphemopsis 299,300 302, 305 Polypodiacea 352 Poly pod i um . .» 57, 352 Pomarea 154 Pomatia 201 Pomus 268 Porcellia 298 Portulaca 366 Portulacea; 366 Potamea 357 Potamogeton 357 Praiicola 202 Pratincola 78- 80, 148 Priacanthidse 160 Priacanthus 160 Primulaceie 389 Prionodon 230, 23T Pristiloma 191, 198 Pristina 191 Proailurus 218, 223-225,229, 240- 242 Procyon 225, 226, 227 Procyonida 232 Prophysaon 199 Protopsalis 242 Prunus 379 Pseudogerygone 148 Pseudopriacanthus 160, 163 Psidium 381 Psychotria 386 Pteraster 175 Pterasteridas 175 Pteris 352 Pterophry ne 344, 345 Pteropus 336 Ptinidae 311 Ptychopatula 191, 195, 200 Punctum 192, 194, 200 Punica 381 Pupa 194, 206, 266, 411, 414--416 Pupidae 206 Pycnanth emum 58 Pyrallolite 34 Pyramidula 192 Pyrite 34 Pyroxene 34 Quartz 34 Quercus 58, 280 Quiscalus 270 Quisqualis 380 Rajania 357 Rana 267, 269 Randia 386 Ranunculaceas 363 Raphvrus 72 Rauw'olria 391 Repidolite 35 Reticularia 157, 189 Rhachicallis 386 Rhamneae 373 Rhinopoma 323 Rh i olophu s 333 Rhipidura 150 Rhizophora 271, 380 Rh i zopho reae 380 Rhus 374 Rhynchosia 377, 379 Rh vnchospora 360 Rhytida 278 Richardia 359 Ricinus 405 Rissoina 267 Rivinia 401 Rosa 58, 63, 379 Rosaceae 379 Rostramus 268 Rubiaceae 131, 385 Rubus 58 Rumina 194, 207 Russelia 397 Sabal 358 Sabbatia 393 Saccharum 362 Saccoptery a 321 Saccopteryx 338 Sagartidae 102 Sagda 86 Sagiltaria 357 Salicornia 402 Salmea 388 Salticus 98 Salvia 399 Sambucus 385 Samolus 389 Sapindaceae 373 Sapium 406 Sapota 390 Sapoteae 390 Sargassum 351 Sayornis 268 Scaevola 389 Scaphirynchops 257 Scaphirhynchus 246, 255, 256 Scarabaei dae 31 1 Schizostoma 31 7 Schoenanthus 362 Schoepfia 37tj Sciurus 268 Scleria 360 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Scolopocry plops Scolopendra Scoparia Scotophilia Scrophularineae Sechium Scisura Selenitidae 195, Selenites Seriola Seriolichthys Serjani'a Serpentine Sesameae Sesamum Sesuvium Setaria Seutera Sida Sideroxylon Simarubeae Si napis Siphia Si phonaceae Si phoptychium Smicrornis Smilaceae Smilax S m i I od o n Smithornis Solanaceae Solatium 131, Solarium Solaster Soleniscus 299, 303, 300, Solpuga Somatogy rus Sonn eratia Sophora Sorgh um , Spatula Spermacoce Sphaeraclea Sphaerodoma 290, 303, Sphaerium Sphyrapicus Spigelia Spiranthes Spi robolus Spirorbis Spondias Spongia Sponia Sporobolus Squalius 260, 267, Stachytarpha Stapelia Statice 10 127 306 328 396 383 153 278 195 42 42 373 34 398 398 366 361 392 366 390 371 304 154 351 189 148 300 360 29 153 395 395 291 171 309 4r> 195 69 378 302 267 386 368 305 88 269 392 355 127 345 374 70 404 361 268 398 392 389 Stemonitis 188 Stenogyridae 207 Stenoplesictis 232, 240 Stenostira 149 Stenostomum 386 Ste notaphi um 361 Stenotrema 1113, 19.1, 204 Steph anot us 392 Sterculi acere 368 Sterletus 247 Sterna 266 Stigmaphy lion 369 Stilbite 34 Stipa 361 Stoparola 154 Straparollus 287, 291, 295 Strepomatidae 195 Sireptaxidae 278 Strobila 206 Strophia 207 Strumpfia 386 Sturio 247, 250, 255 Sturnella 208, 269 Stylorhynchus 10 Stylosanthes 377 Suaeda 402 Subulites 300 Subursidae 232 Succinea 191, 194, 209 Succineidae 209 Suriana 401 Suricata 222 Swietenia 372 Sympbe m i a 268 Syrnium 268 Tabernaemontana 391 Tachea 201 Taenitis 352 Tamarindus 376,378 Tamariscinere 366 Tamarix 366 Tamonea 398 Tophozous 323 Tapirus 96 Tarsiger 149 Taxodium 67 Tebennophoridae 198 Tebennophorus 198 Tecoma 397 Tephrowillemite 184 Terebinthaceae 374 Terminalia 380 Terp^i phone 151 Testacellidae 195 Tetrazygia 380 Teucri um 400 Thalassia 357 Theridiosoma 180-183 1889.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493 Theridium 98 Thespesia 368 Thevetia 39] Thouinia 373 Thrinax 358 I Throptera 332, 339 Tliysanophora 1 •>- Tiliacese 3fiS Tillandsia 131, 354 Tilmadoche 48 Tournefort ia 394 Trachia 138 Tradescantia 360 Triads 382 Tribulus 370 Trichia 188 Tricholaena 362 Triglochin 357 Triodopsis 193, 195, 204 Triopteris 369 Triumfetta 368, 369 Trochocercus 150 Trochomorpha 86, 93 Trochus 1 36 Truncatel ia 267 Trvonia 87 Tubulina 188, 189, 281 Turnera 382 Turneraceae 382 Turricola 202 Typha 359 Typhaceae 359 Tyrannus 269 Uloborus 98, 181 Umhelliferce 384 Uniola 362 Un isulcus 33 Upsilonphorus 262, 264, 265 Uranoscupida; 258 Uranoscopus 259, 260,261, 262, 265 Urticese 403 Vagmulidae 209 Vaginulus 194, 209 Vallesia 391 Vallonia 5:06 Valoniacese 352 Vampy rops 318 Vampyrus 316 Venus 70 Verbascum 396 Verbena 398 Verbenacese 398 Vernonia 387 Veronicella 194 Vertigo 194, 207 Vespertilio 326, 330, 33S Vespei ugo 326, 327 Vesperus 326,338 Viburnum 385 Vmca 391 Vincetoxicum 392 Vioa 71,72 Violaceae, 365 Vitis 373 Vitrina 196, 278 Vitrinozonites 196 Viverra 212, 222, 233, 2*9 Viverricula 236 Viverridae 211, 230 Volvox 138 Waltheria 368 Wedelia 388 Vucca 53, 359 Xanthium 388 Xanthopygia 148 Xantboxyleae 871 Xanthoxylum 371 Xeropbila 193 Ximenia 372 Xylosma 365 Xy st icus 98 Zagymuns 269 Zamia 352 Zaplous 269, 270 Zea 362 Zeocephus 151 Zeuglodou 96 Zilla 183 Zingiber 354 Zingiberaceae 353 Zingis 277, 278 Zinnia 389 Zirphsea 274, 276 Zoanthidte 113 Zoanthus 113-117, 125 Zonites...82, 83, 84, 191, 194, 196, 412 Zygopbylleae 370 GENERAL INDEX. 1889. Additions to Library, 450. Additions to Museum, 446. Allen, Harrison, M. D. On the Taxo- nomic Value of the Wing Membrane and the Terminal Phalanges of the Digit in the Cheiroptera (Plate X). 283, 313. On the distribution of color-marks in the Pteropodidce, 410. Ashburner, Chas. A. Announcement of death of, 410. Baker, Frank C. Notes on the Food of Birds, 189, 266. Remarks on the Round tailed Muskrat, Neofiber Al- ieni, True, 190, 271. On the modi- fication of the Apex in Murex, 408. Biological and Microscopical Section, annual report of, 432. Bollman, Charles H. Notes on asmall collection of Myriapods from the Ber- muda Islands, 95, 127. Botanical Section, annual report of, 435. Brinton, Daniel G , M. D. On a Petro- glyph from the Island of St. Vincent, W. I., 410, 417. Report of Professor of Ethnology and Archaeology, 440. Brown, Arthur Ervvin. Description of a new species of Eutaenia, 410, 421. Conchological Section, annual report of, 433. Cook, Geo. H. Announcement of death of, 283 Correspondents, election of, 445. Corresponding Secretary, annual report of, 425. Curators, annual report of, 429. Dall, W. H. Notes on the anatomy of Pholas (Barnea) costata and Zirphasa crispata, Lin., 190, 274. Dolley, Chas. S., M. D. The Botany of the Bahamas, 130. Elections of members and Correspon- dents, 444. Entomological Section, annual report of, 434. Eyerman, John. Notes on Geology and Mineralogy, 32. Ford, John. Remarks on Oliva inflata, Chem., O. irisans, Lam. and other species of shells, 137. Notes on Crepidula, 345. Gardiner, John and L. J. K. Brace. Provisional list of the Plants of the Ba- hama Islands, 129, 349. Genih, F. A. On two new Minerals from Delaware Co., Penn., 31, 50. Goldsmith, E. Gadolinite from Llano Co., Texas, 164. Hartman, W. D., M. D. New species of Shells from New Hebrides (Plate V), 29,91. Description of new Shells from the Island of Segon, New Heb- rides, 190. Description of new spe- cies of Shells, 410. Hayden Memorial Geological Award, Committee on, 29. Heilprin, Angelo. On some new spe- cies o( Mollusca from the Bermuda Islands (Plate VIII), 95, 141. Re- port of Curators, 429. Report of Pro- fessor of Invertebrate Paleontology, 439. Henszey, William C. Report of Treas- urer, 442. Hess, Robert, M. D. Report of Biolog- ical and Microscopical Section, 432. Hewson, Addinell, M. D., announce- ment of death of, 283. Horn, Geo. II., M. D. The Antennae of Coleoptera, 311. Report of Cor- responding Secretary, 425. Hutchinson, James H., M. D., an- nouncement of death of, 410. Ives, J. E. Linguatula Diesingii from the Sooty Mangabey, 31. Color va- riations in Ophiura Panamensis and Ophiura teres, 48, 76. On a new genus and two new species of Ophi- (494) 1889.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495 urans, 96, 143. Catalogue of the As- teroidea and Ophiuroidea in the col- lection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 129, 169. Mimicry of the environment in Ptero- phryne histrio, 344. Jeanes, Mary, announcement of death of, 344. Jordan, David S. and Bert. Fesler. Description of a new species of Or- thopristis from the Galapagos Islands, 36. Kirsch, Philip H. A review of the Eu- ropean and American Uranoscopidae or Star Gazers, 189, 258. Kirsch, Philip H. and Morton W. For- dice. A review of the American spe- cies of Sturgeons (Acipenseridae), 180, 245. Keyes, Charles R. Lower Carbonic Gasteropoda from Burlington, Iowa, 282, 284. Sphaerodoma, a genus of fossil Gasteropods, 282, 303- The American species of Polyphemopsis, 282, 299. Koenig, George A. On Anhydrite, 11. Mazapilite, a new mineral species, 45. Cloanthite, Nicolite, De Saule- site, Annabergite, Tephrowillemite, Fluorite and Aquatite from Franklin, N.J.,184. Leidy, Joseph, M. D. On several Gre- garines and a singular mode of con- junction of one of them, 9. The Sa- bre-tooth Tiger of Florida, 29. Note on Gonyleptesand Solpuga, 45. The Boring Sponge, Cliona, 47. 70. A Parasitic Copepod, 95. Fossil Ver- tebrates from Florida, 96. Report of Curators, 429. Librarian, annual report of, 426. Library, additions to, 450. McCook, Rev. H. C. Note on the true systematic position of the Ray Spider, 180. McMurrich, J. Playfair, Ph. D. A con- tribution to the Actinology of the Ber- mudas (Plate VI. and VII), 95, 102. Marx, Geo., M D. A contribution to the Spider fauna of the Bermuda Is- lands (Plate IV), 95, 98. On a new species of Spider of the Genus Dino- pis from the Southern United States (Plate XI), 311, 341. Meehan, Thomas, Contribution to the Life Histories of Plants, No. IV, 31, 53. Report of Botanical Section, 435. Meek, Seth E. and Charles H. Boll- man. Note on Elagastis bipinnula- tus, 29, 42. Members, elections of, 444. Meyer, Abraham. Notes on the pres- • ence of the Umbral or Mountain Limestone in Lycoming Co., Penna., 310. Mineralogical and Geological Section, annual report of, 438. Morrison, Willard L. A review of the American species of Priacanthida?, 140, 159. Museum, additions to, 446 Nolan, Edward J., M. D. Report of Recording Secretary, 423. Report of Librarian, 426. Report of Con- chological Section, 433. Officers for 1890, 444. Pilsbry, H. A. On new and little- known American Mollusca, No. I (Plate III), 48, 81. The Radula in Rhipidoglossate Mullusks, 136. No- menclature and check-list of North American Land Mollusks, 180, 19J- On the Anatomy of Aerope and Zin- gis (Plate IX), 277. New and little, known American Mollusks, No. II (Plate XII), 311, 411. Report of Conchological Section, 433. Professor of Ethnology and Archaeol- ogy, annual report of, 440. Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology, annual report of, 439. Professor of Invertebrate Zoology, an- nual report of, 440. Rand, Theo. D. Notes on the Drift at Block Island, 408. Report of Min- eralogical and Geological Section, 438. Recording Secretary, annual report of, 423. Redfield, J. H. Notes on Corema Con- radii, 135. Note on Pinus Banksi- ana, 344. Report of Botanical Sec- tion, 435. Report of Biological and Microscopical Section, 432. Report of Botanical Section, 435. Report of Conchological Section, 433. Report of Corresponding Secretary, 425. Report of Curators, 429. Report of Entomological Section, 434. Report of Librarian, 426. Report of Mineralogical and Geological Section, 438. Report of Professor of Ethnology and Archaeology, 440. 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1889. Report of Professor of Invertebrate Pa- leontology, 439. Report or Professor of Invertebrate Zo- ology, 440. Report of Recording Secretary, 423. Report of Treasurer, 442 Ridings, James H. Report of Ento- mological Section, 434. Rothrock, J. T., M. D. The Sand- dunes of Lewes, Del., 134. Ryder, J. A. On the fore and aft poles, the axial differentiation and a possi- ble anterior sensory apparatus of Vol- vox minor, 138. Heterocercy in Ba- trachia, 155. The hypertrophied hairs on Ampelopsis, 155. The Phy- logeny of the Sweat Glands, 158, 190. The Origin and Meaning of Sex, 18'J, 190. Safford, J. M. and A. W. Vogdes. De- scription on new species of fossil Crustacea from the lower Silurian of Tennessee with remarks on others not well known, 155, 166. Schaffir, Chas. Report of Botanical Section, 435. Schimmel, Jo'-e O., announcement of death of, 410. Scott, Wm. P. Notes on the osteology and systematic position of Dinictis Felina, Leidy, 158, 211. » Sections, meetings of, 49. Sharp, Benjamin, M. D. Activity in Donax, 347. Change of habit caus- ing change of structure, 347. Re- port of Professor of Invertebrate Zo- ology, 440. Shoemaker, Geo. Y., announcement of death of, 155. Shufeldt, R. W. Observations upon the development of the skull in Neo- toma fuscipes ; a contribution to the morphology of the Rodentia (Plates I and II), 14. Smith, Uselma C, election to Council, 158. Sterki. V., M. D. On new forms of Vertigo, 410. Stone, Witmer. On Pratinocola salax and allied species, Verr., 48, 78. Catalogue of the Muscicapidae in the Collection of the Academy, 135, 146. Catalogue of the Owls, Strigae, in the collection of the Academy, 348. Tower, Charlemagne, announcement of death of, 190. Treasurer, annual report of, 442. Williamson, Isaiah V., announcement of death of, 47. Wdliston, S. W. The Stemalis Mus- cle, 13, 38. Wilson, William P. The production of aerating organs on the roots of swamp and other plants, 67. On the use of Bambusa Stem in incandescent elec- tric lighting, 129. Wingate, Harold. Tilmadoche com- pacta, Wing., n. sp., 48. Notes on Enteridium Roseanum, 156. The Spores of the Myxomycetes, 188. Note on Orthotricha, 189. Orcadel- la operculata Wing., a new Myx- omycete, 280. Winsor, Henry, announcement of death of, 344. •roc.Arad Nat.Sci PhiLa.1889 Plate X. H.ALLEN ON WING MEMBRANES OF CHEIROPTERA. Proc.Acdd.Nat.Sci.Phila.1889. PL XT 9 ■ V filar X, ad i,at. del. =r^ ■*.* T^r^^TT-?^ Ill z& D1N0PUS SPINOSUS MARX. Proc. Arad.Nat . Sci.Phila. 1889 Plate XII. ry del . PIESBRY ON NEW AMERICAN MOLLUSKS PROCEEDINGS SmtUmg of %\Uin\\ itkntt 5 PHILADELPHIA. PABT I. JANUAB.Y-APRIL, 1880. PUBLICATION COMMITTEE. Joskph Lkidy, M. D., Gko. H. Horn, M. D., Edw. J. Nolan, M. D., Thomas Meehan, J. H. Redfif.ld. EDITOR: Edward J. Noi.an, M. D. "Y \ PHILADELPHIA: " ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, LOGAN SQUARE 18.S9. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Eight volumes of the New Scries of the Journal and Part II of Volume IX (Quarto) has been issued — 1847 to 1838. The price per volume of four parts is $10, or $3 per part, to subscribers"; and to others, $12.50 per volume, or $3.75 per part. Vol. VII contains "The Extinct Mammalia Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a Synopsis of the Mammalian Remains of North America." Illustrated with thirty plates. By Joseph Leidy, M. D., LL.D. The First Series of the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes, octavo, may be obtained at $40 to members, and to the public, $48. The First Series of the Proceedings of the Society, published in octavo, 1841 to 1856, of which eight volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1856, may be obtained at $24 to members ; and to the public, $30. The Second Series of the Proceedings'; commencing January 1, 1857 (of which fourteen volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1880), may be obtained at $42 to members, or $3 per volume separately ; and to the public, $3.75 per volume. The Third Series of the Proceedings, Illustrated, commencing January 1, 1871, (of which eighteen volumes were completed Dee. 31, 1888), is published at $5 per annum, pay- able in advance, to subscribers ; single volumes, $6.25. American Journal of Conchology, 1865 — 71. Seven vols., Svo. Containing 2500 pages, illustrated by one hundred and fifty plates, many of them colored, besides about a thousand wood engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $42 for the set. Separate volumes, $10 each. BOOKS IFOIR- S^LIKL The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed : Description of Shells of North America, with 68 colored plates. By Thomas Say. 1S30-34. $10.50. Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca of the United States. With illustrations of all the species. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Fine edition, plate paper, with duplicate plntes, colored and tinted, $20; colored edition, $13.50; plain edition, $8.50. Only one hundred copies printed, which have been mostly sold. Monograph of the Fresh Water Univalve Mollusca of the United States. By S. S. IIaldeman, 1840-44. With Continuation to 1871. By George W. Tryon, Jr. 2 vols., with many colored plates. Fine edition, duplicate plates, $40 ; with colored Plates, $25 ; with plain plates, $1 8. Either the original work or the continuation furnished separately, if desired. Synonymy of the Species of Strepomatid/e (Mclanians) of the United States. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2; paper, $1.75. List of American Writers on Recent Conchology, with the Titles of their Memoirs and Dates of Publication. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75. Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and other Papers. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75. Complete Writings on Recent and Fossil Conchology of C. S. Rafinesque. Edited By Wm. G. Binney and G. W. Tryon, Jr. $2.50. Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. 4to, Vols. 1 to 13. With Index, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, complete. Illustrated with several hundred fine lithographic plates. $60. Same, Vols. 2 to 13 inclusive, except Vols. 4 and 12. Each volume separately, $5. Synopsis of Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. Fourth edition. $5. Contributions to Geology. By Isaac Lea. $3. Fossil Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large folio, text and plate. $2. Same, plate alone. 50 cents. No no: to Booksellers— All the publications of the Society will be supplied to Booksellers ai a discount i>f 20 per cent on the prices charged to the public. Application lo be made .to Edward J. Nolan, M. D., at the Hall of the Academy, c-nncrof Nineteenth and Rare Streets. June, iSSg. Hayden Memorial Geological Fund. Mrs. Emma W. Hayden has given to the Academy of Natural Sciences in trust the sum of $2500.00, to he known as the Hayden Memorial Geological Fund, in commemoration of her husband the late Prof. Ferdinand V. Hayden M. D., LL." D. According to the terms of the trust, a bronze medal and the balance of the interest arising from the fund are to be awarded annually for the best pub- lication, exploration, discovery or research in the sciences of geology and paleontology, or in such particular branches thereof as may be designated. The award and all matters connected therewith are to be determined by a committee to be selected in an appropriate manner by the Academy. The recognition is not confined to American naturalists. CONTENTS. PAGE. LEIDY, Joseph, M. D. On several Gregarines, and a singular mode of conjugation of one of them. ............ 9 Koenig, George A. On Anhydrite 11 Shufeldt, R. W. Observations upon the development of the skull in Neotoma fuscipes ; a contribution to the Morphology of the Rodentia. (Plates I, II.) . 14 Leidy, Joseph, M. D. The Sabre-tooth Tiger of Florida 29 Ives, J. E. Linguatula Diesingii from the Sooty Mangabey. ..... 31 Eyerman, John. Notes on geology and mineralogy. ...... 32 Jordan, David S. and Bert Fesler. Description of a new species of Orthopristis from the Galapagos Islands. . . ' . . . . . . . .3(1 Wili.iston, S. W., M. D. The Sternalis muscle .38 Meek, Seth, E. and Charles H. Bollman. Note on Elagatis bipinnulatus. . . 42 Leidy, Joseph. Note on Gonyleptes and Solpuga. ....... 45 Koenig; George A. Mazapilite, a new mineral species. ..... 45 Wingate, Harold. Tilmadoche compacta, Wing., n. sp. 48 Genth, F. A. On two minerals from Delaware County, Pa. ... . . .50 Meehan Thomas. Contributions to the life-histories of plants, No. IV. On second inflorescence. Note on Pinus pungens and its allies. On Corydalis flavula D. C Dimorphism in Polygona. On the nature and office of Stipules. On paralle habits in allied species from widely separated localities. Wilson, William P. The production of aerating organs on the roots of swamp and other plants. .......... Leidy, Joseph, M. D. The boring-sponge, Cliona. Ives, J. E. Variations in Ophiura Panamensis and Ophiura teres. Stone, Witmer. On Pratincola salax Verr., and allied species. Pilsbry, Henry A. New and little-known American Molluscs. No. 1. (Plate III.) Hartman, W. D., M. D. New species of shells from New Hebrides. (Plate V.) Leidy, Joseph, M. D. A parasitic Copepod. ....... Leidy, Joseph, M. D. Fossil vertebrates from Florida. ... . Marx, Geo., M. D. A contribution to the knowledge of the spider Fauna of the Bermuda Islands. (Plate IV.) . . . • . " . McMuRRlCH, J. Playeair, Ph. D. A contribution to the Actinology of the Bermudas (Plates VI, VII.) Bollman, Charles II. Notes on a small collection of Myriapods from the Bermuda Islands. .............. 53 67 70 76 78 81 91 95 96 98 102 126 Q PROCEEDINGS !\ratfcii{u of jUtotal ^(U\\tt ~} $ PHILADELPHIA. PART II. MAY-SEPTEMBER, 1889. PUBLICATION COMMITTEE: Joseph Lkidv. M. D., Geo. H. Horn, M. D., Ei>w. J. Nolan, M. D., • Thomas Meehan, J. H. Redfield. EDITOR: Edward J. Nolan, M. D. -9. PHILADELPHIA: ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, LOGAN SQUARE, 1889. PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Eight volumes of the New Series of the Journal and Part II of Volume IX (Quarto) has been issued — 1S47 to 1884. The price per volume of four parts is §10, or $3 per part, to subscribers; and to others, $12.50 per volume, or $.'5.75 per part. Vol. VII contains "The Extinct Mammalia Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a Synopsis of the Mammalian Remains of North America." Illustrated with thirty plates. By Joseph Leidy, M. D., LL.D. The First Series of the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes, octavo, may be obtained at $40 to members, and to the public, $48. The First Series of the Proceedings of the Society, published in octavo, 1841 to 1856, of which eight volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1856, may be obtained at $24 to members ; and to the public, $30. The Second Series of the Proceedings, commencing January 1, 1857 (of which fourteen volumes were completed Dec. 31, 18S0), may be obtained at $42 to members, or $3 per volume separately ; and to the public, $3.75 per volume. The Third Series of the Proceedings, Illustrated, commencing January 1, 1871, (of which eighteen volumes were completed Dec. 31, 1888), is published at $5 per annum, payable in advance, to subscribers ; single volumes, $6.25. American Jocunal of Conchology, 1865 — 71. Seven vols., 8vo. Containing 2500 pages, illustrated by one hundred and fifty plates, many of them colored, besides about a thousand wood engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $42 for the set. Separate volumes, $10 each. BOOKS IFOIR, SALE. The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed: Description of Shells of North America, with 68 colored plates. By Thomas Say. 1830-34. $10.50. Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca of the United States. With illustrations of all the species. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Fine edition, plate paper, with duplicate plates, colored and tinted, $20 ; colored edition, $13.50 ; plain edition, $8.50. Only one hundred copies printed, which have been mostly sold. Monograph of the Fresh Water Univalve Mollusca of the United States. By S. S. Haldeman, 1840-44. With Continuation to 1871. By George W. Tryon, Jr. 2 vols., with many colored plates. Fine edition, duplicate plates, $40; with colored Plates, $25 ; with plain plates, $18. Either the original work or the continuation furnished separately, if desired. Synonymy of the Species of Strepomatid.e (Melanians) of the United States. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2; paper, $1.75. List of American Writers of Recent Conchology, with the Titles of their Memoirs and Dates of Publication. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2; paper, $1.75. Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and other Papers. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $2 ; paper, $1.75. Complete Writings on Recent and Fossil Conchology of C. S. Rafinesque. Edited By Wm. G. Binney and G. W. Tryon, Jr. $2.50. Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. 4to, Vols. 1 to 13. With Index, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, complete. Illustrated with several hundred tine lithographic plates. $60. Same, Vols. 2 to 13 inclusive, except Vols. 4 and 12. Each volume separately, $5. Synopsis of Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL. D. Fourth edition. $5. Contributions to Geology. By Isaac Lea. $3. Fossil Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large folio, text and plate. $2. Same, plate alone. 50 cents. Notice to Booksellers — All the publications of the Society will be supplied to Booksellers at a discount of 20 per cent, on the prices charged to the public. Application to be made to Edward J. Nolan, M. D., at the Hall of the Academy, corner of Nineteenth and Race Streets. October, i8S